Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2004
Registration No. 333-114554


UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 2 to

Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Bill Barrett Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


         
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  1311
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  80-0000545
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1099 18th Street

Suite 2300
Denver, CO 80202
(303) 293-9100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
registrant’s principal executive offices)


Francis B. Barron

Senior Vice President — General Counsel
Bill Barrett Corporation
1099 18th Street
Suite 2300
Denver, CO 80202
(303) 293-9100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

         
Christine B. LaFollette
Mark Zvonkovic
Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP
1111 Louisiana St.
44 th  Floor
Houston, TX 77002
(713) 220-5896
  Alan L. Talesnick
Patton Boggs LLP
1660 Lincoln St.
Suite 1900
Denver, CO 80264
(303) 830-1776
  T. Mark Kelly
David H. Stone
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
2300 First City Tower
1001 Fannin
Houston, TX 77002
(713) 758-4592

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

     If any securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.     o

     If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.     o


     The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated August 31, 2004.

                            Shares

(BILL BARRET CORP. LOGO)

Bill Barrett Corporation

Common Stock


       This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Bill Barrett Corporation. All of the                      shares of common stock are being sold by the Company.

       Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $          and $          . The Company has applied to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BBG”.

       See “Risk Factors” on page 13 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.


       Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


                 
Per Share Total


Initial public offering price
  $       $    
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Bill Barrett Corporation
  $       $    

       To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                      shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                      shares from Bill Barrett Corporation at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.


       The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2004.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

JPMorgan
Lehman Brothers

Credit Suisse First Boston

Morgan Stanley
Petrie Parkman & Co.
 
First Albany Capital Howard Weil Incorporated


Prospectus dated                     , 2004.


Table of Contents

AREA OF OPERATIONS GRAPHIC

(KEY BASINS OF ACTIVITY MAP)

  •  84.4 MMcfe/d production for June 2004
 
  •  204 Bcfe estimated net proved reserves as of December 31, 2003
 
  •  764,981 net undeveloped acres as of June 30, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Risk Factors
RISK FACTORS
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
GLOSSARY OF OIL AND NATURAL GAS TERMS
REPORT OF RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P., INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS
REPORT OF NETHERLAND, SEWELL & ASSOCIATES, INC. INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS
Certificate of Designation of Series A Preferred Stock
Certificate of Designation of Series B Preferred Stock
Specimen Certificate of Common Stock
Registration Rights Agreement
Stockholders' Agreement
Stock Purchase Agreement
Purchase & Sale Agreement dated April 1, 2002
Purchase & Sale Agreement dated November 4, 2002
Form of Indemnification Agreement
Schedule of Officers & Directors
Employment Letter Agreement
Amended & Restated 2002 Stock Option Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
Consent of KPMG LLP
Consent of Ryder Scott Company, L.P.
Consent of Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc.
Powers of Attorney with Messrs. Fitzgibbons & Stein


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary contains basic information about us and the offering. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read and carefully consider this entire prospectus before making an investment decision, especially the information presented under the heading “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the other documents to which we refer you. We have provided definitions for some of the oil and gas industry terms used in this prospectus in the “Glossary of Oil and Natural Gas Terms” on page A-1 of this prospectus. Natural gas equivalents and crude oil equivalents are determined using the ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.

      Except as otherwise indicated or required by the context, references in this prospectus to “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company” refer to the combined business of Bill Barrett Corporation and its subsidiaries. The term “you” refers to a prospective investor. Unless the context otherwise requires, the information in the prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option and gives effect to an assumed 1-for-       reverse common stock split to be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The actual split amount will depend on the initial public offering price, but will not affect the number or percentage outstanding of shares offered to the public in this offering. See “Conversion of Preferred Stock”. Unless otherwise indicated, all natural gas and oil statistics are as of June 30, 2004.

Overview

      Bill Barrett Corporation is a rapidly growing independent oil and gas company focused on natural gas exploration and development in the Rocky Mountain region. We have exploration and development projects in the Wind River, Uinta, Powder River, Williston, Green River, Denver-Julesburg (“DJ”) and Paradox Basins. Our management has an extensive track record with expertise in the full spectrum of Rocky Mountain plays. Our strategy is to maximize stockholder value by leveraging our management team’s experience in finding and developing oil and gas in the Rocky Mountain region to profitably grow our reserves and production, primarily through the drill-bit.

      We began operations in March 2002. All eleven of our corporate officers worked together as executives or advisors for many years with Barrett Resources Corporation, a publicly-traded Rocky Mountain oil and gas company that was founded in 1980 and sold in 2001 in a transaction valued at approximately $2.8 billion. Since our inception, we have assembled a property base in seven key basins. We focus on both conventional and unconventional Rocky Mountain plays, including basin-centered gas, tight gas sands, structural and stratigraphic oil and natural gas, coalbed methane, biogenic gas and fractured shale gas plays. Our development drilling programs in the Wind River, Uinta, Powder River and Williston Basins are generating growth in our production and proved reserves. In these basins and in the Green River, DJ and Paradox Basins and other areas, as of June 30, 2004, we held over 760,000 net undeveloped leasehold acres and currently are active in 20 exploration projects. For 2004, we have budgeted approximately $232 million to participate in drilling 339 gross wells across our exploration and development projects, and to pursue other exploration activities and infrastructure projects. During the six months ended June 30, 2004, we participated in drilling 97 gross wells.

      From inception through June 30, 2004, we participated in drilling 284 gross wells, of which 98% have been completed as producing wells or are in the process of being completed. In December 2003, we produced 71.7 MMcfe/d, net to our interest, of which approximately 90% was natural gas. This level of production represents a 144% increase from our production in December 2002. In June 2004, we produced 84.4 MMcfe/d, net to our interest, of which approximately 91% was natural gas. Our June 2004 production represents an 80% increase from our production in June 2003 and an 18% increase from our production in December 2003. We operated approximately 87% of our December 2003 production and 90% of our June 2004 production. As of December 31, 2003, our

1


Table of Contents

estimated net proved reserves were 204 Bcfe, representing a 71% increase over our estimated net proved reserves at December 31, 2002. Approximately 89% of our December 31, 2003 estimated net proved reserves were natural gas.

      In August 2004, we entered into an agreement to purchase developed and undeveloped oil and gas properties in western Colorado. These properties consist of approximately 17,000 net leasehold acres and include approximately 80 producing wells. We expect to complete this acquisition in September 2004 subject to satisfying various closing conditions.

      The following table provides information regarding our operations by basin.

                                                           
At December 31, 2003 At June 30, 2004

June 2004
Estimated Identified Average Net Net
Net Proved Pretax Standardized Drilling Daily Net Producing Undeveloped
Basin Reserves (1) PV-10 (1) Measure (2) Locations (3) Production Wells Acreage








(Bcfe) (in millions) (in millions) (MMcfe/d)
Wind River
    101     $ 288     $ 229       251       50.9       117       167,718  
Uinta
    46       104       71       233       14.3       17       94,914  
Powder River
    38       86       74       993       13.5       188       56,428  
Williston
    19       43       31       100       5.7       25       77,004  
Green River
                                        2,072  
Denver-Julesburg
                                        344,920  
Paradox
                                        6,322  
Other
                                        15,603  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    204     $ 521     $ 405       1,577       84.4       347       764,981  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Our reserves and the present value of future net revenues before income taxes were determined using the prices for natural gas and oil at December 31, 2003, which were $5.58 per MMBtu of natural gas and $32.55 per barrel of oil, without giving effect to hedging transactions. Our PV-10 would have been $506 million after giving effect to hedging transactions. Our reserve estimates are based on a reserve report prepared by us and reviewed by our independent petroleum engineers. See “Business — Properties — Proved Reserves”.
 
(2)  The Standardized Measure represents the present value of estimated future cash inflows from proved natural gas and oil reserves, less future development, production, and income tax expenses, discounted at 10% per annum to reflect timing of future cash flows and using the same pricing assumptions as were used to calculate PV-10. Standardized measure differs from PV-10 because Standardized Measure includes the effect of future income taxes.
 
(3)  Identified drilling locations represent total gross locations specifically identified and scheduled by management as an estimate of our future multi-year drilling activities on existing acreage. Of the total locations shown in the table, 242 are classified as PUDs. During the six months ended June 30, 2004, 97 of the identified drilling locations shown in the table were drilled, including 59 PUD locations. Our actual drilling activities may change depending on the availability of capital, regulatory approvals, seasonal restrictions, natural gas and oil prices, costs, drilling results and other factors. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Oil and Natural Gas Industry and Our Business”.

Our Strategy

      The principal elements of our strategy to maximize stockholder value are to:

  •  Drive Growth Through the Drill-bit. We expect our long-term reserve and production growth to come predominantly through the drill-bit. Our management team’s experience and expertise enable us to identify, evaluate and develop new natural gas and oil reservoirs. Throughout our operations, we apply technology, including advanced drilling and completion techniques and new geologic and seismic applications. From inception through June 30, 2004, we participated in the drilling of 284 gross wells. We plan to participate in the drilling of a total of 339 gross wells in 2004, 97 of which were drilled during the six months ended June 30, 2004.

2


Table of Contents

  •  Pursue Multiple High Potential Projects. We have assembled several projects that we believe provide future long-term drilling inventories. In addition to seven key development areas, we currently are involved in 20 exploration projects. Our team of 16 geologists and geophysicists, which includes our Chief Executive Officer, is dedicated to generating new geologic concepts. These individuals have an average of more than 23 years of experience in the industry, primarily in the Rocky Mountain region. Our long-term objective is to allocate between 70% and 80% of our capital budget to development projects, with the balance allocated to higher risk, higher potential projects.
 
  •  Focus on Natural Gas in the Rocky Mountain Region. We intend to capitalize on the large estimated undeveloped natural gas resource base in the Rocky Mountains, while selectively pursuing attractive oil opportunities in the region. We believe the Rockies represent one of the few natural gas provinces in North America with significant remaining development potential. All of our production is from the Rockies, and for the month of June 2004, approximately 91% was natural gas.
 
  •  Reduce Costs and Maximize Operational Control. Our objective is to generate profitable growth and high returns for our stockholders, and we expect that our unit cost structure will benefit from economies of scale as we grow and from our continuing cost management initiatives. As we manage our growth, we are actively focusing on reducing lease operating expenses, general and administrative costs and finding and development costs. It is strategically important to us to serve as operator of our properties when possible, as that allows us to exert greater control over costs and timing in our exploration, development and production activities. We operated approximately 90% of our June 2004 production and, as of June 30, 2004, we owned an average working interest of approximately 67% in 1,148,477 gross undeveloped acres.
 
  •  Pursue Attractive Reserve and Leasehold Acquisitions. Past acquisitions have played an important part in establishing our asset base. We believe we are well positioned, given our experience and regional expertise, to supplement our drill-bit growth objective with acquisitions that can provide long-term drilling inventories and undeveloped leasehold positions with attractive return possibilities.

Competitive Strengths

       We have a number of strengths that we believe will help us successfully execute our strategy.

  •  Experienced Management Team. Although we compete against companies with more financial and human resources than ours, we believe our management team’s experience and expertise in the Rocky Mountains provide a distinct competitive advantage. Our eleven corporate officers average 24 years of experience working in and servicing the industry. Our Chief Executive Officer and other members of our management team helped to build a successful track record of growth and performance at Barrett Resources. Further, members of our team are widely acknowledged as leading explorationists and were involved in finding or developing several of the largest Rocky Mountain natural gas and oil fields during the last three decades, including the Grand Valley and Parachute fields in the Piceance Basin, the Powder River Basin coalbed methane play, the Hilight field, the Cave Gulch field and the Madden field.
 
  •  Extensive Inventory of Growth Opportunities. We have established an asset base of over 760,000 net undeveloped leasehold acres as of June 30, 2004. As of December 31, 2003, we had identified a total of 1,577 drilling locations across all our operations, which we believe represents approximately five years of drilling inventory, although our future drilling activities may change based on several factors including the availability of capital, regulatory approvals, seasonal restrictions, natural gas and oil prices, costs, drilling results and other

3


Table of Contents

  factors. From inception through June 30, 2004, we participated in the drilling of 284 gross wells. In 2004, we plan to participate in the drilling of 339 gross wells across our operations. During the six months ended June 30, 2004, we participated in the drilling of 97 of these wells. In addition, we currently have 20 exploration projects.
 
  •  Rocky Mountain Asset Base. In January 2004, the Department of Energy estimated that Rocky Mountain natural gas production would grow by 91% from 2002 to 2025, compared to other large U.S. gas producing areas, which were forecast to decline or grow at significantly lower rates over the same period. Our assets are focused in the natural gas prone basins of the Rockies. This asset base allows us to leverage our experience and expertise as we pursue our growth strategy. Although we are focused in the Rockies, we are active in seven distinct basins in the region, which provide both geographic and geologic diversification.
 
  •  Financial Strength. As of June 30, 2004, we were capitalized with $281 million of stockholders’ equity and had a $1.9 million convertible note payable and $65 million of debt. As of June 30, 2004, pro forma for the offering and intended use of proceeds to repay indebtedness, we would have no debt outstanding and cash on hand of approximately $          . We are committed to maintaining a conservative financial position to preserve our financial flexibility. Based on our current budget, we believe that the proceeds from this offering, our operating cash flow and available borrowing capacity under our credit facility, will provide us with the financial flexibility to pursue our planned exploration and development activities.
 
  •  Significant Employee Investment. Our management team has interests that are strongly aligned with those of all our stockholders. As of June 30, 2004, our officers and other employees have made cash investments totaling $11.5 million in our stock, and overall, 70% of our employees own our stock.

       For a discussion of considerations that could have a negative effect on our strategy and what we believe to be our competitive strengths to execute our strategy, see “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Our Properties

Key Basins of Activity

       The following is a brief summary of our activities in each of the seven basins in which we operate.

      Wind River Basin. The Wind River Basin is located in central Wyoming and is our largest producing area. Our operations in the basin include active infill and field expansion development programs, as well as significant exploration activities. Our development operations are conducted in three general project areas. We also have eight exploration projects and view this basin as an important exploratory area. Key statistics for our position in this basin include:

  •  50.9 MMcfe/d of average net production for June 2004, compared to 29.9 MMcfe/d for June 2003
 
  •  101 Bcfe of estimated net proved reserves at December 31, 2003
 
  •  117 net producing wells at June 30, 2004
 
  •  173,802 total net acres, including 167,718 net undeveloped acres at June 30, 2004
 
  •  $122 million capital expenditure budget for 2004, including a 64 gross well drilling program

      Uinta Basin. The Uinta Basin is located in northeastern Utah and represents a substantial part of our development and exploration activities and expected production growth in 2004. Our

4


Table of Contents

development operations are conducted primarily in two areas. We also have a position in four exploratory projects in the basin. Key statistics for our position in this basin include:

  •  14.3 MMcfe/d of average net production for June 2004, compared to 4.3 MMcfe/d for June 2003
 
  •  46 Bcfe of estimated net proved reserves at December 31, 2003
 
  •  17 net producing wells at June 30, 2004
 
  •  100,085 total net acres, including 94,914 net undeveloped acres at June 30, 2004
 
  •  $62 million capital expenditure budget for 2004, including a 20 gross well drilling program

      Powder River Basin. The Powder River Basin is located in northeastern Wyoming. Nearly all of our operations in this basin are in coalbed methane plays, which we believe are characterized by a lower risk resource base and lower drilling costs. This basin represents a significant part of our drilling program and expected production growth in 2004. Our development operations are conducted in seven project areas. Key statistics for our position in this basin include:

  •  13.5 MMcfe/d of average net production for June 2004, compared to 7.8 MMcfe/d for June 2003
 
  •  38 Bcfe of estimated net proved reserves at December 31, 2003
 
  •  188 net producing wells at June 30, 2004
 
  •  72,928 total net acres, including 56,428 net undeveloped acres at June 30, 2004
 
  •  $25 million capital expenditure budget for 2004, including a 245 gross well drilling program

      Williston Basin. The Williston Basin is located in western North Dakota, northwestern South Dakota and eastern Montana. It is a predominantly oil prone basin and represents our only oil focused project area. Our activities in this basin include both development and exploration drilling programs concentrated in two areas. We use horizontal drilling technology and 3-D seismic surveys in the Williston to expand existing fields, target exploration projects and increase our recoveries. Key statistics for our position in this basin include:

  •  5.7 MMcfe/d of average net production for June 2004 compared to 5.0 MMcfe/d for June 2003
 
  •  19 Bcfe of estimated net proved reserves at December 31, 2003
 
  •  25 net producing wells at June 30, 2004
 
  •  82,734 total net acres, including 77,004 net undeveloped acres at June 30, 2004
 
  •  $20 million capital expenditure budget for 2004, including a 10 gross well drilling program, all of which are horizontal wells

      Green River Basin. The Green River Basin is located in southwestern Wyoming and adjacent areas of northeastern Utah. To make our initial entry into this prospective basin, in June 2004, we acquired leasehold interests in an exploration project. Key statistics for our position in this basin include:

  •  5,312 gross and 2,072 net undeveloped acres at June 30, 2004
 
  •  $2 million capital expenditure budget for 2004 to fund leasehold acreage acquisitions and various exploratory activities

      Denver-Julesburg Basin. Our operations in the DJ Basin are concentrated in the Tri-State exploration project, which extends into Colorado, Kansas and Nebraska. These operations are

5


Table of Contents

exploratory and involve the extensive use of 3-D seismic technology to target shallow biogenic gas and deeper conventional oil accumulations. Key statistics for our position in this basin include:

  •  344,920 net undeveloped acres at June 30, 2004
 
  •  $0.1 million capital expenditure budget for 2004 to fund seismic and other exploratory activities

      Paradox Basin. The Paradox Basin is located in southwestern Colorado and southeastern Utah. We are in the initial stages of two exploration projects in the basin focusing on natural gas. Key statistics for our position in this basin include:

  •  6,322 net undeveloped acres at June 30, 2004
 
  •  $0.8 million capital expenditure budget for 2004 to fund various exploratory activities

Summary of Development Areas

       The following table summarizes information regarding our key development areas:

                                     
Identified
Drilling
Average Locations (2) 2004
Working
Capital
Development Area Basin Interest (1) Total 2004 Budget (3)






(in millions)
Cave Gulch
  Wind River     90 %     65       13     $ 30  
Cooper Reservoir
  Wind River     98       124       30       48  
Wallace Creek/Stone Cabin
  Wind River     99       58       12       32  
Hill Creek
  Uinta     65       5       1       8  
Nine Mile Canyon
  Uinta     100       228       15       47  
Powder River CBM
  Powder River     80       993       245       25  
Williston
  Williston     36  (4)     100       10       20  


(1)  Average working interest is based on June 2004 production, including operated and non-operated properties.
 
(2)  For each development area, identified drilling locations represent total gross locations specifically identified and scheduled by management as of December 31, 2003 as an estimate of our future multi-year drilling activities on existing acreage. Of the total identified drilling locations shown in the table, 242 are classified as PUDs. Of the 2004 identified drilling locations, 155 are classified as PUDs. During the six months ended June 30, 2004, 97 of the identified drilling locations shown in the table were drilled, including 59 PUD locations. Our actual drilling activities may change depending on the availability of capital, regulatory approvals, seasonal conditions, natural gas and oil prices, costs, drilling results and other factors. For a more complete description of our proposed activities, see “Business — Our Properties”.
 
(3)  Includes budgeted drilling expenditures as well as exploration and facilities costs for the area.
 
(4)  We operated 76% of our June 2004 production in the Williston Basin, with an average working interest of 91% per operated well.

6


Table of Contents

Summary of Exploration Projects

       The following table summarizes our exploration projects:

                         
Average
Project Net Working Planned 2004
Exploration Project Basin Acreage (1) Interest (2) Exploratory Activities (3)





Cave Gulch/ Waltman (4)
  Wind River     15,101       78 %   Assess deep prospect
Cooper Reservoir (4)
  Wind River     10,496       76     Drill one deep well
East Madden
  Wind River     21,414       53     Drill one deep well
Pommard
  Wind River     2,200       100     Drill one deep well
Stone Cabin (4)
  Wind River     12,342       82     Drill three wells
Talon
  Wind River     72,539       32     Drill three wells
Wallace Creek (4)
  Wind River     22,788       82     Drill five wells
Windjammer
  Wind River     7,311       33     3-D seismic program
Garmesa
  Uinta     8,217       42     3-D seismic program
Lake Canyon
  Uinta     44,162       79     Drill two wells
Nine Mile Canyon (4)
  Uinta     38,404   (5)     91     3-D seismic program, drill six wells
Nine Mile Canyon Deep
  Uinta     43,227   (5)     92     3-D seismic program
Hook
  Uinta     846       97     Acreage acquisition
Wyodak/Big George
  Powder River     60,314       67     Two pilot programs and five additional wells
Red River
  Williston     17,156       73     Assess drilling prospects
Madison (4)
  Williston     38,421       70     Drill three wells
Antelope Hollow
  Green River     2,072       39     Acreage acquisition, drill one well
Tri-State
  DJ     344,920       94     2-D and 3-D seismic program
Pine Ridge
  Paradox     1,960       96     Permitting for 3-D seismic program
Yellow Jacket
  Paradox     4,363       63     Acreage acquisition


(1)  Project net acreage is the amount of our net leasehold acreage at June 30, 2004 that we have associated with each of our exploration projects.
 
(2)  Average working interest is based on leasehold acreage at June 30, 2004.
 
(3)  Although we have included our planned exploratory activities in our 2004 capital budget, our actual activities may change depending on regulatory approvals, seasonal conditions and other factors.
 
(4)  Represents an exploration project that extends from an existing development project.
 
(5)  The Nine Mile Canyon and Nine Mile Canyon Deep exploration projects share surface acreage.

Risk Factors

      Investing in our common stock involves risks that include the speculative nature of oil and natural gas exploration, competition, volatile oil and natural gas prices and other material factors. You should read carefully the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 for an explanation of these risks before investing in our common stock.

7


Table of Contents

Our Offices

      Our company was founded in 2002 and is incorporated in Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 1099 18 th Street, Suite 2300, Denver, Colorado 80202, and our telephone number at that address is (303) 293-9100.

The Offering

 
Common stock offered by Bill Barrett Corporation                     shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering                     shares (1)
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to repay our outstanding indebtedness, to fund exploration, development and oil and gas leasehold acquisition activities, and for other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds”.
 
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol BBG


(1)  This number assumes that all of our outstanding preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering as described under “Conversion of Preferred Stock”. This number excludes shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option plans, of which                     are subject to outstanding options.

8


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data

       Set forth below is our summary consolidated historical financial data for the periods indicated. The financial data for the periods ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, and 2003 have been derived from our audited financial statements. The financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2004 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included in this prospectus. You should read the following summary financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                 
Period from Six Months Six Months
January 7, 2002 Year Ended Ended Ended
(inception) through December 31, June 30, June 30,
December 31, 2002 2003 2003 2004




(in thousands)
Statement of Operations Data:
                               
Revenues (1)
  $ 16,081     $ 75,436     $ 29,323     $ 78,840  
Lease operating expense
    2,231       8,462       3,158       7,187  
Gathering and transportation expense
    229       3,646       1,595       2,491  
Production tax expense
    2,021       9,815       3,983       9,565  
Exploration expense
    1,592       6,134       2,765       3,094  
Impairment expense
          1,795              
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    9,162       30,724       11,258       31,002  
General and administrative
    5,626       14,363       6,516       8,975  
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ (4,780 )   $ 497     $ 48     $ 16,526  
Net interest income (expense)
    238       (1,308 )     (553 )     (1,255 )
Other
    (1,465 )                  
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (6,007 )   $ (811 )   $ (505 )   $ 15,271  
Benefit from (Provision for) income taxes
    2,164       320       199       (5,666 )
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (3,843 )   $ (491 )   $ (306 )   $ 9,605  
Income from discontinued operations (net of taxes)
    27                    
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,816 )   $ (491 )   $ (306 )   $ 9,605  
     
     
     
     
 
Selected Cash Flow and Other Financial Data:
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,816 )   $ (491 )   $ (306 )   $ 9,605  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    9,162       30,724       11,258       31,002  
Other non-cash items
    1,092       7,954       2,726       7,121  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 6,438     $ 38,187     $ 13,678     $ 47,728  
Change in current assets and liabilities
    (967 )     (659 )     780       (2,069 )
     
     
     
     
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 5,471     $ 37,528     $ 14,458     $ 45,659  
     
     
     
     
 
Capital expenditures (2)
  $ 166,893     $ 186,327     $ 93,143     $ 83,170 (3)


(1)  Revenues are net of effects of hedging transactions.
 
(2)  Excludes future reclamation liability accruals of $1.0 million in 2002 and $2.9 million in 2003 and includes exploration cost expensed under successful efforts accounting of $1.6 million in 2002 and $6.1 million in 2003 and furniture and fixtures costs of $1.1 million in 2002 and $1.3 million in 2003. Also excludes future reclamation liability accruals of $0.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003 and $1.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004, and includes exploration cost expensed under successful efforts accounting of $2.8 million in the six months

9


Table of Contents

ended June 30, 2003 and $3.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004, and furniture and fixtures costs of $0.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003 and $0.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004.

(3)  Exclusive of divestitures of approximately $7.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2004.
                           
As of December 31, As of

June 30,
2002 2003 2004



(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data :
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 5,713     $ 16,034     $ 24,825  
Other current assets
    7,246       19,613       29,066  
Oil and natural gas properties, net of accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization
    156,372       307,920       350,744  
Other property and equipment, net of depreciation
    896       1,539       1,945  
Other assets
    2,465       2,663       2,472  
     
     
     
 
 
Total assets
  $ 172,692     $ 347,769     $ 409,052  
     
     
     
 
Current liabilities
  $ 10,873     $ 46,156     $ 52,064  
Long-term debt
    35,000       57,000       65,000  
Other long-term liabilities
    3,017       6,287       11,378  
Stockholders’ equity
    123,802       238,326       280,610  
     
     
     
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 172,692     $ 347,769     $ 409,052  
     
     
     
 

10


Table of Contents

Summary Operating and Reserve Data

       The following estimates of net proved oil and natural gas reserves are based on a reserve report prepared by us and reviewed in its entirety by our independent petroleum engineers. Ryder Scott Company, L.P. reviews all our reserve estimates except for our reserve estimates for the Powder River Basin, which are reviewed by Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. Copies of the review reports of our independent petroleum engineers are attached to this prospectus as Appendices B and C. You should refer to “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Business — Oil and Gas Data — Proved Reserves”, “Business — Oil and Gas Data — Production and Price History” and the review reports included in this prospectus in evaluating the material presented below.

                                 
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception) Six Months Six Months
through Year Ended Ended Ended
December 31, December 31, June 30, June 30,
2002 (1) 2003 2003 2004




Production Data:
                               
Natural gas (MMcf) (2)
    6,370       16,315       6,540       14,060  
Oil (MBbls)
    27       328       130       228  
Combined Volumes (MMcfe)
    6,532       18,283       7,323       15,428  
Daily Combined Volumes (MMcfe/d)
    23.5       50.1       40.5       84.8  
Average Prices (3):
                               
Natural gas (per Mcf)
  $ 2.39     $ 4.03     $ 3.89     $ 4.88  
Oil (per Bbl)
    27.99       28.85       29.27       34.53  
Combined (per Mcfe)
    2.45       4.12       4.00       4.95  
                 
As of
December 31,

2002 2003


Estimated Proved Reserves (4):
               
Natural gas (Bcf)
    101.8       180.9  
Oil (MMBbls)
    2.9       3.9  
Total (Bcfe)
    119.1       204.2  
PV-10 (in millions) (5)
  $ 178.6     $ 520.8  
Standardized Measure (in millions) (6)
    153.5       404.8  


(1)  In the period ended December 31, 2002, production commenced on March 29, 2002 following the purchase of our Wind River Acquisition Properties.
 
(2)  Production of natural gas liquids is included in natural gas revenues and production. Production data excludes production associated with properties held for sale.
 
(3)  Includes the effects of hedging transactions. Pre-hedging prices for natural gas were $2.39 per Mcf in 2002 and $4.51 per Mcf in 2003, and for oil were $27.99 per Bbl in 2002 and $28.85 per Bbl in 2003. For the six months ended June 30, 2004, pre-hedging prices were $5.21 per Mcf for natural gas and $34.53 per Bbl for oil. For the six months ended June 30, 2003, pre-hedging price for natural gas was $4.38 per Mcf and for oil was $29.09 per Bbl.
 
(4)  Excludes proved reserves of 10.9 Bcfe with a PV-10 of $17.8 million associated with properties held for sale at December 31, 2002.

11


Table of Contents

(5)  The present values of future net revenues before income taxes were determined using the prices for natural gas and oil at December 31, 2002 and 2003, which were $3.12 per MMBtu of natural gas and $31.35 per barrel of oil in 2002 and $5.58 per MMBtu of natural gas and $32.55 per barrel of oil in 2003, in each case without giving effect to hedging transactions. Giving effect to hedging transactions, our PV-10 would have been $197 million at December 31, 2002 and $506 million at December 31, 2003.
 
(6)  The Standardized Measure represents the present value of estimated future cash inflows from proved natural gas and oil reserves, less future development, production, and income tax expenses, discounted at 10% per annum to reflect timing of future cash flows and using the same pricing assumptions as were used to calculate PV-10. Standardized Measure differs from PV-10 because Standardized Measure includes the effect of future income taxes.

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

       An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock. The risks described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks not presently known to us or which we currently consider immaterial may also adversely affect our company.

Risks Related to the Oil and Natural Gas Industry and Our Business

Oil and natural gas prices are volatile and a decline in oil and natural gas prices can significantly affect our financial results and impede our growth.

       Our revenue, profitability and cash flow depend upon the prices and demand for oil and natural gas. The markets for these commodities are very volatile and even relatively modest drops in prices can significantly affect our financial results and impede our growth. Changes in oil and natural gas prices have a significant impact on the value of our reserves and on our cash flow. Prices for oil and natural gas may fluctuate widely in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of and demand for oil and natural gas, market uncertainty and a variety of additional factors that are beyond our control, such as:

  •  the domestic and foreign supply of oil and natural gas;
 
  •  the price of foreign imports;
 
  •  overall domestic and global economic conditions;
 
  •  political and economic conditions in oil producing countries, including the Middle East and South America;
 
  •  the ability of members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries to agree to and maintain oil price and production controls;
 
  •  the level of consumer product demand;
 
  •  weather conditions;
 
  •  technological advances affecting energy consumption;
 
  •  domestic and foreign governmental regulations;
 
  •  proximity and capacity of oil and gas pipelines and other transportation facilities; and
 
  •  the price and availability of alternative fuels.

       Lower oil and natural gas prices may not only decrease our revenues on a per unit basis, but also may reduce the amount of oil and natural gas that we can produce economically. This may result in our having to make substantial downward adjustments to our estimated proved reserves. If this occurs or if our estimates of development costs increase, production data factors change or our exploration results deteriorate, successful efforts accounting rules may require us to write down, as a non-cash charge to earnings, the carrying value of our oil and natural gas properties for impairments. We are required to perform impairment tests on our assets whenever events or changes in circumstances lead to a reduction of the estimated useful life or estimated future cash flows that would indicate that the carry amount may not be recoverable or whenever management’s plans change with respect to those assets. We may incur impairment charges in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the period taken.

13


Table of Contents

Our business is difficult to evaluate because we have a limited operating history.

       In considering whether to invest in our common stock, you should consider that there is only limited historical financial and operating information available on which to base your evaluation of our performance. We were formed in January 2002 and, as a result, we have a limited operating history.

We have incurred losses from operations during certain periods since our inception and may continue to do so in the future.

       We incurred net losses of $3.8 million and $0.5 million in the period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003, respectively, and $0.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003. Our development of and participation in an increasingly larger number of prospects has required and will continue to require substantial capital expenditures. The uncertainty and factors described throughout this section may impede our ability to economically find, develop, exploit, and acquire natural gas and oil reserves. As a result, we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability or positive cash flows from operating activities in the future.

Our estimated reserves are based on many assumptions that may turn out to be inaccurate. Any material inaccuracies in these reserve estimates or underlying assumptions will materially affect the quantities and present value of our reserves.

       No one can measure underground accumulations of oil and natural gas in an exact way. Oil and natural gas reserve engineering requires subjective estimates of underground accumulations of oil and natural gas and assumptions concerning future oil and natural gas prices, production levels, and operating and development costs. As a result, estimated quantities of proved reserves and projections of future production rates and the timing of development expenditures may be incorrect. We prepare our own estimates of proved reserves, which are reviewed by independent petroleum engineers. Over time, our internal engineers may make material changes to reserve estimates taking into account the results of actual drilling, testing, and production. Also, we make certain assumptions regarding future oil and natural gas prices, production levels, and operating and development costs that may prove incorrect. Any significant variance from these assumptions to actual figures could greatly affect our estimates of reserves, the economically recoverable quantities of oil and natural gas attributable to any particular group of properties, the classifications of reserves based on risk of recovery, and estimates of the future net cash flows. Some of our reserve estimates are made without the benefit of a lengthy production history, which are less reliable than estimates based on a lengthy production history. At year end 2003, we revised our proved reserves downward from our 2002 reserve report by approximately 41 Bcfe. The majority of the downward revision was due to reclassifying deep proved undeveloped reserves and reevaluating the economic potential of behind pipe reserves in the Wind River Basin as a result of a periodic review of our reserves and reserve evaluation methodologies and an analysis of the results of our recompletion program. Numerous changes over time to the assumptions on which our reserve estimates are based, as described above, often result in the actual quantities of oil and gas we ultimately recover being different from our reserve estimates.

       The present value of future net cash flows from our proved reserves is not necessarily the same as the current market value of our estimated oil and natural gas reserves. We base the estimated discounted future net cash flows from our proved reserves on prices and costs in effect on the day of estimate. However, actual future net cash flows from our oil and natural gas properties also will be affected by factors such as:

  •  actual prices we receive for oil and natural gas;
 
  •  the amount and timing of actual production;
 
  •  supply and demand of oil and natural gas; and

14


Table of Contents

  •  changes in governmental regulations or taxation.

       The timing of both our production and our incurrence of expenses in connection with the development and production of oil and natural gas properties will affect the timing of actual future net cash flows from proved reserves, and thus their actual present value. In addition, the 10% discount factor we use when calculating discounted future net cash flows may not be the most appropriate discount factor based on interest rates in effect from time to time and risks associated with us or the oil and natural gas industry in general. For example, if natural gas prices decline by $0.10 per Mcf, then the PV-10 of our proved reserves as of December 31, 2003 would decrease from $521 million to $509 million.

       Our independent engineers perform a well-by-well review of all of our properties and of our estimates of proved reserves, but their report only addresses the total amount of our estimates for the sum of all properties covered by our reserve report. They do not state the degree of their concurrence with the accuracy of our estimate for the proved reserves attributable to our interest in any specific basin, property or well. In a well by well comparison by the independent engineers, differences of greater or less than 10% exist. In the case of the properties reviewed by each of the two independent engineers, our estimates of proved reserves at December 31, 2003 in the aggregate were 6.7% above those of Ryder Scott Company, L.P. and 5.1% above Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc.

Unless we replace our oil and natural gas reserves, our reserves and production will decline, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

       Producing oil and natural gas reservoirs generally are characterized by declining production rates that vary depending upon reservoir characteristics and other factors. Our future oil and natural gas reserves and production and, therefore, our cash flow and income are highly dependent on our success in efficiently developing and exploiting our current reserves and economically finding or acquiring additional recoverable reserves. We may not be able to develop, find or acquire additional reserves to replace our current and future production at acceptable costs.

Prospects that we decide to drill may not yield natural gas or oil in commercially viable quantities.

       We describe some of our current prospects and our plans to explore those prospects in this prospectus. A prospect is a property on which we have identified what our geoscientists believe, based on available seismic and geological information, to be indications of natural gas or oil. Our prospects are in various stages of evaluation, ranging from a prospect that is ready to drill to a prospect that will require substantial additional seismic data processing and interpretation. However, the use of seismic data and other technologies and the study of producing fields in the same area will not enable us to know conclusively prior to drilling and testing whether natural gas or oil will be present or, if present, whether natural gas or oil will be present in sufficient quantities to recover drilling or completion costs or to be economically viable. In sum, the cost of drilling, completing and operating any wells is often uncertain and new wells may not be productive.

Our identified drilling location inventories are scheduled out over several years, making them susceptible to uncertainties that could materially alter the occurrence or timing of their drilling.

       Our management has specifically identified and scheduled drilling locations as an estimation of our future multi-year drilling activities on our existing acreage. Our ability to drill and develop these locations depends on a number of uncertainties, including the availability of capital, seasonal conditions, regulatory approvals, oil and natural gas prices, costs and drilling results. Because of these uncertainties, we do not know if the numerous potential drilling locations we have identified will ever be drilled or if we will be able to produce natural gas or oil from these or any other potential

15


Table of Contents

drilling locations. As such, our actual drilling activities may materially differ from those presently identified.

Our use of 2-D and 3-D seismic data is subject to interpretation and may not accurately identify the presence of natural gas and oil, which could adversely affect the results of our drilling operations.

       Even when properly used and interpreted, 2-D and 3-D seismic data and visualization techniques are only tools used to assist geoscientists in identifying subsurface structures and hydrocarbon indicators and do not enable the interpreter to know whether hydrocarbons are, in fact, present in those structures. In addition, the use of 3-D seismic and other advanced technologies requires greater predrilling expenditures than traditional drilling strategies, and we could incur losses as a result of such expenditures. As a result, our drilling activities may not be successful or economical and our overall drilling success rate or our drilling success rate for activities in a particular area could decline.

       We often gather 3-D seismic over large areas. Our interpretation of seismic data delineates for us those portions of an area that we believe are desirable for drilling. Therefore, we may chose not to acquire option or lease rights prior to acquiring seismic data and, in many cases, we may identify hydrocarbon indicators before seeking option or lease rights in the location. If we are not able to lease those locations on acceptable terms, it would result in our having made substantial expenditures to acquire and analyze 3-D data without having an opportunity to attempt to benefit from those expenditures.

Drilling for and producing oil and natural gas are high risk activities with many uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

       Our drilling activities are subject to many risks, including the risk that we will not discover commercially productive reservoirs. Drilling for oil and natural gas can be unprofitable, not only from dry holes, but from productive wells that do not produce sufficient revenues to return a profit. In addition, our drilling and producing operations may be curtailed, delayed or canceled as a result of other factors, including:

  •  unusual or unexpected geological formations;
 
  •  pressures;
 
  •  fires;
 
  •  blowouts;
 
  •  loss of drilling fluid circulation;
 
  •  title problems;
 
  •  facility or equipment malfunctions;
 
  •  unexpected operational events;
 
  •  shortages or delivery delays of equipment and services;
 
  •  compliance with environmental and other governmental requirements; and
 
  •  adverse weather conditions.

       Additionally, the coal beds in the Powder River Basin from which we produce methane gas frequently contain water, which may hamper our ability to produce gas in commercial quantities. The amount of coalbed methane that can be commercially produced depends upon the coal quality, the original gas content of the coal seam, the thickness of the seam, the reservoir pressure, the rate at which gas is released from the coal, and the existence of any natural fractures through which the

16


Table of Contents

gas can flow to the well bore. However, coal beds frequently contain water that must be removed in order for the gas to detach from the coal and flow to the well bore. The average life of a coal bed well is only five to six years. Our ability to remove and dispose of sufficient quantities of water from the coal seam will determine whether or not we can produce coalbed methane in commercial quantities.

       Any of these risks can cause substantial losses, including personal injury or loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, natural resources and equipment, pollution, environmental contamination or loss of wells and other regulatory penalties.

       We ordinarily maintain insurance against various losses and liabilities arising from our operations; however, insurance against all operational risks is not available to us. Additionally, we may elect not to obtain insurance if we believe that the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the perceived risks presented. Thus, losses could occur for uninsurable or uninsured risks or in amounts in excess of existing insurance coverage. The occurrence of an event that is not fully covered by insurance could have a material adverse impact on our business activities, financial condition and results of operations.

Our development and exploration operations require substantial capital and we may be unable to obtain needed capital or financing on satisfactory terms, which could lead to a loss of properties and a decline in our natural gas and oil reserves.

       The oil and natural gas industry is capital intensive. We make and expect to continue to make substantial capital expenditures in our business and operations for the exploration for and development, production and acquisition of oil and natural gas reserves. To date, we have financed capital expenditures primarily with sales of our equity securities, proceeds from bank borrowings and cash generated by operations. We intend to finance our capital expenditures with cash flow from operations and our existing financing arrangements. Our cash flow from operations and access to capital are subject to a number of variables, including:

  •  our proved reserves;
 
  •  the level of oil and natural gas we are able to produce from existing wells;
 
  •  the prices at which oil and natural gas are sold; and
 
  •  our ability to acquire, locate and produce new reserves.

       If our revenues or the borrowing base under our revolving credit facility decreases as a result of lower oil and natural gas prices, operating difficulties, declines in reserves or for any other reason, we may have limited ability to obtain the capital necessary to sustain our operations at current levels. We may, from time to time, need to seek additional financing, either in the form of increased bank borrowings, sales of debt or equity securities or other forms of financing, and there can be no assurance as to the availability or terms of any additional financing.

       Even if additional capital is needed, we may not be able to obtain debt or equity financing on terms favorable to us, or at all. If cash generated by operations or available under our revolving credit facility is not sufficient to meet our capital requirements, the failure to obtain additional financing could result in a curtailment of our operations relating to exploration and development of our prospects, which in turn could lead to a possible loss of properties and a decline in our natural gas and oil reserves.

Our credit facility has substantial restrictions and financial covenants and we may have difficulty obtaining additional credit, which could adversely affect our operations.

       We will depend on our revolving credit facility for future capital needs. The revolving credit facility restricts our ability to obtain additional financing, make investments, lease equipment, sell

17


Table of Contents

assets and engage in business combinations. We are also required to comply with certain financial covenants and ratios. Our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants in the future is uncertain and will be affected by the levels of cash flow from our operations and events or circumstances beyond our control. Our failure to comply with any of the restrictions and covenants under the revolving credit facility could result in a default under the revolving credit facility, which could cause all of our existing indebtedness to be immediately due and payable.

       The revolving credit facility limits the amounts we can borrow to a borrowing base amount, determined by the lenders in their sole discretion, based upon projected revenues from the oil and natural gas properties securing our loan. The lenders can unilaterally adjust the borrowing base and the borrowings permitted to be outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Any increase in the borrowing base requires the consent of the lenders holding 75% of the commitments. If the required lenders do not agree on an increase, then the borrowing base will be the lowest borrowing base acceptable to the required number of lenders. Outstanding borrowings in excess of the borrowing base must be repaid immediately, or we must pledge other oil and natural gas properties as additional collateral. We do not currently have any substantial unpledged properties, and we may not have the financial resources in the future to make any mandatory principal prepayments required under the revolving credit facility.

Substantially all of our producing properties are located in the Rocky Mountains, making us vulnerable to risks associated with operating in one major geographic area.

       Our operations are focused on the Rocky Mountain region, which means our producing properties are geographically concentrated in that area. In particular, a substantial portion of our proved oil and natural gas reserves are located in the Wind River Basin. At December 31, 2003, approximately 49% of our proved reserves and approximately 67% of our production were located in the Wind River Basin. As a result, we may be disproportionately exposed to the impact of delays or interruptions of production from these wells caused by mechanical problems, damage to the current producing reservoirs or significant governmental regulation, including curtailment of production or interruption of transportation of natural gas produced from the wells in this basin.

Seasonal weather conditions and lease stipulations adversely affect our ability to conduct drilling activities in some of the areas where we operate.

       Oil and natural gas operations in the Rocky Mountains are adversely affected by seasonal weather conditions and lease stipulations designed to protect various wildlife. In certain areas, including parts of the Wind River and Uinta Basins, drilling and other oil and natural gas activities can only be conducted during the spring and summer months. This limits our ability to operate in those areas and can intensify competition during those months for drilling rigs, oil field equipment, services, supplies and qualified personnel, which may lead to periodic shortages. Resulting shortages or high costs could delay our operations and materially increase our operating and capital costs.

Properties that we buy may not produce as projected and we may be unable to determine reserve potential, identify liabilities associated with the properties or obtain protection from sellers against them.

       One of our growth strategies is to capitalize on opportunistic acquisitions of oil and natural gas reserves. However, our reviews of acquired properties are inherently incomplete because it generally is not feasible to review in depth every individual property involved in each acquisition. Ordinarily, we will focus our review efforts on the higher value properties and will sample the remainder. However, even a detailed review of records and properties may not necessarily reveal existing or potential problems, nor will it permit a buyer to become sufficiently familiar with the properties to assess fully their deficiencies and potential. Inspections may not always be performed on every well, and environmental problems, such as ground water contamination, are not necessarily observable even

18


Table of Contents

when an inspection is undertaken. Even when problems are identified, we often assume certain environmental and other risks and liabilities in connection with acquired properties.

We have limited control over activities on properties we do not operate, which could reduce our production and revenues.

       Substantially all of our business activities are conducted through joint operating agreements under which we own partial interests in oil and natural gas properties. If we do not operate the properties in which we own an interest, we do not have control over normal operating procedures, expenditures or future development of underlying properties. The failure of an operator of our wells to adequately perform operations, or an operator’s breach of the applicable agreements, could reduce our production and revenues. The success and timing of our drilling and development activities on properties operated by others therefore depends upon a number of factors outside of our control, including the operator’s timing and amount of capital expenditures, expertise and financial resources, inclusion of other participants in drilling wells, and use of technology. Because we do not have a majority interest in most wells we do not operate, we may not be in a position to remove the operator in the event of poor performance.

Market conditions or operational impediments may hinder our access to oil and natural gas markets or delay our production.

       Market conditions or the unavailability of satisfactory oil and natural gas transportation arrangements may hinder our access to oil and natural gas markets or delay our production. The availability of a ready market for our oil and natural gas production depends on a number of factors, including the demand for and supply of oil and natural gas and the proximity of reserves to pipelines and terminal facilities. Our ability to market our production depends in substantial part on the availability and capacity of gathering systems, pipelines and processing facilities owned and operated by third parties. Our failure to obtain such services on acceptable terms could materially harm our business. We may be required to shut in wells for a lack of a market or because of inadequacy or unavailability of natural gas pipeline or gathering system capacity. If that were to occur, then we would be unable to realize revenue from those wells until production arrangements were made to deliver the production to market.

Our hedging activities could result in financial losses or could reduce our income.

       To achieve a more predictable cash flow and to reduce our exposure to adverse fluctuations in the prices of oil and natural gas, we currently, and may in the future, enter into hedging arrangements for a portion of our oil and natural gas production. Hedging arrangements for a portion of our oil and natural gas production expose us to the risk of financial loss in some circumstances, including when:

  •  production is less than expected;
 
  •  the counter-party to the hedging contract defaults on its contract obligations; or
 
  •  there is a change in the expected differential between the underlying price in the hedging agreement and actual prices received.

       In addition, these types of hedging arrangements limit the benefit we would receive from increases in the prices for oil and natural gas and may expose us to cash margin requirements.

The inability of one or more of our customers to meet their obligations may adversely affect our financial results.

       Substantially all of our accounts receivable result from oil and natural gas sales or joint interest billings to third parties in the energy industry. This concentration of customers and joint interest owners may impact our overall credit risk in that these entities may be similarly affected by changes

19


Table of Contents

in economic and other conditions. In addition, our oil and natural gas hedging arrangements expose us to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties.

We depend on a limited number of key personnel who would be difficult to replace.

       We depend on the performance of our executive officers and other key employees, especially William J. Barrett, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of any member of our senior management or other key employees could negatively impact our ability to execute our strategy. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees. For a description of our management philosophy, see “Management — Executive Officers, Directors and Other Key Employees — Management Philosophy”.

Competition in the oil and natural gas industry is intense, which may adversely affect our ability to succeed.

       The oil and natural gas industry is intensely competitive, and we compete with other companies that have greater resources. Many of these companies not only explore for and produce oil and natural gas, but also carry on refining operations and market petroleum and other products on a regional, national or worldwide basis. These companies may be able to pay more for productive oil and natural gas properties and exploratory prospects or define, evaluate, bid for and purchase a greater number of properties and prospects than our financial or human resources permit. In addition, these companies may have a greater ability to continue exploration activities during periods of low oil and natural gas market prices. Our larger competitors may be able to absorb the burden of present and future federal, state, local and other laws and regulations more easily than we can, which would adversely affect our competitive position. Our ability to acquire additional properties and to discover reserves in the future will be dependent upon our ability to evaluate and select suitable properties and to consummate transactions in a highly competitive environment. In addition, because we have fewer financial and human resources than many companies in our industry, we may be at a disadvantage in bidding for exploratory prospects and producing oil and natural gas properties.

We are subject to complex federal, state, local and other laws and regulations that could adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

       Our exploration, development, production and marketing operations are regulated extensively at the federal, state and local levels. In addition, a portion of our leases in the Uinta basin are, and some of our future leases may be, regulated by Native American tribes. Environmental and other governmental laws and regulations have increased the costs to plan, design, drill, install, operate and abandon oil and natural gas wells. Under these laws and regulations, we could also be liable for personal injuries, property damage and other damages. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the suspension or termination of our operations and subject us to administrative, civil and criminal penalties. Moreover, public interest in environmental protection has increased in recent years, and environmental organizations have opposed, with some success, certain drilling projects.

       Our Powder River Basin coalbed methane exploration and production activities result in the discharge of large volumes of produced groundwater into adjacent lands and waterways. The ratio of methane gas to produced water varies over the life of the well. The environmental soundness of discharging produced groundwater pursuant to water discharge permits has come under increased scrutiny. Moratoriums on the issuance of additional water discharge permits, or more costly methods of handling these produced waters, may affect future well development. Compliance with more stringent laws or regulations, or more vigorous enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies, or difficulties in negotiating required surface use agreements with land owners, or receiving other governmental approvals, could delay our Powder River Basin exploration and production activities and/or require us to make material expenditures for the installation and operation of systems and

20


Table of Contents

equipment for pollution control and/or remediation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

       Part of the regulatory environment in which we operate includes, in some cases, federal requirements for obtaining environmental assessments, environmental impact studies and/or plans of development before commencing exploration and production activities. In addition, our activities are subject to the regulation by oil and natural gas-producing states and Native American tribes of conservation practices and protection of correlative rights. These regulations affect our operations and limit the quantity of oil and natural gas we may produce and sell. A major risk inherent in our drilling plans is the need to obtain drilling permits from state, local and Native American tribal authorities. Delays in obtaining regulatory approvals, drilling permits, the failure to obtain a drilling permit for a well or the receipt of a permit with unreasonable conditions or costs could have a material adverse effect on our ability to explore on or develop our properties. Additionally, the oil and natural gas regulatory environment could change in ways that might substantially increase the financial and managerial costs to comply with the requirements of these laws and regulations and, consequently, adversely affect our profitability. Furthermore, we may be put at a competitive disadvantage to larger companies in our industry who can spread these additional costs over a greater number of wells and larger operating staff. See “Business — Operations — Environmental Matters and Regulation” and “Business — Operation — Other Regulation of the Oil and Gas Industry” for a description of the laws and regulations that affect us.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock

There has been no public market for our common stock and our stock price may fluctuate significantly.

       There currently is no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiation between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price for our common stock after this offering. The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly as a result of:

  •  actual or anticipated quarterly variations in our operating results;
 
  •  changes in expectations as to our future financial performance or changes in financial estimates, if any, of public market analysts;
 
  •  announcements relating to our business or the business of our competitors;
 
  •  conditions generally affecting the oil and natural gas industry;
 
  •  the success of our operating strategy; and
 
  •  the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies.

Future sales of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.

       Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”. In addition, the sale of these shares could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional common or preferred stock.

       After this offering, we will have                      shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering, other than shares, if any, purchased by our affiliates, will be freely tradable.

       The institutional investors, officers and directors, certain other previous investors, and purchasers through a directed share program are subject to agreements that limit their ability to sell

21


Table of Contents

our common stock held by them. Generally, these holders cannot sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written approval of Goldman, Sachs & Co., which could, in its sole discretion, elect to permit resale of shares by existing stockholders, including its affiliates, prior to the lapse of the 180-day period.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate dilution and will experience further dilution with the future exercise of stock options.

       If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amount paid by stockholders who purchased their shares from us prior to this offering. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $           per share, representing the difference between our net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. Additionally, you will experience further dilution as holders of certain of our stock options exercise those options. As of                     , 2004, we have outstanding options to purchase (1)                 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $           per share, (2)                 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $           per share and (3)                 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $           per share. These options vest over periods of four or five years, after which they could be exercised. See “Dilution” for a description of dilution.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law make it more difficult to effect a change in control of the company, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

       Delaware corporate law and our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could delay, defer or prevent a change in control of us or our management. These provisions include:

  •  a classified board of directors;
 
  •  giving the board the exclusive right to fill all board vacancies;
 
  •  requiring a super-majority vote of the stockholders for the removal of directors;
 
  •  permitting removal of directors only for cause and with a super-majority vote of the stockholders;
 
  •  requiring special meetings of stockholders to be called only by the board;
 
  •  prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;
 
  •  prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors; and
 
  •  allowing for authorized but unissued common and preferred shares, including shares to be used to establish a stockholders’ rights plan.

       These provisions also could discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. As a result, these provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, which may limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

We have significant stockholders with the ability to influence our actions.

       Upon completion of this offering, Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and entities affiliated with each of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC (each an “institutional investor”) will beneficially own approximately      % of our outstanding common stock (approximately      % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) based on the assumed rate of

22


Table of Contents

conversion of our preferred stock into common stock upon completion of this offering as described under “Conversion of Preferred Stock”. See “Principal Stockholders”. Accordingly, these stockholders may be able to control the outcome of stockholder votes, including votes concerning the election of directors, the adoption or amendment of provisions in our certificate of incorporation or bylaws and the approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions. This concentrated ownership makes it less likely that any other holder or group of holders of common stock will be able to affect the way we are managed or the direction of our business. These factors may also delay or prevent a change in our management or voting control.

       Furthermore, conflicts of interest could arise in the future between us, on the one hand, and the institutional investors, on the other hand, concerning among other things, potential competitive business activities or business opportunities. None of the institutional investors is restricted from competitive oil and natural gas exploration and production activities or investments, and our certificate of incorporation contains a provision that permits the institutional investors to participate in transactions relating to the acquisition, development and exploitation of oil and natural gas reserves without making such opportunities available to us. See “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Policies — Delaware Business Opportunity Statute”.

23


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

       This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which may include statements about our:

  •  business strategy;
 
  •  identified drilling locations;
 
  •  exploration and development drilling prospects, inventories, projects and programs;
 
  •  natural gas and oil reserves;
 
  •  technology;
 
  •  financial strategy;
 
  •  realized oil and natural gas prices;
 
  •  production;
 
  •  lease operating expenses, general and administrative costs and finding and development costs;
 
  •  future operating results; and
 
  •  plans, objectives, expectations and intentions.

       All of these types of statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements may be found in the “Prospectus Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Business” and other sections of the prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may”, “will”, “could”, “should”, “expect”, “plan”, “project”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “predict”, “potential”, “pursue”, “target” or “continue”, the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology.

       The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are largely based on our expectations, which reflect estimates and assumptions made by our management. These estimates and assumptions reflect our best judgment based on currently known market conditions and other factors. Although we believe such estimates and assumptions to be reasonable, they are inherently uncertain and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that are beyond our control. In addition, management’s assumptions about future events may prove to be inaccurate. Management cautions all readers that the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are not guarantees of future performance, and we cannot assure any reader that such statements will be realized or the forward-looking events and circumstances will occur. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements due to the factors listed in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We do not intend to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. These cautionary statements qualify all forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf.

24


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

       Our net proceeds from the sale of the                      shares of common stock in this offering, assuming a public offering price of $           per share, are estimated to be $          million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The total net proceeds would be $                million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full.

       We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay all of our outstanding indebtedness under our revolving credit facility and to fund exploration and development activities, oil and gas leasehold acquisitions in the ordinary course of business, working capital and other general corporate purposes. Our revolving credit facility provides for commitments of $200 million with an initial borrowing base of $150 million. Currently, the borrowing base is divided into two parts, with the “Tranche A” portion making $100 million available for all corporate purposes and the “Tranche B” portion making $50 million available only to develop natural gas and oil properties. The Tranche A portion can be increased as our proved reserves increase from our exploration and development activities. The Tranche B portion has a maturity date of March 31, 2005, and the Tranche A portion has a maturity date of February 4, 2007. At June 30, 2004, borrowings outstanding against our revolving credit facility totaled approximately $65 million at an interest rate of 2.8% per annum, and have been used primarily for our natural gas and oil activities. All of these borrowings were pursuant to the Tranche A portion of the revolving credit facility.

       JPMorgan Chase Bank is the lead arranger and agent under our revolving credit facility and is affiliated with one of our shareholders and one of the underwriters of this offering. See “Related Party Transactions” and “Underwriting”.

DIVIDEND POLICY

       We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business, including exploration, development and acquisition activities. In addition, our revolving credit facility contains a restriction on the payment of dividends to holders of common and preferred stock. Accordingly, if our dividend policy were to change in the future, our ability to pay dividends would be subject to this restriction and our then existing conditions, including our results of operations, financial condition, contractual obligations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. For a description of the accretion of dividends on our Series B preferred stock, see “Conversion of Preferred Stock”.

25


Table of Contents

CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK

       When we completed our initial outside equity financing in March 2002, we issued two series of preferred stock, Series A and Series B. The Series A preferred stock was purchased in March 2002 by members of management and other private investors. Also in March 2002, a private investor purchased a convertible note for $1.9 million that will automatically convert into 455,635 shares of Series A preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The Series B preferred stock was primarily purchased by institutional investors and subsequently was purchased by employees and issued as a portion of the purchase price for natural gas and oil properties. The Series B preferred stock was sold to the institutional investors in March 2002, December 2002, February 2003, March 2003, July 2003, October 2003, January 2004 and May 2004 pursuant to a series of capital calls. We currently have outstanding a total of 6,139,090 shares of Series A preferred stock that were issued for a total consideration of $25.6 million, and we have issued a total of 51,951,418 shares of Series B preferred stock for a total consideration of $259.8 million, including a deemed price of $1.6 million for a portion of the purchase price for certain natural gas and oil properties. See “Related Party Transactions — Investments in the Company”.

       The Series A and Series B preferred stock are substantially the same, except that the purchase price was $4.17 per share for the Series A preferred stock and $5.00 per share for the Series B preferred stock, and the holders of the Series B preferred stock are entitled to an annual 7% cumulative dividend, which would increase to 14% after March 28, 2009.

      Immediately prior to completion of this offering, (1) we will effect a reverse split of our common stock to reduce the number of shares of our common stock that are currently outstanding (with corresponding adjustments to our currently outstanding stock options), and (2) all of our shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock after giving effect to the reverse split and based in part on the initial public offering price for this offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions; however, we have the right to pay cash for a portion of the value of the preferred stock that would otherwise convert into common stock. The effect of these transactions will be to allocate the existing ownership of our company among our current common stockholders and preferred stockholders in a manner that gives effect to the preferred return to which our preferred stockholders are entitled upon the completion of this offering in accordance with the respective terms of the preferred stock. Although this allocation among current securities holders will vary based upon the actual initial public offering price for this offering, it will not affect the total number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after the completion of this offering, or the percentage of the outstanding shares represented by the shares being sold in this offering unless we elect to pay cash for a portion of the value of preferred stock that otherwise would have converted into common stock. If this election occurs, our cash payment of a portion of the value of the preferred stock will result in fewer shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering and the shares of common stock being sold in this offering will represent a larger percentage of the total number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering.

      Both the actual reverse stock split ratio and the number of shares of common stock to be issued upon conversion of our preferred stock will depend on the initial public offering price. However, for purposes of this preliminary prospectus, we have presented all common stock ownership amounts and percentages and all stock option share amounts and exercise prices based on an assumed reverse split ratio of 1-for-               , which assumes an initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the range of prices shown on the cover of this preliminary prospectus. Based on that assumed initial public offering price, we estimate that our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock (including shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding mandatorily convertible note) will be converted into a total of                 shares of common stock, representing           % of the outstanding shares of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering, and that our outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock will be converted into a total of                 shares of common stock representing           % of the outstanding shares of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

26


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

       The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2004, a summary of our capitalization, both on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis, to give effect to this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share and assuming the following:

  •  a 1-for           reverse common stock split immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
 
  •  the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering as described under “Conversion of Preferred Stock”; and
 
  •  our sale of                      shares of our common stock in this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds of $               . See “Use of Proceeds”.

       You should read the following table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

                         
As of June 30, 2004
(unaudited)

Actual As Adjusted


(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 24,825          
Revolving credit facility
    65,000          
Convertible note payable (1)
    1,900          
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized, 9,002,148 shares issued and outstanding;         shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted)
    9          
 
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 75,000,000 shares authorized, no shares outstanding (as adjusted):
               
   
Series A, 6,900,000 shares authorized; 6,139,090 shares issued and outstanding
    6          
   
Series B, 52,185,000 shares authorized; 51,951,418 shares issued and outstanding
    52          
 
Additional paid-in capital
    281,094          
 
Retained earnings
    5,298          
 
Other
    (5,849 )        
     
         
     
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 280,610          
     
         
       
Total capitalization
  $ 347,510          
     
         


(1)  Consists of $1.9 million attributable to a mandatorily convertible note that converts into 455,635 shares of Series A preferred stock that will be converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. See “Conversion of Preferred Stock”.

27


Table of Contents

DILUTION

       Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2004, was $          million or $           per share of common stock, assuming the issuance of                     shares of common stock in connection with the conversion of Series A and Series B preferred stock into common stock. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the number of outstanding shares of common stock into our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities. After giving effect to the issuance of common stock in this offering and the receipt of the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2004, would have been approximately $          million, or $           per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $           per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $           per share to new investors purchasing shares at the initial public offering price. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:

           
Assumed initial public offering price per share
  $    
Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2004
       
 
Increase per share attributable to new investors
       
 
Net tangible book value per share after the offering
       
     
 
Dilution per share to new investors
  $    
     
 

       The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2004, on the basis described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, assuming the conversion of all shares of our Series A and Series B preferred stock into common stock as described under “Conversion of Preferred Stock”, by existing stockholders and by the new investors at the assumed initial public offering price, together with the total price and average price per share paid by each of these groups, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

                                           
Total
Shares Purchased Consideration Average


Price
Number Percent Amount Percent Per Share





Existing stockholders
              %   $           %   $    
New investors
                                       
     
     
     
     
         
 
Total
            100 %             100 %        
     
     
     
     
         

       If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to                     , or approximately      % of the total number of shares of common stock, assuming the conversion of all shares of our Series A and Series B preferred stock into common stock.

       The data in the table above excludes                      shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of                     , 2004, of which                     are exercisable at $           per share,          are exercisable at $           per share, and                     are exercisable at $           per share. If all of these options are exercised, the dilution per share to the new investors will be $          .

28


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

       You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that the assumptions underlying the preparation of our financial statements are reasonable. The financial information included in this prospectus may not be indicative of our future results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Selected Financial Information for Bill Barrett Corporation

       The consolidated income statement information for the period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the balance sheet information as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 were derived from our audited financial statements included in this prospectus. The consolidated income statement information for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 and the balance sheet information as of June 30, 2004 were derived from our unaudited financial statements included in this prospectus.

                                     
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception) Six Months Ended
through Year Ended June 30,
December 31, December 31,
2002(4) 2003(4) 2003 2004




(in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                               
Operating revenues (1)
  $ 16,007     $ 75,252     $ 29,270     $ 76,442  
Other revenues
    74       184       53       2,398  
Operating expenses:
                               
 
Lease operating expense
    2,231       8,462       3,158       7,187  
 
Gathering and transportation expense
    229       3,646       1,595       2,491  
 
Production tax expense
    2,021       9,815       3,983       9,565  
 
Exploration expense
    1,592       6,134       2,765       3,094  
 
Impairment expense
          1,795              
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    9,162       30,724       11,258       31,002  
 
General and administrative
    5,626       14,363       6,516       8,975  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
  $ 20,861     $ 74,939     $ 29,275     $ 62,314  
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ (4,780 )   $ 497     $ 48     $ 16,526  
Other income (expenses):
                               
 
Interest income
    303       123       57       128  
 
Interest expense
    (65 )     (1,431 )     (610 )     (1,383 )
 
Loss on sale of securities
    (1,465 )                  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total other expense
  $ (1,227 )   $ (1,308 )   $ (553 )   $ (1,255 )
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (6,007 )   $ (811 )   $ (505 )   $ 15,271  
Benefit from (Provision for) income taxes
    2,164       320       199       (5,666 )
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (3,843 )   $ (491 )   $ (306 )   $ 9,605  
Income from discontinued operations (net of taxes)
    27                    
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,816 )   $ (491 )   $ (306 )   $ 9,605  
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings (loss) per common share:
                               
 
Basic
  $ (3.39 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    2,435       4,003       3,565       6,580  
 
Diluted
  $ (3.39 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    2,435       4,003       3,565       9,857  

29


Table of Contents

                                 
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception) Six Months Ended
through Year Ended June 30,
December 31, December 31,
2002(4) 2003(4) 2003 2004




(in thousands, except per share data)
Selected Cash Flow and Other Financial Data:
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,816 )   $ (491 )   $ (306 )   $ 9,605  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    9,162       30,724       11,258       31,002  
Other non-cash items
    1,092       7,954       2,726       7,121  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 6,438     $ 38,187     $ 13,678     $ 47,728  
Change in current assets and liabilities
    (967 )     (659 )     780       (2,069 )
     
     
     
     
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 5,471     $ 37,528     $ 14,458     $ 45,659  
     
     
     
     
 
Capital expenditures(2)
  $ 166,893     $ 186,327     $ 93,143     $ 83,170 (3)


(1)  Revenues are net of effects of hedging transactions.
 
(2)  Excludes future reclamation liability accruals of $1.0 million in 2002 and $2.9 million in 2003 and includes exploration cost expensed under successful efforts accounting of $1.6 million in 2002 and $6.1 million in 2003 and furniture and fixtures costs of $1.1 million in 2002 and $1.3 million in 2003. Also excludes future reclamation liability accruals of $0.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003 and $1.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004, and includes exploration cost expensed under successful efforts accounting of $2.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003 and $3.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004, and furniture and fixtures costs of $0.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003 and $0.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004.
 
(3)  Excludes $7.7 million in divestitures during six months ended June 30, 2004.
 
(4)  Earnings (loss) per common share data have been restated for the period from January 7, 2002 through December 31, 2002, the year ended December 31, 2003 (see note 17 of the consolidated financial statements).

                           
As of December 31, As of

June 30,
2002 2003 2004



(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 5,713     $ 16,034     $ 24,825  
Other current assets
    7,246       19,613       29,066  
Oil and natural gas properties, net of accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization
    156,372       307,920       350,744  
Other property and equipment, net of depreciation
    896       1,539       1,945  
Other assets
    2,465       2,663       2,472  
     
     
     
 
 
Total assets
  $ 172,692     $ 347,769     $ 409,052  
     
     
     
 
Current liabilities
  $ 10,873     $ 46,156     $ 52,064  
Long-term debt
    35,000       57,000       65,000  
Other long-term liabilities
    3,017       6,287       11,378  
Stockholders’ equity
    123,802       238,326       280,610  
     
     
     
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 172,692     $ 347,769     $ 409,052  
     
     
     
 

30


Table of Contents

Selected Financial and Operating Information for Wind River Acquisition Properties

       The selected financial data for the Wind River Acquisition Properties for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 were derived from the audited and unaudited financial statements concerning the Wind River Acquisition Properties included in this prospectus and information provided by the seller. We requested that the seller provide us with all available information concerning these properties. Because these properties were a small portion of the seller’s total assets, the seller did not have more detailed financial information regarding these properties. For additional information concerning our financial data, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

                                   
Period from
January 1, 2002
through
1999 2000 2001 March 28, 2002




(in thousands)
Statement of Operations Data :
                               
Operating revenues
  $ 45,768     $ 73,083     $ 55,380     $ 4,605  
Direct operating expenses:
                               
 
Lease operating expense
    1,313       2,132       2,672       551  
 
Gathering and transportation expense
    36       72       33       7  
 
Production tax expense
    5,413       8,871       6,875       644  
     
     
     
     
 
Total direct operating expenses
  $ 6,762     $ 11,075     $ 9,580     $ 1,202  
     
     
     
     
 
Revenues in excess of direct operating expenses
  $ 39,006     $ 62,008     $ 45,800     $ 3,403  
     
     
     
     
 
Summary Production Data :
                               
Production Data:
                               
 
Natural gas (MMcf)
    19,858       20,679       12,588       2,166  
 
Oil (MBbls)
    56       66       40       5  
 
Combined (MMcfe)
    20,194       21,075       12,828       2,196  
Average Prices:
                               
 
Natural gas (per Mcf)
  $ 2.24     $ 3.48     $ 4.32     $ 2.08  
 
Oil (per Bbl)
    19.04       27.76       24.10       18.40  
 
Combined (per Mcfe)
    2.27       3.47       4.32       2.10  
Selected Cash Flow Data :
                               
Operating Activities:
                               
Revenues in excess of direct operating expenses
  $ 39,006     $ 62,008     $ 45,800     $ 3,403  
Change in current assets and liabilities
                               
 
Accounts receivable
    (1,429 )     (3,187 )     5,955       538  
 
Accounts payable
    (9 )     106       (35 )     (88 )
 
Production taxes payable
    1,367       2,034       (1,469 )     388  
Investing Activities:
                               
 
Additions to oil and gas properties
  $ (43,783 )   $ (31,391 )   $ (7,925 )   $ (718 )

31


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

       The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Financial Data” and the accompanying financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. The forward-looking statements are dependent upon events, risks and uncertainties that may be outside our control. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, market prices for natural gas and oil, economic and competitive conditions, regulatory changes, estimates of proved reserves, potential failure to achieve production from development projects, capital expenditures and other uncertainties, as well as those factors discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”, all of which are difficult to predict. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed may not occur.

Overview

       We are an independent oil and natural gas exploration and production company operating in the Rocky Mountain region. We intend to increase stockholder value by profitably growing reserves and production, primarily through drilling operations. We seek high quality exploration and development projects with potential for providing long-term drilling inventories that generate high returns. Substantially all of our revenues are generated through the sale of natural gas and oil production under either short-term contracts or spot gas purchase contracts at market prices. Approximately 91% of our June 2004 production was natural gas.

       Our company was formed in January 2002. We began active natural gas and oil operations in March 2002 following the acquisition of properties in the Wind River Basin. We acquired these properties from a subsidiary of the Williams Companies, which acquired these properties in connection with the Williams Companies’ acquisition of Barrett Resources Corporation in August 2001. From early 2002 through mid 2004, we substantially increased our activity level and the number of properties that we operate. Our operating results reflect this growth. Also in 2002, we completed two additional acquisitions of properties in the Uinta, Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basins, and in early 2003, we completed an acquisition of largely undeveloped coalbed methane properties located in the Powder River Basin. A summary of our property acquisitions is as follows:

             
Primary Locations of Acquired Properties Date Acquired Purchase Price



(in millions)
Wind River Basin
  March 2002   $ 74  
Uinta Basin
  April 2002     8  
Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basins
  December 2002     62  
Powder River Basin
  March 2003     35  

Because of our rapid growth through acquisitions and development of our properties, our historical results of operations and period-to-period comparisons of these results and certain financial data may not be meaningful or indicative of future results.

       Our acquisitions were financed with a combination of funding from our private equity stock investments, our bank line of credit and cash flow from operations. The March 2002 purchase of properties in the Wind River Basin included core properties in the Cave Gulch and Wallace Creek fields. The April 2002 acquisition in the Uinta Basin included the Nine Mile field. The December 2002

32


Table of Contents

acquisition included the Cooper Reservoir field, properties in the Powder River Basin and oil properties in the Williston Basin, along with other properties that were not deemed core to our business operations (approximately 20% of the acquisition), which were sold in 2003. Our 2003 and expected 2004 activities include development drilling and exploration in each of these areas. Since our last major acquisition in March 2003, our activities have been focused on evaluating and developing our asset base and increasing our acreage positions.

       As of December 31, 2003, we had 204 Bcfe of estimated proved reserves with a PV-10 of $520.8 million and a Standardized Measure of $404.8 million, while at December 31, 2002, we had 119 Bcfe of estimated proved reserves with a PV-10 of $178.6 million and a Standardized Measure of $153.5 million, excluding properties held for sale.

       From our inception on January 7, 2002 through December 31, 2003, we invested $191.3 million in acquiring producing oil and gas properties together with an extensive leasehold acreage position of 666,571 net acres. These acquisitions and subsequent development resulted in estimated proved reserves of 204.2 Bcfe of as December 31, 2003. After factoring in production of 24.8 Bcfe and our capital investment of $147.5 million in the properties for exploration and development activities during the period from January 7, 2002 through December 31, 2003, our finding and development costs since inception were $1.48 per Mcfe, excluding the effect of estimated asset retirement costs. After factoring in estimated future development costs, our finding and development costs were $1.97 per Mcfe. As a recently formed company, we established our asset position through the acquisitions of properties, many of which are in the early stages of development. Our finding and development costs over the relatively short period of our existence have been high relative to other operators with more established positions in the Rockies. We anticipate that, as we conduct further development, we will be able to leverage existing infrastructure and achieve economies from improved production recovery experience and infill drilling development. We anticipate that, in the long term, our future finding and development costs will be more competitive with the industry broadly and with Rockies operators, in particular.

       The average sales prices received for natural gas in all our core areas rose sharply in 2003 and in the first six months of 2004 compared to 2002 and the first six months of 2003. Before the effect of hedging contracts, the average price we received for natural gas in 2003 was $4.51 per Mcf compared to $2.39 per Mcf in 2002. Before the effects of hedging contracts, the average price we received for oil was $28.85 per Bbl in 2003 compared to $27.99 per Bbl in 2002. Before the effect of hedging contracts, the average price we received for natural gas in the first six months of 2004 was $5.21 per Mcf compared to $4.38 per Mcf in the first six months of 2003. The average price we received for oil in the first six months of 2004 was $34.53 per Bbl compared to $29.27 per Bbl in the first six months of 2003.

       Higher oil and natural gas prices have led to higher demand for drilling rigs, operating personnel and field supplies and services, and have caused increases in the costs of those goods and services. To date, the higher sales prices have more than offset the higher field costs. Given the inherent volatility of oil and natural gas prices that are influenced by many factors beyond our control, we plan our activities and budget based on conservative sales price assumptions, which generally are lower than the average sales prices received in 2003 and the first half of 2004. We focus our efforts on increasing natural gas reserves and production while controlling costs at a level that is appropriate for long-term operations. Our future earnings and cash flows are dependent on our ability to manage our overall cost structure to a level that allows for profitable production.

       Like all oil and gas exploration and production companies, we face the challenge of natural production declines. As initial reservoir pressures are depleted, oil and gas production from a given well naturally decreases. Thus, an oil and gas exploration and production company depletes part of its asset base with each unit of oil or natural gas it produces. We attempt to overcome this natural decline by drilling to find additional reserves and acquiring more reserves than we produce. Our future growth will depend on our ability to continue to add reserves in excess of production. We will

33


Table of Contents

maintain our focus on costs to add reserves through drilling and acquisitions as well as the costs necessary to produce such reserves. Our ability to add reserves through drilling is dependent on our capital resources and can be limited by many factors, including our ability to timely obtain drilling permits and regulatory approvals. The permitting and approval process has been more difficult in recent years than in the past due to increased activism from environmental and other groups and has extended the time it takes us to receive permits. Because of our relatively small size and concentrated property base, we can be disproportionately disadvantaged by delays in obtaining or failing to obtain drilling approvals compared to companies with larger or more dispersed property bases. As a result, we are less able to shift drilling activities to areas where permitting may be easier and we have fewer properties over which to spread the costs related to complying with these regulations and the costs or foregone opportunities resulting from delays.

       In March 2002, we made our first and most significant acquisition to date. We paid $74 million for natural gas and oil properties located in the Wind River Basin in Wyoming, which are referred to in this prospectus as the Wind River Acquisition Properties. The acquisition consisted of 45 gross (43 net) wells, and 41,681 undeveloped net acres. We estimated that the proved reserves associated with this acquisition totaled approximately 58.3 Bcfe at the time of the acquisition. Statements of revenues and direct operating expenses for the Wind River Acquisition Properties for the year ended December 31, 2001 and the three months ended March 28, 2002 have been provided beginning at page F-33 because these properties may be considered to be the predecessor to our operations. We believe that this financial information provides adequate and appropriate disclosure concerning the operations of these properties and their relative importance to our current operations as a whole. We requested that the seller provide us with all available information concerning these properties. Because these properties were a small portion of the seller’s total assets, the seller did not maintain detailed information on a property by property basis. As a result, we were unable to obtain the data necessary to prepare full predecessor financial statements consisting of a balance sheet, statement of operations, and statement of cash flows with respect to the Wind River Acquisition Properties. In addition to the financial information for the Wind River Acquisition Properties, a statement of revenues and direct operating expenses for the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties for the eleven and one-half months ended December 15, 2002 has been provided beginning at page F-38 because of the significance of these properties to our operations at the time of their acquisition. Both acquisitions have been accounted for as asset purchases with operations included in our financial statements from the date of acquisition.

34


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

       The following table sets forth selected operating data for the periods indicated.

                                                                     
Period from
January 7,
2002 Six Months
(inception) Increase Ended Increase
through Year Ended (Decrease) June 30, (Decrease)
December 31, December 31,


2002 (1) 2003 Amount Percent 2003 2004 Amount Percent








(in thousands)
Operating Results:
                                                               
Revenues
                                                               
 
Oil and gas production
  $ 16,007     $ 75,252     $ 59,245       370 %   $ 29,270     $ 76,442     $ 47,172       161 %
 
Other income
    74       184       110       149       53       2,398       2,345       4,425  
Operating Expenses
                                                               
 
Lease operating expense
    2,231       8,462       6,231       279       3,158       7,187       4,029       128  
 
Gathering and transportation expense
    229       3,646       3,417       1,492       1,595       2,491       896       56  
 
Production tax expense
    2,021       9,815       7,794       386       3,983       9,565       5,582       140  
 
Exploration expense
    1,592       6,134       4,542       285       2,765       3,094       329       12  
 
Impairment expense
          1,795       1,795       n/a                         n/a  
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    9,162       30,724       21,562       235       11,258       31,002       19,744       175  
 
General and administrative
    5,626       14,363       8,737       155       6,516       8,975       2,459       38  
     
     
     
             
     
     
         
   
Total operating expenses
  $ 20,861     $ 74,939     $ 54,078       259     $ 29,275     $ 62,314     $ 33,039       113  
     
     
     
             
     
     
         
Production Data:
                                                               
 
Natural gas (MMcf)
    6,370       16,315       9,945       156       6,540       14,060       7,520       115  
 
Oil (MBbls)
    27       328       301       1,115       130       228       98       75  
 
Combined volumes (MMcfe)
    6,532       18,283       11,751       180       7,323       15,428       8,105       111  
 
Daily combined volumes (MMcfe/d)
    23.5       50.1       26.6       113       40.5       84.8       44.3       109  
Average Prices (2):
                                                               
 
Natural gas (per Mcf)
  $ 2.39     $ 4.03     $ 1.64       69     $ 3.89     $ 4.88     $ 0.99       25  
 
Oil (per Bbl)
    27.99       28.85       0.86       3       29.27       34.53       5.26       18  
 
Combined (per Mcfe)
    2.45       4.12       1.67       68       4.00       4.95       0.95       24  
Average Costs (per Mcfe):
                                                               
 
Lease operating expense
  $ 0.34     $ 0.46     $ 0.12       35     $ 0.43     $ 0.47     $ 0.04       9  
 
Gathering and transportation expense
    0.04       0.20       0.16       400       0.22       0.16       (0.06 )     (27 )
 
Production tax expense
    0.31       0.54       0.23       74       0.54       0.62       0.08       15  
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    1.40       1.68       0.28       20       1.54       2.01       0.47       31  
 
General and administrative
    0.86       0.79       (0.07 )     (8 )     0.89       0.58       (0.31 )     (35 )


(1)  In the period ended December 31, 2002, production commenced on March 29, 2002 following the purchase of our Wind River Acquisition Properties.
 
(2)  Average prices shown in the table are net of the effects of hedging transactions. As a result of hedging transactions, natural gas and oil production revenues were reduced by $7.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2003, $4.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 and $3.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003. Before the effect of hedging contracts, the average price we received for natural gas in 2003 was $4.51 per Mcf compared with $2.39 per Mcf in 2002 and $5.21 per Mcf in the six months ended June 30, 2004 and $4.38 per Mcf in the six months ended June 30, 2003.

Six months Ended June 30, 2004 Compared to the Six months Ended June 30, 2003

       The financial information with respect to the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 that is discussed below is unaudited. In the opinion of management, such information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such periods. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full fiscal year.

35


Table of Contents

       Production Revenues. Production revenues increased from $29.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003 to $76.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 due to both an increase in production and increases in natural gas and oil prices. Price increases added approximately $7.0 million of production revenues and production increases from the development of existing properties added approximately $40.1 million of production revenues. Significant decreases in product prices would significantly reduce our revenues from existing properties. See “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk”. Other revenues totaled $2.4 million in the first six months of 2004, which included gains on disposals of oil and gas properties.

       Total production volumes for the six months ended June 30, 2004 increased 111% from total production in the six months ended June 30, 2003, with increases in all producing basins. Additional information concerning production is in the following table.

                                   
Six Months Ended Six Months Ended
June 30, June 30,
2003(1) 2004


Oil Natural Gas Oil Natural Gas




(MBbls) (MMcf) (MBbls) (MMcf)
Wind River Basin
    21       5,125       57       9,203  
Uinta Basin
    0       393       4       2,606  
Powder River Basin
    0       882       0       2,153  
Williston Basin
    97       93       153       88  
Other
    12       47       14       10  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    130       6,540       228       14,060  
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Excludes volumes produced related to properties held for sale.

       The production increase in the Wind River Basin is due to development in our Cave Gulch and Cooper Reservoir fields that occurred throughout 2003 and the first six months of 2004. The production increase in the Uinta Basin is due to development activities in both the Nine Mile and Hill Creek fields. The production increase in the Powder River Basin reflects the acquisition made in March 2003 along with an active development program that occurred principally during the last six months of 2003. The production increase in the Williston Basin is principally due to continued development activities on the properties that were acquired in December 2002.

       Hedging Activities. During the first six months of 2004, we hedged approximately 39% of our natural gas volumes and no oil volumes, incurring a reduction in revenues of $4.8 million. During the first six months of 2003, we hedged approximately 62% of our natural gas volumes, incurring a reduction in revenues of $3.2 million, and 37% of our oil volumes, resulting in an immaterial increase to revenues.

       Lease Operating Expense and Gathering and Transportation Expense. Our lease operating expense increased from $0.43 per Mcfe in the first half of 2003 to $0.47 per Mcfe in the first half of 2004, while our gathering and transportation expense decreased from $0.22 per Mcfe in the first half of 2003 to $0.16 per Mcfe in the first half of 2004. On a per Mcfe basis, the increase in lease operating expenses was primarily due to an increase in water disposal costs and the number of field employees for the increased activity causing higher field compensation expenses. The decrease in gathering and transportation expense was a result of using company owned gathering lines to transport gas in the Wallace Creek field in the first half of 2004 instead of outside party facilities that were used in the first half of 2003.

       Production Tax Expense. Production taxes as a percentage of natural gas and oil sales before hedging adjustments were 12.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 11.8% in the six months ended June 30, 2004. Production taxes are primarily based on the wellhead values of

36


Table of Contents

production and vary across the different areas that we operate. Total production taxes increased from $4.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003 to $9.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 as a result of higher production revenues, primarily due to higher prices and volumes produced in the six months ended June 30, 2004 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2003.

       Exploration Expense. Exploration costs increased from $2.8 million in the first half of 2003 to $3.1 million in the first half of 2004. The costs for the first half of 2003 include $1.8 million for seismic programs in the Wind River Basin and $1.0 million for delay rentals, exploratory dry hole and other costs. The costs for the six months ended June 30, 2004 include $2.3 million for seismic programs primarily in the Tri-State and Talon project areas and $0.8 million for delay rentals and other costs.

       Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization. Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense was $31.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 compared to $11.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003. $12.5 million of the increase was due to the 111% increase in production and $7.2 million was due to an increased depletion rate for the first half 2004 production. During the six months ended June 30, 2003, the weighted average depletion rate was $1.54 per Mcfe. In the six months ended June 30, 2004, the weighted average depletion rate was $2.01 per Mcfe. Under successful efforts accounting, depletion expense is separately computed for each producing area. The capital expenditures for proved properties for each area compared to the proved reserves corresponding to each producing area determine a depletion rate for current production. During the six months ended June 30, 2004, the relationship of capital expenditures, proved reserves and production from certain producing areas yielded a higher depletion rate than during the six months ended June 30, 2003. Future depletion rates will be adjusted to reflect future capital expenditures and proved reserve changes in specific areas.

       General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense increased $2.5 million from $6.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003 to $9.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004. This increase was primarily due to increased personnel required for our capital program and production levels. As of June 30, 2004, we had 117 full time employees compared to 77 as of June 30, 2003. General and administrative expense includes non-cash charges for stock based compensation, including $0.1 million in the first half of 2003 and $0.4 million in the first half of 2004. The increase in charges for non-cash compensation was due to stock based compensation charges related to the vesting of common stock as a result of the capital investments made by our Series B stockholders in January and May 2004. On a per unit produced basis, general and administrative expense decreased from $0.89 per Mcfe in the first half of 2003 to $0.58 per Mcfe in the first half of 2004 as production increased at a greater rate than our general and administrative expenses. At our stage of exploration and capital expenditure activity compared to our production level, a significant determinant of our general and administrative expense are the personnel and related costs to prudently manage our capital expenditure program. As our capital expenditure program increases our production levels, we expect that general and administrative expense per unit of production will decrease.

       Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $0.8 million to $1.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2003. The increase was due to higher debt levels in the six months ended June 30, 2004 to fund acquisitions and development activities. We initially borrowed $35 million in December 2002 to partially finance an acquisition of properties and had outstanding borrowings of $47 million as of June 30, 2003. During 2003 and the first half of 2004, we used a combination of debt, equity and cash flow from operations to fund our activities, and had an outstanding balance on our bank line of credit of $57 million at December 31, 2003 and $65 million at June 30, 2004. The weighted average level of debt outstanding during the first half of 2003 was $34.1 million and during the first half of 2004 was $62.8 million.

       Income Tax Expense. Our effective tax rate was 39% in the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 37% in the six months ended June 30, 2004. Our effective tax rate should approximate 37% to

37


Table of Contents

39% depending upon extent of tax credits and the mix of state tax rates. All of our income tax benefit and provisions are deferred. Due to our start-up operations and the tax deductions being created by our drilling activities, we expect that we will not incur cash tax liabilities for at least the next year.

       Net Income (Loss). We generated net income of $9.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 compared to a net loss of $0.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003. The primary reasons for the improved results were the increase in production volumes and product prices, net of operating costs, partially offset by the increased production taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, exploration and general and administrative expenses.

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to the Period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002

       Production Revenues. Production revenues increased from $16.0 million in 2002 to $75.3 million in 2003 due to both an increase in production and increases in natural gas and oil prices. Price increases added approximately $10.5 million of production revenues, production from properties acquired in 2003 added approximately $6.7 million of revenues and production increases from the development of existing properties added approximately $42.1 million of production revenues, net of natural production declines. Significant decreases in product prices would significantly reduce our revenues from existing properties. See “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk”.

       Production volumes in 2003 increased 180% from 2002 levels with increases in all producing basins. Additional information concerning production is in the following table.

                                   
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception)
through Year Ended
December 31, December 31,
2002 (1)(2) 2003 (1)


Oil Natural Gas Oil Natural Gas




(MBbls) (MMcf) (MBbls) (MMcf)
Wind River Basin
    22       6,090       71       12,512  
Uinta Basin
          258       2       1,355  
Powder River Basin
          14             2,114  
Williston Basin
    5       6       216       197  
Other
          2       39       137  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    27       6,370       328       16,315  


(1)  Excludes volumes produced related to properties held for sale.
 
(2)  In the period ended December 31, 2002, production commenced on March 29, 2002 following the purchase of our Wind River Acquisition Properties.

The production increase in the Wind River Basin is due to development in our Cave Gulch field that occurred throughout 2002 and 2003, the acquisition of the Cooper Reservoir field in December 2002 and the subsequent 2003 development of properties included in the Cooper Reservoir acquisition. The production increase in the Uinta Basin is due to development activities in both the Nine Mile and Hill Creek fields. The production increase in the Powder River Basin reflects the two acquisitions made in December 2002 and March 2003 along with an active development program that occurred principally during the last six months of 2003. The production increase in the Williston is principally due to a full year of production from the properties that were acquired in December 2002.

38


Table of Contents

       Hedging Activities. During 2003, we hedged 48% of our natural gas volumes, incurring a reduction from realized prices of $7.7 million, and 37% of our oil volumes resulting in an immaterial addition to realized prices. During 2002, we did not hedge any of our natural gas or oil volumes.

       Lease Operating Expense and Gathering and Transportation Expense. Our lease operating expense increased from $0.34 per Mcfe in 2002 to $0.46 per Mcfe in 2003, while our gathering and transportation expense increased from an insignificant amount in 2002 to $0.20 per Mcfe in 2003. The increase is due to a higher proportion of our production being in areas with higher operating costs. In 2002, substantially all of our production was in the Wind River Basin. During 2003, we increased our production in the Uinta, Powder River and Williston Basins, all of which are higher operating and gathering cost areas than the areas we were producing from during most of 2002.

       Production Tax Expense. Production taxes as a percentage of natural gas and oil sales before hedging adjustments were 12.6% in 2002 and 13.0% in 2003. Production taxes are primarily based on the wellhead values of production and vary across the different areas that we operate. Production taxes increased as a result of higher production revenues, primarily due to higher prices in 2003.

       Exploration Expense. Exploration costs increased $4.5 million to $6.1 million in 2003. The 2002 costs are primarily geologic and geophysical related seismic programs in the Wind River and Uinta Basins. The 2003 costs include $3.1 million for seismic programs in the Wind River and the Uinta Basins and in the Tri-State project area in the DJ Basin. The 2003 exploration costs also include $1.9 million for environmental assessment work and monitoring wells related to the coalbed methane project on the Crow Indian reservation in southern Montana that was terminated in March 2004. Delay rentals and other miscellaneous exploration expenses were $1.1 million in 2003.

       Impairment Expense. During 2003, we recorded a $1.8 million impairment for undeveloped leases in southern Montana to reduce the book value to estimated market value.

       Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization. Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense was $30.7 million in 2003 compared to $9.2 million in 2002. $16.3 million of the increase is due to the 180% increase in production and $5.1 million is due to an increased depletion rate for the 2003 production. During 2002, the weighted average depletion rate was $1.40 per Mcfe. In 2003, the weighted average depletion rate was $1.68 per Mcfe. Under successful efforts accounting, depletion expense is separately computed for each producing area. The capital expenditures for proved properties for each area compared to the proved reserves corresponding to each producing area determine a depletion rate for current production. During 2003, the relationship of capital expenditures, proved reserves and production from certain producing areas yielded a higher depletion rate than 2002. Future depletion rates will be adjusted to reflect future capital expenditures and proved reserve changes to be applied to production from specific areas.

       General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense increased $8.8 million from $5.6 million in 2002 to $14.4 million in 2003. This increase was primarily due to increased personnel required for our capital program and production levels. At our stage of activity compared to our production level, a significant determinant of our general and administrative expense are the personnel and related costs to prudently manage our capital expenditure program. As our capital expenditure program increases our production levels, we expect that general and administrative expense per unit of production will decrease.

       Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $1.3 million to $1.4 million in 2003. The increase was due to higher debt levels in 2003 to fund acquisitions and development activities. We initially borrowed $35 million in December 2002 to partially finance an acquisition of properties. During 2003, we used a combination of debt, equity and cash flow from operations to fund our activities, and ended the year with an outstanding balance on our bank line of credit of $57 million. The weighted average level of debt outstanding during 2003 was $38.9 million.

39


Table of Contents

       Other Expense. Other expense of $1.5 million in 2002 is due to a loss on the sale of marketable securities. These securities were received in payment of a portion of the purchase of Series A preferred stock in March 2002. All these securities were sold in 2002.

       Income Tax Expense. Our effective tax rate was 36% in 2002 and 39% in 2003. All of our income tax benefit is deferred. Due to our start-up operations and the tax deductions being created by our drilling activities, we expect that we will not incur cash tax liabilities for the next several years.

       Income from Discontinued Operations. In 2002, we generated $27,000 of income from discontinued operations from properties acquired in December 2002. These properties were sold in 2003 at amounts that approximated the assigned value of the properties.

       Net Loss. Our net loss decreased from $3.8 million in 2002 to $0.5 million in 2003. The primary reasons for the improved results were the increase in production volumes and product prices, net of operating costs, offset by the increased depreciation, depletion and amortization, exploration and impairment expenses.

Period From January 7, 2002 (Inception) through December 31, 2002 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2001.

      Operating data in 2002 relates primarily to the Wind River Acquisition Properties we acquired in March 2002. For comparison purposes, information concerning production, revenues, and operating expenses for Bill Barrett Corporation for the period of January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 is combined with comparable information concerning the operation of the Wind River Acquisition Properties during the period from January 1, 2002 through March 28, 2002 (prior to our acquisition). This is then compared to the corresponding amounts for these properties in 2001.

                   
2002
2001 Combined


(in thousands)
Selected Financial Data:
               
 
Production revenues
  $ 55,380     $ 20,612  
 
Lease operating expense
    2,672       2,782  
 
Gathering and transportation expense
    33       236  
 
Production and ad valorem taxes
    6,875       2,665  
Production:
               
 
Natural gas (MMcf)
    12,588       8,536  
 
Oil (MBbls)
    40       32  
 
Combined volumes (MMcfe)
    12,828       8,728  
Average prices:
               
 
Natural gas (per Mcf)
  $ 4.32     $ 2.32  
 
Oil (per Bbl)
    24.10       27.99  
 
Combined (Mcfe)
    4.32       2.36  
Average costs (per Mcfe):
               
 
Lease operating expense
  $ 0.21     $ 0.32  
 
Gathering and transportation expense
    0.01       0.03  
 
Production tax expense
    0.54       0.31  

      Production quantities decreased 27% from 2001 to 2002, primarily due to the lack of development to offset natural production declines. We began to develop the Wind River Acquisition Properties in late 2002. The effect of those development activities was not fully realized until 2003.

      During 2001 gas production from the Wind River Acquisition Properties was sold for an average price of $4.32 per Mcf. Throughout 2001 and into early 2002, the index price for Rocky Mountain

40


Table of Contents

gas production decreased significantly, which caused the average gas price for our production in 2002 to be 46% less than the price realized in 2001. Oil production was not significant to our 2002 revenues.

      Our total lease operating expenses in 2002 were relatively unchanged from 2001 due to the fixed nature of our cost structure for these properties. On a per unit basis, lease operating expenses increased in 2002 due to production declines because the results from the 2002 investments in development activities were not apparent until 2003 production occurred.

      Production and ad valorem taxes were 12.9% of revenues in 2002, which is comparable to 12.4% of revenues in 2001. On both a total and per Mcfe basis, production taxes decreased due to the reduced realized price of natural gas and lower production.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

       Our primary sources of liquidity since our formation in January 2002 have been from sales and other issuances of securities, net cash provided by operating activities and a bank line of credit. Our primary use of capital has been for the acquisition, development, and exploration of oil and natural gas properties. As we pursue growth, we continually monitor the capital resources available to us to meet our future financial obligations, planned capital expenditure activities and liquidity. Our future success in growing proved reserves and production will be highly dependent on capital resources available to us and our success in finding or acquiring additional reserves. If we were to make significant additional acquisitions for cash, we may need to obtain additional equity or debt financing.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

       Net cash provided by operating activities was $37.5 million in 2003, compared to $5.5 million in 2002. Net cash provided by operating activities was $45.7 in the six months ended June 30, 2004, compared to $14.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities in each of 2003 and the six months ended June 30, 2004 was primarily due to increased production revenues, partially offset by increased expenses, as discussed above in “— Results of Operations”.

       Our operating cash flow is sensitive to many variables, the most significant of which is the volatility of prices for the natural gas and oil produced. Prices for these commodities are determined primarily by prevailing market conditions. Regional and worldwide economic activity, weather and other substantially variable factors influence market conditions for these products. These factors are beyond our control and are difficult to predict.

41


Table of Contents

       To mitigate some of the potential negative impact on cash flow caused by changes in natural gas and oil prices, we have entered into commodity swap contracts to receive fixed prices for a portion of our natural gas and oil production. At December 31, 2003, we had in place natural gas swap contracts covering portions of our 2004 natural gas production. Subsequent to December 31, 2003, we entered into additional swaps covering portions of our 2005 natural gas and oil production. The swaps, which are for the period January through December 2004 and the period January through December 2005, cover contracted volumes of 30,000 MMBtu per day of natural gas with a weighted average fixed price of $4.07 per MMBtu for 2004 and contracted volumes of 20,000 MMBtu per day of natural gas with a weighted average fixed price of $5.16 per MMBtu of natural gas and contracted volumes of 400 Bbls per day of oil with a weighted average fixed price of $34.78 per Bbl for 2005. The natural gas index prices are based on Rocky Mountain delivery points. Our company’s natural gas and oil derivative financial instruments have been designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133 and are included in both current and non current liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The table below provides the volumes associated with these various arrangements as of August 31, 2004.

                                         
Average
Volume Quantity Fixed Index Contract
Product Per Month Type Price Price (1) Period






Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu     $ 3.67       NORRM       1/1/2004-12/31/2004  
Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu       3.90       NORRM       1/1/2004-12/31/2004  
Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu       4.00       NORRM       1/1/2004-12/31/2004  
Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu       4.34       CIGRM       1/1/2004-12/31/2004  
Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu       4.25       CIGRM       1/1/2004-12/31/2004  
Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu       4.25       CIGRM       1/1/2004-12/31/2004  
Natural gas
    304,167       MMBtu       5.05       NORRM       1/1/2005-12/31/2005  
Natural gas
    304,167       MMBtu       5.27       NORRM       1/1/2005-12/31/2005  
Oil
    3,042       BBls       32.96       WTI       1/1/2005-12/31/2005  
Oil
    3,042       BBls       34.05       WTI       1/1/2005-12/31/2005  
Oil
    3,042       BBls       36.12       WTI       1/1/2005-12/31/2005  
Oil
    3,042       BBls       36.00       WTI       1/1/2005-12/31/2005  


(1)  NORRM refers to Northwest Pipeline Corp. Rocky Mountains price and CIGRM refers to Colorado Interstate Gas Co. Rocky Mountains price as quoted in Platt’s for Inside FERC on the first business day of each month. WTI refers to the West Texas Intermediate price as quoted on the New York Mercantile Exchange. See “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk”.

       By removing the price volatility from a portion of our natural gas and oil production for 2004 and 2005, we have mitigated, but not eliminated, the potential effects of changing prices on our operating cash flow for those periods. It is our policy to enter into derivative contracts only with counterparties that are creditworthy major financial institutions deemed by management as competent and competitive market makers.

Capital Expenditures

       Our capital expenditures were $75.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 (net of $7.7 million of divestitures) and $186.3 million in 2003. The total for the six months ended June 30, 2004 includes $10.6 million for the acquisition of properties, $68.6 million for drilling, development, exploration and exploitation (including related gathering and facilities) of natural gas and oil properties, $3.1 million related to geologic and geophysical costs, which are expensed under successful efforts accounting as exploration costs, and $0.9 million for furniture, fixtures and equipment. During the six months ended June 30, 2004, we participated in the drilling of 97 gross wells and, during the year ended December 31, 2003, we participated in the drilling of 180 gross wells. The total for 2003 includes $44.4 million for the acquisition of properties, including

42


Table of Contents

$35.1 million for Powder River Basin properties acquired in March 2003, $140.6 million for drilling, development and exploration of natural gas and oil properties and $1.3 million for furniture, fixtures and equipment. In 2002, our capital expenditures were $166.9 million, including $74 million for the March 2002 acquisition of properties in the Wind River Basin, $8.1 million for the April 2002 acquisition of properties in the Uinta Basin, and $61.5 million for the December 2002 acquisition of properties in the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basins, including $12.1 million assigned to properties subsequently sold, and $25.4 million for the drilling, development and exploration of natural gas and oil properties.

       Our capital expenditure budget is approximately $232 million for the year 2004, including the $75.5 million spent in the first half of the year. Significant acquisitions, such as for the pending western Colorado properties, are excluded from the capital budget. This 2004 capital budget, which consists of capital for exploration and development projects as well as infrastructure projects, represents the largest planned use of cash available from operating activities and borrowings from our credit facility. The amount and timing of these capital expenditures is largely discretionary and within our control. If oil and natural gas prices decline to levels below our acceptable levels, we could choose to defer a portion of these planned 2004 capital expenditures until later periods to achieve the desired balance between sources and uses of liquidity by prioritizing capital projects to first focus on those that we believe will have the highest expected financial returns and ability to generate near term cash flow. We routinely monitor and adjust our capital expenditures in response to changes in prices, drilling and acquisition costs, industry conditions and internally generated cash flow. Matters outside our control that could affect the timing of our capital expenditures include obtaining required permits and approvals in a timely manner and the availability of rigs and crews. Based upon current oil and natural gas price expectations for 2004, we anticipate that the proceeds of this offering, our operating cash flow and available borrowing capacity under our credit facility will exceed our planned capital expenditures and other cash requirements for the year. However, future cash flows are subject to a number of variables, including the level of oil and natural gas production and prices. There can be no assurance that operations and other capital resources will provide cash in sufficient amounts to maintain planned levels of capital expenditures.

Financing Activities

      Sales and Issuances of Securities. During 2002 we raised $126.5 million, net of costs, from the sale of equity securities, during 2003 we raised $117.7 million, net of costs, from the sale of equity securities, and during the first six months of 2004 we raised $33.8 million, net of costs, from the sale of equity securities. A summary of these transactions is as follows:

       In 2002, we

  •  issued 8,386,648 shares of our common stock to our initial officers and employees for $370,000 in January to fund our formation;
 
  •  received $27.5 million from the sale of our Series A preferred stock and a mandatorily convertible note that converts into Series A preferred stock to members of management and other private investors in March;
 
  •  entered into a stock purchase agreement with institutional investors for the purchase of up to $255 million of Series B preferred stock for $5.00 per share pursuant to capital calls from time to time. During 2002, these investors purchased 21.1 million shares of Series B preferred stock for a total of $105.5 million; and
 
  •  issued 119,904 shares of Series A preferred stock in July for $500,000 of value as a portion of the consideration for our obligation under an exploration agreement. These shares subsequently were returned to us when the exploration agreement was terminated in March 2004.

43


Table of Contents

       In 2003, we

  •  issued 23.3 million shares of Series B preferred stock to the institutional investors for a total of $116.5 million pursuant to capital calls under the Series B preferred stock purchase agreement;
 
  •  issued 495,100 shares of Series B preferred stock to certain of our employees for $2.5 million; and
 
  •  issued 250,600 shares of Series B preferred stock at the rate of $5.00 per share as partial payment of the total purchase price for oil and natural gas properties.

       From January 1, 2004 through June 30, 2004, we

  •  issued 59,800 shares of Series B preferred stock as consideration for natural gas and oil properties valued at an estimated $322,000;
 
  •  issued 6,600,000 shares of Series B preferred stock to the institutional investors for $33 million under the stock purchase agreement. As a result of these sales, the institutional investors have no further obligation to purchase Series B preferred stock; and
 
  •  issued 145,918 shares of Series B preferred stock to certain of our employees for $729,590.

       The Series B preferred stock accretes a dividend at 7% per annum, compounded quarterly, which would increase to 14% after March 28, 2009. As of June 30, 2004, the accreted dividend was $26.5 million based on 51,951,418 shares of Series B preferred stock that had been issued for a total of $259.8 million. The Series B preferred stock purchase agreement will be terminated and the preferred stock will be converted to common stock upon completion of this offering. No further capital contributions are required to be made pursuant to the Series B preferred stock purchase agreement.

       Credit Facility. Our current bank line of credit provides for commitments of $200 million with an initial borrowing base of $150 million. This credit facility was entered into on February 4, 2004 and has a maturity of February 4, 2007. The credit facility bears interest, based on the borrowing base usage, at the applicable London Interbank Rate, or LIBOR, plus applicable margins ranging from 1.5% to 3.75% or an alternate base rate, based upon the greater of the prime rate or the federal funds effective rate plus applicable margins ranging from 0% to 2.25%. We pay commitment fees ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% of the unused borrowing base. The credit facility is secured by natural gas and oil properties representing at least 85% of the value of our proved reserves and the pledge of all of the stock of our subsidiaries. The initial borrowing base includes a $50 million portion, referred to as the “Tranche B” portion, that allows the borrowing base to be greater than the typical borrowing base that would have been computed based on proved natural gas and oil reserves. The Tranche B portion of the borrowing base terminates on March 31, 2005. The Tranche B portion of the borrowing base cannot exceed the lesser of $50 million and the difference between $150 million and the borrowing base computed by the bank group based on proved reserves. At June 30, 2004, the outstanding balance under our revolving credit facility was $65 million at an interest rate of 2.8% per annum. None of the outstanding borrowings at June 30, 2004 were under the Tranche B portion of the borrowing base. For information concerning the effect of changes in interest rates on interest payments under this facility, see below, “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk — Interest Rate Risks”.

       The credit facility contains certain financial covenants, including a minimum current ratio and a minimum present value to total debt ratio. The credit facility also contains certain covenants that are based on what is defined in the credit facility as EBITDAX. The credit facility defines EBITDAX as our net income, subject to certain adjustments for the particular period plus the following expenses or charges to the extent deducted from net income during that period: interest, income taxes, depreciation, depletion, amortization, exploration and abandonment expenses and other similar non-cash charges and expenses, including stock based compensation and non-cash impairments of

44


Table of Contents

goodwill, minus all non-cash income added to net income, in each case, and without duplication, calculated after giving pro forma effect to acquisitions and dispositions during the period. These covenants require that our debt to EBITDAX ratio cannot exceed 4.0 to 1.0 until March 31, 2005 and 3.5 to 1.0 thereafter, and that our EBITDAX to interest ratio cannot be below 2.5 to 1.0. We calculated our EBITDAX for 2003 to be $39.3 million so that our debt to EBITDAX ratio was 1.5 to 1.0 and our EBITDAX to interest ratio was 27.4 to 1.0. We calculated our EBITDAX for the six months ended June 30, 2004 to be $51.0 million so that our debt to EBITDAX ratio was 0.9 to 1.0 and our EBITDAX to interest ratio was 34.6 to 1.0. EBITDAX is not intended to represent net income (loss) as defined by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, and such information should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), cash provided by operating activities or any other measure of performance prescribed by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

       The current ratio covenant states that our current ratio adjusted for the unused portion of the borrowing base and to eliminate certain non-cash assets and liabilities related to hedging activities must be greater than 1.0. We calculated the ratio for December 31, 2003 to be 1.05 and for June 30, 2004 to be 3.1.

       The ratio of present value of oil and gas properties to total debt covenant states that the defined present value divided by the outstanding debt under the bank line of credit must not be less than 1.5. This ratio is calculated every six months based on engineering estimates calculated at commodity prices and present value factors determined by the lenders. At June 30, 2004, we were in compliance with all applicable financial covenants.

       Contractual Obligations. A summary of our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2004 is provided in the following table.

                                                           
Payments Due By Year (1)(2)(3)

After
2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2008 Total







(in thousands)
Long-term debt
  $     $     $     $ 65,000     $     $     $ 65,000  
Office and office equipment leases
    329       918       924       909       889       74       4,043  
Firm transportation and other
    292       1,207       1,117       1,117       1,117       9,836       14,686  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 621     $ 2,125     $ 2,041     $ 67,026     $ 2,006     $ 9,910     $ 83,729  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  This table does not include the liability for dismantlement, abandonment and restoration costs of oil and gas properties. Effective with the adoption of SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” we recorded a separate liability for the fair value of this asset retirement obligation. See Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
 
(2)  This table does not include any liability associated with derivatives.
 
(3)  This table does not include any liability associated with the interest on long-term debt.

       Effective March 1, 2004, we entered into a firm transportation agreement with Questar Pipeline Company giving us guaranteed capacity on their pipeline for 8,500 MMBtu/d at a monthly charge of $45,000 for one year, with a total commitment of $540,000.

       We entered into a firm transportation agreement for our natural gas production from the Wind River and Powder River Basins with Cheyenne Plains Company giving us guaranteed capacity on their pipeline, which is currently under construction, for a period of thirteen years and three months commencing upon completion of the pipeline. Contracted volumes are 9,000 MMBtu/d for the first

45


Table of Contents

12 years and three months and 5,000 MMBtu/d for the final year. Our annual commitment based on 9,000 MMBtu/d is $1,117,000, which is expected to begin approximately January 1, 2005.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

       The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon the consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Certain accounting policies involve judgments and uncertainties to such an extent that there is reasonable likelihood that materially different amounts could have been reported under different conditions, or if different assumptions had been used. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on a regular basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions used in preparation of our financial statements. Below, we have provided expanded discussion of our more significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments. We discussed the development, selection and disclosure of each of these with our audit committee. We believe these accounting policies reflect our more significant estimates and assumptions used in preparation of our financial statements. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of additional accounting policies and estimates made by management.

       Oil and Gas Properties. Our natural gas and oil exploration and production activities are accounted for using the successful efforts method. Under this method, all property acquisition costs and costs of exploratory and development wells are capitalized when incurred, pending determination of whether the property has proved reserves. Generally, if an exploratory well does not find proved reserves within one year following completion of drilling, the costs of drilling the well are charged to expense and included within cash flows from investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows pursuant to SFAS 19 — Financial Accounting and Reporting for Oil and Gas Producing Companies . The costs of development wells are capitalized whether productive or nonproductive. Gas and oil lease acquisition costs also are capitalized. If it is determined that these properties will not yield proved reserves, the related costs are expensed in the period in which that determination is made. Other exploration costs, including personnel costs, certain geological and geophysical expenses and delay rentals for gas and oil leases, are charged to expense as incurred. The sale of a partial interest in a proved property is accounted for as a cost recovery and no gain or loss is recognized as long as this treatment does not significantly affect the unit-of-production amortization rate. A gain or loss is recognized for all other sales of proved properties. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense and renewals and betterments are capitalized to the appropriate property and equipment accounts.

       Unevaluated properties with significant acquisition costs are assessed periodically on a property-by-property basis and any impairment in value is charged to expense. Unevaluated properties whose acquisition costs are not individually significant are aggregated, and the portion of such costs estimated to be nonproductive, based on historical experience, is amortized over the average holding period. If the unevaluated properties are subsequently determined to be productive, the related costs are transferred to proved gas and oil properties. Proceeds from sales of partial interests in unevaluated leases are accounted for as a recovery of cost without recognizing any gain or loss. During 2003, we recorded impairment expense of $1.8 million related to unevaluated properties.

       We review our proved natural gas and oil properties for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that a decline in the recoverability of their carrying value may have occurred. We estimate the expected future cash flows of our gas and oil properties and compare these future

46


Table of Contents

cash flows to the carrying amount of the gas and oil properties to determine if the carrying amount is recoverable. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, we will adjust the carrying amount of the oil and natural gas properties to fair value. The factors used to determine fair value include, but are not limited to, estimates of proved reserves, future commodity pricing, future production estimates, anticipated capital expenditures, and a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with realizing the expected cash flows projected.

       Our investment in natural gas and oil properties includes an estimate of the future costs associated with dismantlement, abandonment and restoration of our properties. These costs are recorded as provided in SFAS No. 143 — Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . The present value of the future costs are added to the capitalized costs of our oil and gas properties and recorded as a long-term liability. The capitalized cost is included in the natural gas and oil property costs that are depleted over the life of the assets. As of June 30, 2004, we estimate the present value of the future reclamation costs is $5.6 million.

       The provision for depreciation, depletion and amortization (“DD&A”) of oil and gas properties is calculated on a field-by-field basis using the unit-of-production method. Oil is converted to natural gas equivalents, Mcfe, at the rate of one barrel to six Mcf. Taken into consideration in the calculation of DD&A are estimated future dismantlement, restoration and abandonment costs, net of estimated salvage values.

       Oil and Gas Reserve Quantities. Our estimate of proved reserves is based on the quantities of oil and gas that engineering and geological analysis demonstrate, with reasonable certainty, to be recoverable from established reservoirs in the future under current operating and economic parameters. Ryder Scott Company reviews all our reserve estimates except our reserve estimates for the Powder River Basin, which are reviewed by Netherland, Sewell & Associates. Currently, a reserve report is prepared by us for all properties and these independent engineering firms review the entire report on a well-by-well basis.

       Reserves and their relation to estimated future net cash flows impact our depletion and impairment calculations. As a result, adjustments to depletion and impairment are made concurrently with changes to reserve estimates. We prepare our reserve estimates, and the projected cash flows derived from these reserve estimates, in accordance with SEC guidelines. The independent engineering firms described above adhere to the same guidelines when reviewing our reserve reports. The accuracy of our reserve estimates is a function of many factors including the following: the quality and quantity of available data, the interpretation of that data, the accuracy of various mandated economic assumptions, and the judgments of the individuals preparing the estimates.

       Our proved reserve estimates are a function of many assumptions, all of which could deviate significantly from actual results. As such, reserve estimates may materially vary from the ultimate quantities of oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids eventually recovered. At year end 2003, we revised our proved reserves downward from the 2002 reserve report by approximately 41 Bcfe, offset by approximately 5 Bcfe of upward revisions due to commodity price increases.

       Revenue Recognition. We record revenues from the sales of natural gas and oil when delivery to the customer has occurred and title has transferred. This occurs when oil or gas has been delivered to a pipeline or a tank lifting has occurred.

       We may have an interest with other producers in certain properties, in which case we use the sales method to account for gas imbalances. Under this method, revenue is recorded on the basis of natural gas actually sold by the Company. In addition, we record revenue for our share of natural gas sold by other owners that cannot be volumetrically balanced in the future due to insufficient remaining reserves. We also reduce revenue for other owners’ gas sold by the Company that cannot be volumetrically balanced in the future due to insufficient remaining reserves. Our remaining over- and under-produced gas balancing positions are considered in our proved reserves. Gas imbalances

47


Table of Contents

for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the six months ended June 30, 2004 were not significant.

       Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. We periodically use derivative financial instruments to achieve a more predictable cash flow from our gas and oil production by reducing our exposure to price fluctuations. Currently, these transactions are swaps and are entered into with J. Aron & Company, a major financial institution and affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co., which is an underwriter in this offering and is affiliated with certain of our institutional investors. We account for these activities pursuant to SFAS No. 133 — Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended. This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that derivative instruments (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded at fair market value and included in the balance sheet as assets or liabilities.

       The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation, which is established at the inception of a derivative. SFAS No. 133 requires that a company formally document, at the inception of a hedge, the hedging relationship and the entity’s risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, including identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, the method that will be used to assess effectiveness and the method that will be used to measure hedge ineffectiveness of derivative instruments that receive hedge accounting treatment.

       For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value, to the extent the hedge is effective, are recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. Hedge effectiveness is assessed at least quarterly based on total changes in the derivative’s fair value. Any ineffective portion of the derivative instrument’s change in fair value is recognized immediately in earnings.

       We may use derivative financial instruments which have not been designated as hedges under SFAS No. 133 even though they protect our company from changes in commodity prices. These instruments, if used, will be marked to market with the resulting changes in fair value recorded in earnings.

       As of December 31, 2003, the fair value of the derivative positions in place, all for gas production in 2004, was $7.0 million and recorded on the balance sheet as a current liability. As of June 30, 2004, the fair value of the derivative positions for our oil and gas swaps for 2004 and 2005 production that were in place at June 30, 2004 was $9.1 million and recorded on the balance sheet as a current liability for the settlements expected to be paid within one year and other noncurrent liabilities for the settlements expected to be paid later than one year. The deferred income tax effect for the difference between recording the fair value of the derivative valuation for financial reporting purposes and not for tax purposes totals $2.6 million as of December 31, 2003 and $3.4 million as of June 30, 2004, which amounts are recorded in current and noncurrent deferred tax assets.

       Income Taxes. Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of transactions reported in the financial statements and consist of taxes currently payable plus deferred income taxes related to certain income and expenses recognized in different periods for financial and income tax reporting purposes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when assets are recovered or settled. Deferred income taxes are also recognized for tax credits that are available to offset future income taxes. Deferred income taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax rates to the differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. We have not recognized a valuation allowance against our net deferred taxes because we believe that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will be realized based on estimates of our future operating income.

       Stock-Based Compensation. We account for our stock-based awards to employees, officers and managers using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board

48


Table of Contents

(“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and its related interpretations and have adopted the disclosures only provisions of SFAS No. 123 — Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . We account for stock-based awards to non-employees using a fair value method in accordance with SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 96-18.

       In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure . This statement amends SFAS No. 123 to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation and amends the disclosure provisions of that statement.

       We recorded non-cash, stock based compensation of $150,000 in each of 2002 and 2003, and of $82,000 and $404,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2004, respectively, using the fair value method described above, which amounts are included in general and administrative expense.

       Acquisitions. The establishment of our initial asset base since our founding in January 2002 has included four major acquisitions of oil and natural gas properties. These acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

       Under the purchase method, the acquiring company adds to its balance sheet the estimated fair values of the acquired company’s assets and liabilities. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the tangible and intangible net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually. In each of our acquisitions it was determined that the purchase price did not exceed the fair value of the net assets acquired. Therefore, no goodwill was recorded.

       There are various assumptions we made in determining the fair values of acquired assets and liabilities. The most significant assumptions, and the ones requiring the most judgment, involve the estimated fair values of the natural gas and oil properties acquired. To determine the fair values of these properties, we prepare estimates of natural gas and oil reserves. These estimates are based on work performed by our engineers and that of outside consultants. The fair value of reserves acquired in a business combination must be based on our estimates of future natural gas and oil prices and not the prices at the time of the acquisition. Our estimates of future prices are based on our own analysis of pricing trends. These estimates are based on current data obtained with regard to regional and worldwide supply and demand dynamics such as economic growth forecasts. They also are based on industry data regarding natural gas storage availability, drilling rig activity, changes in delivery capacity, trends in regional pricing differentials and other fundamental analysis. Forecasts of future prices from independent third parties are noted when we make our pricing estimates.

       We estimate future prices to apply to the estimated reserve quantities acquired, and estimate future operating and development costs, to arrive at estimates of future net revenues. For estimated proved reserves, the future net revenues are then discounted using a rate determined appropriate at the time of the business combination based upon our cost of capital.

       We also apply these same general principles in arriving at the fair value of unevaluated properties acquired in a business combination. These unevaluated properties generally represent the value of probable and possible reserves. Because of their very nature, probable and possible reserve estimates are more imprecise than those of proved reserves. To compensate for the inherent risk of estimating and valuing unevaluated reserves, the discounted future net revenues of probable and possible reserves are reduced by what we consider to be an appropriate risk-weighting factor in each particular instance.

       New Accounting Pronouncements. In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, which requires the purchase method of accounting for business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 and eliminates the pooling-of-interests method. In July 2001, the FASB issued

49


Table of Contents

SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which discontinues the practice of amortizing goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets and initiates an annual review for impairment. Intangible assets with a determinable useful life will continue to be amortized over that period. We did not change or reclassify contractual mineral rights included in the oil and gas properties on the balance sheet upon adoption of SFAS No. 142. There has been industry wide uncertainty as to whether SFAS No. 142 required registrants to reclassify costs associated with mineral rights, including both proved and unproved leasehold acquisition costs, as intangible assets in the balance sheet, apart from other capitalized oil and gas property costs. However, in June 2004 the FASB proposed FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FAS 142-b, Application of FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” to Oil- and Gas-Producing Entities, which clarifies that drilling and mineral rights of oil- and gas-producing entities that are within the scope of SFAS No. 19, Financial Accounting and Reporting by Oil and Gas Producing Companies, are tangible assets. Historically, the Company has included the costs of such mineral rights as a component of oil and gas properties, which is consistent with the proposed FSP. As such, to the extent FSP FAS 142-b is approved by the FASB without any material change, the Company’s consolidated financial statements will not be affected.

       In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity , which established standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 150 applies specifically to a number of financial instruments that companies have historically presented within their financial statements as equity or between the liabilities section and the equity section, rather than as liabilities. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, which adoption had no effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

       In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN 45”), Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others . FIN 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor’s balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. FIN 45 also requires additional disclosures about the guarantees an entity has issued, including a rollforward of the entity’s product warranty liabilities. We will apply the recognition provisions of FIN 45 prospectively to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The disclosure requirements under FIN 45 were adopted in 2003 and had no effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

       In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No 51. This interpretation, as revised by Interpretation No. 46-R in December 2003, clarifies consolidation requirements for variable interest entities. It establishes additional factors beyond ownership of a majority voting interest to indicate that a company has a controlling financial interest in an entity or a relationship sufficiently similar to a controlling financial interest that it requires consolidation. This interpretation applies immediately to variable interest entities created or obtained after January 31, 2003 and must be retroactively applied to holdings in variable interest entities acquired before February 1, 2003 in interim and annual financial statements issued for periods ending after March 15, 2004. The adoption of this interpretation had no impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

       In March 2004, FASB issued consensus on EITF 03-6, “Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method Under FASB Statement No. 128, Earnings Per Share,” related to calculating earnings per share with respect to using the two class method for participating securities. This pronouncement is effective for all periods after March 31, 2004, and will require earlier periods to be restated. We were early adopters of this pronouncement. Our earnings per share reflect the two class method as our preferred convertible securities are deemed participating under EITF 03-6. The adoption of EITF 03-6 had no impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

50


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

       The primary objective of the following information is to provide forward-looking quantitative and qualitative information about our potential exposure to market risks. The term “market risk” refers to the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in oil and natural gas prices and interest rates. The disclosures are not meant to be precise indicators of expected future losses, but rather indicators of reasonably possible losses. This forward-looking information provides indicators of how we view and manage our ongoing market risk exposures. All of our market risk sensitive instruments were entered into for purposes other than speculative trading.

       Commodity Price Risk. Our major market risk exposure is in the pricing applicable to our oil and natural gas production. Realized pricing is primarily driven by the prevailing worldwide price for crude oil and spot market prices applicable to our U.S. natural gas production. Pricing for oil and natural gas production has been volatile and unpredictable for several years, and we expect this volatility to continue in the future. The prices we receive for production depend on many factors outside of our control. Based on our average daily production and our price swap contracts in place in the first six months of 2004, our annual income before income taxes for the six month period would have changed by approximately $759,000 for each $0.10 change in natural gas prices and approximately $201,000 for each $1.00 change in crude oil prices.

       We periodically have entered into and anticipate entering into financial hedging activities with respect to a portion of our projected natural gas and oil production through various financial transactions which hedge the future prices received. These transactions may include financial price swaps whereby we will receive a fixed price for our production and pay a variable market price to the contract counterparty, and costless price collars that set a floor and ceiling price for the hedged production. If the applicable monthly price indices are outside of the ranges set by the floor and ceiling prices in the various collars, we and the counterparty to the collars would be required to settle the difference. These financial hedging activities are intended to support natural gas and oil prices at targeted levels and to manage our exposure to oil and gas price fluctuations. We do not hold or issue derivative instruments for speculative trading purposes.

       Price Swaps. Through various price swaps, we have fixed the price we will receive on a portion of our natural gas production in 2004 and a portion of our natural gas and oil production in 2005. The table presented above under “— Cash Flow from Operating Activities” provides the volumes associated with these various arrangements as of June 30, 2004. There currently are no hedging contracts for natural gas or oil production beyond December 31, 2005.

       As of December 31, 2003, we had hedges in place for approximately 11 Bcf of gas production for 2004. Under these hedges we will pay the counterparty an index price based on Northwest Pipeline Corp. Rocky Mountains price or Colorado Interstate Gas Co. Rocky Mountains price, and we will receive fixed prices ranging from $3.67 per MMBtu to $4.34 per MMBtu. Settlement of these payments will be netted to one payment between the counterparty and us. Based on the pricing as of December 31, 2003, the fair value of our hedge positions was a liability of $7.0 million owed by us to the counterparty. A $0.10 increase in the index gas prices above the December 31, 2003 prices for 2004 would increase the liability by $1.1 million; conversely, a $0.10 decrease in the gas price would decrease the liability by $1.1 million. Subsequent to December 31, 2003, we entered into additional hedges for natural gas and oil production in 2005. As of June 30, 2004, the fair market value of our hedge positions was a liability of $9.1 million owed by us to the counterparty. These hedges are summarized in the table presented above under “— Cash Flow from Operating Activities”.

       Interest Rate Risks. At December 31, 2003, we had debt outstanding of $57 million, all of which bears interest at floating rates in accordance with our revolving credit facility. The average annual interest rate incurred on this debt for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 3.7%. We had $65 million outstanding under this facility as of June 30, 2004 at an average interest rate of 2.8%.

51


Table of Contents

The average annual interest rate incurred on this debt for the six months ended June 30, 2004 was 4.4%. A one hundred basis point increase in each of the LIBOR rate and federal funds rate as of June 30, 2004 would result in an estimated $0.6 million increase in annual interest expense assuming a similar average debt level to the six months ended June 30, 2004.

52


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

General

      Bill Barrett Corporation is a rapidly growing independent oil and gas company focused on natural gas exploration and development in the Rocky Mountain region. We have exploration and development projects in seven basins. Our management has an extensive track record with expertise in the full spectrum of Rocky Mountain plays. Our strategy is to maximize stockholder value by leveraging our management team’s experience finding and developing oil and gas in the Rocky Mountain region to profitably grow our reserves and production, primarily through the drill-bit.

      From inception through June 30, 2004, we participated in drilling 284 gross wells, of which 98% have been completed as producing wells or are in the process of being completed. In December 2003, we produced 71.7 MMcfe/d, net to our interest, of which approximately 90% was natural gas. This level of production represents a 144% increase from our production in December 2002. In June 2004, we produced 84.4 MMcfe/d, net to our interest, of which approximately 91% was natural gas. Our June 2004 production represents an 80% increase from our production in June 2003 and an 18% increase from our production in December 2003. We operated approximately 87% of our December 2003 production and 90% of our June 2004 production. As of December 31, 2003, our estimated net proved reserves were 204 Bcfe, representing a 71% increase over our estimated net proved reserves at December 31, 2002. Approximately 89% of our December 31, 2003 estimated net proved reserves were natural gas.

Our Properties

(KEY BASINS OF ACTIVITY MAP)

53


Table of Contents

Key Basins of Activity

       We operate in seven basins, the Wind River, the Uinta, the Powder River, the Williston, the Green River, the Denver-Julesburg, and the Paradox. In August 2004, we entered into an agreement to purchase developed and undeveloped oil and gas properties in western Colorado. These properties consist of approximately 17,000 net leasehold acres and include approximately 80 producing wells. We expect to complete this acquisition in September 2004 subject to satisfying conditions of closing. If completed, this acquisition would lead to our operating in an eighth basin.

      Wind River Basin. The Wind River Basin is located in central Wyoming and is our largest producing area. Our operations in the basin include active infill and field expansion development programs, as well as significant exploration activities. Our development operations are conducted in three general project areas. We also have eight exploration projects and view this basin as an important exploratory area.

      Uinta Basin. The Uinta Basin is located in northeastern Utah and represents a substantial part of our development and exploration activities and expected production growth in 2004. Our development operations are conducted primarily in two areas. We also have a position in four exploratory projects in the basin.

      Powder River Basin. The Powder River Basin is located in northeastern Wyoming. Nearly all of our operations in this basin are in coalbed methane plays, which we believe are characterized by a lower risk resource base and lower drilling costs. This basin represents a significant part of our drilling program and expected production growth in 2004. Our development operations are conducted in seven project areas.

      Williston Basin. The Williston Basin is located in western North Dakota, northwestern South Dakota and eastern Montana. It is a predominantly oil prone basin and represents our only oil focused project area. Our activities in this basin include both development and exploration drilling programs concentrated in two areas. We use horizontal drilling technology and 3-D seismic surveys in the Williston to expand existing fields, target exploration projects and increase our recoveries.

      Green River Basin. The Green River Basin is located in southwestern Wyoming and adjacent areas of northeastern Utah. To make our initial entry into this prospective basin, in June 2004, we acquired leasehold interests in an exploration project consisting of 5,312 gross and 2,072 net undeveloped acres.

      Denver-Julesburg Basin. Our operations in the DJ Basin are concentrated in the Tri-State exploration project, which extends into Colorado, Kansas and Nebraska. These operations are exploratory and involve the extensive use of 3-D seismic technology to target shallow biogenic gas and deeper conventional oil accumulations.

      Paradox Basin. The Paradox Basin is located in southwestern Colorado and southeastern Utah. We are in the initial stages of two exploration projects in the basin focusing on natural gas.

Wind River Basin

       The Wind River Basin is located in central Wyoming. Our activities are concentrated primarily in the eastern Wind River Basin. Members of our management team have been credited with the prior discovery of two of the basin’s largest natural gas fields, Madden and Cave Gulch. In addition, while at Barrett Resources, members of our team were involved in other areas in the basin including Wallace Creek and East Madden. Our Wind River Basin development operations are conducted in three general project areas located along the greater Waltman Arch area: Cave Gulch, Cooper Reservoir and Wallace Creek. In addition, we have eight exploration projects, of which Pommard, Windjammer, Talon and East Madden are in areas of the basin where we have no existing development operations.

54


Table of Contents

      We acquired our Cave Gulch, Wallace Creek and a portion of our East Madden properties in March 2002 and our Cooper Reservoir assets in December 2002. Our total leasehold position in the Wind River Basin as of June 30, 2004 consisted of 398,861 gross and 167,718 net undeveloped acres and 7,457 gross and 6,084 developed acres. Our estimated net proved reserves in the Wind River Basin at year end 2003 were 101 Bcfe. Our current operations in the basin include active infill and field expansion development programs, as well as exploration activities. We have access to over 450 square miles of 3-D seismic in seven different surveys covering the Cave Gulch, Cooper Reservoir, Wallace Creek, Stone Cabin and East Madden project areas, and 3,700 miles of 2-D seismic across a majority of the eastern Wind River Basin. Our natural gas production in this basin is gathered through our own gathering systems and delivered to markets through pipelines owned by Kinder Morgan Interstate and Colorado Interstate Gas Company (“CIG”).

(WIND RIVER BASIN MAP)

Cave Gulch

       The Cave Gulch field is a structural-stratigraphic play along the Owl Creek Thrust at the northern end of the Waltman Arch. Our primary focus is a 20-acre development program involving drilling and recompletions in discontinuous lenticular sands at depths from approximately 4,900 to 9,200 feet in the Lance formation. We also are producing from wells in two other zones: the Fort Union, from 3,500 to 4,900 feet, and the overpressured deep Frontier and Muddy formations, from 16,700 to 19,000 feet.

       Our estimated net proved reserves in the Cave Gulch field were 50 Bcfe at year end 2003. At June 30, 2004, we had interests in 60 gross producing wells and production for the month of June 2004 was 26.5 MMcfe/d with an average working interest of 79%. We operated 99% of our June 2004 production in the area. At June 30, 2004, our total leasehold position in Cave Gulch consists of

55


Table of Contents

17,061 gross and 13,434 net undeveloped acres and 2,177 gross and 1,667 net developed acres. Currently, we have a $30 million capital program planned for 2004 in Cave Gulch, which includes 12 gross Lance wells and one Muddy/Frontier well. Through June 30, 2004, we had successfully drilled and completed six Lance wells in our capital program. At December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of 52 Lance identified drilling locations (14 of which are PUDs), including 20-and 10-acre locations. In addition, we held an inventory of nine deep Frontier/ Muddy identified drilling locations at December 31, 2003.

Cooper Reservoir

       Our position in the Cooper Reservoir field lies six miles south of Cave Gulch along the Waltman Arch. As at Cave Gulch, our targets at Cooper are the Lance and Fort Union formations at depths ranging from 3,200 to 8,500 feet. Currently, our primary focus is 20-acre development of the Lance and Fort Union formations within the Cooper Reservoir Unit, and 40-acre Lance development on field extensions north and south of this Unit. We are using 3-D seismic technology across the Cooper region to evaluate other opportunities.

       Our estimated net proved reserves in Cooper Reservoir were 36 Bcfe at year end 2003. At June 30, 2004, we had interests in 43 gross producing wells and production for the month of June 2004 was 14.9 MMcfe/d with an average working interest of 98%. We operated all of our June 2004 production in the area. At June 30, 2004, our total leasehold position in Cooper Reservoir consists of 10,933 gross and 7,697 net undeveloped acres and 2,962 gross and 2,799 net developed acres. Currently, we have a $48 million capital program planned for 2004 in Cooper Reservoir, which includes 29 gross Lance/Fort Union wells, one nonoperated Lance exploration well, three Lance/Fort Union recompletions, and gas gathering and water disposal facilities. Through June 30, 2004, we had successfully drilled and completed eight Lance/Fort Union wells in our 2004 capital program. At December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of 123 Lance/Fort Union identified drilling locations (24 of which are PUDs), including 20 and 10-acre locations. In March 2004, we received approval of an Environmental Assessment, or EA, to drill up to 127 additional wells from 77 new locations at any density down to 10 acres in the Cooper Reservoir area.

Wallace Creek and Stone Cabin

       Our estimated net proved reserves in Wallace Creek and Stone Cabin were 15 Bcfe at year end 2003. At June 30, 2004, we had a 99% working interest in 12 producing wells and production for the month of June 2004 was 9.3 MMcfe/d, all of which we operated. Currently, we have a $32 million capital program planned for 2004 in Wallace Creek and Stone Cabin, which includes nine gross Raderville wells, three gross exploratory Frontier/ Muddy wells, two Raderville recompletions and associated facilities.

       Wallace Creek. Our position in the Wallace Creek field lies nine miles south of Cooper Reservoir. The field sits at the southern end of the Wallace Creek Arch. Currently, our primary focus in Wallace Creek is a Raderville development drilling program between 6,800 and 8,800 feet. In 2003, we drilled five wells in Wallace Creek, of which four were successful Raderville wells drilled adjacent to the area with production from the Raderville formation that was discovered by another operator in 1966 and one well was an unsuccessful shallow test targeting the Lance formation. Through June 30, 2004, we drilled one successful Raderville test well, the Stone Cabin 44-16 and tested water out of an exploratory Raderville well, the Stone Cabin 11-27, which is currently shut-in pending additional testing and evaluation. At December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of 20 Raderville identified drilling locations on an 80-acre development pattern, with three of those locations classified as PUDs. We believe that additional Raderville locations may be present on our acreage adjacent to Wallace Creek as well as to the northwest in our Windjammer exploratory project area.

56


Table of Contents

       Our total leasehold position in Wallace Creek consists of 26,179 gross and 21,595 net undeveloped acres and 1,478 gross and 1,193 net developed acres, with an average working interest of 82% at June 30, 2004.

       We also recognize a potential coalbed methane play in the Wallace Creek area. We currently are assessing the multiple coal beds of the Meeteetse formation which underlies the Lance formation in a 1,500 to 4,500 feet depth range.

       Stone Cabin. Our Stone Cabin exploratory area is our newest discovery area in the Wind River Basin. The Stone Cabin area is located between Wallace Creek and Cooper Reservoir. We hold 15,056 gross and 12,342 net leasehold acres in this area with an average working interest of 82%. Our primary focus at Stone Cabin is the overpressured Frontier and Muddy formations. In 2003, we formed a federal unit that is contiguous with the Cooper Reservoir and Wallace Creek units to the north and south, respectively. We completed the Stone Cabin Unit #1 discovery well, known as the SCU #1 (total depth 13,500 feet), in October 2003. The well was stimulated in December 2003 and produced at a peak daily net rate of 7.7 MMcfe in January 2004. The SCU #1 well has been in continuous production since being stimulated in December 2003 and, in June 2004, the well produced at an average daily net rate of 5.3 MMcfe.

       Through July 2004, two additional exploratory Stone Cabin wells, the SCU #3 (approximately 1.5 miles northwest of SCU #1) and the SCU #5 (approximately 2.5 miles northwest of SCU #1) were drilled and are currently being completed. The Muddy formation in the SCU #3 tested water and we were unsuccessful in establishing production from the Frontier formation above the Muddy in this well. The well is currently shut-in and we plan to test other formations above the Frontier formation. After testing and completing the Muddy formation in the SCU #5, no appreciable gas was encountered. We are currently testing the Frontier formation in this well. We are in the process of drilling a third exploratory well, the SCU #14 (approximately 3.5 miles northwest of SCU #1), which will target the Muddy and Frontier formations. Based on our interpretation of our Wallace Creek 3-D seismic data, we may drill a 16,500 foot Cooper Reservoir deep Frontier/ Muddy test during 2005, seven miles to the north of the SCU #1.

Pommard

       Our Pommard exploratory area covers approximately 2,200 gross and net leasehold acres, two and a half miles northwest of Wallace Creek. With our Wallace Creek 3-D seismic survey, we have identified what we believe to be a four-way structural closure on our Pommard prospect beginning at the deeper Tensleep level (approximately 2,000 feet below the Muddy), and still apparent at the shallower Frontier/ Muddy levels, which may have potential for new natural gas and oil reserves. We currently own a 100% working interest across a significant portion of this feature. In June 2004, we began drilling an exploration well in Pommard, which is a 15,000 foot well to test the Tensleep, Crow Mountain, Sundance, Lakota, Muddy, Frontier, Raderville and Lance formations.

Windjammer

       Our Windjammer exploratory area lies to the northwest of our Wallace Creek development project. We are evaluating the same Raderville formation in Windjammer that we currently are developing at Wallace Creek. Based on 3-D amplitude mapping, subsurface and well control data, we believe the Raderville trend extends from Wallace Creek to the northwest into the Windjammer area. Subject to federal regulatory approval, we plan to conduct a 114 square mile 3-D survey in 2004 across the Windjammer area to assess the Raderville, as well as the Muddy and Frontier, potential. We hold 7,311 net leasehold acres for exploration in this area.

Talon

       The Talon exploratory project lies due west of the Cave Gulch area and extends over a multi-township area. We are targeting a basin-centered Lance and Fort Union play in the project. We

57


Table of Contents

believe the Lance formation ranges from approximately 9,000 to 14,000 feet in depth in this area and may contain overpressured lenticular and fractured gas charged sands in a basin-centered setting. We also will target sands and coals that we believe to be in the Fort Union formation. Based on the results of recompleting a well in the Talon area in a shallower Lower Fort Union formation, we are planning two additional recompletions, and the drilling of five gross wells. Our first production was in May 2004 and, in June 2004, we produced a net 0.2 MMcfe/d with an average working interest of 40%.

       We have assembled 227,063 gross and 72,539 net leasehold acres in the Talon Lance/ Fort Union play. Currently, we have three exploratory Lance wells planned for Talon in 2004, one of which we will operate. Depending on our exploratory results in the Talon Lance play, we may identify locations to develop across portions of our acreage on a 40-acre pattern. Our average working interest in this area is 32%, including a 100% working interest in 3,400 leasehold acres in the central portion of the play.

East Madden

       Our East Madden exploration prospect lies east of the extensive Madden Field along the Madden anticline. We currently hold 40,315 gross and 21,414 net leasehold acres in this area. Our concept for East Madden, similar to that in the Talon region, is to explore the overpressured Lance formation. The Lance formation ranges from approximately 11,000 to 16,000 feet in depth in this area. We have identified our first location for a 16,000 foot Lance test well. Currently, we are seeking an industry partner for a promoted interest in East Madden. Depending on our exploratory results in the East Madden play, we may identify locations in the Lance formation to develop across portions of our acreage on an 80-acre pattern.

Uinta Basin

      We have a substantial acreage position in the Uinta Basin, including 121,416 gross and 94,914 net undeveloped leasehold acres at June 30, 2004. Our estimated net proved reserves in the Uinta Basin were 46 Bcfe at year end 2003. Our exploration and development activities are focused on two geologic play types (structural/stratigraphic and basin-centered gas) in several locations. The first play type occurs along a northwesterly fault-bounded anticlinal trend called the Garmesa Trend. The southeastern part of this trend is anchored by the San Arroyo field, from which other operators are producing from the Dakota and Morrison formations. We have one 24 square mile 3-D seismic data set and over 3,140 miles of 2-D seismic data, and we plan to shoot 3-D seismic surveys covering 119 square miles during 2004.

58


Table of Contents

(UINTA BASIN MAP)

Nine Mile Canyon

       We began operations in the Uinta Basin in April 2002 at the northwestern end of the Garmesa Trend through the acquisition of 3.4 Bcfe of proved reserves and 46,702 gross and 42,355 net leasehold acres at Nine Mile Canyon. We have a 100% working interest in the majority of this field. Although the field was discovered in 1952, there had been only limited activity at Nine Mile Canyon over the last 20 years. In particular, no modern completion techniques or 3-D seismic technology had been applied to this field. Since we began operations here in 2002, we have drilled nine wells, all of which were successful. With effective application of CO 2 -assisted fracturing techniques and new geologic interpretations, we have greatly enhanced our ability to commercialize the gas potential of this area. We currently are increasing production from the Wasatch and the deeper Mesaverde formations.

       Our estimated net proved reserves in Nine Mile Canyon were 37 Bcfe at year end 2003. As of June 30, 2004 we had interests in a total of 19 wells in this area that were capable of production. Because of limitations in infrastructure, seven of those wells were shut-in. The remaining 12 wells produced 8.2 MMcfe/d in June 2004 in which we had a 100% working interest. We operated all of our June 2004 production in Nine Mile Canyon. We plan additional infrastructure improvements in 2004 to relieve the constraint issues.

      Our total leasehold position in Nine Mile Canyon consists of 42,216 gross and 38,549 net undeveloped acres and 4,678 gross and net developed acres. During 2004, we plan to spend approximately $47 million in total capital at Nine Mile Canyon to fund our interests in 12 additional gross Mesaverde wells to depths ranging between 7,500 to 9,200 feet, and three Wasatch wells to

59


Table of Contents

depths of 6,000 feet, a recompletion program, plus gathering and compression facilities. An EA concerning these activities, which considers the drilling of up to 38 wells in addition to the related infrastructure, was approved in July 2004. Also included in the 2004 budget are plans for a recently approved 83 square mile 3-D seismic survey covering the field area where existing but limited 2-D seismic coverage is inadequate to image the subsurface. The 3-D seismic survey will be used to define both structural and stratigraphic features, not only in the shallow formations above 10,000 feet, but also in deeper target formations, such as the Dakota, Morrison, Entrada, Navajo and Wingate at depths of approximately 14,000 feet. Based on the approval by the Bureau of Land Management of an EA concerning this seismic project, the 3-D survey has commenced. In July 2004, a ruling was issued in favor of the BLM’s in a civil action challenging the BLM’s approval of the EA and the project is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2004. Our natural gas production at Nine Mile Canyon is gathered and compressed by our facilities and delivered to markets on the Questar pipeline system.

       We are pursuing two types of development activity at Nine Mile Canyon. One type is on structural closure, where the productive 36-2 Peters Point well is located. For the month of June 2004, this well produced at an average net rate of 3.1 MMcfe/d from the Mesaverde. This production was, and continues to be, constrained by pipeline capacity and compression limitations as described above. This well is located on an apparent structural closure that contains 21 identified drilling locations as of June 30, 2004 which are on 160-acre density at depths exceeding 9,000 feet. The other producing wells at Nine Mile Canyon are off-structure, located on the flanks of a large southeast plunging anticlinal feature. We intend to develop a broad area covering more than 36,000 gross acres with no apparent structural closures. These wells will target the upper part of the Mesaverde formation at 6,200 feet. At December 31, 2003, we had 207 identified drilling locations on 160-acre density in this area. This broad development will require completion of additional EAs, which will be initiated as soon as appropriate.

Garmesa

       The Garmesa prospect lies southeast of Nine Mile Canyon and consists of three adjacent prospects areas: Hill Creek, Tumbleweed and Cedar Camp. We believe these prospects have similar geologic characteristics and reserve potential, but are differentiated mainly by our level of working interest, industry partners and ownership structures. In 2004, we plan to spend $11 million in Garmesa to conduct two 3-D seismic surveys, drill three wells, and further develop related infrastructure.

       Hill Creek. Within the Hill Creek area, we target the Dakota, Entrada and Wingate formations at depths down to 11,900 feet. We participated in drilling nine successful gross natural gas wells through June 30, 2004. In 2004, we also drilled a tenth well in this area, which was the final well required under our exploration agreement with a partner. The casing collapsed in the wellbore after initial production began. We are currently in the process of re-drilling this well. We used existing 3-D seismic in determining the overall structural configuration of the area. Our initial drilling activities in this field have established production from the Dakota, Entrada and Wingate formations. We also have established production from two persistent zones, which may accommodate horizontal developments: the Dakota Silt and the Ferron Shale, a fractured shale interval. Selected wells also contained gas shows in the shallower Mesaverde and Wasatch formations.

       Our estimated net proved reserves at Hill Creek were 9.0 Bcfe at year end 2003. Our nine gross producing wells in the area produced 6.1 MMcfe/d net to our interest in June 2004, with an average working interest of 65%. Our natural gas production in Hill Creek is sold at the wellhead. Our total leasehold position in Hill Creek consists of 1,508 gross and 754 net undeveloped acres and 800 gross and 493 net developed acres.

       Until November 12, 2004, we have the exclusive right to offer to purchase at a mutually agreeable price either a part or all of the outstanding working interest in the existing wells in Hill

60


Table of Contents

Creek along with 22,636 net acres of leasehold interests in this project from our industry partner. We currently are evaluating the potential of this area. At this time, no additional drilling is planned prior to a determination on the right to offer to purchase, other than the re-drilling of the well described above.

       Tumbleweed. Our Tumbleweed project area is located directly southeast along the Garmesa Trend and adjacent to Hill Creek. As of June 30, 2004, we held a leasehold position of 7,833 gross and 2,877 net undeveloped acres, with an average working interest of 37%. We operate this prospect and are targeting the same reservoir objectives as the Hill Creek project. We commissioned a 21-square mile 3-D seismic survey in order to evaluate the potential to develop this area. Regulatory approval for the survey is expected in September 2004 with acquisition to follow prior to the end of the year. We are planning an 11,000-foot test well for the second quarter of 2005.

       Cedar Camp. Our Cedar Camp project area is located directly southeast along the Garmesa Trend from the Tumbleweed area. As of June 30, we held a leasehold position of 9,197 gross and 4,093 net undeveloped acres, with an average working interest of 45%. We operate this prospect and are targeting the same reservoir objectives as the Hill Creek and Tumbleweed projects. In 2004, subject to regulatory approval, we will commission a 16-square mile 3-D seismic survey in order to evaluate the potential to develop this area. Regulatory approval for the survey has been received and the survey has commenced. We expect the survey to be completed in the third or fourth quarter of 2004. We are planning two 10,500-foot test wells beginning in the first quarter of 2005.

Lake Canyon

       Lake Canyon is an exploration project that targets basin-centered tight gas in the Mesaverde formation at depths ranging from approximately 10,000 to 14,000 feet. We believe Lake Canyon has a structural position similar to the Natural Buttes field in which other operators are currently developing Mesaverde reservoirs. As of June 30, 2004, we had assembled over 44,162 net acres in this play. In 2004, we plan to spend $5 million for acreage acquisition and to drill two exploratory wells.

      In July 2004, we and an industry partner entered into an exploration and development agreement with the Ute Indian Tribe of the Uintah and Ouray Reservation, or the Ute Tribe, to explore for and develop oil and natural gas on approximately 125,000 of their net acres that are located in Duchesne and Wasatch Counties, Utah. While this agreement has been executed by the Ute Tribe, it is further subject to the approval of the Department of Interior’s Bureau of Indian Affairs, or BIA. The BIA has indicated that a decision will be made during the third or fourth quarter of 2004. If this agreement is approved, we have the right to earn up to a 75% working interest in the Mesaverde formation and deeper horizons, plus up to a 25% interest in shallower formations. To earn such interests pursuant to this agreement, we and our partner are required to drill 13 deep wells and 21 shallow wells prior to December 31, 2009, including one deep and two shallow wells by December 31, 2005. We will drill and operate the deep wells and our industry partner will drill and operate the shallow wells. If we fail to drill the 2005 well commitments, we are required to pay the Ute Indian Tribe $ 1.775 million, which is our share of the 2005 drilling obligations. Our initial exploration well in Lake Canyon is scheduled for the fourth quarter of 2004.

Hook

       In the first six months of 2004, we acquired 868 gross and 846 net acres in an exploration play that targets natural gas at depths of 1,000 feet to 4,500 feet. We plan to continue to acquire leasehold acreage through the remainder of 2004.

61


Table of Contents

Powder River Basin

       The Powder River Basin is primarily located in northeastern Wyoming. The basin contains the Rockies’ most active drilling area: the Wyodak and Big George coalbed methane plays. As of June 30, 2004, we held approximately 23,543 gross and 16,500 net developed leasehold acres and 88,876 gross and 56,428 net undeveloped leasehold acres in the Powder River Basin. Our estimated net proved reserves in the basin at year end 2003 were 38 Bcfe. We are focused on continuing to build and consolidate our acreage position in the Powder River Basin. Based on the character of coalbed methane development, our operations consist of relatively low risk development and exploration activities concentrated in seven major projects in two regional focus areas: the Southern CBM and Central CBM. We also have operations in a number of smaller producing properties located in the eastern half of the basin, which we refer to collectively as the Developed Area.

       Our key project areas are located in both the Big George and Wyodak fairways. In total, we have 993 identified drilling locations in the Powder River Basin as of December 31, 2003. We have strategically targeted areas that we believe have higher gas reserve potential and that are proximate to infrastructure. In 2004, we have a $25 million capital budget program for the basin, which includes participating in 245 wells, of which 134 are PUD locations. We have all necessary drilling permits and environmental approvals in place for all 245 wells which are planned to be drilled in 2004 with the exception of thirteen wells in Cat Creek for which approval we expect by the end of September.

       Coalbed methane wells typically first produce water in a process called dewatering. This process lowers pressure, allowing the gas to detach from the coal and flow to the well bore. As the water production declines, the wells begin producing methane gas at an increasing rate. As the wells mature, the production peaks, stabilizes and then begins declining. The average life of a coal bed well is approximately seven years.

       We have dedicated significant resources to managing regulatory and permitting matters in the Powder River Basin to achieve efficient processing of federal permits and resource management plans.

       About 66% of our acreage in the Powder River Basin is U.S. federal land and therefore subject to the National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”) and certain state regulations, which require governmental agencies to evaluate the potential environmental impacts of a proposed project on government owned lands. The NEPA process imposes obligations on the federal government that may result in legal challenges and potentially lengthy delays in obtaining project permits or approvals. We have submitted three Federal Plans of Development (“PODs”), to the Federal Bureau of Land Management (“BLM”) involving 136 permits. We received approval on all three of these Federal PODs, one in the Porcupine area for 29 wells, one for 36 federal well locations in the Tuit project area, and one for 71 wells in the Palm Tree area. We submitted an additional POD involving 64 wells and anticipate submitting a second POD for 127 wells in the third quarter of 2004. An Environmental Assessment under the NEPA relating to proposed permits for approximately 143 wells located on U.S. Forest Service lands in the Porcupine area has completed the public comment phase. The U.S. Forest Service approved the project and an environmental group has filed an administrative appeal with the U.S. Forest Service attempting to overturn the approval. The administrative appeal was withdrawn in July 2004 and we intend to commence operations in the third quarter of 2004.

62


Table of Contents

(POWDER RIVER BASIN MAP)

Southern CBM

       Tuit. The Tuit project area is located near the southern end of the Wyodak coal fairway. We believe the average thickness of the Wyodak coals across our acreage is approximately 80 feet at an average depth of 855 feet. As of June 30, 2004, we participated in drilling 73 gross wells in the Tuit area. At December 31, 2003, we had an inventory of 87 identified drilling locations in the Tuit area, of which 51 were PUDs. We are the operator in this area.

       As of June 30, 2004, our leasehold position in Tuit consisted of 2,104 gross and 1,600 net undeveloped acres, with an average working interest of 76%. Currently, we have a 38 gross well drilling program planned for 2004 in Tuit. Our natural gas production in Tuit is gathered by our company-owned gathering system and sold to Western Gas Resources into the Weir gathering system.

       Porcupine. The Porcupine project area is located southeast of Tuit on the far southern end of the Wyodak fairway. Similar to Tuit, we believe the average thickness of the Wyodak coals in this area is approximately 80 feet at an average depth of 425 feet. As of June 30, 2004, we participated in drilling 40 gross wells in the area. As of December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of 172 identified drilling locations, of which 100 were PUDs. We are the operator in this area.

63


Table of Contents

       Our leasehold position in Porcupine consists of 9,565 gross and 8,190 net undeveloped acres, with an average working interest of 86% at June 30, 2004. Currently, we have a 95 gross well drilling program planned for 2004 in Porcupine on a combination of fee, state and federal acreage. Our natural gas production in Porcupine is gathered by our company-owned gathering system and sold to Western Gas Resources into the Weir gathering system.

       Palm Tree. The Palm Tree project area is located at the far southeast end of the Big George fairway and we believe overlies the highest structural position in the basin for the Big George. We believe the average thickness of the Big George coals is approximately 60 feet at an average depth of 835 feet. The Thunder Creek pipeline runs through our acreage position. At December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of 151 identified drilling locations in the Palm Tree area, of which 24 were PUDs. We are the operator in this area. Our natural gas production is gathered by facilities owned by Western Gas Resources Inc., and transported by Thunder Creek Gas Services, LLC.

       We have drilled 49 gross wells in Palm Tree through June 30, 2004 and are in the process of getting these wells connected and ready for production. Our leasehold position consists of 16,482 gross and 13,564 net undeveloped acres, with an average working interest of 82% at June 30, 2004. Currently, we have a 78 gross well drilling program planned for 2004 in Palm Tree.

Central CBM

       Cat Creek. Cat Creek is a relatively low risk exploratory prospect area that lies on the western edge of the Big George fairway. We have yet to drill any wells on the 6,029 gross and 2,906 net acres we have under lease in the prospect area with an average working interest of 48% at June 30, 2004. We believe the average thickness of the Big George coal is approximately 90 feet at an average depth of 1,825 feet. There are three Big George pilot projects owned and operated by third parties with established production that range between four and eight miles from the prospect area. The Cat Creek area has existing road and power infrastructure due to historical conventional oil development, which should enhance our ability to keep operating costs low. In addition, the Thunder Creek gathering line runs directly through the area. At December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of 78 identified drilling locations in Cat Creek. We have a 13 gross well drilling program planned for 2004 in Cat Creek. We are the operator in this area.

       Willow Creek. Willow Creek is a relatively low risk exploratory prospect area that is 12 miles south of the Cat Creek prospect area on the western edge of the Big George fairway. We have yet to drill any wells on the 13,298 gross and 4,666 net acres we have under lease in the Willow Creek prospect area with an average working interest of 35% at June 30, 2004. We believe the average thickness of the Big George coals is approximately 85 feet at an average depth of 1,420 feet. The Big George wells in the Kingsbury Federal Unit, which lies mid-way between Cat Creek and Willow Creek, are currently producing gas for third parties. At December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of 135 identified drilling locations in Willow Creek. We have a 16 gross well drilling program planned for 2004 in the area. We will operate a majority of our wells in Willow Creek.

       Deadhorse. The Deadhorse project area is located in an area where we believe the Big George coals and a lower split of the Wyodak coals are apparent, giving each location two coal targets. We intend to exploit cost savings on shared surface facilities and increased development efficiencies in this area. Our average working interest is 91% across 8,347 gross and 7,632 net acres in this prospect. We believe the average thickness of the Big George coal is approximately 80 feet at an average depth of 1,220 feet. We believe the Lower Wyodak coal has an average thickness of approximately 55 feet at an average depth of approximately 1,550 feet. At December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of 169 identified drilling locations in Deadhorse. In 2004, we drilled a five well test program to collect core and reservoir data and we are currently analyzing the results. We intend to test the viability of a multi-seam completion in which the Big George and Lower Wyodak coals will be completed in a single well bore. We are the operator in this area.

64


Table of Contents

       Amos Draw. Like the Deadhorse prospect area, Amos Draw is located in an area with multiple coal targets. As of June 30, 2004, our average working interest is 36% across 4,858 gross and 1,756 net undeveloped acres. The primary target in the area is the Lower Wyodak coal which we believe has an average thickness of 90 feet and average depth of 1,900 feet. On the western flank of the project area, both the Big George and Werner coals are viable targets. At December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of 161 identified drilling locations. We have entered into an AMI agreement with several other operators in this area. There is a third party 16 to 20 well pilot project currently dewatering in all three potential formations immediately adjacent to the AMI. As of June 30, 2004, we participated in the drilling of nine Lower Wyodak wells, which are expected to be connected and begin dewatering this year. We are not the operator in this area.

Developed Area

      In addition to our development and exploration activities in the Southern and Central CBM, we own interests in a number of smaller producing properties, which we refer to collectively as the Developed Area. Most of these properties were acquired as a part of a development oriented acquisition. They are generally located in the eastern half of the Powder River Basin and include Little Buffalo Ranch, Goer, Pronghorn, South Coal Gulch, Terra and Kitty. As of June 30, 2004, we had interests in 246 gross and 158 net producing wells in this area, which included CBM wells and 22 gross and 10 net conventional wells. In January 2004, we sold the majority of our conventional properties in the area. These divested properties had estimated net proved reserves of 2.3 Bcfe at December 31, 2003. Excluding these divested properties, our estimated net proved reserves in the Developed Area were 2.8 Bcfe at December 31, 2003.

Williston Basin

       The Williston Basin is located in western North Dakota, northwestern South Dakota and eastern Montana. It is a predominantly oil prone basin and produces oil and natural gas from 11 major geologic horizons that range in depth from approximately 1,000 to over 14,000 feet.

       While we have interests in a substantial number of wells in the Williston Basin, which target several different zones, our exploration and development activities currently are concentrated on two of the producing formations, the Madison and the Red River. Our application of horizontal open hole completions in these formations has yielded significant improvement in the recovery of hydrocarbons from reservoirs compared to vertically drilled and cased well completions in the same type of formations. The basin has established infrastructure and access to materials and services. Moreover, we believe industry competition is less intense than in adjacent gas basins, allowing for more opportunistic acquisitions of assets. Regulatory delays are minimal due to fee ownership of properties, efficient state and local regulatory bodies and reasonable permitting requirements.

       Our total leasehold position in the Williston Basin as of June 30, 2004 consisted of 123,955 gross and 77,004 net undeveloped acres and 10,442 gross and 5,730 net developed acres. Our estimated net proved reserves in the Williston Basin were 19.3 Bcfe at year end 2003. As of June 30, 2004, we had 25 net producing wells and production of 5.7 MMcfe/d for June 2004, with an average working interest of 36%. Our average working interest in the wells we operate is approximately 91%. We have a $20 million capital program planned for 2004 in the Williston Basin, which includes drilling 10 horizontal wells and two horizontal recompletions. Our oil is stored in tanks located at the wellsite and periodically collected by independent oil purchasers.

65


Table of Contents

(WILLISTON BASIN MAP)

Madison

       Our development projects within the Madison area lie within the central Williston Basin along the Montana and North Dakota border. The majority of our properties, both producing and prospective, are located within a 50-mile radius of Williston, North Dakota, the major industry service center for the area. The tight concentration of assets and proximate location to a service center allows for efficient operations. As of June 30, 2004, we had 19 net producing wells in the area. Our drilling program targets the Madison formation at depths of 9,000 to 9,500 feet. Our wells are drilled vertically 9,000 to 9,400 feet and then extended laterally up to 4,000 feet through the formation. At December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of 43 identified horizontal drilling locations targeting the Madison formation. As of June 30, 2004, we held 55,276 gross and 38,421 net leasehold acres in the area.

66


Table of Contents

Red River

       Our Red River area lies along the North and South Dakota border on the southern flank of the Williston Basin. As of June 30, 2004, we had two net producing wells in the area. Within this area, we target the B Zone porosity of the Red River formation at approximately 9,300 feet. We believe Red River B porosity is a uniform, widespread, seven to eight feet thick reservoir unit present across the area. The B Zone is one of the primary producing zones along the Cedar Creek Anticline, which trends northwest from our acreage.

       Our total leasehold position in Red River consists of 22,363 gross and 16,915 net undeveloped acres and 1,115 gross and 242 net developed acres, with an average working interest of 73% at June 30, 2004. Our drilling program in Red River is scheduled to begin in 2005, but may be accelerated depending upon capital availability and drilling success in other areas in the basin. Our wells will be drilled vertically 9,000 to 9,400 feet and then extended laterally up to 5,000 feet through the formation. At December 31, 2003, we held an inventory of approximately 45 identified drilling locations in Red River.

Green River Basin

      The Green River Basin is located in southwestern Wyoming and adjacent areas of northeastern Utah.

Antelope Hollow

      To make our initial entry into this prospective basin, in June 2004, we acquired leasehold interests in an exploration project consisting of 5,312 gross and 2,072 net undeveloped acres. We have a $1.8 million capital program for the Green River Basin for 2004, which includes acquiring leasehold interests and drilling an exploratory well in this area late in the fourth quarter of 2004.

Denver-Julesburg Basin

       The DJ Basin covers parts of Colorado, Wyoming, Nebraska and Kansas and contains the well known Wattenberg field. Other operators have established production in the Wattenberg field from multiple zones, including the Niobrara formation at depths of 7,000 feet.

Tri-State

       Our focus is in the eastern side of the DJ Basin, which we refer to as our Tri-State area (extending into Colorado, Nebraska and Kansas), targeting potential biogenic gas accumulations in the Niobrara formation at depths less than 2,000 feet. The first Tri-State Niobrara gas discovery occurred in 1919, but ineffective fracture stimulation and low gas price suppressed commercial development until the middle 1970s. As a result, only a small portion of the prospective area has been actively developed. We believe the potential of the Tri-State area can be exploited by using new drilling techniques, with 3-D seismic “bright spot” technology to assess structural complexity, and estimate potentially recoverable gas and determine drilling locations. Our 2004 budget of $0.1 million is allocated for acreage purchases and 2-D and 3-D seismic to evaluate the potential of the area formations, and assumes that additional funds for these activities will be available from selling a portion of our interests in this area. We have acquired 224 miles of 2-D seismic and 24 square miles of 3-D seismic to date, which is currently being evaluated. At June 30, 2004, we had leasehold interests in 366,724 gross and 344,920 net undeveloped acres in this prospect area, with an average working interest of 94%. There are several interstate pipelines in the DJ Basin through which production, if found, can be sold. Within Tri-State, we also are using seismic technology to identify the Lansing/Kansas City formations, which we believe are primarily oil bearing, at depths of 4,000 to 4,800 feet.

67


Table of Contents

Paradox Basin

       The Paradox Basin is located in southwestern Colorado and southeastern Utah, and is adjacent to the San Juan Basin of New Mexico and Colorado. Although the Paradox Basin is generally considered to be an oil prone basin, the application of 3-D seismic and new drilling fluid technology has enabled other operators to commercialize a new gas play in the Lower Honaker Trail formation in San Miguel County, Colorado.

Pine Ridge

       Our current focus in the Paradox Basin is in the Pine Ridge exploration prospect, which is a very early stage exploration concept. We are exploring for gas fields in stratigraphic traps associated with salt diapirs, a geological structure feature characterized by salt intrusion into a rock formation from below. We control 2,042 gross acres and 1,960 net acres in the Pine Ridge prospect, located in San Juan County, Utah. We intend to build our acreage position in this play through acquisitions or other arrangements with acreage owners in the area. We also are in discussions with the U.S. Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management as we begin the permitting process for a 20 square mile 3-D seismic survey that we have targeted for 2005.

Yellow Jacket

       In the first six months of 2004, we acquired 6,949 gross acres and 4,363 net acres in Yellow Jacket. This prospect is a fractured shale play that will target natural gas at depths of 4,500 to 6,500 feet. We plan to continue to acquire further leasehold acreage through the remainder of 2004.

Review of Development Areas

       The following table reviews the information regarding our key development areas discussed above:

                                     
Identified
Drilling
Average Locations (2) 2004
Working
Capital
Development Area Basin Interest (1) Total 2004 Budget (3)






(in millions)
Cave Gulch
  Wind River     90 %     65       13     $ 30  
Cooper Reservoir
  Wind River     98       124       30       48  
Wallace Creek/ Stone Cabin
  Wind River     99       58       12       32  
Hill Creek
  Uinta     65       5       1       8  
Nine Mile Canyon
  Uinta     100       228       15       47  
Powder River CBM
  Powder River     80       993       245       25  
Williston
  Williston     36   (4)     100       10       20  


(1)  Average working interest is based on June 2004 production, including operated and non-operated properties.
 
(2)  For each development area, identified drilling locations represent total gross locations specifically identified and scheduled by management as of December 31, 2003 as an estimate of our future multi-year drilling activities on existing acreage. Of the total identified drilling locations shown in the table, 242 are classified as PUDs. Of the 2004 identified drilling locations, 155 are classified as PUDs. During the six months ended June 30, 2004, 97 of the identified drilling locations shown in the table were drilled, including 59 PUD locations. Our actual drilling activities may change depending on the availability of capital, regulatory approvals, seasonal conditions, natural gas and oil prices, costs, drilling results and other factors. For a more complete description of our proposed activities, see “Business — Our Properties”.

68


Table of Contents

(3)  Includes budgeted drilling expenditures as well as exploration and facilities costs for the area.
 
(4)  We operated 76% of our June 2004 production in the Williston Basin, with an average working interest of 91% per operated well.

Review of Exploration Projects

      The following table reviews our exploration projects discussed above:

                         
Average
Project Net Working Planned 2004 Exploratory
Exploration Project Basin Acreage (1) Interest (2) Activities (3)





Cave Gulch/ Waltman (4)
  Wind River     15,101       78 %   Assess deep prospect
Cooper Reservoir (4)
  Wind River     10,496       76     Drill one deep well
East Madden
  Wind River     21,414       53     Drill one deep well
Pommard
  Wind River     2,200       100     Drill one deep well
Stone Cabin (4)
  Wind River     12,342       82     Drill three wells
Talon
  Wind River     72,539       32     Drill three wells
Wallace Creek (4)
  Wind River     22,788       82     Drill five wells
Windjammer
  Wind River     7,311       33     3-D seismic program
Garmesa
  Uinta     8,217       42     3-D seismic program
Lake Canyon
  Uinta     44,162       79     Drill two wells
Nine Mile Canyon (4)
  Uinta     38,404   (5)     91     3-D seismic program, drill six wells
Nine Mile Canyon Deep
  Uinta     43,227   (5)     92     3-D seismic program
Hook
  Uinta     846       97     Acreage acquisition
Wyodak/Big George
  Powder River     60,314       67     Two pilot programs and five additional wells
Red River
  Williston     17,156       73     Assess drilling prospects
Madison (4)
  Williston     38,421       70     Drill three wells
Antelope Hollow
  Green River     2,072       39     Acreage acquisition, drill one well
Tri-State
  DJ     344,920       94     2-D and 3-D seismic program
Pine Ridge
  Paradox     1,960       96     Permitting for 3-D seismic program
Yellow Jacket
  Paradox     4,363       63     Acreage acquisition


(1)  Project net acreage is the amount of our net leasehold acreage at June 30, 2004 that we have associated with each of our exploration projects.
 
(2)  Average working interest is based on leasehold acreage at June 30, 2004.
 
(3)  Although we have included our planned exploratory activities in our 2004 capital budget, our actual activities may change depending on regulatory approvals, seasonal conditions and other factors.
 
(4)  Represents an exploration project that extends from an existing development project.
 
(5)  The Nine Mile Canyon and Nine Mile Canyon Deep exploration projects share surface acreage.

69


Table of Contents

Oil and Gas Data

Proved Reserves

       The following table presents our estimated net proved natural gas and oil reserves and the present value of our estimated proved reserves at December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2003, based on a reserve report prepared by us and reviewed in its entirety by our independent petroleum engineers. All our proved reserves included in the reserve report are located in North America. Ryder Scott Company, L.P. reviews all our reserve estimates except for our reserve estimates in the Powder River Basin, which are reviewed by Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. When compared on a well-by-well or lease-by-lease basis, some of our estimates of net proved reserves are greater and some are less than the estimates of our independent petroleum engineers. However, our internal estimates of total net proved reserves are within 10% of those estimated by our independent petroleum engineers. Copies of the review reports prepared by our independent petroleum engineers are attached as Appendices B and C. Our estimates of net proved reserves have not been filed with or included in reports to any federal authority or agency other than the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this offering. The PV-10 and Standardized Measure shown in the table are not intended to represent the current market value of our estimated natural gas and oil reserves.

                 
As of
December 31,

2002 2003


Estimated Net Proved Reserves (1):
               
Natural gas (Bcf)
    101.8       180.9  
Oil (MMBbls)
    2.9       3.9  
Total (Bcfe)
    119.1       204.2  
Percent proved developed
    75.1 %     62.5 %
PV-10 (in millions) (2)
  $ 178.6     $ 520.8  
Standardized Measure (in millions) (3)
    153.5       404.8  


(1)  Excludes estimated proved reserves of 10.9 Bcfe with a PV-10 of $17.8 million related to properties held for sale as of December 31, 2002.
 
(2)  Represents present value, discounted at 10% per annum, of estimated future net cash flows before income tax of our estimated proved reserves. In accordance with SEC requirements, our reserves and the future net revenues were determined using the prices for natural gas and oil that we realized at each of December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2003, which were $3.12 per MMBtu of gas and $31.35 per barrel of oil at December 31, 2002, and $5.58 per MMBtu of gas and $32.55 per barrel of oil at December 31, 2003. Includes PV-10 of $17.8 million associated with proved reserves for properties held for sale at December 31, 2002. These prices were adjusted by lease for quality, transportation fees and regional price differences. Giving effect to hedging transactions based on prices current at such dates, our PV-10 would have been $196.8 million at December 31, 2002 and $505.7 million at December 31, 2003.
 
(3)  The Standardized Measure represents the present value of estimated future cash inflows from proved natural gas and oil reserves, less future development, production, and income tax expenses, discounted at 10% per annum to reflect timing of future cash flows and using the same pricing assumptions as were used to calculate PV-10. Standardized Measure differs from PV-10 because Standardized Measure includes the effect of future income taxes.

       Proved developed reserves are reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Proved undeveloped reserves are proved

70


Table of Contents

reserves that are expected to be recovered from new wells drilled to known reservoirs on undrilled acreage for which the existence and recoverability of such reserves can be estimated with reasonable certainty, or from existing wells on which a relatively major expenditure is required to establish production.

       The data in the above table represents estimates only. Oil and natural gas reserve engineering is inherently a subjective process of estimating underground accumulations of oil and natural gas that cannot be measured exactly. The accuracy of any reserve estimate is a function of the quality of available data and engineering and geological interpretation and judgment. While information available to us at the time our reserves were estimated may have led us to believe these reserves would be produced with some certainty, results of drilling, testing and production, and increases in the costs of some of these activities, after the date of the estimate may justify revisions. Accordingly, reserve estimates may vary from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered. See “Risk Factors”.

       Our independent engineers perform a well-by-well review of all of our properties and of our estimates of proved reserves and then provide us with their reports concerning our estimates. Copies of their reports are included as Appendix B and Appendix C to this prospectus. Ryder Scott Company, L.P. provided us with a report stating its opinion that the methods and techniques used in preparing our reserve report are in accordance with generally accepted procedures for the determination of reserves, and that, in its judgment, there was no evidence of bias in the application of the methods and techniques for estimating proved reserves, and that the total proved net reserves estimated would be within 10% of those estimated by Ryder Scott Company, L.P. Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. stated in its report that our estimates of proved oil and gas reserves and future revenue as shown in its report and in certain computer printouts in its office are, in the aggregate, reasonable and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted petroleum engineering and evaluation principles. In a well by well comparison by the independent engineers, differences of greater or less than 10% exist. In the case of the properties reviewed by each of the two independent engineers, our estimates of proved reserves at December 31, 2003 in the aggregate were 6.7% above those of Ryder Scott Company, L.P. and 5.1% above Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc.

       Because the independent engineers do not state the degree of their concurrence with the accuracy of our estimates for the proved reserves attributable to our interest in any specific basin, property or well, it is possible that their estimates may differ for each of the basins. This could occur if the differences between the independent engineers’ estimates and our estimates with respect to the individual basins resulted in offsetting one another when aggregated for all properties covered by the report.

       Future prices received for production and costs may vary, perhaps significantly, from the prices and costs assumed for purposes of these estimates. The PV-10 shown should not be construed as the current market value of the reserves. The 10% discount factor used to calculate present value, which is required by Financial Accounting Standard Board pronouncements, is not necessarily the most appropriate discount rate. The present value, no matter what discount rate is used, is materially affected by assumptions as to timing of future production, which may prove to be inaccurate.

       From time to time, we engage Ryder Scott Company, L.P. and Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. to review and/or evaluate the reserves of properties that we are considering purchasing and to provide technical consulting on well testing. Neither Ryder Scott Company, L.P. nor Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. nor any of their respective employees has any interest in those properties and the compensation for these engagements is not contingent on their estimates of reserves and future cash inflows for the subject properties.

71


Table of Contents

Production and Price History

       The following table sets forth information regarding net production of oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids, and certain price and cost information for each of the periods indicated:

                         
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception)
through Year Ended Six Months
December 31, December 31, Ended June 30,
2002 (1) 2003 2004



Production Data:
                       
Natural gas (MMcf) (2)
    6,370       16,315       14,060  
Oil (MBbls)
    27       328       228  
Combined volumes (MMcfe)
    6,532       18,283       15,428  
Daily combined volumes (MMcfe/d)
    23.5       50.1       84.8  
 
Average Prices (3):
                       
Natural gas (per Mcf)
  $ 2.39     $ 4.03     $ 4.88  
Oil (per Bbl)
    27.99       28.85       34.53  
Combined (per Mcfe)
    2.45       4.12       4.95  
 
Average Costs (per Mcfe):
                       
Lease operating expense
  $ 0.34     $ 0.46     $ 0.47  
Gathering and transportation expense
    0.04       0.20       0.16  
Production tax expense
    0.31       0.54       0.62  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    1.40       1.68       2.01  
General and administrative
    0.86       0.79       0.58  


(1)  In the period ended December 31, 2002, production commenced on March 29, 2002 following the purchase of our first properties.
 
(2)  Production of natural gas liquids is included in natural gas revenues and production. Production data excludes production associated with properties held for sale.
 
(3)  Includes the effects of hedging transactions, which reduced average gas prices by $0.48 per Mcf in 2003 and $0.33 per Mcf in the six months ended June 30, 2004.

Productive Wells

       The following table sets forth information at June 30, 2004, relating to the productive wells in which we owned a working interest as of that date. Productive wells consist of producing wells and wells capable of production, including natural gas wells awaiting pipeline connections to commence deliveries and oil wells awaiting connection to production facilities. Gross wells are the total number

72


Table of Contents

of producing wells in which we have an interest, and net wells are the sum of our fractional working interests owned in gross wells.
                                   
Gas Oil


Gross Net Gross Net
Basin Wells Wells Wells Wells





Wind River
    124       116       2       1  
Uinta
    21       17              
Powder River (1)
    245       180       47       8  
Williston
                84       25  
 
Total
    390       313       133       34  


(1)  The five wells that had completions in more than one zone are each shown as only one gross well.

Developed and Undeveloped Acreage

       The following table sets forth information as of June 30, 2004 relating to our leasehold acreage.

                                   
Developed Undeveloped
Acreage (1) Acreage (2)


Basin Gross (3) Net (4) Gross (3) Net (4)





Wind River
    7,457       6,084       398,861       167,718  
Uinta
    5,478       5,171       121,416       94,914  
Powder River
    23,543       16,500       88,876       56,428  
Williston
    10,422       5,730       123,955       77,004  
Green River
                5,312       2,072  
Denver-Julesburg
                366,724       344,920  
Paradox
                8,991       6,322  
Other
    1,783       244       34,342       15,603  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    48,683       33,729       1,148,477       764,981  
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Developed acres are acres spaced or assigned to productive wells.
 
(2)  Undeveloped acres are acres on which wells have not been drilled or completed to a point that would permit the production of commercial quantities of oil or natural gas, regardless of whether such acreage contains proved reserves.
 
(3)  A gross acre is an acre in which a working interest is owned. The number of gross acres is the total number of acres in which a working interest is owned.
 
(4)  A net acre is deemed to exist when the sum of the fractional ownership working interests in gross acres equals one. The number of net acres is the sum of the fractional working interests owned in gross acres expressed as whole numbers and fractions thereof.

       Many of the leases comprising the undeveloped acreage set forth in the table above will expire at the end of their respective primary terms unless production from the leasehold acreage has been established prior to such date, in which event the lease will remain in effect until the cessation of production. We generally have been able to obtain extensions of the primary terms of our federal leases for the period that we have been unable to obtain drilling permits due to a pending EA, Environmental Impact Statement or related legal challenge. The following table sets forth as of

73


Table of Contents

June 30, 2004 the expiration periods of the gross and net acres that are subject to leases summarized in the above table of undeveloped acreage.
                 
Undeveloped Acres
Expiring

Six Months Ending: Gross Net



December 31, 2004
    20,752       9,073  
                   
Twelve Months Ending:

December 31, 2005
    101,741       43,181  
December 31, 2006
    53,771       24,563  
December 31, 2007
    112,277       80,858  
December 31, 2008
    373,472       336,838  
December 31, 2009 and later (1)
    486,464       270,468  
     
     
 
 
Total
    1,148,477       764,981  
     
     
 


(1)  Includes 309,308 gross and 128,913 net undeveloped acres held by production from other leasehold acreage or held by federal units.

Drilling Results

       The following table sets forth information with respect to wells completed during the periods indicated. The information should not be considered indicative of future performance, nor should it be assumed that there is necessarily any correlation between the number of productive wells drilled, quantities of reserves found or economic value. Productive wells are those that produce commercial quantities of hydrocarbons, regardless of whether they produce a reasonable rate of return.

                                                   
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception)
through Year Ended Six Months
December 31, December 31, Ended June 30,
2002 2003 2004



Gross Net Gross Net Gross Net






Development:
                                               
 
Productive
    3       2.8       84       72.3       71       67.5  
 
Dry
                1       1.0       2       1.7  
Exploratory:
                                               
 
Productive
                5       5.0       1       1.0  
 
Dry
                2       1.5              
Total:
                                               
 
Productive
    3       2.8       89       77.3       72       68.5  
 
Dry
                3       2.5       2       1.7  

       As of June 30, 2004, we had 115 gross and 98 net wells in the process of drilling, completing or dewatering that are not reflected in the above table.

      From inception through June 30, 2004, we participated in drilling 284 gross wells, of which 164 were completed as producing, 115 were in process of completing or dewatering and five were dry holes. Also during that time, we recompleted 37 gross wells, which are not included in the totals above.

74


Table of Contents

Operations

General

       In general, we serve as operator of wells in which we have a greater than 50% interest. In addition, we seek to be operator of wells in which we have lesser interests. As operator, we design and manage the development of a well and supervise operation and maintenance activities on a day-to-day basis. We do not own drilling rigs or other oil field services equipment used for drilling or maintaining wells on properties we operate. Independent contractors engaged by us provide all the equipment and personnel associated with these activities. We employ drilling, production, and reservoir engineers, geologists and other specialists who work to improve production rates, increase reserves, and lower the cost of operating our natural gas and oil properties.

Marketing and Customers

       We market the majority of the natural gas and oil production from properties we operate for both our account and the account of the other working interest owners in these properties. We sell substantially all of our production to a variety of purchasers under short-term contracts or spot gas purchase contracts ranging anywhere from one day to seven months, all at market prices. We normally sell production to a relatively small number of customers, as is customary in the exploration, development and production business. However, based on the current demand for natural gas and oil and availability of other purchasers, we believe that the loss of any one or all of our major purchasers would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. For a list of our purchasers that accounted for 10% or more of our natural gas and oil revenues during the last two calendar years, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 12 — Significant Customers and Other Concentrations”.

       We enter into hedging transactions with unaffiliated third parties for portions of our natural gas production to achieve more predictable cash flows and to reduce our exposure to short-term fluctuations in gas prices. For more a detailed discussion, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview” and “— Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.

       We incur gathering and transportation expenses to move our natural gas from the wellhead to a purchaser-specified delivery point. These expenses vary based on the volume and distance shipped, and the fee charged by the third party transporter. We have two firm transportation agreements. The first agreement is with Questar Pipeline Company for 8,500 MMBtu/d of guaranteed pipeline capacity at a monthly charge of $45,000 for one year beginning in March 2004. The other agreement is with Cheyenne Plains Company for 9,000 MMBtu of guaranteed pipeline capacity for 12 years and three months beginning upon completion of the pipeline, expected in January 2005, with an annual commitment of $1,117,000 and for 5,000 MMBtu/d of guaranteed pipeline capacity for an additional year thereafter. Our natural gas and oil are transported through third party gathering systems and pipelines. Transportation space on these gathering systems and pipelines is occasionally limited and at times unavailable because of repairs or improvements, or as a result of priority transportation agreements with other gas shippers. While our ability to market our natural gas has been only infrequently limited or delayed, if transportation space is restricted or is unavailable, our cash flow from the affected properties could be adversely affected.

Competition

       The oil and natural gas industry is intensely competitive, and we compete with other companies that have greater resources. Many of these companies not only explore for and produce oil and natural gas, but also carry on refining operations and market petroleum and other products on a regional, national or worldwide basis. These companies may be able to pay more for productive oil and natural gas properties and exploratory prospects or define, evaluate, bid for and purchase a greater number of properties and prospects than our financial or human resources permit. In

75


Table of Contents

addition, these companies may have a greater ability to continue exploration activities during periods of low oil and natural gas market prices. Our larger competitors may be able to absorb the burden of existing, and any changes to, federal, state, local and Native American tribal laws and regulations more easily than we can, which would adversely affect our competitive position. Our ability to acquire additional properties and to discover reserves in the future will be dependent upon our ability to evaluate and select suitable properties and to consummate transactions in a highly competitive environment. In addition, because we have fewer financial and human resources than many companies in our industry, we may be at a disadvantage in bidding for exploratory prospects and producing oil and natural gas properties.

Title to Properties

       As is customary in the oil and gas industry, we initially conduct only a cursory review of the title to our properties on which we do not have proved reserves. Prior to the commencement of drilling operations on those properties, we conduct a thorough title examination and perform curative work with respect to significant defects. To the extent title opinions or other investigations reflect title defects on those properties, we are typically responsible for curing any title defects at our expense. We generally will not commence drilling operations on a property until we have cured any material title defects on such property. We have obtained title opinions on substantially all of our producing properties and believe that we have satisfactory title to our producing properties in accordance with standards generally accepted in the oil and gas industry. Prior to completing an acquisition of producing natural gas and oil leases, we perform title reviews on the most significant leases and, depending on the materiality of properties, we may obtain a title opinion. Our natural gas and oil properties are subject to customary royalty and other interests, liens for current taxes and other burdens which we believe do not materially interfere with the use of or affect our carrying value of the properties.

Seasonal Nature of Business

       Generally, but not always, the demand for natural gas decreases during the summer months and increases during the winter months. Seasonal anomalies such as mild winters or hot summers sometimes lessen this fluctuation. In addition, certain natural gas users utilize natural gas storage facilities and purchase some of their anticipated winter requirements during the summer. This can also lessen seasonal demand fluctuations. Seasonal weather conditions and lease stipulations can limit our drilling and producing activities and other oil and natural gas operations in certain areas of the Rocky Mountain region. These seasonal anomalies can increase competition for equipment, supplies and personnel during the spring and summer months, which could lead to shortages and increase costs or delay our operations.

Environmental Matters and Regulation

       General. Our operations are subject to stringent federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. Our operations are subject to the same environmental laws and regulations as other companies in the oil and gas exploration and production industry. These laws and regulations may:

  •  require the acquisition of various permits before drilling commences;
 
  •  require the installation of expensive pollution control equipment;
 
  •  restrict the types, quantities and concentration of various substances that can be released into the environment in connection with drilling and production activities;
 
  •  limit or prohibit drilling activities on lands lying within wilderness, wetlands and other protected areas;

76


Table of Contents

  •  require remedial measures to prevent pollution from former operations, such as pit closure and plugging of abandoned wells;
 
  •  impose substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations; and
 
  •  with respect to operations affecting federal lands or leases, require preparation of a Resource Management Plan, an Environmental Assessment, and/or an Environmental Impact Statement.

       These laws, rules and regulations may also restrict the rate of oil and natural gas production below the rate that would otherwise be possible. The regulatory burden on the oil and gas industry increases the cost of doing business in the industry and consequently affects profitability. Additionally, Congress and the federal and state agencies frequently revise the environmental laws and regulations, and any changes that result in more stringent and costly waste handling, disposal and clean-up requirements for the oil and gas industry could have a significant impact on our operating costs. We believe that we substantially comply with all current applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our continued compliance with existing requirements will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. However, we cannot predict the passage of or quantify the potential impact of more stringent future laws and regulations at this time. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we did not incur any material capital expenditures for installation of remediation or pollution control equipment at any of our facilities. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any environmental issues or claims that will require material capital expenditures during 2004 or that will otherwise have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

       The environmental laws and regulations which could have a material impact on the oil and natural gas exploration and production industry are as follows:

       National Environmental Policy Act. Oil and natural gas exploration and production activities on federal lands are subject to the National Environmental Policy Act, or NEPA. NEPA requires federal agencies, including the Department of Interior, to evaluate major agency actions having the potential to significantly impact the environment. In the course of such evaluations, an agency will have an EA prepared that assesses the potential direct, indirect and cumulative impacts of a proposed project and, if necessary, will prepare a more detailed EIS that may be made available for public review and comment. All of our current exploration and production activities, as well as proposed exploration and development plans, on federal lands require governmental permits that are subject to the requirements of NEPA. This process has the potential to delay the development of oil and natural gas projects.

       Waste Handling. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA, and comparable state statutes, affect oil and gas exploration and production activities by imposing regulations on the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of “hazardous wastes” and on the disposal of non-hazardous wastes. Under the auspices of the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, the individual states administer some or all of the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with their own, more stringent requirements. Drilling fluids, produced waters, and most of the other wastes associated with the exploration, development, and production of crude oil, natural gas, or geothermal energy constitute “solid wastes”, which are regulated under the less stringent non-hazardous waste provisions, but there is no guarantee that the EPA or the individual states will not adopt more stringent requirements for the handling of non-hazardous wastes or categorize some non-hazardous wastes as hazardous for future regulation. Indeed, legislation has been proposed from time to time in Congress to re-categorize certain oil and gas exploration and production wastes as “hazardous wastes”.

       We believe that we are currently in substantial compliance with the requirements of RCRA and related state and local laws and regulations, and that we hold all necessary and up-to-date permits, registrations and other authorizations to the extent that our operations require them under such laws

77


Table of Contents

and regulations. Although we do not believe the current costs of managing our wastes as they are presently classified to be significant, any legislative or regulatory reclassification of oil and natural gas exploration and production wastes could increase our costs to manage and dispose of such wastes.

       Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), also known as the “superfund” law, imposes joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the disposal site, or site where the release occurred and companies that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substance. Under CERCLA, such persons may be subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment. In the course of our operations, we generate wastes that may fall within CERCLA’s definition of “hazardous substances”. Therefore, governmental agencies or third parties may seek to hold us responsible under CERCLA for all or part of the costs to clean up sites at which such “hazardous substances” have been deposited.

       Water Discharges. The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, also known as the Clean Water Act, and analogous state laws impose restrictions and strict controls regarding the discharge of pollutants, including produced waters and other oil and gas wastes, into waters of the United States. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by EPA or the state. These prescriptions also prohibit the discharge of dredge and fill material in regulated waters, including wetlands, unless authorized by a permit issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance with discharge permits or other requirements of the federal Clean Water Act and analogous state laws and regulations. We maintain all required discharge permits necessary to conduct our operations, and we believe we are substantial compliance with the terms thereof.

       Air Emissions. The Federal Clean Air Act, and associated state laws and regulations, regulate emissions of various air pollutants through the issuance of permits and the imposition of other requirements. In addition, EPA has developed, and continues to develop, stringent regulations governing emissions of toxic air pollutants at specified sources. Some of our new facilities may be required to obtain permits before work can begin, and existing facilities may be required to incur capital costs in order to remain in compliance. These regulations may increase the costs of compliance for some facilities federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance with air permits or other requirements of the federal Clean Air Act and associated state laws and regulations. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all air emissions regulations and that we hold all necessary and valid construction and operating permits for our operations.

       Other Laws and Regulation. In 1997, numerous countries reached agreement on the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. If the Protocol enters into force, adopting countries would be required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, generally referred to as greenhouse gases, that are suspected of contributing to global warming. The Bush administration has indicated it will not support ratification of the Protocol, and Congress has resisted recent proposed legislation directed at reducing greenhouse gas emissions. However, there has been support in various regions of the country for legislation that requires reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, and some states have already adopted legislation addressing greenhouse gas emissions from certain greenhouse gas emission sources, primarily power plants. The oil and natural gas exploration and production industry is a direct source of

78


Table of Contents

certain greenhouse gas emissions, namely carbon dioxide and methane, and future restrictions on such emissions could impact our future operations. Our operations are not adversely impacted by current state and local climate change initiatives and, at this time, it is not possible to accurately estimate how potential future laws or regulations addressing greenhouse gas emissions would impact our business.

       Legislation continues to be introduced in Congress and development of regulations continues in the Department of Homeland Security and other agencies concerning the security of industrial facilities, including oil and natural gas facilities. Our operations may be subject to such laws and regulations. Presently, it is not possible to accurately estimate the costs we could incur to comply with any such facility security laws or regulations, but such expenditures could be substantial.

Other Regulation of the Oil and Gas Industry

       The oil and gas industry is extensively regulated by numerous federal, state and local authorities, including Native American tribes. Legislation affecting the oil and gas industry is under constant review for amendment or expansion, frequently increasing the regulatory burden. Also, numerous departments and agencies, both federal and state, and Native American tribes are authorized by statute to issue rules and regulations binding on the oil and gas industry and its individual members, some of which carry substantial penalties for failure to comply. Although the regulatory burden on the oil and gas industry increases our cost of doing business and, consequently, affects our profitability, these burdens generally do not affect us any differently or to any greater or lesser extent than they affect other companies in the industry with similar types, quantities and locations of production.

       Drilling and Production. Our operations are subject to various types of regulation at federal, state, local and Native American tribal levels. These types of regulation include requiring permits for the drilling of wells, drilling bonds and reports concerning operations. Most states, and some counties, municipalities and Native American tribes, in which we operate also regulate one or more of the following:

  •  the location of wells;
 
  •  the method of drilling and casing wells;
 
  •  the rates of production or “allowables”;
 
  •  the surface use and restoration of properties upon which wells are drilled and other third parties;
 
  •  the plugging and abandoning of wells; and
 
  •  notice to surface owners and other third parties.

       State laws regulate the size and shape of drilling and spacing units or proration units governing the pooling of oil and natural gas properties. Some states allow forced pooling or integration of tracts to facilitate exploration while other states rely on voluntary pooling of lands and leases. In some instances, forced pooling or unitization may be implemented by third parties and may reduce our interest in the unitized properties. In addition, state conservation laws establish maximum rates of production from oil and natural gas wells, generally prohibit the venting or flaring of natural gas and impose requirements regarding the ratability of production. These laws and regulations may limit the amount of natural gas and oil we can produce from our wells or limit the number of wells or the locations at which we can drill. Moreover, each state generally imposes a production or severance tax with respect to the production and sale of oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids within its jurisdiction.

       Natural Gas Sales Transportation. Historically, federal legislation and regulatory controls have affected the price of the natural gas we produce and the manner in which we market our

79


Table of Contents

production. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or FERC, has jurisdiction over the transportation and sale for resale of natural gas in interstate commerce by natural gas companies under the Natural Gas Act of 1938 and the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978. Since 1978, various federal laws have been enacted which have resulted in the complete removal of all price and non-price controls for sales of domestic natural gas sold in “first sales”, which include all of our sales of our own production.

       FERC also regulates interstate natural gas transportation rates and service conditions, which affects the marketing of natural gas that we produce, as well as the revenues we receive for sales of our natural gas. Commencing in 1985, FERC promulgated a series of orders, regulations and rule makings that significantly fostered competition in the business of transporting and marketing gas. Today, interstate pipeline companies are required to provide nondiscriminatory transportation services to producers, marketers and other shippers, regardless of whether such shippers are affiliated with an interstate pipeline company. FERC’s initiatives have led to the development of a competitive, unregulated, open access market for gas purchases and sales that permits all purchasers of gas to buy gas directly from third-party sellers other than pipelines. However, the natural gas industry historically has been very heavily regulated; therefore, we cannot guarantee that the less stringent regulatory approach recently pursued by FERC and Congress will continue indefinitely into the future nor can we determine what affect, if any, future regulatory changes might have on our natural gas related activities.

       Under FERC’s current regulatory regime, transmission services must be provided on an open-access, non-discriminatory basis at cost-based rates or at market-based rates if the transportation market at issue is sufficiently competitive. Gathering service, which occurs upstream of jurisdictional transmission services, is regulated by the states onshore and instate waters. Although its policy is still in flux, FERC recently has reclassified certain jurisdictional transmission facilities as non-jurisdictional gathering facilities, which has the tendency to increase our costs of getting gas to point-of-sale locations.

       Operations on Native American Reservations. A portion of our leases in the Uinta basin are, and some of our future leases in this and other areas may be, regulated by Native American tribes. In addition to regulation by various federal, state and local agencies and authorities, an entirely separate and distinct set of laws and regulations applies to lessees, operators and other parties within the boundaries of Native American reservations. Various federal agencies within the U.S. Department of the Interior, particularly the Minerals Management Service and the Bureau of Indian Affairs, together with each Native American tribe, promulgate and enforce regulations pertaining to oil and gas operations on Native American reservations. These regulations include lease provisions, royalty matters, drilling and production requirements, environmental standards, and numerous other matters.

       Native American tribes are subject to various federal statutes and oversight by the Bureau of Indian Affairs. However, each Native American tribe is a sovereign nation and has the right to enforce certain other laws and regulations entirely independent from federal, state and local statutes and regulations, as long as they do not supersede or conflict with such federal statutes. These tribal laws and regulations include various fees, taxes, requirements to employ Native American tribal members, and numerous other conditions that apply to lessees, operators, and contractors conducting operations within the boundaries of an Native American reservation. Further, lessees and operators within an Native American reservation are subject to the Native American tribal court system, unless there is a specific waiver of sovereign immunity by the Native American tribe allowing resolution of disputes between the Native American tribe and those lessees or operators to occur in federal or state court.

       Therefore, we are subject to various laws and regulations pertaining to Native American tribal surface ownership, Native American oil and gas leases, fees, taxes, and other burdens, obligations and issues unique to oil and gas ownership and operations within Native American reservations. One

80


Table of Contents

or more of these requirements may increase our costs of doing business on Native American tribal lands and have an impact on the economic viability of any well or project on those lands.

Employees

       As of August 31, 2004, we have 125 full time employees, including 16 geologists and geophysicists, 16 petroleum engineers and seven land and regulatory professionals. Of our 125 full time employees, 91 work in our Denver office and 34 are in our district and field offices. We also contract for the services of independent consultants involved in land, regulatory, accounting, financial and other disciplines as needed. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by any collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are satisfactory.

Offices

       We currently lease approximately 39,400 square feet of office space in Denver, Colorado at 1099 18th Street, where our principal offices are located. The lease for our Denver office expires in January 2009. We also have field offices in Gillette, Wyoming and Roosevelt, Utah. The lease for the Gillette office expires in June 2005 and the lease for the Roosevelt office is on a month-to-month basis. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current operations and that additional leased space can be obtained if needed.

Legal Proceedings

       We are not a party to any material pending legal or governmental proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business. While the ultimate outcome and impact of any proceeding cannot be predicted with certainty, our management believes that the resolution of any proceeding will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

81


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Other Key Employees

       The following table sets forth information regarding our eight executive officers, our directors and other key employees as of August 31, 2004.

             
Name Age Position



William J. Barrett
    75     Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director
J. Frank Keller
    60     Chief Operating Officer, Vice Chairman and Director
Fredrick J. Barrett
    43     President and Director
Thomas B. Tyree, Jr.
    43     Chief Financial Officer
Robert W. Howard
    50     Executive Vice President — Finance and Investor Relations, and Treasurer
Dominic J. Bazile II
    45     Senior Vice President — Operations and Engineering
Francis B. Barron
    42     Senior Vice President — General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Huntington T. Walker
    49     Vice President — Land
Terry R. Barrett
    44     Vice President — Exploration, Northern Division
Kurt M. Reinecke
    45     Vice President — Exploration, Southern Division
Wilfred R. Roux
    46     Vice President — Geophysics
Richard Aube
    35     Director
Henry Cornell
    48     Director
James M. Fitzgibbons
    69     Director
Jeffrey A. Harris
    48     Director
Roger L. Jarvis
    50     Director
Philippe S. E. Schreiber
    63     Director
Randy Stein
    51     Director

       Each of William J. Barrett, Fredrick J. Barrett and J. Frank Keller may be deemed to be a promoter and founder of the Company due to his initiative in organizing the Company. William J. Barrett is the father of Fredrick J. Barrett and Terry R. Barrett and the brother-in-law of J. Frank Keller.

Executive Officers and Other Key Employees

       William J. Barrett. Mr. Barrett has served as our Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and a Director since our inception in January 2002. Mr. Barrett founded Barrett Resources Corporation (“Barrett Resources”), which was acquired in August 2001 by The Williams Companies. Mr. Barrett served as the Chief Executive Officer of Barrett Resources from December 1983 until November 18, 1999, except for the period from July 1, 1997 through March 23, 1998. He also served Barrett Resources as Chairman of the Board from September 1994 until March 2000, and as President from December 1983 until September 1994. From March 2000 until November 2001, Mr. Barrett was retired. From November 2001 until the formation of the Company in January 2002, Mr. Barrett consulted on the establishment of the Company and its planned activities. Prior to 1983, Mr. Barrett held various positions with several other oil and gas companies.

       J. Frank Keller. Mr. Keller has served as our Vice Chairman of the Board, Chief Operating Officer and a Director since our inception in January 2002. Mr. Keller was a co-founder of Barrett Resources and served as Barrett Resources’ Executive Vice President from 1983 until Barrett

82


Table of Contents

Resources was acquired by The Williams Companies in August 2001. He also served as Chief Financial Officer of Barrett Resources from 1995 until July 2001, as a director from 1983 until 2000, and as Secretary from 1983 until 1997. From August 2001 until January 2002, Mr. Keller served as a consultant, including with respect to the establishment of the Company and its planned activities.

       Fredrick J. Barrett. Mr. Barrett has served as our President and a Director since our inception in January 2002. Mr. Barrett served as senior geologist of Barrett Resources and its successor in the Rocky Mountain Region from 1997 through 2001, and as geologist from 1989 to 1996. From 1987 to 1989, Mr. Barrett was a partner in Terred Oil Company, a private oil and gas partnership providing geologic services for the Rocky Mountain Region. From 1983 to 1987, Mr. Barrett worked as a project and field geologist for Barrett Resources.

       Thomas B. Tyree, Jr. Mr. Tyree has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2003. From August 1989 until January 2003, Mr. Tyree was employed by Goldman, Sachs & Co., most recently as a Managing Director in the Investment Banking Division, working with oil and gas companies. From 1983 to 1987, Mr. Tyree was employed by Bankers Trust Company as an Associate in corporate finance.

       Robert W. Howard. Mr. Howard has served as our Executive Vice President — Finance and Investor Relations since January 2004 and as our Treasurer since our inception in January 2002. From February 2003 until January 2004, Mr. Howard served as our Executive Vice President — Finance and Accounting. From January 2002 until February 2003, Mr. Howard served as our Chief Financial Officer; from our inception in January 2002 until February 2004, Mr. Howard served as our Secretary; and from January 2002 until March 2002 he served as a Director of the Company. From August 2001 until December 2001, Mr. Howard served as Vice President — Finance and Administration and a director of AEC Oil & Gas (USA) Inc., an indirect subsidiary of Alberta Energy Company, Ltd., an oil and gas exploration and development company that subsequently was acquired by EnCana Corporation. Mr. Howard served as Senior Vice President — Investor Relations and Corporate Development of Barrett Resources from February 1999 until August 2001. Mr. Howard previously served as Barrett Resource’s Senior Vice President beginning in March 1992 and as Treasurer beginning in March 1986.

       Dominic J. Bazile II. Mr. Bazile has served as Senior Vice President — Operations and Engineering since May 2003 and previously served as our Vice President of Operations beginning in February 2002. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bazile was employed by Barrett Resources and its successor from July 1995 until January 2002, including serving as Drilling Manager.

       Francis B. Barron. Mr. Barron has served as Senior Vice President — General Counsel and Secretary since March 2004. Mr. Barron was a partner at the Denver, Colorado office of Patton Boggs LLP from February 1999 until February 2004, practicing corporate, securities and general business law. Prior to February 1999, Mr. Barron was a partner of and served as an associate at Bearman Talesnick & Clowdus Professional Corporation, a Denver law firm. Mr. Barron’s clients included publicly-traded oil and gas companies.

       Huntington T. Walker. Mr. Walker has served as Vice President — Land since our inception in January 2002. From June 1981 through December 2001, Mr. Walker was self employed in the oil and gas industry as an independent landman performing consulting work for various clients including Barrett Resources and investing in oil and gas properties for his own account. From May 1979 through June 1981, Mr. Walker was employed by Hunt Energy Corporation in their Denver Office.

       Terry R. Barrett. Mr. Barrett has served as Vice President — Exploration, Northern Division, since our inception in January 2002. From 1989 to 2001, Mr. Barrett served as Senior Geologist or Project Geologist in numerous Rocky Mountain basins for Barrett Resources Corporation, prior to the acquisition of that company by The Williams Companies. He served as Senior Geologist for approximately five months with The Williams Companies from August through December 2001. From 1987 to 1989, Mr. Barrett was a general partner in Terred Oil Company, a private oil and gas

83


Table of Contents

partnership providing geologic services for the Rocky Mountain Region. From 1983 to 1987, Mr. Barrett worked as a contract project and field geologist for Barrett Resources.

       Kurt M. Reinecke. Mr. Reinecke has served as Vice President — Exploration, Southern Division since our inception in January 2002. From 1985 to 2001, Mr. Reinecke served as a Senior Exploration Geologist or Operations Geologist in numerous Rocky Mountain and Mid-Continent basins for Barrett Resources Corporation, prior to the acquisition of that company by The Williams Companies.

       Wilfred R. (Roy) Roux. Mr. Roux has served as Vice President — Geophysics since February 2002. Prior to joining us, Mr. Roux was employed by Barrett Resources and its successor from July 1995 until January 2002, including as Senior Geoscientist and Senior Geophysicist. Mr. Roux’s responsibilities with us include overseeing our implementation and use of technology and geophysical data.

Outside Directors

       Richard Aube. Mr. Aube has served as a Director of the Company since October 2003. Mr. Aube is currently a Principal of JPMorgan Partners, LLC, a global private equity company affiliated with J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. Prior to joining JPMorgan Partners, LLC in 2000, Mr. Aube was a Partner of the Beacon Group for seven years. Prior to that, Mr. Aube worked as an investment banker in the Natural Resources Group at Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated. He currently serves as a director of other private companies.

       Henry Cornell. Mr. Cornell has been a director of the Company since 2002. Mr. Cornell is a Managing Director in the Principal Investment Area of Goldman, Sachs & Co., which he joined in 1984. He is a member of the global Merchant Banking Investment Committees for both the firm’s Corporate and Real Estate investment activities. Mr. Cornell also serves on the Board of Directors of Ping An Insurance Company of China and the American Golf Corporation, LLC.

       James M. Fitzgibbons. Mr. Fitzgibbons has been a director since July 2004. Mr. Fitzgibbons also has served as a Director/ Trustee of Dreyfus Laurel Funds, a series of mutual funds, since 1994. From January 1998 until 2001, Mr. Fitzgibbons served as Chairman of the Board of Davidson Cotton Company. From January 1994 until it was sold in August 2001, Mr. Fitzgibbons served as a director of Barrett Resources, for which he also served as a director from July 1987 until October 1992. From October 1990 through December 1997, Mr. Fitzgibbons was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Fieldcrest Cannon, Inc.

       Jeffrey A. Harris. Mr. Harris has been a Director of the Company since 2002. Mr. Harris has served since 1988 as a Managing Director of Warburg Pincus LLC, which he joined in 1983. Mr. Harris’ responsibilities include involvement in investments in energy, technology and other industries. Mr. Harris has served as a director of Spinnaker Exploration, Inc., a publicly traded oil and gas company, since 1996 and serves on Spinnaker’s Compensation Committee. Mr. Harris also serves as a director of Proxim, Inc., a publicly traded provider of wireless networking equipment, since July 2003. Mr. Harris is a director of Knoll, Inc. and other private companies.

       Roger L. Jarvis. Mr. Jarvis has been a Director of the Company since 2002. Mr. Jarvis has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Spinnaker Exploration Company since 1996 and as Chairman of the Board of Spinnaker since 1998. From 1986 to 1994, Mr. Jarvis served in various capacities with King Ranch Inc. and its subsidiary, King Ranch Oil and Gas, Inc., including Chief Executive Officer, President and Director of King Ranch Inc. and Chief Executive Officer and President of King Ranch Oil and Gas, Inc., where he expanded its activities in the Gulf of Mexico. Mr. Jarvis is a director of National-Oilwell, Inc.

       Philippe S.E. Schreiber. Mr. Schreiber has been a Director of the Company since February 2002. Mr. Schreiber is an independent lawyer and business consultant. Mr. Schreiber served as a director of Barrett Resources from 1985 until 2001. From August 1985 through December 1998, he

84


Table of Contents

was a partner of, or of counsel to, the law firm of Walter, Conston, Alexander & Green, P.C. in New York, New York. Since 1991, Mr. Schreiber has served as a director of the United States principal affiliate of The Mayflower Corporation plc (in Administration), which was a publicly-listed company in the United Kingdom until it filed for creditor protection in April 2004. The United States affiliated companies of the Mayflower Corporation plc (in Administration) are not subject to any bankruptcy or creditor protection proceedings and Mr. Shreiber has not served as an officer or director of the Mayflower Corporation plc (in Administration). Mr. Schreiber also serves as a director of other private companies.

       Randy Stein. Mr. Stein has served as a director and the chair of audit committee since July 2004. Mr. Stein is a self-employed tax and business consultant. From July 2000 until its sale in June 2004, Mr. Stein was a director of Westport Resources Corporation, a Denver based oil and natural gas exploration and development company, where Mr. Stein served as the chair of the Audit Committee. Mr. Stein has served since 2001 as a director of Koala Corporation, a Denver based public company engaged in the design, production and marketing of family convenience products, where he serves on the audit and compensation committees. He also was a principal at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, formerly Coopers & Lybrand LLP, from November 1986 to June 30, 2000.

Management Philosophy

      The Company is managed on a day-to-day basis by a team of eight executive officers that includes William J. Barrett, our Chief Executive Officer; J. Frank Keller, our Chief Operating Officer; Frederick J. Barrett, our President; Thomas B. Tyree, Jr., our Chief Financial Officer; Robert W. Howard, our Executive Vice President — Finance and Investor Relations; Dominic J. Bazile II, our Senior Vice President — Operations and Engineering; Francis B. Barron, our Senior Vice President — General Counsel; and Huntington T. Walker, our Vice President — Land. Our executive management team meets formally on a weekly basis and informally on a daily basis. Interaction among the executive officers is intense, candid and highly cooperative, reflecting a team-oriented management philosophy that defines the culture of our company. All of our executive officers successfully worked together, as officers and advisors, for many years with Barrett Resources and now with Bill Barrett Corporation.

      Our Chief Executive Officer, William J. Barrett, intends to continue to actively manage the operations of our company. Our Chief Operating Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel report directly to Mr. Barrett. Our President, Fredrick J. Barrett, manages the exploration side of our business, which includes four dedicated, multi-functional basin teams, as well as our Geophysics and Information Technology teams. Each of our basin teams — Wind River, Uinta/ Paradox/ DJ, Powder River and Williston — is led by a senior manager of the Company with extensive experience in his respective region of operations. Our basin team leaders manage their regions as separate business units, with responsibility for exploration, production, land, acquisitions, capital budgeting, and other functions relevant to their respective regions, including the continuing generation of new geologic play concepts. Each team works very closely with our Operations Department, which is managed by our Chief Operating Officer, J. Frank Keller. Our basin teams are directly accountable for the performance of their respective basins, which is measured based on production, cash flow, cost structure, exploration and development success and other factors.

       Our executive officers and board of directors view our employees as our greatest asset, and recognize the importance of identifying talented individuals and preparing them for senior management positions. An executive development plan has been formulated and implemented, which provides increasing levels of responsibility and training for those employees who could ultimately succeed to senior management positions within our company. Several individuals have been identified and are being developed as candidates for various of our executive positions. In addition to these internal candidates, the board and management, as a matter of course, monitor other individuals within as well as outside of our company.

85


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

       We currently have ten directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. As a result, stockholders will elect a portion of our board of directors each year. Class I directors’ terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2005, Class II directors’ terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2006 and Class III directors’ terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2007. The Class I directors are                     , the Class II directors are                     and the Class III directors are                     . At each annual meeting of stockholders held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election until the third annual meeting following election. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See “Description of Capital Stock — Amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” and “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law, our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Policies — Amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” and “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law, our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, and Policies — Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute”.

       In addition, our restated bylaws will provide that the authorized number of directors, which shall constitute the whole board of directors, may be changed by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors. Vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum.

       Each of our current directors were nominated in accordance with provisions of a stockholders’ agreement entered into at the time of the initial Series B preferred stock investment. These stockholders’ agreement provisions will automatically terminate upon the closing of this initial public offering.

Committees of the Board

       Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Following the completion of this offering, the members of these committees may change.

       Audit Committee. Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Aube, Cornell, Harris and Schreiber. Messrs.                     ,                     ,                     are “independent” under the standards of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC regulations. In addition, the board of directors has determined that Mr.                     is an “audit committee financial expert”, as defined under the rules of the SEC. As required by the standards of the New York Stock Exchange, within one year following this offering, the audit committee will consist solely of independent directors. Our audit committee operates pursuant to a formal written charter. This committee oversees, reviews, acts on and reports to our board of directors on various auditing and accounting matters including: the selection of our independent accountants, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the independent accountants, the performance of our independent accountants and our accounting practices. In addition, the audit committee oversees our compliance programs relating to legal and regulatory requirements.

       Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee currently consists of Messrs. Aube, Cornell, Harris, Jarvis and Schreiber. Messrs.                     ,                     are “independent” under the standards of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC regulations. As required by the standards of the New York Stock Exchange, within one year from the date of listing, the compensation committee will consist solely of independent directors. Our compensation committee operates pursuant to a formal written charter. This committee establishes salaries, incentives and other forms of

86


Table of Contents

compensation for officers and other employees. Our compensation committee also administers our incentive compensation and benefit plans.

       Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee currently consists of Messrs. Aube, Cornell, Harris, Jarvis and Schreiber. Messrs.  are “independent” under the standards of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC regulations. As required by the standards of the New York Stock Exchange, within one year from the date of listing, the nominating and corporate governance committee will consist solely of independent directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee operates pursuant to a formal written charter. This committee identifies, evaluates and recommends qualified nominees to serve on our board of directors, develops and oversees our internal corporate governance processes and maintains a management succession plan.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

       The compensation committee consists of Messrs. Aube, Cornell, Harris, Jarvis and Schreiber, all of whom are non-employee directors. None of these individuals has ever been an officer or employee for our company. In addition, none of our executive officers serve as a member of a board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board or on our compensation committee.

Director Compensation

       Our directors who are not employees of our company and who were not nominated by the investors in our Series B preferred stock (“Outside Directors”) receive a meeting attendance fee of $          for each board meeting attended in person and $          for each telephone meeting lasting over 15 minutes. In addition, each of the Outside Directors received options to purchase                      shares of common stock for            per share and options to purchase                      shares of common stock for            per share pursuant to our 2002 Option Plan. All directors are reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the board of directors.

87


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation and Other Information

       The following table sets forth the compensation since our inception of our chief executive officer and each of our other four most highly compensated executive officers serving as of December 31, 2003 (we refer to these five individuals, collectively, as the named executive officers) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

Summary Compensation Table

                                                   
Long-Term
Compensation
Annual Awards
Compensation

Securities
Name and Other Annual Underlying All Other
Principal Position Year Salary Bonus Compensation Options/SARs (#) Compensation







William J. Barrett
    2003     $ 237,500     $ 100,000  (1)   $ —            $ —   
 
Chief Executive Officer
    2002       181,250       75,000        118,400  (2)     1,077,500       —   
J. Frank Keller
    2003       201,250       75,000  (1)     —              9,947  (3)
 
Chief Operating Officer
    2002       165,625       58,000        51,800  (2)     605,000       583  (3)
Fredrick J. Barrett
    2003       154,700       75,000  (1)     —              6,661  (3)
 
President
    2002       128,750       37,000        22,200  (2)     356,250       467  (3)
Thomas B. Tyree, Jr. 
    2003       183,333       75,000  (1)     510,288  (4)     1,150,000       5,899  (3)
 
Chief Financial Officer
    2002             —        —              —   
Dominic J. Bazile II
    2003       147,455       50,000  (1)     —              5,450  (3)
 
Senior Vice President —
    2002       128,333       33,000        22,200  (2)     287,500       467  (3)
 
Operations and Engineering
                                               


(1)  Sixty percent of the 2003 bonus was paid in March 2004 and the remaining 40% will be paid if the Company meets 2004 performance goals approved by the Compensation Committee and the named executive officer remains an employee.
 
(2)  Consists of the difference between the purchase price for shares of common stock purchased by the named executive officer and the fair market value of those shares on the date of purchase. For additional information concerning the vesting of shares of common stock purchased by management, see “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, and Policies — Stockholders’ Agreement”.
 
(3)  Consists of 401(k) plan matching contributions.
 
(4)  Consists of $17,648, which was the difference between the purchase price for shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Tyree and the fair market value of those shares, $300,000 for relocation expenses (including travel expenses to search for a house in Colorado, moving expenses, brokerage commissions, real estate transfer taxes and legal fees related to the sale of Mr. Tyree’s residence, and the cost of temporary housing), $15,000 for legal expenses relating to the commencement of employment (including for the negotiation of Mr. Tyree’s terms of employment with us and the terms of his separation from his previous employer), and $177,640 for the reimbursement of income taxes related to expense payments.

88


Table of Contents

Stock Options Granted During 2003

       The following table sets forth certain information regarding stock options granted to the named executive officers as of December 31, 2003.

                                                 
Individual Grants Potential

Realizable Value at
Number of Assumed Annual
Securities Percentage of Rates of Stock
Underlying Total Options/ Exercise Price Appreciation
Options/ SARs Granted of Base for Option Term
SARs to Employees in Price Expiration
Name Granted (#) Fiscal Year (#/Sh) Date 5% ($) 10% ($)







William J. Barrett
                                   
J. Frank Keller
                                   
Fredrick J. Barrett
                                   
Thomas B. Tyree, Jr. 
    1,150,000       59.7%       (1 )     2/3/2013       36,000       91,000  
Dominic J. Bazile II
                                   


(1)  Options to purchase 500,000 shares are exercisable at $6.50 per share and options to purchase 650,000 shares are exercisable at $0.08824 per share.

Aggregated Option Exercises During 2003

and Option Values at December 31, 2003

       The following table sets forth certain information regarding options that the named executive officers exercised during 2003 and the options that those persons held at December 31, 2003.

                                                 
Number of Securities Value of Unexercised
Underlying Unexercised In-the-Money
Options/SARs at Options/SARs at
Shares FY-End (#) FY-End ($)
Acquired on Value Realized

Name Exercise (#) ($) Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable







William J. Barrett
    81,000       15,533       350,000       646,500             23,299  
J. Frank Keller
    42,000       8,054       200,000       363,000             12,081  
Fredrick J. Barrett
    22,500       4,315       120,000       213,750             6,472  
Thomas B. Tyree, Jr. 
                      1,150,000             99,715  
Dominic J. Bazile II
    15,000       2,876       100,000       172,500             4,315  

Employment Agreements

       Our only employment agreement with an executive officer is an agreement with Thomas B. Tyree, Jr., our Chief Financial Officer, effective February 4, 2003. The agreement provides for a base annual salary of at least $200,000 per year, subject to annual review by the board of directors, reimbursement for reasonable relocation expenses not to exceed $300,000 and legal expenses related to the commencement of his employment and for income taxes related to those expense reimbursements, plus an opportunity to participate in any programs, including cash bonus programs, made available to senior executives. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Tyree purchased 200,000 shares of fully vested Series B preferred stock on July 1, 2003 for $1,000,000. In addition, pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Tyree was granted on February 3, 2003 (“Date of Grant”) incentive stock options to purchase (1) up to 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.50 per share (the “Tranche A Options”) and (2) up to 650,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.08824 per share (the “Tranche B Options”). Twenty percent of each of the Tranche A and the Tranche B options were exercisable on the Date of Grant, with an additional 20% becoming exercisable on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Date of Grant, if Mr. Tyree continues to be an employee on each such date. Mr. Tyree also purchased from William J. Barrett 400,000 shares of common stock at $0.04412 per share on July 1, 2003, with 40% vested at purchase and an additional 20% vesting on January 31 of 2004, 2005 and 2006, which is the same

89


Table of Contents

vesting schedule as shares held by other members of management. Mr. Tyree’s employment agreement further provides that he will not be terminated prior to July 31, 2004 other than for cause, and if his employment agreement is terminated after July 31, 2004 without cause, he is entitled to a severance payment equal to the amount provided under any applicable severance plan.

Indemnification Agreements

       We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, to advance their expenses incurred as a result of a proceeding as to which they may be indemnified, and to cover them under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy we choose, in our discretion, to maintain. These indemnification agreements are intended to provide indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted under applicable indemnification rights statutes in the State of Delaware and will be in addition to any other rights that the indemnitee may have under our restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

       The following table provides aggregate information presented as of December 31, 2003 with respect to all compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

                           
(a) (b) (c)
Number of Securities Weighted Averaged Number of Securities
to Be Issued Upon Exercise Price of Remaining Available
Exercise of Outstanding for Future Issuance
Outstanding Options, Options, Warrants (Excluding Securities
Plan Category Warrants and Rights and Rights Reflected in Column (a))




Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
          $            
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
                       
     
     
     
 
 
Total
          $            
     
     
     
 

Description of Benefit Plans

2002 Stock Option Plan

       General. Our Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option Plan (the “2002 Option Plan”), was adopted by our board of directors and subsequently approved by our stockholders so that incentive stock options may be granted under the 2002 Option Plan. Pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the 2002 Option Plan, we may issue up to 7,650,000 shares of common stock, either treasury or authorized but unissued, to key employees, directors and other persons who have contributed or are contributing to our success. Unissued shares that are subject to an option, which for any reason expires or otherwise terminates before exercise, may again be made subject to options under the 2002 Option Plan. No one person may be granted during any two-year period options to purchase more than 1,300,000 shares. As of                     , 2004, options to purchase                      shares have been granted pursuant to the 2002 Option Plan so that options to purchase an additional                      shares may be granted under the 2002 Option Plan. The 2002 Option Plan will terminate at midnight on January 10, 2012, except as to options previously granted and outstanding at that time. In addition, the 2002 Option Plan may be amended by the board of

90


Table of Contents

directors (provided that no amendment generally may impair any option then outstanding) and may be terminated at any earlier time by the board of directors (except with respect to any options then outstanding).

       Administration. The 2002 Option Plan will be administered by an option committee composed of our board of directors or by a committee of at least two directors selected by our board of directors. The compensation committee currently is serving as the option committee. Administration of the 2002 Option Plan includes selection of optionees and determination of the terms of options granted under the 2002 Option Plan. In addition, the option committee may adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the purposes of the 2002 Option Plan as it deems proper and in our best interests.

       Options. We agreed with our initial investors that, during the period that funding may be obtained pursuant to the Series B preferred stock purchase agreement, options to purchase up to 5,500,000 shares may be granted with an exercise price of not less than $6.50 per share and options to purchase an additional 2,150,000 shares may be granted with an exercise price of not less than $.04412 per share. The option committee determines the exercise price for options granted under the 2002 Option Plan; provided that the exercise price for shares underlying incentive options will be fixed and will not be less than 100% of the fair market value (as defined in the plan) of the option shares on the date of grant. The option period begins on the date of grant and may continue for a period designated by the option committee up to a maximum of ten years from the date of grant. Each option granted on or before February 3, 2003, was exercisable with respect to 20% of the option shares on the date of grant and an additional 20% became exercisable on the first four anniversaries of the date of grant if the optionee continued to be employed by the Company on those dates. Options granted after February 3, 2003, are exercisable with respect to 40% of the option shares upon the first anniversary of the date of grant, 60% upon the second anniversary of the date of grant, 80% upon the third anniversary of the date of grant and 100% upon the fourth anniversary of the date of grant; provided the optionee continues to be employed by the Company on those dates. The date on which all or a portion of an option may be exercised may be accelerated upon a change in control (as described in the 2002 Option Plan). In addition, upon a change in control, the option committee may allow for the surrender of options in exchange for the excess of the per share consideration received in the change in control transaction over the option exercise price and may cancel any options not exercised or surrendered in connection with the change in control. The exercise price generally will be paid in cash or, if permitted by the option committee, in common stock previously owned by the optionee. Options granted under the 2002 Option Plan are not transferable except by will, the applicable laws of descent and distribution, or, in the case of non-qualified options, (1) pursuant to a domestic relations order or (2) with the committee’s consent, to certain permitted transferees. We may withhold from any compensation or other payments due to the optionee amounts as may be necessary to satisfy any withholding requirements of federal or state law or regulation, otherwise require the optionee to remit such amount to us, or provide for an optionee to satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations by our retention or receipt of common stock. In the event that each of the outstanding shares of common stock should be changed into, or exchanged for, a different number or kind of our shares of stock or other securities, or if further changes or exchanges of any stock or other securities into which the common stock has been changed, or exchanged, is made (whether by reason of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividends, reclassification, split-up, combination of shares or otherwise), then there will be substituted for each share of common stock that is subject to the 2002 Option Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities into which each outstanding share of common stock will be so changed or exchanged. In addition, in the event of any such change or exchange, the option committee may adjust the number, kind and exercise price of outstanding options under the 2002 Option Plan.

91


Table of Contents

2003 Stock Option Plan

       General. Our 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “2003 Option Plan”) was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders so that incentive stock options may be granted under the 2003 Option Plan. Pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the 2003 Option Plan, we may issue up to 200,000 shares of common stock, either treasury or authorized but unissued, to our key employees, directors and other persons who have contributed or are contributing to our success. Unissued shares that are subject to an option, which for any reason expires or otherwise terminates before exercise, may again be made subject to options under the 2003 Option Plan. No one person may be granted during any two-year period options to purchase more than 100,000 shares. As of June 30, 2004, options to purchase 150,000 shares have been granted pursuant to the 2003 Option Plan so that options to purchase an additional 50,000 shares may be granted under the 2003 Option Plan. The 2003 Option Plan will terminate at midnight on December 10, 2013, except as to options previously granted and outstanding under the 2003 Option Plan at that time. In addition, the 2003 Option Plan may be amended by the board of directors (provided that no such amendment generally may impair any option then outstanding) and may be terminated at any earlier time by the board of directors (except with respect to any options then outstanding).

       Administration. The 2003 Option Plan will be administered by an option committee composed of our board of directors or by a committee of at least two directors selected by our board of directors. We anticipate that the compensation committee will serve as the option committee. Administration of the 2003 Option Plan includes selection of optionees and determination of the terms of options granted under the 2003 Option Plan. In addition, the option committee may adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the purposes of the 2003 Option Plan as it deems proper and in our best interests.

       Options. The option committee will determine the exercise price for options granted under the 2003 Option Plan; provided that the exercise price for shares underlying incentive options will be fixed and will not be less than 100% of the fair market value (as defined in the plan) of the option shares on the date of grant. The option period begins on the date of grant and may continue for a period designated by the option committee up to a maximum of ten years from the date of grant. Options granted are exercisable with respect to 25% of the option shares upon the first anniversary of the date of grant, 50% upon the second anniversary of the date of grant, 75% upon the third anniversary of the date of grant and 100% upon the fourth anniversary of the date of grant; provided the optionee continues to be employed by us on those dates. The date on which all or a portion of an option may be exercised may be accelerated upon a change in control (as described in the 2003 Option Plan). In addition, upon a change in control, the option committee may allow for the surrender of options in exchange for the excess of the per share consideration received in the change in control transaction over the option exercise price and may cancel any options not exercised or surrendered in connection with the change in control. The exercise price generally will be paid in cash or, if permitted by the option committee, in common stock previously owned by the optionee. Options granted under the 2003 Option Plan are not transferable except by will, the applicable laws of descent and distribution, or, in the case of non-qualified options, (1) pursuant to a domestic relations order or (2) with the committee’s consent, to certain permitted transferees. The option committee is entitled to withhold from any compensation or other payments due to the optionee amounts as may be necessary to satisfy any withholding requirements of federal or state law or regulation, otherwise require the optionee to remit such amount to us, or provide for an optionee to satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations by our retention or receipt of common stock. In the event that each of the outstanding shares of common stock should be changed into, or exchanged for, a different number or kind of our shares of stock or other securities, or if further changes or exchanges of any stock or other securities into which the common stock has been changed, or exchanged, is made (whether by reason of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividends, reclassification, split-up, combination of shares or otherwise), then there will be substituted for each share of common stock that is subject to the 2003 Option Plan, the number and

92


Table of Contents

kind of shares of stock or other securities into which each outstanding share of common stock will be so changed or exchanged. In addition, in the event of any such change or exchange, the option committee may adjust the number, kind and exercise price of outstanding options under the 2003 Option Plan.

Tax Treatment for 2002 and 2003 Stock Option Plans

       The following is a brief summary of certain of the United States federal income tax consequences relating to the plans based on federal income tax laws currently in effect. This summary applies to the plans as normally operated and is not intended to provide or supplement tax advice. Individual circumstances may vary these results, and each participant should rely on his or her own tax counsel for advice regarding tax treatment under the plans. The summary contains general statements based on current United States federal income tax statutes, regulations and currently available interpretations thereof. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive and does not describe state, local or foreign tax consequences or the effect, if any, of gift, estate and inheritance taxes.

       The options granted pursuant to the 2002 Option Plan and 2003 Option Plan may be either incentive options qualifying for beneficial tax treatment for the recipient as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified options. No person may be issued incentive stock options covering shares with a fair market value, at the date of grant, in excess of $100,000 exercisable in any calendar year. No incentive stock option may be granted to a person if at the time such option is granted the person owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or any of our subsidiaries as defined in Section 424 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless at the time incentive stock options are granted the purchase price for the option shares is at least 110% of the fair market value of the option shares on the date of grant and the incentive stock options are not exercisable for five years after the date of grant. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees.

       Non-Qualified Stock Options. An optionee will not recognize any taxable income upon the grant of a non-qualified stock option. We will not be entitled to a federal income tax deduction with respect to the grant of a non-qualified stock option. Upon exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the excess of the fair market value of the common stock transferred to the optionee over the option exercise price will be taxable as compensation income to the optionee and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes. Such fair market value generally will be determined on the date the shares of common stock are transferred pursuant to the exercise. We generally will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction at such time in the amount of such compensation income. The optionee’s federal income tax basis for the common stock received pursuant to the exercise of a non-qualified stock option will equal the sum of the compensation income recognized and the exercise price. In the event of a sale of common stock received upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, any appreciation or depreciation after the exercise date generally will be taxed as capital gain or loss.

       Incentive Stock Options. An optionee will not recognize any taxable income at the time of grant or timely exercise of an incentive stock option (but in some circumstances may be subject to an alternative minimum tax as a result of exercise), and we will not be entitled to a federal income tax deduction with respect to such grant or exercise. A sale or exchange by an optionee of shares acquired upon the exercise of an incentive stock option more than one year after the transfer of the shares to such optionee and more than two years after the date of grant of the incentive stock option will result in the difference between the net sale proceeds and the exercise price, if any, being treated as long-term capital gain (or loss) to the optionee. If such sale or exchange takes place within two years after the date of grant of the incentive stock option or within one year from the date of transfer of the shares to the optionee, such sale or exchange generally will constitute a “disqualifying disposition” of such shares that will have the following results: any excess of (a) the

93


Table of Contents

lesser of (i) the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise of the incentive stock option and (ii) the amount realized on such disqualifying disposition of the shares over (b) the option exercise price of such shares, will be ordinary income to the optionee, and the Company generally will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction in the amount of such income. The balance, if any, of the optionee’s gain upon a disqualifying disposition will qualify as capital gain and will not result in any deduction by the Company.

94


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

       Following is a discussion of transactions between us and our officers, directors and stockholders owning more than 5% of the outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock.

       In January 2002, William J. Barrett, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company, loaned $500,000 to us. This loan, which was repaid in April 2002, was repayable on demand any time after April 10, 2002, and accrued interest at a rate equal to two percentage points above the prime rate of interest until paid.

       Mr. Cornell, a director of the Company, is a managing director of Goldman Sachs. Goldman Sachs and its subsidiaries have provided hedging services to us in the past and are expected to provide similar services in the future. Goldman Sachs is an affiliate of certain investors in our Series B preferred stock. Mr. Cornell initially was elected as a director pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement and stock purchase agreement dated March 28, 2002, relating to the sale of the Series B preferred stock, pursuant to which certain affiliates of Goldman Sachs purchased a total of 14,000,000 shares of the Series B preferred stock for $5.00 per share for a total purchase price of $70,000,000, as further described below. Further, Goldman Sachs wholly owns the counterparty to a portion of the Company’s natural gas and oil swaps. In management’s opinion, the swap terms were provided on terms at least as favorable to the Company as could be obtained from non-related sources.

       Mr. Aube, a director of the Company, is a Principal of J.P. Morgan Partners LLC, a company affiliated with the lead arranger and agent for our revolving credit facility. In management’s opinion, the terms obtained through the credit facility were provided on terms at least as favorable to the Company as could be obtained from non-related sources. Affiliates of J.P. Morgan Partners have provided commercial banking and related financial services to us in the past and are expected to provide similar services in the future. Mr. Aube was elected as the J.P. Morgan Entities (as defined below) nominee on our board of directors pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement and Series B stock purchase agreement, relating to the sale of the Series B preferred stock, pursuant to which the J.P. Morgan Entities purchased 10,000,000 shares of the Series B preferred stock for $5.00 per share for a total purchase price of $50,000,000, as further described below.

       Mr. Harris, a director of the Company, is a member and serves as a Managing Director at Warburg Pincus LLC. Mr. Harris initially was elected as a director pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement and Series B stock purchase agreement, relating to the sale of the Series B preferred stock, pursuant to which an affiliate of Warburg Pincus purchased 22,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock for $5.00 per share for a total purchase price of $110,000,000, as further described below.

       Mr. Tyree was employed at Goldman, Sachs & Co., an affiliate of certain of the investors in our Series B preferred stock and an underwriter of this offering, at the time that we entered into the Purchase Agreement and the stockholders’ agreement with the investors in our Series B preferred stock.

       In addition to the relationships described above, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are serving as underwriters in this offering, for which they will receive the compensation described in the “Underwriting” section.

Investments in the Company

       Since our inception, our officers, directors, key employees and 5% stockholders have invested cash in or contributed marketable securities to us in exchange for shares of our common, Series A preferred stock, and Series B preferred stock in a series of offerings by us. The common stock was purchased in January 2002 for $0.04412 per share or acquired by exercise of stock options during the period from December 2003 through April 2004 for $0.08824 per share, the Series A preferred

95


Table of Contents

was purchased in March 2002 for $4.17 per share, and the Series B preferred was purchased during the period from March 2002 through May 2004 for $5.00 per share. The majority of the shares of Series B preferred stock were purchased by our institutional investors pursuant to the Series B stock purchase agreement. These shares of Series B preferred stock were issued incrementally upon the occurrence of each capital call pursuant to the Series B stock purchase agreement on the following dates and in the following amounts.
                   
Issuance Date Shares Amount



March 28, 2002
    15,999,999     $ 80,000,000  
December 13, 2002
    5,100,000       25,500,000  
February 21, 2003
    6,700,000       33,500,000  
March 19, 2003
    5,000,002       25,000,000  
July 31, 2003
    5,599,999       28,000,000  
October 21, 2003
    6,000,000       30,000,000  
January 15, 2004
    4,000,000       20,000,000  
May 12, 2004
    2,600,000       13,000,000  
     
     
 
 
Total
    51,000,000     $ 255,000,000  
     
     
 

The investors have no further obligation or right to purchase Series B preferred stock pursuant to the stock purchase agreement.

The preferred stock will be converted to common stock upon the completion of this offering as described under “Conversion of Preferred Stock”. Accordingly, no further shares will be issued pursuant the stock purchase agreement.

       As of June 30, 2004, the following table summarizes the shares of our common, Series A preferred, and Series B preferred stock acquired from us by our officers, directors and 5% stockholders since our inception.

                                 
Series A Series B
Officers, Directors and 5% Common Preferred Preferred Total
Stockholders Stock Stock Stock Consideration





William J. Barrett
    2,764,726  (1)     1,078,600  (2)      10,000     $ 4,679,315  
J. Frank Keller
    1,216,130  (3)     270,254       10,000       1,232,468  
Fredrick J. Barrett
    525,699       192,503       10,000       876,924  
Thomas B. Tyree, Jr.
    260,000  (4)           210,000       1,072,942  (4)
Robert W. Howard
    528,699  (5)     100,000  (5)            441,451  
Dominic Bazile II
    518,199       40,274       5,000       216,467  
Francis B. Barron
          3,000       52,000       272,510  
Terry R. Barrett
    518,199       85,600       10,000       415,477  
Kurt M. Reinecke
    518,199  (6)     28,000  (6)           140,285  
Wilfred R. Roux
    503,199       72,000       10,000       372,441  
Huntington T. Walker
    518,199                   23,525  
Philippe S.E. Schreiber
     —       60,000  (7)            250,200  
Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. 
                22,000,000  (8)     110,000,000  
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 
                14,000,000  (9)     70,000,000  
The J.P. Morgan Entities
                10,000,000  (10)      50,000,000  


  (1)  Includes 400,000 shares of common stock that Mr. Barrett subsequently sold to Mr. Tyree.
 
  (2)  Includes 978,600 Series A shares held by Barrett Family LLLP, for which Mr. Barrett serves as a general partner.

96


Table of Contents

  (3)  Includes 226,654 shares of common stock Mr. Keller transferred to his children.
 
  (4)  Excludes 400,000 shares of common stock that were purchased by Mr. Tyree from William J. Barrett for $0.04412 per share.
 
  (5)  Held by Robert W. Howard Trust dated August 2, 2001, for which Mr. Howard serves as a trustee.
 
  (6)  Held by The Reinecke-Alcott Trust dated June 7, 2000, for which Mr. Reinecke serves as a trustee.
 
  (7)  Held by Mr. Schreiber’s spouse.
 
  (8)  One of our directors, Mr. Harris, is affiliated with Warburg Pincus Private Equity Partners VIII, L.P. You can read more about Mr. Harris’ affiliation with Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. under the heading “Principal Stockholders”.
 
  (9)  The shares shown in the table are held directly or indirectly by investment partnerships affiliated with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., with which one of our directors, Mr. Cornell is affiliated. You can read more about Mr. Cornell’s affiliation with these entities under the heading “Principal Stockholders”.

(10)  The shares shown in the table are held by J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P., J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors, L.P., J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Cayman), L.P., J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Cayman) II, L.P., JPMP Global Fund/ Bill Barrett A, L.P., and JPMP Global Fund/ Bill Barrett, L.P., with which one of our directors, Mr. Aube, is affiliated. You can read more about Mr. Aube’s affiliation with these entities under the heading “Principal Stockholders”.

Directed Share Program

       The Company currently anticipates that it will undertake a directed share program, pursuant to which it will direct the underwriters to reserve up to                     shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to officers and other employees, directors and friends, all of whom must be natural persons and may not include venture capital firms or other entities. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the public offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase these reserved shares. Any shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered hereby. The directed share program will be administered by Lehman Brothers, Inc., an underwriter in this offering. Lehman Brothers will receive no compensation for administering the program other than its compensation as an underwriter. The Company has agreed to indemnify Lehman Brothers, Inc. against liabilities incurred in connection with the directed share program. For additional information concerning the directed share program, see “Underwriting”.

Registration Rights Agreement

       On March 28, 2002, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the holders of our Series B preferred stock who purchased 51,000,000 shares pursuant to the stock purchase agreement dated March 28, 2002. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to register the transfer of shares of our common stock they will receive upon conversion of their Series B preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, under certain circumstances. Based on the assumed initial public offering price, we estimate that the shares of our Series B preferred stock held by parties to the registration rights agreement will convert into                      shares of our common stock immediately after this offering as described under “Conversion of Preferred Stock”. These holders include (directly or indirectly through subsidiaries or affiliates), among others, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., the J.P. Morgan Entities and Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P.

97


Table of Contents

       Demand Registration Rights. At any time after this offering, each stockholder who is the holder of (1) more than 10% of our then outstanding common stock, (2) common stock with an aggregate current market value of at least $50,000,000 or (3) stockholders holding at least 60% of the shares of common stock shall have the right to require us by written notice to register a specified number of shares in accordance with the Securities Act and the registration rights agreement. Until we are eligible to use Form S-3 for registration under the Securities Act, each qualified holder has the right to request up to two registrations. Once we are eligible to use Form S-3 for registration, each qualified holder has the right to request up to five registrations, minus any demand registration rights exercised prior to that date. Nevertheless, in no event shall more than one demand registration occur during any six-month period or within 120 days after the effective date of a registration statement, provided that no demand registration may be prohibited for that 120-day period more than once in any 12-month period.

       Piggy-back Registration Rights. If at any time after this offering we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of common stock (subject to certain exceptions), whether or not for our own account, then we must give at least 30 days’ notice prior to the anticipated filing date to all holders of registrable securities to allow them to include a specified number of their shares in that registration statement. We will be required to maintain the effectiveness of that registration statement until the earlier of 120 days after the effective date and the consummation of the distribution by the participating holders.

       Conditions and Limitations; Expenses. These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration and our right to delay or withdraw a registration statement under certain circumstances. We will generally pay all registration expenses in connection with a demand registration or a registration on Form S-3, regardless of whether a registration statement is filed or becomes effective.

Management Rights Agreement

       We have entered into a management rights agreement with each of the Goldman entities, the J.P. Morgan Entities and Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., who purchased our Series B preferred stock pursuant to the stock purchase agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, each of these investors is entitled to (1) consult with and advise us on significant business issues, (2) examine our records, subject to customary confidentiality restrictions on the use of such information, and (3) be notified of and attend all meetings of the board in a non-voting advisory capacity and receive all materials distributed to board members. The parties to the management rights agreement do not receive compensation under the agreement. Following this offering, each respective agreement will terminate upon the date on which the relevant investor owns less than five percent of our capital stock.

Regulatory Sideletter

       On March 28, 2002, we entered into a regulatory sideletter with J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. and a regulated entity and a holder of      % of our Series B preferred stock. J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P.’s affiliate is a joint-lead manager in this offering. Under the terms of this sideletter, we agreed to cooperate with J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P. in all reasonable respects to assist its regulatory compliance in connection with legal restrictions, including banking regulations, on the type and terms of its investment in our securities, including conversion to nonvoting securities. Following this offering, this sideletter will terminate upon the date on which J.P. Morgan Partners (BCHA), L.P. owns less than five percent of our capital stock.

98


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

       The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                     , 2004, and as adjusted to give effect to this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                    per share, by:

  •  each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;
 
  •  our current directors;
 
  •  our five most highly compensated executive officers; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

      The information in this table also assumes (1) a 1-for reverse common stock split immediately prior to the completion of the offering and (2) the conversion of preferred stock to common stock immediately prior to the completion of the offering, each as described under “Conversion of Preferred Stock”. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe that each of the stockholders named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each person set forth in the table is c/o Bill Barrett Corporation, 1099 18th Street, Suite 2300, Denver, Colorado 80202.

       In calculating the number of shares beneficially owned by each person and the percentage owned by each person, we assumed that all shares issuable upon exercise of options on or prior to                     , 2004 are exercised by that person. The total number of shares outstanding used in calculating the percentage owned assumes no exercise of options held by other persons. The information in this table does not include any shares that may be purchased by our directors and executive officers should they choose to participate in the directed share program for an aggregate                     shares of common stock, which program we anticipate undertaking in connection with this offering. See “Related Party Transactions — Directed Share Program” and “Underwriting”.

                           
Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned

Number of Shares Prior to After
Name of Beneficial Owner Beneficially Owned Offering (1) Offering (2)




5% Stockholders:
                       
Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. 
      (3)                
 
466 Lexington Avenue
                       
 
New York, NY 10017
                       
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 
      (4)                
 
85 Broad Street
                       
 
New York, NY 10004
                       
The J.P. Morgan Entities
      (5)                
 
1221 Avenue of the Americas
                       
 
Floor 39
                       
 
New York, NY 10020
                       

99


Table of Contents

                         
Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned

Number of Shares Prior to After
Name of Beneficial Owner Beneficially Owned Offering (1) Offering (2)




Executive Officers and Directors:
                       
William J. Barrett
      (6)(15)                
J. Frank Keller
      (7)(15)                
Fredrick J. Barrett
      (8)(15)                
Thomas B. Tyree, Jr.
      (9)(15)                
Dominic J. Bazile II
      (10)(15)                
Philippe S.E. Schreiber
      (11)(12)                
Richard Aube
      (13)                
Henry Cornell
                     
Jeffrey A. Harris
                     
Roger Jarvis
      (11)                
All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)
      (6)(7)(8)(9)(10)(11)
(12)(13)(14)(15)
               


  * Less than 1%

(1)  Based on an aggregate of                  shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of                 , 2004.
 
(2)  Assumes the issuance of                  shares of common stock in this offering.
 
(3)  Consists of shares directly owned by Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., including three related limited partnerships. Warburg Pincus & Co. serves as the sole general partner of Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and that limited partnership is managed by Warburg Pincus LLC. Our director, Jeffrey A. Harris, is a general partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. and a member and managing director of Warburg Pincus LLC. All shares indicated owned by Mr. Harris are included because of his affiliation with the Warburg Pincus entities. Mr. Harris disclaims beneficial ownership of all the shares of common stock held by Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and its affiliates. The                  shares are included three times in the table under the beneficial ownership of each of Mr. Harris, Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. and all executive officers and directors as a group.
 
(4)  The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., which we refer to as GS Group, and certain affiliates, may be deemed to own beneficially and indirectly in the aggregate                  shares of common stock which are owned directly or indirectly by investment partnerships, of which affiliates of Goldman Sachs and GS Group are the general partner or managing general partner, which we refer to as the GS Limited Partnerships. Goldman Sachs is the investment manager of certain of the GS Limited Partnerships. The GS Limited Partnerships and their respective beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock are: (a) GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P.                 , (b) GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P.                 , (c) GS Capital Partners 2000 GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG                 , (d) GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P.                 , (e) Goldman Sachs Direct Investment Fund 2000, L.P. and (f) Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P.                 . Our director Henry Cornell is a managing director of Goldman Sachs. Mr. Cornell, Goldman Sachs and GS Group each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by such investment partnerships, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein, if any. The shares are included three times in the table under the beneficial ownership of each of Mr. Cornell, GS Group and all executive officers and directors as a group.
 
(5)  Includes                 , shares of common stock owned by J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P., shares owned by J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors, L.P.,                 shares owned by J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Cayman), L.P., shares owned by J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Cayman) II, L.P.,                  shares owned by JPMP Global Fund/ Bill Barrett A, L.P., and                  shares owned by JPMP Global Fund/ Bill Barrett, L.P. We refer to these partnerships as the JP Morgan Entities. The general partner of J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P. is JPMP Master Fund Manager, L.P. and the general partner of J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors, L.P., J.P. Morgan Global Investors (Cayman), L.P., J.P. Morgan Partners Global Investors (Cayman) II, L.P., JPMP Global Fund/Bill Barrett, L.P. and JPMP Global Fund/Bill Barrett A, L.P. is JPMP Global Investors, L.P. The general partner of JPMP Master Fund Manager, L.P. and JPMP Global Investors, L.P. is JPMP Capital Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., a publicly traded company. Each of JPMP Master Fund Manager, L.P., JPMP Capital Corp., JPMP Global Investors, L.P. and J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. may be deemed beneficial owners of the shares held by the J.P. Morgan Entities, however, the foregoing shall not be construed as an admission that such entities are the beneficial owners of the shares held by the J.P. Morgan Entities.
 
(6)  Includes options to purchase 350,000 shares of common stock that currently are exercisable out of a total of 875,000 options with an exercise price of $6.50 per share and an expiration date of September 10, 2012. Options to purchase an additional 175,000 shares become exercisable on each of September 10, 2004, 2005 and 2006. Mr. Barrett also holds options to purchase up to 160,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.08824 per share until September 10, 2012, of which 40,500 become exercisable on each of September 10, 2004, 2005 and 2006.

100


Table of Contents

(7)  Includes options to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock that currently are exercisable out of a total of 500,000 options with an exercise price of $6.50 per share and an expiration date of September 10, 2012. Options to purchase an additional 100,000 shares become exercisable on each of September 10, 2004, 2005 and 2006. Mr. Keller also holds options to purchase up to 63,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.08824 per share until September 10, 2012, of which 21,000 become exercisable on each of September 10, 2004, 2005 and 2006.
 
(8)  Includes options to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock that currently are exercisable out of a total of 300,000 options with an exercise price of $6.50 per share and an expiration date of September 10, 2012. Options to purchase an additional 60,000 shares become exercisable on each of September 10, 2004, 2005 and 2006. Mr. Barrett also holds options to purchase up to 33,750 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.08824 per share until September 10, 2012, of which 11,250 become exercisable on each of September 10, 2004, 2005 and 2006.
 
(9)  Includes options to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock that currently are exercisable out of a total of 500,000 options with an exercise price of $6.50 per share and an expiration date of February 3, 2013. Options to purchase an additional 100,000 shares become exercisable on each of February 3, 2005, 2006 and 2007. Does not include options to purchase 390,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.08824 per share and an expiration date of February 3, 2013. Options to purchase 130,000 shares of common stock become exercisable on each of February 3, 2005, 2006 and 2007.

(10)  Includes options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock that currently are exercisable out of a total of 325,000 options with an exercise price of $6.50 per share and an expiration date of September 10, 2012. Options to purchase an additional 50,000 shares become exercisable on each of September 10, 2004, 2005 and 2006. Mr. Bazile also holds options to purchase 22,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.08824 per share until September 10, 2012, of which 7,500 become exercisable on each of September 10, 2004, 2005 and 2006.
 
(11)  Includes options to purchase 40,000 shares of common stock that currently are exercisable out of a total of 100,000 options with an exercise price of $6.50 per share and an expiration date of September 10, 2012. Options to purchase an additional 20,000 shares become exercisable on each of September 10, 2004, 2005 and 2006. Also includes options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock that currently are exercisable out of a total of 50,000 options with an exercise price of $0.08824 per share and an expiration date of September 10, 2012. Options to purchase an additional 10,000 shares become exercisable on each of September 10, 2004, 2005 and 2006.
 
(12)  Includes                  shares of common stock held by Mr. Schreiber’s wife.
 
(13)  Mr. Aube is a Principal of J.P. Morgan, LLC but does not have voting or dispositive power with respect to any of the shares beneficially owned by any of the J.P. Morgan Entities.
 
(14)  Includes the following options held by executive officers who are not listed in the table: (a) options to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock that currently are exercisable out of a total of 1,035,000 options with an exercise price of $6.50 per share and an expiration date of September 10, 2012 and (b) options to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock that currently are exercisable out of a total of 175,000 options with an exercise price of $0.08824 per share and an expiration date of September 10, 2012.
 
(15)                  of the shares of common stock held by our management are subject to the vesting requirements of a stockholders’ agreement among all our current stockholders. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law, our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Policies — Stockholders’ Agreement”.

101


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

       The following summary of our capital stock and certificate of incorporation and bylaws is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of applicable law and to the complete terms of our capital stock contained in our form of restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

       Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue 150,000,000 shares of common stock of $.001 par value, and there will be a total of                        shares of common stock outstanding. In addition, our board of directors has reserved                      shares for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options.

       Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters presented to the holders of common stock. Cumulative voting is not allowed in the election of directors or for any other purpose, and the holders of common stock have no preemptive rights, redemption rights or rights of conversion with respect to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock and any shares sold and issued in this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable by us. Our board of directors is authorized to issue additional shares of common stock within the limits authorized by our certificate of incorporation and without stockholder action. Stockholders do not have pre-emptive rights to acquire unissued shares of the common stock.

Preferred Stock

       Upon the closing of this offering, 75,000,000 shares of preferred stock will be authorized and no shares will be outstanding. The preferred stock may carry such relative rights, preferences and designations as may be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion upon the issuance of any shares of preferred stock. The shares of preferred stock could be issued from time to time by the board of directors in its sole discretion (without further approval or authorization by the stockholders), in one or more series, each of which series could have any particular distinctive designations as well as relative rights and preferences as determined by the board of directors. The relative rights and preferences that may be determined by the board of directors in its discretion from time to time, include but are not limited to the following:

  •  the rate of dividend and whether the dividends are to be cumulative and the priority, if any, of dividend payments relative to other series in the class;
 
  •  whether the shares of any such series may be redeemed, and if so, the redemption price and the terms and conditions of redemption;
 
  •  the amount payable with respect to such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation; the priority, if any, of each series relative to other series in the class with respect to amounts payable upon liquidation; and the sinking fund provisions, if any, for the redemption or purchase of the shares of that series; and
 
  •  the terms and conditions, if any, on which the shares of a series may be converted into or exchanged for shares of any class, whether common or preferred, or into shares of any series of the same class, and if provision is made for conversion or exchange, the times, prices, rates, adjustments and other terms.

       The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock could have anti-takeover effects because we could issue preferred stock with special dividend or voting rights that could discourage potential bidders.

       Approval by the stockholders of the authorization of the preferred stock gave the board of directors the ability, without stockholder approval, to issue these shares with rights and preferences determined by the board of directors in the future. As a result, the Company may issue shares of

102


Table of Contents

preferred stock that have dividend, voting and other rights superior to those of the common stock, or that convert into shares of common stock, without the approval of the holders of common stock. This could result in the dilution of the voting rights, ownership and liquidation value of current stockholders.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

       Our certificate of incorporation provides that none of the directors shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except liability for:

  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  the payment of unlawful dividends and certain other actions prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

       The effect of this provision of our certificate of incorporation is to eliminate our rights and the rights of our stockholders to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of the director’s fiduciary duty of care, including breaches resulting from negligent or grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above. This provision does not limit or eliminate our rights or the rights of any stockholder to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care.

       Our bylaws also provide that we will indemnify officers and directors against losses that they may incur in investigations and legal proceedings resulting from their services to us.

       Our bylaws also provide that:

  •  we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, subject to limited exceptions;
 
  •  we may indemnify our other employees and agents to the extent that we indemnify our officers and directors, unless otherwise required by law, our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws or agreements to which we are party;
 
  •  we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, subject to limited exceptions; and
 
  •  we are required to pay within 60 days reasonable amounts related to a settlement or judgment, subject to limited exceptions.

       We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and officers to give them additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. See “Management — Executive Officers, Directors, and Other Key Employees — Indemnification Agreements” for a description of such agreements. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification from us is sought. We are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification from us.

       We currently have liability insurance for our directors and officers and intend to extend that coverage for public securities matters.

103


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law, our Restated Certificate of

Incorporation Bylaws and Policies.

General

       Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain the following additional provisions, some of which are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors. In addition, some provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, if applicable to us, may hinder or delay an attempted takeover without prior approval of our board of directors. Provisions of the Delaware General corporation law and of our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could discourage attempts to acquire us or remove incumbent management even if some or a majority of our stockholders believe this action is in their best interest. These provisions could, therefore, prevent stockholders from receiving a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock they hold.

Classified Board

       Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Upon consummation of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board.

Filling Board of Directors Vacancies; Removal

       Our restated bylaws will provide that vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office, though less than a quorum. Each director will hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until the director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal from office. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to us. Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide, in accordance with Delaware General Corporation Law, that the stockholders may remove directors only for cause. We believe that the removal of directors by the stockholders only for cause, together with the classification of the board of directors, will promote continuity and stability in our management and policies and that this continuity and stability will facilitate long-range planning.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent

       Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will preclude stockholders from initiating or effecting any action by written consent and thereby taking actions opposed by the board.

Call of Special Meetings

       Our restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board and not the stockholders.

No Cumulative Voting

       The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation will not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

104


Table of Contents

Under cumulative voting, a majority stockholder holding a sufficient percentage of a class of shares may be able to ensure the election of one or more directors.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

       Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to various limitations imposed by the New York Stock Exchange. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could make it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Shareholder Rights Plan

       Our board of directors intends to adopt a shareholder rights plans. Generally, shareholder rights plans are designed to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the company’s stockholders’ elected board, which is in the best position to negotiate on behalf of all stockholders, evaluate the adequacy of any potential offer and protect stockholders against unfair and abusive takeover tactics. Shareholder rights plans may prevent abusive takeovers that include hostile tender offers made at less than fair price and partial and two-tiered offers that discriminate among the company’s stockholders. Because a shareholder rights plan can be an effective tool in hostile takeover attempt, we believe the adoption of such a plan is appropriately within the scope of our responsibilities.

Delaware Business Opportunity Statute

       As permitted by Section 122(17) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Company renounces any interest or expectancy in any business opportunity or transaction involving the oil or natural gas business in which any of the original institutional investors in the Company participate, or seek to participate. Our institutional investor stockholders required this provision in connection with their entering into the Series B preferred stock purchase agreement because they may have other investments in entities that conduct operations in the oil and natural gas industry.

Amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

       Pursuant to Delaware General Corporation Law and our restated certificate of incorporation, certain anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation may not be adopted, repealed or amended, in whole or in part, without the approval of at least 80% of the outstanding stock entitled to vote.

       Our certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors to adopt, amend and repeal our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that our bylaws can be amended by either our board of directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

       Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, this section prevents certain Delaware companies under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with (1) a stockholder who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock (otherwise known as an “interested stockholder”); (2) an affiliate of an interested stockholder; or (3) an associate of an interested stockholder, for three years following the date that the stockholder became an “interested stockholder”. A “business

105


Table of Contents

combination” includes a merger or sale of 10% or more of our assets. However, the above provisions of Section 203 do not apply if (1) our board approves the transaction; (2) after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an “interested stockholder”, that stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by our officers and directors and certain employee benefit plans; or (3) on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board and authorized at a meeting of our stockholders by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the “interested stockholder”. This statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other change in control attempts, and thus may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

       The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is           .

Stockholders’ Agreement

       All our current stockholders are parties to a stockholders’ agreement originally entered into on March 28, 2002. The stockholders’ agreement contains provisions concerning the appointment of directors, limitations on certain corporate activities, the issuance and transfer of securities, and the vesting of shares of common stock issued to certain members of management in January 2002. The stockholders’ agreement terminates upon the closing of this offering except for the provisions concerning the vesting of the common stock issued to management, which are described in the following paragraph.

       The 8,386,648 shares of common stock acquired by members of management in January 2002 are subject to vesting requirements as to the length of service with the Company (20% vests each of January 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, and 2006, with all shares vesting upon an employee’s reaching the age of 75), which is referred to in the agreement as “Time Vesting”, and also are subject to vesting requirements as to the amount of proceeds received by the Company from sales of Series B preferred stock to the investors in our Series B preferred stock, pursuant to the Series B stock purchase agreement which is referred to in the agreement as “Dollar Vesting”. These management shares vest at the later to occur of Time Vesting and Dollar Vesting. Vesting stops upon the occurrence of a liquidation event with respect to the Company, as defined in the agreement, or the sale of the Company. Because the investors have purchased all the Series B preferred stock that give rise to Dollar Vesting, the common stock acquired by management is subject only to Time Vesting going forward.

Record Ownership

       As of August 31, 2004, we had approximately 36 holders of record of our common stock, 142 holders of record of our Series A preferred stock, and 129 holders of record of our Series B preferred stock. Following the offering, all shares of preferred stock will convert into common stock.

106


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

       Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, as described below,                     shares of common stock currently outstanding will be available for sale after the expiration of the lock-up agreements between us and the underwriters. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after contractual restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise capital in the future.

       Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                     shares of common stock and outstanding options to purchase                      shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, the                     shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding will be restricted securities under Rule 144 and may in the future be sold without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act, subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the lock-up agreements described below and in “Underwriting”.

Lock-up Agreements

       In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers, directors and certain stockholders will enter into 180-day lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which neither we nor they may, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of the underwriters.

Rule 144

       In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of: (1) 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                      shares immediately after this offering; or (2) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

       Under Rule 144(k), a person who has not been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

       In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, may be eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144. If such person is not an affiliate, such sale may be made subject only to

107


Table of Contents

the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, such sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions. However, some of the shares that we have issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements, which shares will only become eligible for sale when the 180 day lock-up agreements expire.

Stock Options

       In addition, as of                      , 2004, employee stock options to purchase a total of approximately                      shares of common stock were outstanding. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the issuance and resale of those shares issuable under our stock option plan. That registration statement automatically becomes effective upon filing. As a result, when the options or rights are exercised, such shares issuable on exercise thereof will be freely tradable under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144, would be subject to limitations and restrictions that are described above. For a discussion of key terms of our stock option and stock purchase plans, see “Management — Description of Benefit Plans”.

Registration Rights

       In 2002, we entered into a registration rights agreement with certain of the holders of our Series B preferred stock. Pursuant to this agreement, after this offering, certain holders of the shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of the preferred stock can require us to register their shares in certain circumstances. In addition, at any time that we file a registration statement registering other shares, the holders of shares subject to the registration rights agreement can require that we include their shares in such registration statement, subject to certain exceptions. For more information on the terms of the registration rights agreement, see “Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement”.

108


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

       The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with a non-U.S. holder that holds our common stock as a capital asset.

       For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

  •  a citizen or resident of the U.S.;
 
  •  a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust if:

  •  its administration is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions; or
 
  •  it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

       This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to you in light of your particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a description of the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a “U.S. expatriate”, “controlled foreign corporation”, “passive foreign investment company”, “foreign personal holding company”, “insurance company”, “tax-exempt organization”, “financial institution” or “broker or dealer in securities”). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

       If an entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership holding our common stock, or a partner in such a partnership, you should consult your tax advisors.

       If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you are urged to consult your own tax advisers concerning the particular U.S. federal tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of the common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local or foreign income tax consequences.

Dividends

       Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by a non-U.S. holder within the U.S. and, where an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder, are not subject to this withholding tax, but instead are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at

109


Table of Contents

applicable individual or corporate rates. Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be complied with in order for effectively connected income to be exempt from this withholding tax. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

       A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate (and avoid backup withholding as discussed below) for dividends, will be required to (a) complete Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN (or successor form) and certify under penalty of perjury, that such holder is not a U.S. person or (b) if the common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are entities rather than individuals.

       A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

       A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

  •  the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the U.S. (in which case, for a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above may also apply), and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder;
 
  •  in the case of a non-U.S. holder who is an individual and holds the common stock as a capital asset, such holder is present in the U.S. for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  •  we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

       We believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. If we are or become a U.S. real property holding corporation, then if our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, only a non-U.S. holder who holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than five percent of the common stock will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of the common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

       Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

       We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld (if any) with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. In addition, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding unless applicable certification

110


Table of Contents

requirements are met and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code, or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

       Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock effected by or through a United States office of a broker is subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person) or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, United States information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock if the transaction is effected outside the United States by or through a non-United States office of a broker. However, if the broker is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a United States person, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from a specified period is effectively connected with a trade or business with the U.S., or a foreign partnership with various connections with the U.S., information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are met, or you otherwise establish an exemption.

       Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

111


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

       Bill Barrett Corporation and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

           
Underwriters Number of Shares


Goldman, Sachs & Co.
       
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
       
Lehman Brothers Inc.
       
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
       
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
Petrie Parkman & Co., Inc.
       
First Albany Capital Inc.
       
Howard Weil Incorporated
       
     
 
 
Total
       
     
 

       The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

       If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                     shares from Bill Barrett Corporation to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

       The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by Bill Barrett Corporation. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                     additional shares.

Paid by Bill Barrett Corporation

                 
No Exercise Full Exercise


Per Share
  $       $    
Total
  $       $    

       Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

       Bill Barrett Corporation, its executive officers, directors and certain of its stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any shares of Bill Barrett Corporation’s common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

112


Table of Contents

       Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among Bill Barrett Corporation and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be Bill Barrett Corporation’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and its earnings prospects, an assessment of Bill Barrett Corporation’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

       Bill Barrett Corporation intends to apply to list its common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BBG”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.

       In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

       The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

       Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of Bill Barrett Corporation’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

       Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that: (i) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of a period of six months from the closing date, will not offer or sell any shares to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity, within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”), received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any shares in circumstances in which section 21 (1) of the FSMA does not apply to the issuer; and (iii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable

113


Table of Contents

provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the equity units in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

       The shares may not be offered or sold, transferred or delivered, as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, to any individual or legal entity in the Netherlands other than to individuals or legal entities who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of their profession or trade, which includes banks, securities intermediaries, insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and commercial enterprises which, as an ancillary activity, regularly trade or invest in securities.

       The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent, or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder.

       This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation or subscription or purchase, of the securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than under circumstances in which such offer, sale or invitation does not constitute an offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the securities to the public in Singapore.

       Each underwriter has acknowledged and agreed that the securities have not been registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and are not being offered or sold and may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, except (1) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

       The Company currently anticipates that it will undertake a directed share program, pursuant to which it will direct the underwriters to reserve up to                     shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to officers and other employees, directors and friends, all of whom must be natural persons and may not include venture capital firms or other entities. The directed share program will be administered by Lehman Brothers, Inc., which will be responsible for contacting potential participants identified by us to determine whether they wish to purchase shares in this offering. Participants will be required to open brokerage accounts at Lehman Brothers but will not be required to deposit any funds in those accounts unless and until they agree to purchase shares after the price to public is determined and they are informed by Lehman Brothers of the number of shares they may purchase. When the offering price is determined, Lehman Brothers will contact the potential participants who expressed an interest in purchasing through the directed share program to inform them of the number of shares they may purchase. The participants will then have three business days to pay for the shares. If more participants desire to purchase more shares than are allocated to the directed share program, we will work with Lehman Brothers to allocate the available shares among the participants. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the public offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase these reserved shares. Any shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered hereby. The Company has agreed to indemnify Lehman Brothers, Inc. against liabilities incurred in connection with the directed share program.

114


Table of Contents

Lehman Brothers is serving as an underwriter in this offering, and will receive no additional compensation for administering the directed share program.

       Entities affiliated with each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. have the right to designate a member to the Board of Directors of the Company. For a description of the directors designated by each of the affiliates, see “Related Party Transactions”.

       Entities affiliated with each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. each beneficially own more than 10% of Bill Barrett Corporation’s common stock. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are therefore, deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720 of the conduct rules. That rule requires that the initial public offering price can be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter”, as defined by the NASD. Lehman Brothers Inc. has served in that capacity and performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, individuals associated with each of Petrie Parkman & Co., Inc., First Albany Capital Inc. and Howard Weil Incorporated beneficially own shares of our Series A preferred stock, each of which for each individual will represent less than 1% of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

       The underwriters informed the Company that they will not confirm sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the customer.

       Bill Barrett Corporation estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $          .

       Bill Barrett Corporation has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

       Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, hedging and investment banking services for the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. is the sole lead arranger and sole book runner under our credit facility.

115


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

       The validity of the shares of common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP. Patton Boggs LLP will pass upon certain legal matters in connection with the offering for us. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. will pass upon certain legal matters in connection with this offering for the underwriters. Attorneys at Patton Boggs LLP collectively own approximately                      shares of our common stock, based on the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock upon the closing of this offering.

EXPERTS

       The Bill Barrett Corporation consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for the period January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 included in this prospectus, which is part of this registration statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the restatement of earnings per share as described in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements) and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

       The statements of revenues and direct operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2001 and the period from January 1, 2002 through March 28, 2002 of the Wind River Acquisition Properties included in this prospectus, which is part of this registration statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

       The statement of revenues and direct operating expenses for the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties for the period from January 1, 2002 through December 15, 2002 has been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

       Information included in this prospectus regarding our estimated quantities of natural gas and oil reserves were prepared by us. Our reserve estimates were reviewed in part by Ryder Scott Company, L.P., and Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., independent petroleum engineers, as stated in their respective review reports with respect thereto. The review reports of Ryder Scott Company, L.P. and Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. are attached hereto as Appendices B and C, respectively, in reliance upon the authority of said firms as experts with respect to the matters covered by their reports and the giving of their reports.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, you should review the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. The registration statement and its exhibits and schedules may be inspected without charge at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC in Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C., 20549. Copies of all or any portion of the registration statement may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20549, or by calling the SEC

116


Table of Contents

at 1-800-SEC-0330, at prescribed rates. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, such as us, that make electronic filings with the SEC.

      Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference rooms, our website and the website of the SEC referred to above.

117


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     
Bill Barrett Corporation
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 2002 and 2003 and June 30, 2004 (unaudited)
  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations, for the period January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 (unaudited)
  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Loss, for the period January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 and for the six month period ended June 30, 2004 (unaudited)
  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, for the period January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 (unaudited)
  F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
  F-7
 
Wind River Basin Acquisition Properties
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  F-33
Statements of Revenues and Direct Operating Expenses, for the year ended December 31, 2001 and for the period from January 1, 2002 through March 28, 2002
  F-34
Notes to the Statements of Revenues and Direct Operating Expenses
  F-35
 
Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  F-38
Statement of Revenues and Direct Operating Expenses, for the period from January 1, 2002 through December 15, 2002
  F-39
Notes to Statement of Revenues and Direct Operating Expenses
  F-40

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Bill Barrett Corporation
Denver, Colorado

       We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bill Barrett Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the period January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

       We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

       In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

       As discussed in Note 17, earnings per share have been restated in the consolidated financial statements.

Deloitte & Touche LLP

Denver, Colorado

April 16, 2004 (June 30, 2004 as to Note 17)

F-2


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                               
As of December 31, As of

June 30,
2002 2003 2004



(unaudited)
(in thousands,
except share and per share data)
Assets:
                       
Current Assets:
                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 5,713     $ 16,034     $ 24,825  
 
Accounts receivable
    6,075       15,347       21,823  
 
Prepayments and other current assets
    967       1,681       4,013  
 
Deferred income taxes
    204       2,585       3,230  
     
     
     
 
     
Total current assets
  $ 12,959     $ 35,647     $ 53,891  
Property and Equipment — At cost, successful efforts method for oil and gas properties:
                       
 
Proved oil and gas properties
    133,381       291,602       357,525  
 
Unevaluated oil and gas properties, excluded from amortization
    19,820       56,345       61,663  
 
Oil and gas properties held for sale, excluded from amortization
    12,067              
 
Furniture, equipment and other
    1,072       2,864       3,750  
     
     
     
 
    $ 166,340     $ 350,811     $ 422,938  
Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization
    (9,072 )     (41,352 )     (70,249 )
     
     
     
 
     
Total property and equipment, net
  $ 157,268     $ 309,459     $ 352,689  
Deferred Income Taxes
    1,980       2,300       123  
Deferred Financing Costs and Other Assets
    485       363       2,349  
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 172,692     $ 347,769     $ 409,052  
     
     
     
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
                       
Current Liabilities:
                       
 
Accounts payable
  $ 4,509     $ 19,529     $ 7,873  
 
Amounts payable to oil and gas property owners
    626       1,940       3,344  
 
Production taxes payable
    1,941       7,653       13,874  
 
Accrued and other liabilities
    3,245       10,048       18,243  
 
Derivative liability
    552       6,986       8,730  
     
     
     
 
     
Total current liabilities
  $ 10,873     $ 46,156     $ 52,064  
Note Payable to Bank
    35,000       57,000       65,000  
Asset Retirement Obligations
    1,117       4,297       5,557  
Convertible Note Payable
    1,900       1,900       1,900  
Deferred Income Taxes
                3,366  
Other Noncurrent Liabilities
            90       555  
Stockholders’ Equity:
                       
 
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
                       
   
Series A, 6,900,000 shares authorized; 6,258,994 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and 6,139,090 shares as of June 30, 2004 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $28,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and $27,500 at June 30, 2004 (unaudited)
    6       6       6  
   
Series B, 52,185,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding 21,100,000 and 45,145,700 shares as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and 51,951,418 shares as of June 30, 2004 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $109,930 and $242,841 at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and $286,207 at June 30, 2004 (unaudited)
    21       45       52  
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value; authorized 150,000,000 shares; 8,386,648 and 8,651,815 shares issued at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, with 5,171,766 and 3,494,437 shares subject to restrictions, respectively; 9,002,148 shares issued at June 30, 2004 with 1,932,594 shares subject to restrictions (unaudited)
    8       9       9  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    127,934       246,996       281,094  
 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
    (3,816 )     (4,307 )     5,298  
 
Deferred compensation
    (3 )     (22 )     (140 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (348 )     (4,401 )     (5,709 )
     
     
     
 
     
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 123,802     $ 238,326     $ 280,610  
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 172,692     $ 347,769     $ 409,052  
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                     
Period from
January 7, 2002 Six Month
(inception) Periods Ended
through Year Ended June 30,
December 31, December 31,
2002* 2003* 2003 2004




(unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues:
                               
 
Oil and gas production
  $ 16,007     $ 75,252     $ 29,270     $ 76,442  
 
Other
    74       184       53       2,398  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
  $ 16,081     $ 75,436     $ 29,323     $ 78,840  
Operating Expenses:
                               
 
Lease operating expense
    2,231       8,462       3,158       7,187  
 
Gathering and transportation expense
    229       3,646       1,595       2,491  
 
Production tax expense
    2,021       9,815       3,983       9,565  
 
Exploration expense
    1,592       6,134       2,765       3,094  
 
Impairment expense
          1,795              
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    9,162       30,724       11,258       31,002  
 
General and administrative
    5,626       14,363       6,516       8,975  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
  $ 20,861     $ 74,939     $ 29,275     $ 62,314  
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ (4,780 )   $ 497     $ 48     $ 16,526  
Other Income and Expense:
                               
 
Interest income
    303       123       57       128  
 
Interest expense
    (65 )     (1,431 )     (610 )     (1,383 )
 
Income (loss) on sales of securities
    (1,465 )                  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total other income and expense
  $ (1,227 )   $ (1,308 )   $ (553 )   $ (1,255 )
     
     
     
     
 
Income (Loss) before Income Taxes
    (6,007 )     (811 )     (505 )     15,271  
Benefit from (Provision for) Income Taxes
    2,164       320       199       (5,666 )
     
     
     
     
 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations
  $ (3,843 )   $ (491 )   $ (306 )   $ 9,605  
Income from Discontinued Operations — Net of taxes of $16
    27                    
     
     
     
     
 
Net Income (Loss)
  $ (3,816 )   $ (491 )   $ (306 )   $ 9,605  
     
     
     
     
 
Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share*:
                               
 
Basic
                               
   
Income (Loss) Per Common Share from Continuing Operations
  $ (3.40 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
   
Discontinued Operations Per Common Share
    0.01                    
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
  $ (3.39 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
                               
   
Income (Loss) Per Common Share from Continuing Operations
  $ (3.40 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
   
Discontinued Operations Per Common Share
    0.01                    
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
  $ (3.39 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
     
     
     
     
 


Earnings per share have been restated. See Note 17.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002, for the year ended December 31, 2003, and for the six month period ending June 30, 2004 (unaudited)
                                                                       
Accumulated
Convertible Additional Other Total
Preferred Common Paid-In Retained Deferred Comprehensive Stockholders’ Comprehensive
Stock Stock Capital Earnings Compensation Loss Equity Loss








(in thousands)
Balance — January 7, 2002 (inception)
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
 
Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock for cash and marketable securities
    6             25,594                         25,600        
 
Tax effect of issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock in exchange for marketable securities
                (996 )                       (996 )      
 
Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock for cash
    21             105,479                         105,500        
 
Issuance of restricted common stock for cash
          8       362                         370        
 
Offering costs paid on issuance of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock
                (3,985 )                       (3,985 )      
 
Tax effect of certain offering costs
                827                         827        
 
Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock for acquisition of mineral leasehold interests
                500                         500        
 
Deferred compensation
                153             (153 )                  
 
Amortization of deferred compensation
                            150             150        
 
Comprehensive loss:
                                                               
   
Net loss
                      (3,816 )                 (3,816 )     (3,816 )
   
Effect of derivative financial instruments, net of tax
                                  (348 )     (348 )     (348 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total comprehensive loss
                                                          $ (4,164 )
                                                             
 
Balance — December 31, 2002
  $ 27     $ 8     $ 127,934     $ (3,816 )   $ (3 )   $ (348 )   $ 123,802     $  
 
Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock for cash
    24             118,952                         118,976        
 
Offering costs paid on issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock
                (1,335 )                       (1,335 )      
 
Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock for acquisition of mineral leasehold interests
                1,253                         1,253        
 
Exercise of options
          1       23                         24        
 
Deferred compensation
                169             (169 )                  
 
Amortization of deferred compensation
                            150             150        
 
Comprehensive loss:
                                                               
   
Net loss
                      (491 )                 (491 )     (491 )
   
Effect of derivative financial instruments, net of tax
                                  (4,053 )     (4,053 )     (4,053 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total comprehensive loss
                                                          $ (4,544 )
                                                             
 
Balance — December 31, 2003
  $ 51     $ 9     $ 246,996     $ (4,307 )   $ (22 )   $ (4,401 )   $ 238,326          
 
Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock for cash
    7             33,723                         33,730        
 
Exercise of options
                31                         31        
 
Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock for acquisition of mineral leasehold interests
                322                         322        
 
Cancellation of Series A convertible preferred stock
                (500 )                       (500 )        
 
Stock based compensation
                82                         82        
 
Deferred compensation
                440             (440 )                  
 
Amortization of deferred compensation
                            322             322        
 
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                               
   
Net income
                      9,605                   9,605       9,605  
   
Effect of derivative financial instruments, net of tax
                                  (1,308 )     (1,308 )     (1,308 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total comprehensive income
                                                          $ 8,297  
                                                             
 
Balance — June 30, 2004 (unaudited)
  $ 58     $ 9     $ 281,094     $ 5,298     $ (140 )   $ (5,709 )   $ 280,610          
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
         

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                       
Period from
January 7, 2002 Six Month
(inception) Periods Ended
through Year Ended June 30,
December 31, December 31,
2002 2003 2003 2004




(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Operating Activities:
                               
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,816 )   $ (491 )   $ (306 )   $ 9,605  
 
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operations:
                               
   
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    9,162       30,724       11,258       31,002  
   
Impairment expense
          1,795              
   
Deferred income taxes
    (2,164 )     (320 )     (199 )     5,666  
   
Exploration expense
    1,592       6,134       2,765       3,094  
   
Loss on sale of securities
    1,465                    
   
Stock compensation and other
    193       197       88       489  
   
Amortization of deferred financing costs
    6       148       72       207  
   
Loss (gain) on sale of properties
                      (2,335 )
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 6,438     $ 38,187     $ 13,678     $ 47,728  
 
Change in current assets and liabilities:
                               
   
Accounts receivable
    (4,042 )     (9,272 )     (4,462 )     (6,476 )
   
Prepayments and other current assets
    (551 )     (803 )     (345 )     (1,398 )
   
Accounts payable
    1,317       2,330       729       (3,305 )
   
Amounts payable to oil and gas property owners
    287       1,314       885       1,404  
   
Production taxes payable
    1,229       4,612       3,464       6,221  
   
Accrued and other liabilities
    793       1,160       509       1,485  
     
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 5,471     $ 37,528     $ 14,458     $ 45,659  
Investing Activities:
                               
 
Additions to oil and gas properties
    (161,251 )     (176,901 )     (85,664 )     (83,366 )
 
Additions of furniture, equipment and other
    (998 )     (1,823 )     (790 )     (914 )
 
Proceeds from sale of properties
          11,878       10,930       7,206  
 
Proceeds from sale of short-term investments
    1,467                    
     
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (160,782 )   $ (166,846 )   $ (75,524 )   $ (77,074 )
Financing Activities:
                               
 
Proceeds from debt
    35,419       110,000       48,000       45,000  
 
Principal payments on debt
    (419 )     (88,000 )     (36,000 )     (37,000 )
 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible note payable
    1,900                    
 
Proceeds from sale of common and preferred stock
    128,538       119,000       58,500       33,761  
 
Offering costs
    (3,985 )     (1,335 )     (1,335 )      
 
Deferred financing costs and other
    (429 )     (26 )     (25 )     (1,555 )
     
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by financing activities
  $ 161,024     $ 139,639     $ 69,140     $ 40,206  
     
     
     
     
 
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    5,713       10,321       8,074       8,791  
Beginning Cash and Cash Equivalents
          5,713       5,713       16,034  
     
     
     
     
 
Ending Cash and Cash Equivalents
  $ 5,713     $ 16,034     $ 13,787     $ 24,825  
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and
for the year ended December 31, 2003 and for the six month periods
ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 (unaudited)

1.     Organization

       Bill Barrett Corporation, a Delaware corporation, is an independent oil and gas company engaged in the acquisition, exploration, development and production of natural gas and crude oil. Since its inception on January 7, 2002, Bill Barrett Corporation has conducted its activities principally in the Rocky Mountain region of the United States.

 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

       Unaudited Periods. The financial information with respect to the six month periods ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, such information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such periods. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full fiscal year.

       Basis of Presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bill Barrett Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, “BBC” or the “Company”). These statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

       Use of Estimates. Preparation of the Company’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

       Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a remaining maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

       Oil and Gas Properties. The Company’s oil and gas exploration and production activities are accounted for using the successful efforts method. Under this method, all property acquisition costs and costs of exploratory and development wells are capitalized when incurred, pending determination of whether the well has found proved reserves. Generally, if an exploratory well does not find proved reserves within one year following completion of drilling, the costs of drilling the well are charged to expense and included within cash flows from investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows pursuant to SFAS 19 — Financial Accounting and Reporting by Oil and Gas Producing Companies . The costs of development wells are capitalized whether productive or nonproductive. Oil and gas lease acquisition costs are also capitalized. Other exploration costs, including personnel costs, certain geological and geophysical expenses and delay rentals for oil and gas leases, are charged to expense as incurred. The sale of a partial interest in a proved property is accounted for as a cost recovery and no gain or loss is recognized as long as this treatment does not significantly affect the unit-of-production amortization rate. A gain or loss is recognized for all other sales of proved properties. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense and renewals and betterments are capitalized to the appropriate property and equipment accounts.

       Unevaluated properties with significant acquisition costs are assessed periodically on a property-by-property basis and any impairment in value is charged to expense. Unevaluated properties whose acquisition costs are not individually significant are aggregated, and the portion of such costs estimated to be nonproductive, based on historical experience, is amortized over the average holding period. If the unevaluated properties are subsequently determined to be productive,

F-7


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the related costs are transferred to proved oil and gas properties. Proceeds from sales of partial interests in unproved leases are accounted for as a recovery of cost without recognizing any gain or loss. During 2003, the Company recorded impairment expense of $1,795,000 related to unevaluated properties.

      Net capitalized costs relating to the Company’s oil and gas producing activities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

                           
As of As of As of
December 31, December 31, June 30,
2002 2003 2004



(unaudited)
Proved properties
  $ 123,893     $ 163,685     $ 165,069  
Wells and related equipment and facilities
    7,726       119,134       164,509  
Support equipment and facilities
    1,762       8,694       27,824  
Materials and supplies
          89       123  
     
     
     
 
 
Total proved oil and gas properties
  $ 133,381     $ 291,602     $ 357,525  
     
     
         
Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization
    (8,896 )     (38,733 )     (68,957 )
     
     
     
 
 
Total proved oil and gas properties, net
  $ 124,485     $ 252,869     $ 288,568  
     
     
     
 
Unproved properties
  $ 15,430     $ 40,877     $ 42,620  
Wells and equipment in progress
    4,390       15,468       19,043  
     
     
     
 
 
Total unevaluated oil and gas properties, excluded from amortization
  $ 19,820     $ 56,345     $ 61,663  
     
     
     
 

       The Company reviews its proved oil and gas properties for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate a decline in the recoverability of their carrying value may have occurred. The Company estimates the expected future cash flows of its oil and gas properties and compares such future cash flows to the carrying amount of the oil and gas properties to determine if the carrying amount is recoverable. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the Company will adjust the carrying amount of the oil and gas properties to fair value. The factors used to determine fair value include, but are not limited to, estimates of proved reserves, future commodity pricing, future production estimates, anticipated capital expenditures, and a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with realizing the expected cash flows projected.

       The provision for depreciation, depletion and amortization (“DD&A”) of oil and gas properties is calculated on a field-by-field basis using the unit-of-production method. Oil is converted to natural gas equivalents, Mcfe, at the rate of one barrel to six Mcf. Taken into consideration in the calculation of DD&A is estimated future dismantlement, restoration and abandonment costs, net of estimated salvage values.

       Furniture, Equipment and Other. Other office and field equipment and land is recorded at cost. Costs of renewals and improvements that substantially extend the useful lives of the assets are capitalized. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the lease. Maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred. Depreciation of other property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, all of which are currently estimated to be three years. Upon retirement or disposition of assets, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts with the resulting gains or losses, if any, reflected in results of operations.

       Environmental Liabilities. Environmental expenditures that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations and that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation are

F-8


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

expensed. Liabilities are accrued when environmental assessments and/or clean-ups are probable, and the costs can be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company has not accrued for nor been fined or cited for any environmental violations, which would have a material adverse effect upon capital expenditures, operating results or the competitive position of the Company.

       Revenue Recognition. The Company records revenues from the sales of natural gas and crude oil when delivery to the customer has occurred and title has transferred. This occurs when oil or gas has been delivered to a pipeline or a tank lifting has occurred.

       The Company may have an interest with other producers in certain properties in which case the Company uses the sales method to account for gas imbalances. Under this method, revenue is recorded on the basis of gas actually sold by the Company. In addition, the Company records revenue for its share of gas sold by other owners that cannot be volumetrically balanced in the future due to insufficient remaining reserves. The Company also reduces revenue for other owners’ gas sold by the Company that cannot be volumetrically balanced in the future due to insufficient remaining reserves. The Company’s remaining over-and under-produced gas balancing positions are considered in the Company’s proved oil and gas reserves. Gas imbalances at December 31, 2002 and 2003 were not significant.

       Comprehensive Income (Loss). Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and the effective component of derivative instruments classified as cash flow hedges. Comprehensive income (loss) is presented net of income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

       Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Company periodically uses derivative financial instruments to achieve a more predictable cash flow from its gas and oil production by reducing its exposure to price fluctuations.

       The Company accounts for such activities pursuant to SFAS No. 133 — Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended. This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that derivative instruments (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded at fair market value and included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as assets or liabilities.

       The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation, which is established at the inception of a derivative. SFAS No. 133 requires that a company formally document, at the inception of a hedge, the hedging relationship and the entity’s risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, including identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, the method that will be used to assess effectiveness and the method that will be used to measure hedge ineffectiveness of derivative instruments that receive hedge accounting treatment.

       For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, changes in fair value, to the extent the hedge is effective, are recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. Hedge effectiveness is assessed quarterly based on total changes in the derivative’s fair value. Any ineffective portion of the derivative instrument’s change in fair value is recognized immediately in earnings.

       The Company may utilize derivative financial instruments which have not been designated as hedges under SFAS No. 133 even though they protect the Company from changes in commodity

F-9


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

prices. These instruments are marked to market with the resulting changes in fair value recorded in earnings.

       Deferred Financing Costs. Costs incurred in connection with the execution of the Company’s credit facility have been capitalized. These deferred financing costs are being amortized over the life of the related debt.

       Income Taxes. Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of transactions reported in the financial statements and consist of taxes currently payable plus deferred income taxes related to certain income and expenses recognized in different periods for financial and income tax reporting purposes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when assets are recovered or settled. Deferred income taxes are also recognized for tax credits that are available to offset future income taxes. Deferred income taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax rates.

       Stock-Based Compensation. The Company accounts for its stock-based awards to employees, officers and managers using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employee and its related interpretations and has adopted the disclosures only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . The Company accounts for stock-based awards to non-employees using a fair value method in accordance with SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 96-18.

       For disclosure purposes, the fair value of options is measured at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Such option valuation models also require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the projected life of the options and expected stock price volatility. Because the Company’s stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the estimated fair value, these valuation models do not necessarily provide a reliable measure of the fair value of such stock options.

       Disclosure of pro forma net loss, as if all stock options were accounted for at fair value, is required by SFAS No. 123, under which compensation expense is based upon the fair value of each option at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

                                 
Period from
January 7, 2002 Six Month
(inception) Periods Ended
through Year Ended June 30,
December 31, December 31,
2002 2003 2003 2004




(unaudited)
Expected option term (years)
    4.0       4.0       4.0       4.0  
Risk-free interest rate
    2.4 %     2.3 %     2.5 %     2.8 %
Volatility
                       
Dividend yield
                       
Weighted average fair value of options granted
  $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $ 0.01       $0.01  

F-10


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       Had compensation costs for the Company’s stock option plan been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates in accordance with SFAS 123, the Company’s net income (loss) would have been restated to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                   
Period from
January 7, 2002 Six Month
(inception) Periods Ended
through Year Ended June 30,
December 31, December 31,
2002 2003 2003 2004




(unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Net income (loss) attributed to common stockholders, as reported
  $ (8,246 )   $ (13,173 )   $ (5,483 )   $ 24  
Add stock-based compensation included in reported net loss, net of related tax effects
    96       94       52       255  
Deduct stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value method, net of related tax effects
    (98 )     (97 )     (54 )     (256 )
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income (loss)
  $ (8,248 )   $ (13,176 )   $ (5,485 )   $ 23  
     
     
     
     
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                               
 
As reported
  $ (3.39 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
 
Pro forma
  $ (3.39 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
Diluted earnings per share:
                               
 
As reported
  $ (3.39 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
 
Pro forma
  $ (3.39 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  

       In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure . This statement amends SFAS No. 123 to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation and amends the disclosure provisions of that statement.

       Earnings Per Share. Basic net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders per common share of stock is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average of vested common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average of common shares outstanding and other dilutive securities.

      Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders is calculated by reducing net income (loss) by dividends earned on preferred securities. Our Series B preferred dividends, although neither declared nor paid, are considered earned for these calculations. The Series A and Series B preferred stock, the convertible note, the issued common stock shares subject to restrictions and outstanding options, have not been included in the computation of earnings per share for the period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002, the year ended December 31, 2003, and the six month period ended June 30, 2003 as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. For the six month period ended June 30, 2004, Series A and Series B preferred stock and the convertible note were not included as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

F-11


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       The Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) has issued EITF Issue No. 03-6, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128 “Earnings Per Share” (EITF 03-6). The Company adopted EITF 03-6 as of January 1, 2004, and applied it retroactively, however, the implementation had no effect in all prior periods. EITF 03-6 provides guidance for the computation of earnings per share using the two-class method for enterprises with participating securities or multiple classes of common stock as required by SFAS No. 128. The two-class method allocates undistributed earnings to each class of common stock and participating securities for the purpose of computing basic earnings per share.

       The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

                                   
For the
Period from
Inception
(January 7, Six Month Periods
2002) to Year Ended Ended June 30,
December 31, December 31,
2002 2003 2003 2004




(unaudited)
(in thousands except per share amounts)
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (3,843 )   $ (491 )   $ (306 )   $ 9,605  
Less cumulative dividends on preferred stock
    (4,430 )     (12,682 )     (5,177 )     (9,338 )
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations to be allocated
    (8,273 )     (13,173 )     (5,483 )     267  
Income from discontinued operations
    27                    
Less allocation of undistributed earnings to participating preferred stock
                      (243 )
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
    (8,246 )     (13,173 )     (5,483 )     24  
Adjustments to net income for dilution
    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) adjusted for the effect of dilution
  $ (8,246 )   $ (13,173 )   $ (5,483 )   $ 24  
     
     
     
     
 
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding in period
    2,435       4,003       3,565       6,580  
 
Add dilutive effects of stock options
                      1,345  
 
Add dilutive effects of common stock subject to restrictions
                      1,932  
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding in period
    2,435       4,003       3,565       9,857  
     
     
     
     
 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
                               
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (3.40 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
 
Income from discontinued operations
  $ 0.01       n/a       n/a       n/a  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Basic earnings per common share
  $ (3.39 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
                               
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (3.40 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
 
Income from discontinued operations
  $ 0.01       n/a       n/a       n/a  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ (3.39 )   $ (3.29 )   $ (1.54 )   $ 0.00  
     
     
     
     
 

       Industry Segment and Geographic Information. The Company operates in one industry segment, which is the exploration, development and production of natural gas and crude oil, and all

F-12


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

of the Company’s operations are conducted in the United States. Consequently, the Company currently reports a single industry segment.

       Reclassifications. Certain amounts in the financial statements of the prior year have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation including reclassification of our $1.9 million convertible note from equity to long-term liabilities.

       New Accounting Pronouncements. In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , which requires the purchase method of accounting for business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 and eliminates the pooling-of-interests method. In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , which discontinues the practice of amortizing goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets and initiates an annual review for impairment. Intangible assets with a determinable useful life will continue to be amortized over that period. There has been industry wide uncertainty as to whether SFAS No. 142 required registrants to reclassify costs associated with mineral rights, including both proved and unproved leasehold acquisition costs, as intangible assets in the balance sheet, apart from other capitalized oil and gas property costs. However, in June, 2004 the FASB proposed FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FAS 142-b, Application of FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” to Oil- and Gas-Producing Entities , which clarifies that drilling and mineral rights of oil- and gas-producing entities that are within the scope of SFAS No. 19, Financial Accounting and Reporting by Oil and Gas Producing Companies , are tangible assets. Historically, the Company has included the costs of such mineral rights as a component of oil and gas properties, which is consistent with the proposed FSP. As such, to the extent FSP FAS 142-b is approved by the FASB without any material change, the Company’s consolidated financial statements will not be affected.

       In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity . SFAS No. 150 established standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 150 applies specifically to a number of financial instruments that companies have historically presented within their financial statements as equity or between the liabilities section and the equity section, rather than as liabilities. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 had no effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

       In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN 45”), Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others , FIN 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor’s balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. FIN 45 also requires additional disclosures about the guarantees an entity has issued, including a rollforward of the entity’s product warranty liabilities. The Company will apply the recognition provisions of FIN 45 prospectively to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The disclosure requirements under FIN 45 were adopted in 2003 and had no effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

       In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51. This interpretation, as revised by Interpretation No. 46-R in December 2003, clarifies consolidation requirements for variable interest entities. It establishes additional factors beyond ownership of a majority voting interest to indicate that a company has a controlling financial interest in an entity or a relationship sufficiently similar to a controlling financial interest that it requires consolidation. This interpretation applies immediately to variable interest entities created or obtained after January 31, 2003 and must be retroactively applied to holdings in variable interest entities acquired before February 1, 2003 in interim and annual financial statements

F-13


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

issued for periods ending after March 15, 2004. The adoption of this interpretation had no impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 
3. Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

       Supplemental cash flow information is as follows:

                                 
Period from
January 7, 2002 Six Month
(inception) Periods Ended
through Year Ended June 30,
December 31, December 31,
2002 2003 2003 2004




(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Cash paid for interest
  $ 16     $ 1,168     $ 479     $ 1,175  
Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:
                               
Preferred stock issued for payment of oil and gas properties
    500       1,253             322  
Preferred stock returned in settlement to terminate an exploration agreement
                      (500 )
Preferred stock issued for marketable equity securities
    2,932                    
 
4. Acquisitions and Dispositions

       On March 28, 2002, the Company purchased oil and gas properties located in Wyoming from Williams Production RMT Inc. (the “Wind River Acquisition”). The Company paid $74 million after normal price adjustments.

       On April 30, 2002, the Company purchased oil and gas properties located in Utah from Wasatch Oil and Gas Inc. and affiliates. The Company paid $8.1 million in cash after normal price adjustments.

       On July 1, 2002, the Company paid $2.5 million to the Crow Tribe in Montana (the “Crow Tribe”) for an option to acquire leasehold interests pursuant to an exploration agreement dated June 11, 2002. Payment for the option consisted of $2.0 million in cash and 119,904 shares of the Company’s Series A preferred stock. On August 1, 2002, the Company acquired from the Crow Tribe 11,540 leasehold acres for $2.6 million in cash. The Company and the Crow Tribe negotiated a settlement to terminate the exploration agreement which was approved by the Bureau of Indian Affairs on February 20, 2004. The settlement agreement provides, among other things, for the Crow Tribe to return to the Company the 119,904 shares of Series A preferred stock, the payment of $2.4 million to the Company, and additional payments to the Company of $1.5 million over five and one half years with interest at prime plus 2%. An impairment charge of $856,000 was recorded as of December 31, 2003. The Company received the 119,904 shares of stock on March 8, 2004, and received the payment of $2.4 million on March 11, 2004.

       On December 16, 2002, the Company purchased assets and assumed certain liabilities from Intoil, Inc. and an affiliate (“Intoil”). Included in the purchase were oil and gas properties located in Wyoming, Montana, North Dakota, Nebraska, Texas, Oklahoma, Utah, Nevada, New Mexico and Ohio. The Company paid $61.5 million in cash after normal price adjustments.

F-14


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       In conjunction with the acquisition from Intoil, liabilities were assumed as follows (in thousands):

         
Fair value of assets acquired
  $ 63,800  
Cash paid
    (61,500 )
     
 
Liabilities assumed
  $ 2,300  
     
 

       In connection with the purchase of oil and gas properties from Intoil, management made a decision to sell certain of these properties which were either not located in the Rocky Mountain region, the Company’s primary location of operations, or did not meet the profile of the Company’s operations. The properties to be sold were classified as held for sale and were recorded at the fair value less costs to sell based largely on negotiated sales agreements with effective dates of January 1, 2003. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, Accounting for the Impairment and Disposal of Long Lived-Assets , the results of operations relating to properties held for sale have been reported in discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and with respect to these properties no depletion has been provided in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Net operating receipts in 2003 plus sales proceeds of $10.8 million equaled the carrying value as of December 31, 2002.

       The following unaudited pro forma information presents the financial information of the Company as if all the acquisitions had occurred at January 1, 2002:

                 
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception)
through December 31,
2002

As Reported Pro Forma


(in thousands)
Revenues
  $ 16,081     $ 37,553  
Direct operating expenses
    (4,481 )     (11,075 )
     
     
 
Revenues in excess of direct operating expenses
  $ 11,600     $ 26,478  
     
     
 

       On March 21, 2003, the Company purchased predominantly non-producing and unevaluated oil and gas properties located in Wyoming from Independent Production Company, Inc. and Sapphire Bay, LLC, jointly as sellers. The Company paid $35.4 million in cash after normal price adjustments.

       In February 2004, we issued 59,800 shares of Series B preferred stock for mineral leasehold interests valued at $322,000.

 
5. Note Payable to Bank

       On December 16, 2002, the Company entered into a credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with commitments of $100 million and an initial borrowing base of $50 million, increased to $65 million in November 15, 2003, and a maturity date of December 16, 2005. The Credit Facility accrued interest based upon the borrowing base usage, at LIBOR or an alternate base rate (based upon the greater of the prime rate, a rate based upon the three month secondary CD rate, or on the federal funds effective rate) plus applicable margins ranging from 0% to 2.25%. The Credit Facility required commitment fees ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% of the unused borrowing base. Borrowings outstanding against the Credit Facility totaled $35 million and $57 million at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The weighted average interest rates were 3.38% and 3.1% at December 31, 2002 and 2003.

F-15


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       On February 4, 2004, the Company replaced its credit facility with a new credit facility which provides for a maturity date of February 4, 2007 and commitments of $200 million with an initial borrowing base of $150 million (the “New Credit Facility”). The initial borrowing base under the New Credit Facility includes a $50 million portion, referred to as the “Tranche B” portion, that allows the borrowing base to be greater than the typical borrowing base that would have been computed based on proved natural gas and oil reserves. The Tranche B portion of the borrowing base terminates on March 31, 2005. The Tranche B portion of the borrowing base cannot exceed the lesser of $50 million and the difference between $150 million and the borrowing base computed by the bank group based on proved reserves. The New Credit Facility bears interest, based on the borrowing base usage, at LIBOR or an alternate base rate (based upon the greater of the prime rate, or on the federal funds effective rate) plus applicable margins ranging from 0% to 3.75%. The Company pays commitment fees ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% of the unused borrowing base.

       The New Credit Facility contains financial covenants similar to the prior facility, including but not limited to a maximum total debt to EBITDAX ratio (as defined), a minimum current ratio, an interest coverage ratio, and a minimum present value to total debt ratio. This facility is secured by the Company’s oil and gas properties representing at least 85% of the total value of the Company’s proved reserves and the pledge of all of the stock of the Company’s subsidiaries.

 
6. Asset Retirement Obligations

       The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 143 — Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations at inception on January 7, 2002. The estimated fair value of the future costs associated with dismantlement, abandonment and restoration of oil and gas properties is recorded when incurred, generally upon acquisition or completion of a well. The net estimated costs are discounted to present values using a risk adjusted rate over the estimated economic life of the oil and gas properties. Such costs are capitalized as part of the related asset. The asset is depleted on the units-of-production method on a field-by-field basis. The associated liability is classified in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The liability is periodically adjusted to reflect (1) new liabilities incurred, (2) liabilities settled during the period, (3) accretion expense, and (4) revisions to estimated future cash flow requirements. The accretion expense is recorded as a component of depreciation, depletion and amortization expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-16


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       A reconciliation of the Company’s asset retirement obligations is as follows:

                         
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception) Six Month
through Year Ended Period Ended
December 31, December 31, June 30,
2002 2003 2004



(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Beginning of period
  $     $ 1,117     $ 4,297  
Liabilities incurred
    1,039       1,932       1,022  
Liabilities settled
                (849 )
Accretion expense
    78       244       201  
Revisions to estimate
          1,004       886  
     
     
     
 
End of period
  $ 1,117     $ 4,297     $ 5,557  
     
     
     
 
 
7. Fair Value of Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments

       The Company’s financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are carried at cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments. The Credit Facility’s recorded value, as discussed in Note 5, approximates its fair value as it bears interest at a floating rate. The Company’s commodity derivatives are marked to market with changes in fair value being recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. The convertible note payable is recorded at cost, and the fair value is disclosed in Note 9 below.

       The estimated fair value of derivatives and other financial instruments has been determined by the Company using available market information and valuation methodologies described below. Considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. The use of different market assumptions or valuation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

       At December 31, 2003, the Company had in place natural gas swap contracts covering portions of its 2004 gas production. The gas swaps, which are for the period January through December 2004, cover contracted volumes of 30,000 MMBtu per day of natural gas with a weighted average fixed price of $4.07 per MMBtu. The index prices are based on Rocky Mountain delivery points. The Company’s natural gas derivative financial instruments have been designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with SFAS No. 133 and are included in current liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-17


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       At December 31, 2003, the Company had the following commodity swap contracts in place to hedge cash flow and reduce the impact of natural gas price fluctuations:

                                     
Average
Volume Quantity Fixed Index Contract
Product Per Month Type Price Price(1) Period






Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu     $ 3.67       NORRM     1/1/2004 – 12/31/2004
Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu       3.90       NORRM     1/1/2004 – 12/31/2004
Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu       4.00       NORRM     1/1/2004 – 12/31/2004
Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu       4.34       CIGRM     1/1/2004 – 12/31/2004
Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu       4.25       CIGRM     1/1/2004 – 12/31/2004
Natural gas
    152,500       MMBtu       4.25       CIGRM     1/1/2004 – 12/31/2004


(1)  NORRM refers to Northwest Pipeline Corp. Rocky Mountains price and CIGRM refers to Colorado Interstate Gas Co. Rocky Mountains price as quoted in Platt’s Inside FERC on the first business day of each month.

       At December 31, 2003, the estimated fair value of contracts designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges under SFAS No 133 was a liability of $7.0 million. The Company will reclassify this amount to gains or losses included in oil and gas production operating revenues as the hedged production quantity is produced. Based on current prices, the net amount of existing unrealized after-tax loss as of December 31, 2003 to be reclassified to oil and gas production operating revenues in the next twelve months would be $4.4 million. The Company anticipates that all original forecasted transactions will occur by the end of the originally specified time periods.

       Derivative contract settlements included in oil and gas production operating revenues totaled a net loss of $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and a net loss of $4.8 million for the six month period ended June 30, 2004 (unaudited). There were no derivative contract settlements for the period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002. As the underlying prices in the Company’s hedge contracts were consistent with the indices used to sell its oil and gas, no ineffectiveness was recognized related to its hedge contracts in 2003 or for the six month period ended June 30, 2004 (unaudited).

       On June 30, 2004, the Company’s remaining cash flow hedge positions from natural gas and oil derivatives had an estimated net pre-tax liability of $9.1 million (unaudited) recorded in both current and non-current liabilities. The Company anticipates it will reclassify this amount to gains or losses included in oil and gas production operating revenues as the hedged production quantity is produced. Based on current prices, the net amount of existing unrealized after-tax loss as of June 30, 2004 to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to oil and gas production operating revenues in the next twelve months would be $5.5 million (unaudited). The Company anticipates that all original forecasted transactions will occur by the end of the originally specified time periods.

F-18


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Subsequent to December 31, 2003, we entered into the following commodity swap contracts to hedge against a portion of our 2005 production:

                                     
Average
Volume Quantity Fixed Index Contract
Product Per Month Type Price Price(1) Period






Natural gas
    304,167       MMBtu     $ 5.05       NORRM     1/1/2005 – 12/31/2005
Natural gas
    304,167       MMBtu       5.27       NORRM     1/1/2005 – 12/31/2005
Oil
    3,042       Bbls       32.96       WTI     1/1/2005 – 12/31/2005
Oil
    3,042       Bbls       34.05       WTI     1/1/2005 – 12/31/2005
Oil
    3,042       Bbls       36.12       WTI     1/1/2005 – 12/31/2005
Oil
    3,042       Bbls       36.00       WTI     1/1/2005 – 12/31/2005


(1)  NORRM refers to Northwest Pipeline Corp. Rocky Mountains price as quoted in Platt’s Inside FERC on the first business day of each month. WTI refers to the West Texas Intermediate price as quoted on the New York Mercantile Exchange.

 
8. Income Taxes

       The benefit for income taxes consists of the following:

                     
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception)
through Year Ended
December 31, December 31,
2002 2003


(in thousands)
Deferred:
               
 
Federal
  $ 2,048     $ 296  
 
State
    116       24  
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 2,164     $ 320  
     
     
 

       Income tax benefit differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax loss from continuing operations as a result of the following:

                 
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception)
through Year Ended
December 31, December 31,
2002 2003


(in thousands)
Income tax benefit at the federal statutory rate
  $ 2,032     $ 276  
State income taxes, net of federal tax effect
    116       24  
Other, net
    16       20  
     
     
 
Income tax benefit
  $ 2,164     $ 320  
     
     
 

      For the six month period ended June 30, 2004 (unaudited), income tax expense totaled $5.7 million, all of which is deferred. In 2004, we expect we will not have any current tax liability due to utilization of net operating loss carry-forwards and deductions related to intangible drilling costs.

F-19


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2002 and 2003 are presented below:

                       
December 31,

2002 2003


(in thousands)
Current:
               
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
   
Derivative instruments
  $ 204     $ 2,585  
Long-term:
               
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
   
Net operating loss carryforward
  $ 3,498     $ 4,536  
   
Start-up/organization costs, net
    844       628  
   
Other
    58        
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
   
Oil and gas properties
    (2,420 )     (2,822 )
   
Other
          (42 )
     
     
 
     
Net long-term deferred tax assets
  $ 1,980     $ 2,300  
     
     
 

       At December 31, 2003, the Company has approximately $12.3 million of federal and state tax net operating loss carryforwards which expire through 2023.

       The Company has not recognized a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets because it believes that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will be realized on future income tax returns, primarily from the generation of future taxable income.

 
9. Stockholders’ Equity

       The Company’s authorized capital structure consists of 75,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value preferred stock. Of the preferred stock, 6,900,000 shares have been designated as Series A preferred stock (“Series A”) and 51,835,000 shares have been designated as Series B preferred stock (“Series B”), with the remainder undesignated at December 31, 2003, and 150,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock. Holders of all classes of stock are entitled to vote on matters submitted to stockholders.

       On March 4, 2004, the Board of Directors approved increasing the number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock to 52,185,000. This increase subsequently was approved by the Company’s stockholders. The increase was effected by filing an amended and restated certificate of designations with the Delaware Secretary of State in June 2004.

       Series A Preferred Stock. Series A consists of 6,900,000 authorized shares with a stated purchase price of $4.17 per share. It ranks senior to the Company’s common stock with respect to dividends and specified liquidation events. This series is also entitled to certain participation privileges with respect to dividends, conversion to common stock, and distribution of the Company’s assets.

       Series A bears no stated preferential dividend rate. However, after payment of all dividend requirements for Series B, additional dividends, if any, will be distributed to holders of this series, Series B and/or common stock on the basis of the relative number of shares outstanding.

F-20


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       In connection with the early capitalization of the Company, a mandatorily convertible note was issued for $1.9 million, which amount was classified in long-term liabilities. The convertible note converts automatically into 455,635 shares of Series A in 2007 or earlier in connection with a liquidation event or qualified initial public offering. The estimated fair value of the convertible note was approximately $1.9 million and $2.0 million as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and approximately $2.3 million as of June 30, 2004 (unaudited).

       Upon a qualified initial public offering as described below, Series A will convert automatically to common stock. Holders of this series will be entitled to receive (1) at the election of the Company, cash or shares of common stock equal to the stated purchase price, with the number of shares of common stock based on the public offering price net of underwriting compensation plus (2) the number of shares of common stock equal to the conversion ratio in effect at that time (which would be one share of common stock if there is no adjustment to the conversion ratio). The Series A preference and participation rights in liquidation are discussed below in connection with Series B.

       Series B Preferred Stock. At December 31, 2003, Series B consisted of 51,835,000 authorized shares with a stated purchase price of $5.00 per share. In June 2004, the number of authorized shares was increased to 52,185,000. It ranks senior to the Company’s Series A and common stock with respect to dividends and specified liquidation events. Series B is also entitled to certain participation privileges with respect to dividends, conversion to common stock, and distribution of the Company’s assets.

       Series B bears a 7.0% cumulative dividend (14.0% after March 28, 2009), compounded quarterly and payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company. After payment of all dividend requirements for this series, additional dividends, if any, will be distributed to holders of this series, Series A and/or common stock on the basis of the relative number of shares outstanding.

       Upon the occurrence of specified liquidation events, holders of Series B are entitled to receive the stated purchase price of Series B plus all unpaid dividends. After payment of the Series B preference, holders of Series A stock are entitled to receive the stated purchase price of Series A. Assets, if any, remaining after payment of Series A and Series B liquidation preferences are to be distributed pro rata among holders of common stock, Series B on an as-converted basis and Series A on an as-converted basis.

       Upon an initial public offering for at least $50,000,000 of the Company’s common stock, at a price that results in each share of Series B preferred stock converting into common stock having an aggregate value of at least $7.50, based on the public offering price, the Series B will convert automatically to common stock. Holders of this series will be entitled to receive (1) at the election of the Company, cash or shares of common stock equal to the stated purchase price plus all unpaid dividends, with the number of shares of common stock based on the public offering price net of underwriting compensation plus (2) the number of shares of common stock equal to the conversion ratio in effect at that time (which would be one share of common stock if there is no adjustment to the conversion ratio).

       In March 2002, the Company received commitments from certain investors to purchase 51,000,000 shares of Series B at $5.00 per share. As of December 31, 2003, the investors had purchased 44,400,000 shares for $222 million, leaving purchase commitments for an additional 6,600,000 shares at an aggregate price of $33 million.

       In January 2004, these investors purchased 4,000,000 shares for $20 million. In May 2004, the Company received the final payment of $13 million for 2,600,000 shares from these investors (unaudited). Pursuant to EITF 98-5 Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion

F-21


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios , these issuances resulted in a beneficial conversion (deemed dividend) since the shares were issued at less than estimated fair market value. According to EITF 98-5 and EITF 00-27 Application of Issue 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments, we are required to measure, but not record, the deemed dividend at the commitment date if the shares are convertible only upon the occurrence of a future event outside the control of the holder of such securities and contain conversion terms that change upon the occurrence of a future event. We have measured deemed dividends of $1.3 million and $1.7 million related to the January 2004 and May 2004 issuance of convertible Series B preferred shares, respectively, and will record such dividends if and when the convertible Series B preferred shares are converted into common stock.

       Cumulative dividends not declared amounted to $4.4 million and $17.1 million at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and $26.5 million at June 30, 2004 (unaudited).

       Common Stock. On January 30, 2002, the Company issued, subject to restrictions, 8,386,648 shares of common stock to founding management and employees. On March 28, 2002, these common stockholders entered into a stockholders’ agreement to restrict ownership of the shares with the following dual vesting provisions: (1) one share for every $30.40459 received from investors in Series B (“dollar vesting”), and (2) 20% upon purchase and an additional 20% vesting each year for four years after purchase (“time vesting”). The Company records deferred compensation expense for the difference between the fair market value of the common stock on a measurement date (the date the Company receives funds from the investors in Series B, i.e., the shares dollar vest) and the price paid for the dollar vested shares of common stock. The deferred compensation is amortized over the remaining time vesting period. The Company amortized $150,000 of the deferred compensation expense through compensation expense during 2002 and 2003, respectively. The stockholders’ agreement contains certain acceleration and forfeiture provisions related to its January 31, 2007 expiration and other specified occurrences including liquidation events and an initial public offering, as described above.

       As of December 31, 2003 common shares had vested as follows:

                 
% of Total
Shares Common


Dollar
    7,566,480       87 %
Time
    5,157,378       60  

       All remaining common shares dollar vested in connection with the issuance of the Series B preferred stock pursuant to the final capital calls funded in January and May 2004 (unaudited). The remaining time vesting will occur ratably through January 2006.

       Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss. The Company follows the provisions of SFAS 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income , which establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income. In addition to net income, comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments and distributions to the owners of the Company.

F-22


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss and related tax effects for the period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 were as follows:

                         
Tax Net of
Gross Effect Tax



(in thousands)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss — January 7, 2002 (inception)
  $     $     $  
Change in fair value of hedges
    (552 )     204       (348 )
     
     
     
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss — December 31, 2002
  $ (552 )   $ 204     $ (348 )
     
     
     
 

       The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss and related tax effects for the year ended December 31, 2003 were as follows:

                         
Tax Net of
Gross Effect Tax



(in thousands)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss — December 31, 2002
  $ (552 )   $ 204     $ (348 )
Change in fair value of hedges
    (6,986 )     2,585       (4,401 )
Reclassification adjustment for realized losses on hedges included in net loss
    552       (204 )     348  
     
     
     
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss — December 31, 2003
  $ (6,986 )   $ 2,585     $ (4,401 )
     
     
     
 

      The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss and related tax effects for the six months ended June 30, 2004 (unaudited) were as follows:

                         
Tax Net of
Gross Effect Tax



(in thousands)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss — December 31, 2003
  $ (6,986 )   $ 2,585     $ (4,401 )
Change in fair value of hedges
    (6,249 )     2,312       (3,937 )
Reclassification adjustment for realized losses on hedges included in net income
    4,173       (1,544 )     2,629  
     
     
     
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss — June 30, 2004 (unaudited)
  $ (9,062 )   $ 3,353     $ (5,709 )
     
     
     
 

F-23


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       The following table reflects the activity in the Company’s common and preferred stock.

                             
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception) Six Months
through Year Ended Ended
December 31, December 31, June 30,
2002 2003 2004



(unaudited)
Series A Preferred Stock Outstanding:
                       
 
Shares at beginning of period
          6,258,994       6,258,994  
   
Shares issued under Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 28, 2002
    6,139,090              
   
Shares issued for partial payment of mineral leasehold interests
    119,904              
   
Shares returned in settlement to terminate an exploration agreement
                (119,904 )
     
     
     
 
 
Shares at end of period
    6,258,994       6,258,994       6,139,090  
     
     
     
 
Series B Preferred Stock Outstanding:
                       
 
Shares at beginning of period
          21,100,000       45,145,700  
   
Shares issued under Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 28, 2002
    21,100,000       23,300,000       6,600,000  
   
Shares issued for cash under Bill Barrett Corporation Employee Restricted Stock Purchase Plan
          495,100       145,918  
   
Shares issued for mineral leasehold interests
          250,600       59,800  
     
     
     
 
 
Shares at end of period
    21,100,000       45,145,700       51,951,418  
     
     
     
 
Common Stock Outstanding:
                       
 
Shares at beginning of period
          8,386,648       8,651,815  
   
Restricted shares issued for cash to founding management and employees
    8,386,648              
   
Exercise of common stock options
          265,167       350,333  
     
     
     
 
 
Shares at end of period
    8,386,648       8,651,815       9,002,148  
     
     
     
 
 
10. Stock Options and Other Employee Benefits

       Stock Options . In January 2002, the Company adopted a stock option plan to benefit key employees and non-employees. This plan was amended and restated in its entirety by the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option Plan (the “2002 Option Plan”). The aggregate number of shares which the Company may issue under the 2002 Option Plan may not exceed 7,650,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Up to 5,500,000 shares may be granted with an exercise price not less than $6.50 per share (“Tranche A”) and up to 2,150,000 shares may be granted with an exercise price of not less than $0.04412 per share (“Tranche B”). The options vest in a manner similar to the common stock described in Note 9 except the options vest on a time basis 40% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and 20% on subsequent anniversaries of the date of grant subject to the acceleration and other specified occurrences also addressed in Note 9. Options granted on or

F-24


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

before February 3, 2003 vested 20% on date of grant and 20% on each of the next four anniversaries of the date of grant. All options expire ten years from the date of grant.

       Information relating to stock options is summarized as follows:

                     
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception) Year Ended
through December 31, December 31,
Tranche A 2002 2003



Exercise Price $6.50:
               
 
Outstanding, beginning of period
          4,535,000  
   
Granted
    4,535,000       1,016,500  
   
Exercised
           
   
Forfeited
          (127,500 )
     
     
 
Outstanding, end of period
    4,535,000       5,424,000  
     
     
 
Options exercisable, end of period
    907,000       1,876,000  
Weighted average remaining life (years)
    9.75       8.80  

       The Company has 76,000 options available for grant under its Tranche A portion of its stock 2002 Option Plan at December 31, 2003.

                     
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception) Year Ended
through December 31, December 31,
Tranche B 2002 2003



Exercise Price $0.08824:
               
 
Outstanding, beginning of period
          1,230,000  
   
Granted
    1,230,000       915,000  
   
Exercised
          (265,167 )
   
Forfeited
          (68,333 )
     
     
 
Outstanding, end of period
    1,230,000       1,811,500  
     
     
 
Options exercisable, end of period
    246,000       336,000  
Weighted average remaining life (years)
    9.75       8.89  
Exercise Price $0.28:
               
 
Outstanding, beginning of period
           
   
Granted
          44,000  
   
Exercised
           
   
Forfeited
           
     
     
 
Outstanding, end of period
          44,000  
     
     
 
Options exercisable, end of period
           
Weighted average remaining life (years)
    N/A       10.00  

       The Company has 29,333 options available for grant under its Tranche B portion of its 2002 Option Plan at December 31, 2003.

       During the six-month period ended June 30, 2004, the Company granted (1) options to purchase 150,000 common shares at $1.00 per share under the 2003 Option Plan; (2) Tranche A

F-25


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

options to purchase 96,000 common shares at $6.50 per share under the 2002 Option Plan; and (3) Tranche B options to purchase 41,000 common shares at $0.46 per share under the 2002 Option Plan (which included options that became available under the 2002 Option Plan after December 31, 2003 as a result of the termination of previously issued options).

       401(k) Savings. As of December 1, 2002, the Company commenced a 401(k) savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for all eligible employees over the age of 21. Employees become eligible the quarter following the beginning of their employment. Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may make voluntary contributions based upon a percentage of their pretax income. The Company matches 100% of the employee contribution, up to 4% of the employee’s pretax income. Employees direct their contributions into a variety of mutual fund investment options provided by The Principal Financial Group. The Company made matching contributions of $11,000 for the period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and $216,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 
11. Transactions with Related Parties

       Three directors of the Company are officers of the Series B investors.

       A director of the Company is a principal at a company affiliated with the lead arranger and agent for the credit facilities noted in Note 5 above. In management’s opinion, the terms obtained were provided on the same terms as could be obtained from non-related sources.

       A director of the Company is a managing director of a company affiliated with the company which wholly owns the counterparty to the natural gas swaps noted in Note 7 above.

 
12. Significant Customers and Other Concentrations

       Significant Customers. During 2002, purchases by The Williams Companies, Inc. and ConocoPhillips Holding Company accounted for 59.2% and 15.6%, respectively, of the Company’s total oil and gas production revenues. During 2003, ONEOK Inc accounted for 38.6% and two wholly-owned subsidiaries of Xcel Energy Inc, the names of which are Public Service Co. of Colorado and Cheyenne Light, Fuel and Power Co., accounted for a total of 10.2% of the Company’s oil and gas production revenues. Management believes that the loss of any individual purchaser would not have a long-term material adverse impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

       Concentrations of Market Risk. The future results of the Company’s oil and gas operations will be affected by the market prices of oil and gas. The availability of a ready market for crude oil, natural gas and liquid products in the future will depend on numerous factors beyond the control of the Company, including weather, imports, marketing of competitive fuels, proximity and capacity of oil and gas pipelines and other transportation facilities, any oversupply or undersupply of oil, gas and liquid products, the regulatory environment, the economic environment, and other regional and political events, none of which can be predicted with certainty.

       The Company operates in the exploration, development and production phase of the oil and gas industry. Its receivables include amounts due from purchasers of oil and gas production and amounts due from joint venture partners for their respective portions of operating expense and exploration and development costs. The Company believes that no single customer or joint venture partner exposes the Company to significant credit risk. While certain of these customers and joint venture partners are affected by periodic downturns in the economy in general or in their specific segment of the natural gas or oil industry, the Company believes that its level of credit–related losses due to such economic fluctuations has been and will continue to be immaterial to the

F-26


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company’s results of operations in the long-term. Trade receivables are generally not collateralized. The Company analyzes customers’ and joint venture partners’ historical credit positions and payment history prior to extending credit.

       Concentrations of Credit Risk. Derivative financial instruments that hedge the price of oil and gas are generally executed with major financial or commodities trading institutions which expose the Company to market and credit risks and may, at times, be concentrated with certain counterparties or groups of counterparties. Although notional amounts are used to express the volume of these contracts, the amounts potentially subject to credit risk, in the event of non–performance by the counterparties, are substantially smaller. The credit worthiness of counterparties is subject to continuing review and full performance is anticipated. The Company’s policy is to execute financial derivatives only with major financial institutions.

 
13. Commitments and Contingencies

       The Company rents office space pursuant to operating leases which expire September 30, 2004, July 1, 2005 and January 31, 2009. Office lease expense for the period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $159,000 and $517,000, respectively. The Company also entered into a twelve-month lease for compressor rental effective August 15, 2003. Additionally, the Company has entered into various long-term agreements for telecommunication service.

       Future minimum annual rental payments under these non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

           
2004
  $ 797  
2005
    918  
2006
    924  
2007
    909  
2008
    889  
Thereafter
    74  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 4,511  
     
 

F-27


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
14. Supplementary Oil and Gas Information (unaudited)

       Costs Incurred. Costs incurred in oil and gas property acquisition, exploration and development activities and related depletion per equivalent unit-of-production were as follows:

                   
Period from
January 7, 2002 Year Ended
(inception) through December 31,
December 31, 2002 2003


(in thousands, except
amortization data)
Acquisition costs:
               
 
Unproved properties
  $ 15,178     $ 17,581  
 
Proved properties
    127,528       30,979  
Exploration costs
    5,925       41,846  
Development costs
    5,123       94,637  
     
     
 
Total before asset retirement obligations
  $ 153,754     $ 185,043  
     
     
 
Total including asset retirement obligations
  $ 154,793     $ 187,979  
Amortization per Mcfe of production
    1.37       1.63  

       Supplemental Oil and Gas Reserve Information (unaudited). The reserve information presented below is based on estimates of net proved reserves as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 that were prepared by internal petroleum engineers in accordance with guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and were reviewed by Ryder Scott Company and Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., independent petroleum engineering firms. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of proved reserves and in projecting future rates of production and timing of development expenditures. Oil and gas reserve engineering must be recognized as a subjective process of estimating underground accumulations of oil and natural gas that cannot be measured in an exact way. The accuracy of any reserve estimates is a function of the quality of available data and engineering and geological interpretation and judgment. Results of drilling, testing and production after the date of the estimate may require revisions. Accordingly, reserve estimates are often materially different from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately produced.

       Proved oil and gas reserves are the estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids which geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. Proved developed oil and gas reserves are those proved reserves expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods.

F-28


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       Analysis of Changes in Proved Reserves. The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s estimated net total proved and proved developed oil and gas reserve quantities, excluding reserves for oil and gas properties held for sale:

                   
Oil Gas


(MBbls) (MMcf)
Proved reserves:
               
Inception, January 7, 2002
           
 
Purchases of oil and gas reserves in place
    2,911       100,312  
 
Extension, discoveries and other additions
          7,833  
 
Production
    (27 )     (6,370 )
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
    2,884       101,775  
 
Purchases of oil and gas reserves in place
    918       31,798  
 
Extension, discoveries and other additions
    754       100,024  
 
Revisions of previous estimates
    (342 )     (33,902 )
 
Sales of reserves
          (2,506 )
 
Production
    (328 )     (16,315 )
     
     
 
Balance, December 31, 2003
    3,886       180,874  
     
     
 
Proved developed reserves:
               
 
December 31, 2002
    1,888       78,155  
 
December 31, 2003
    3,166       108,569  

       Standardized Measure. Estimated discounted future net cash flows and changes therein were determined in accordance with SFAS No. 69, Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities. Certain information concerning the assumptions used in computing the valuation of proved reserves and their inherent limitations are discussed below. The Company believes such information is essential for a proper understanding and assessment of the data presented.

       Future cash inflows are computed by applying year-end prices of oil and gas relating to the Company’s proved reserves to the year-end quantities of those reserves. Year-end calculations were made using prices of $29.14 and $32.98 per Bbl for oil and $3.33 and $5.81 per Mcf for gas for 2002 and 2003, respectively. The Company also records an overhead expense of $100 per month per operated well in the calculation of its future cash flows.

       The assumptions used to compute estimated future cash inflows do not necessarily reflect the Company’s expectations of actual revenues or costs, nor their present worth. In addition, variations from the expected production rate also could result directly or indirectly from factors outside of the Company’s control, such as unexpected delays in development, changes in prices or regulatory or environmental policies. The reserve valuation further assumes that all reserves will be disposed of by production. However, if reserves are sold in place, additional economic considerations could also affect the amount of cash eventually realized.

       Future development and production costs are computed by estimating the expenditures to be incurred in developing and producing the proved oil and gas reserves at the end of the year, based on year-end costs and assuming continuation of existing economic conditions.

       Future income tax expenses are computed by applying the appropriate year-end statutory tax rates, with consideration of future tax rates already legislated, to the future pre-tax net cash flows relating to the Company’s proved oil and gas reserves. Permanent differences in oil and gas related tax credits and allowances are recognized.

F-29


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

       A 10% annual discount rate was used to reflect the timing of the future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves.

       The following table presents the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows related to proved oil and gas reserves.

                 
December 31,

2002 2003


(in thousands)
Future cash inflows
  $ 422,935     $ 1,179,562  
Future production costs
    (110,513 )     (281,355 )
Future development costs
    (49,430 )     (112,452 )
Future income taxes
    (38,535 )     (176,850 )
     
     
 
Future net cash flows
  $ 224,457     $ 608,905  
10% annual discount
    (70,909 )     (204,085 )
     
     
 
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows
  $ 153,548     $ 404,820  
     
     
 

       A summary of changes in the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows is as follows:

                 
Period from
January 7, 2002 Year Ended
(inception) through December 31,
December 31, 2002 2003


(in thousands)
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows, beginning of period
  $     $ 153,548  
Sales of oil and gas, net of production costs and taxes
    (11,653 )     (61,017 )
Extensions, discoveries and improved recovery, less related costs
    13,878       268,258  
Quantity revisions
          (116,979 )
Price revisions
          128,745  
Net changes in estimated future development costs
          (1,625 )
Accretion of discount
          17,866  
Purchases of reserves in place
    176,433       50,717  
Sales of reserves
          (3,650 )
Changes in production rates (timing) and other
          59,852  
Net changes in future income taxes
    (25,110 )     (90,895 )
     
     
 
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows, end of period
  $ 153,548     $ 404,820  
     
     
 
 
15. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

       The following is a summary of the unaudited financial data for each quarter presented. The net income (loss) per share for each of the quarters for the period from January 7, 2002 (inception)

F-30


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

through December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003 have been restated, see note 17.

                                   
Period from
January 7, 2002
(inception) through
March 31, 2002 Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter




(in thousands, except per share data)
For the period from January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002:
                               
 
Total revenues
  $     $ 5,557     $ 3,684     $ 6,840  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (734 )     (2,060 )     (2,317 )     (896 )
 
Net income (loss)
    (527 )     (1,260 )     (1,483 )     (546 )
 
Net income (loss) per share as previously reported
    (0.29 )     (0.60 )     (0.59 )     (0.20 )
 
Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common shareholders as restated, see note 17
    (0.32 )     (1.27 )     (1.16 )     (0.77 )
                                   
First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter




(in thousands, except per share data)
Year ended December 31, 2003:
                               
 
Total revenues
  $ 12,945     $ 16,378     $ 18,789     $ 27,324  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (330 )     (175 )     (45 )     (261 )
 
Net income (loss)
    (200 )     (106 )     (27 )     (158 )
 
Net income (loss) per share as previously reported
    (0.05 )     (0.03 )     (0.01 )     (0.04 )
 
Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common shareholders as restated, see note 17
    (0.72 )     (0.82 )     (0.82 )     (0.91 )
 
16. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

       In April 2004, subscriptions to purchase 145,918 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for $5.00 per share were received from certain of our employees. In May 2004, we issued 2,600,000 shares of Series B preferred stock for cash at $5.00 per share for a total of $13.0 million.

       In April 2004, the Company adopted its 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “2003 Option Plan”) to benefit key employees, directors and non-employees. The 2003 Option Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders. The aggregate number of shares which the Company may issue under the 2003 Option Plan may not exceed 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Options granted under the 2003 Option Plan expire ten years from the date of grant with an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying common shares on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2003 Option Plan vest 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and 25% on each of the next three anniversaries of the date of grant.

       Subsequent to December 31, 2003, the Company entered into two firm transportation agreements. One agreement provides guaranteed capacity for 8,500 MMBtu per day at a monthly charge of $45,000 for the period from March 1, 2004 through February 28, 2005. The other agreement provides guaranteed capacity of 9,000 MMBtu per day for the first 12 years and 5,000 MMBtu per day for the last year. The annual commitment for 9,000 MMBtu per day is $1,117,000, which is expected to begin on January 1, 2005.

       In August 2004, we entered into an agreement to purchase developed and undeveloped oil and gas properties in western Colorado. These properties consist of approximately 17,000 net leasehold acres and include approximately 80 producing wells. We expect to complete this acquisition in September 2004 subject to satisfying various closing conditions.

F-31


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
17. Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements

       Subsequent to the issuance of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003, certain adjustments were made for earnings per share. The Company determined that loss per common share had been computed without giving effect to cumulative dividends on preferred stock of $4.4 million in 2002 and $12.7 million in 2003. As a result, the loss per common share as reflected in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the period January 7, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003, respectively, have been restated from the amounts previously reported. A summary of the significant effects of the restatement is as follows:

                                 
For the Period
January 7, 2002 (inception) For the Year Ended
through December 31, 2002 December 31, 2003


(as previously (as restated) (as previously (as restated)
reported) reported)
Loss from continuing operations per common share
  $ (1.58 )   $ (3.40 )   $ (0.12 )   $ (3.29 )
Discontinued operations per common share
    0.01       0.01              
     
     
     
     
 
Net loss per common share
  $ (1.57 )   $ (3.39 )   $ (0.12 )   $ (3.29 )
     
     
     
     
 

       The Company’s interim financial statements for the three month periods ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 have been restated giving effect to cumulative dividends on preferred stock of $1.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively. A summary of the effects of the restatement is as follows (unaudited):

                 
Three Month
Period Ended

June 30, June 30,
2002 2003


Net income (loss) per share previously reported
  $ (0.60)     $ (0.03)  
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders as restated
    (1.27)       (0.82)  

F-32


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Bill Barrett Corporation:

       We have audited the accompanying statements of revenues and direct operating expenses of the properties (the “Wind River Acquisition Properties”) acquired by Bill Barrett Corporation (the “Company”) from Williams Production RMT Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2001 and for the period from January 1, 2002 through March 28, 2002. These statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements based on our audits.

       We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

       The accompanying statements were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission as described in Note 2 to the statements and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the Company’s interests in the properties described above.

       In our opinion, the statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the revenues and direct operating expenses, described in Note 2, of the Wind River Acquisition Properties for the year ended December 31, 2001 and for the period from January 1, 2002 through March 28, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Deloitte & Touche LLP

Denver, Colorado

April 16, 2004 (June 30, 2004 as to Note 1)

F-33


Table of Contents

WIND RIVER ACQUISITION PROPERTIES

STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND DIRECT OPERATING EXPENSES

                     
Period from
January 1,
2002
Year Ended through
December 31, March 28,
2001 2002


(in thousands)
Revenues — Oil and gas production
  $ 55,380     $ 4,605  
     
     
 
Direct Operating Expenses:
               
 
Lease operating expense
    2,672       551  
 
Production and ad valorem taxes
    6,875       644  
 
Gathering, transportation and marketing
    33       7  
     
     
 
   
Total direct operating expenses
  $ 9,580     $ 1,202  
     
     
 
Revenues in excess of direct operating expenses
  $ 45,800     $ 3,403  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to the Statements of Revenues and Direct Operating Expenses.

F-34


Table of Contents

WIND RIVER ACQUISITION PROPERTIES

NOTES TO THE STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND

DIRECT OPERATING EXPENSES

1.     Operations, Organization and Basis of Presentation

       The accompanying statements represent the interest in the revenues and direct operating expenses of the oil and natural gas producing properties acquired by Bill Barrett Corporation (the “Company”) from Williams Production RMT Corporation on March 28, 2002 effective March 1, 2002 for $74 million. The properties are referred to herein as the “Wind River Acquisition Properties”.

       Oil and gas production revenues and direct operating expenses relate to the Company’s net revenue interest and net working interest, respectively, in the properties. With respect to the gas sales, the sales method is used for recording revenues. Under this approach, each party recognizes revenue based on sales actually made regardless of its proportionate share of the related production. The revenue from oil and gas production has been based on historical product prices at the point of sale using the revenue and working interests purchased by the Company. The effect on revenues of production imbalances is not material.

       Direct operating expenses include payroll, leases and well repairs, production taxes, maintenance, utilities and other direct operating expenses. Selected cash flow information presented below includes the operation changes to accounts receivable, accounts payable and production taxes, and the investing additions to oil and gas properties:

                     
Period from
January 1,
2002
Year Ended through
December 31, March 28,
2001 2002


(in thousands)
Operating Activities:
               
 
Revenues in excess of direct operating expenses
  $ 45,800     $ 3,403  
 
Change in current assets and liabilities:
               
   
Accounts receivable
    5,955       538  
   
Accounts payable
    (35 )     (88 )
   
Production taxes payable
    (1,469 )     388  
Investing Activities:
               
 
Additions to oil and gas properties
  $ (7,925 )   $ (718 )

      During the periods presented, the Acquisition Properties were not accounted for as a separate entity. Certain costs such as depreciation, depletion and amortization, accretion of asset retirement obligations, general and administrative expenses, interest expense and corporate taxes were not allocated to the Wind River Acquisition Properties.

       Use of Estimates. The process of preparing financial statements in conformity with generally accepted principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions regarding certain types of revenues and expenses. Such estimates primarily relate to unsettled transactions and events as of the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, upon settlement, actual results may differ from estimated amounts.

 
2. Omitted Financial Information

       Historical financial statements reflecting financial position, results of operations and cash flows required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America are not

F-35


Table of Contents

WIND RIVER ACQUISITION PROPERTIES

NOTES TO THE STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND

DIRECT OPERATING EXPENSES — (Continued)

presented as such information is not available on an individual property basis and not meaningful to the Wind River Acquisition Properties. Historically, no allocation of general and administrative, interest, corporate taxes accretion of asset retirement obligations, depreciation, depletion and amortization was made to the Wind River Acquisition Properties. Accordingly, the statements are presented in lieu of the financial statements required under Rule 3-01 of the Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X.

 
3. Supplemental Disclosures on Oil and Gas Exploration, Development and Production Activities (Unaudited)

       Reserves. The following table summarizes the net ownership interests in estimated quantities of the proved oil and gas reserves of the Wind River Acquisition Properties at March 28, 2002 (the closing date), estimated by the Company’s petroleum engineers.

                   
Natural Gas Oil
MMcf Bbls


Proved developed reserves
    48,714       164  
Proved undeveloped reserves
    8,478       18  
     
     
 
 
Total proved reserves
    57,192       182  
     
     
 

       Production volumes for prior periods were added back to the above referenced reserve amounts to arrive at reserve totals at January 1, 2001, December 31, 2001 and March 28, 2002.

                   
Natural Gas Oil
MMcf Bbls


Proved reserves as of January 1, 2001
    71,946       227  
 
Production in 2001
    (12,588 )     (40 )
     
     
 
Proved reserves as of December 31, 2001
    59,358       187  
 
Production from January 1, 2002 through March 28, 2002
    (2,166 )     (5 )
     
     
 
Proved reserves as of March 28, 2002
    57,192       182  
     
     
 

       Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Oil and Gas Reserves. The following table presents the Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows before future income taxes from proved oil and gas reserves of the Acquisition Properties. As prescribed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the amounts shown are based on prices and costs at January 1, 2001, December 31, 2001 and March 28, 2002 and assume continuation of existing economic conditions. A discount factor of 10% was used to reflect the timing of future net cash flow. Extensive judgments are involved in estimating the timing of production and the costs that will be incurred throughout the remaining lives of the fields. Accordingly, the estimates of future net cash flows from proved reserves and the present value thereof may not be materially correct when judged against actual subsequent results. Further, since prices and costs do not remain static, and no price or cost changes have been considered, and future production and development costs are estimates to be incurred in developing and producing the estimated proved oil and gas reserves, the results are not necessarily indicative of the fair

F-36


Table of Contents

WIND RIVER ACQUISITION PROPERTIES

NOTES TO THE STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND

DIRECT OPERATING EXPENSES — (Continued)

market value of estimated proved reserves, and the results may not be comparable to estimates disclosed by other oil and gas producers.

                           
As of As of As of
January 1, December 31, March 28,
2001 2001 2002



(in thousands)
Future cash inflows
  $ 271,837     $ 216,477     $ 211,872  
Future productions costs
    (57,890 )     (48,310 )     (47,108 )
Future development costs
    (27,279 )     (27,279 )     (27,279 )
     
     
     
 
Future net cash flows
  $ 186,668     $ 140,888     $ 137,485  
 
10% annual discount for estimating timing of cash flows
    (49,102 )     (37,003 )     (36,110 )
     
     
     
 
Standardized Measure (before income taxes) of discontinued future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves
  $ 137,566     $ 103,885     $ 101,375  
     
     
     
 

F-37


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

Bill Barrett Corporation:

       We have audited the accompanying statement of revenues and direct operating expenses (the Statement) of the oil and natural gas properties and gathering assets (the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties) acquired from Intoil, Inc. by Bill Barrett Corporation (Barrett), for the period from January 1, 2002 through December 15, 2002. The Statement is the responsibility of Barrett’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Statement based on our audit.

       We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

       The accompanying Statement was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission as described in Note 1. The presentation is not intended to be a complete presentation of revenues and expenses of the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties.

       In our opinion, the Statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenues and direct operating expenses of the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties for the period from January 1, 2002 through December 15, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado

March 14, 2003

F-38


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

STATEMENT OF REVENUES AND DIRECT OPERATING EXPENSES

OF THE WIND RIVER, POWDER RIVER AND WILLISTON BASIN ACQUISITION PROPERTIES
             
For the
Period from
January 1,
2002 through
December 15,
2002

(in thousands)
Revenues:
       
 
Oil and gas sales
  $ 16,411  
 
Gathering
    456  
     
 
   
Total revenues
    16,867  
     
 
Direct operating expenses:
       
 
Lease operating expense
    4,975  
 
Gathering expense
    417  
     
 
   
Total direct operating expenses
    5,392  
     
 
   
Revenues in excess of direct operating expenses
  $ 11,475  
     
 

See accompanying notes to statement of revenues and direct operating expenses of the

Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties.

F-39


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF REVENUES AND DIRECT OPERATING EXPENSES OF THE WIND RIVER, POWDER RIVER AND WILLISTON BASIN ACQUISITION PROPERTIES

For the Period from January 1, 2002 through December 15, 2002
 
(1) Basis of Presentation

       On December 16, 2002, Bill Barrett Corporation (Barrett) completed its acquisition of certain oil and natural gas properties and gathering assets located in Wyoming, Montana, North Dakota, Nebraska, Texas, Oklahoma, Utah, New Mexico, and Ohio, (the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties) from Intoil, Inc. (Intoil).

       The accompanying statement of revenues and direct operating expenses was derived from the historical accounting records of Intoil and reflect the revenues and direct operating expenses of the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties. Such amounts may not be representative of future operations. The statement does not include depreciation, depletion and amortization, general and administrative expenses, income taxes or interest expense as these costs may not be comparable to the expenses expected to be incurred by Barrett on a prospective basis.

 
(2) Supplemental Oil and Gas Reserve Information (Unaudited)

       Supplemental oil and natural gas reserve information related to the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties is reported in compliance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 69, Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities (FAS 69). Net proved oil and natural gas reserves of the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties and the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows related to those reserves were prepared by Barrett as of and for the period ended December 15, 2002.

 
(a)  Estimated Net Quantities of Oil and Gas Reserves Attributed to the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties

       Proved reserves are estimated quantities of crude oil and natural gas that geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. Proved developed reserves are reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods.

       The following table presents the estimated remaining net proved and proved developed oil and gas reserves attributable to the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties at January 1, 2002 and December 15, 2002, along with a summary of changes in the quantities of net remaining proved reserves during the period ended December 15, 2002.

                   
Crude Oil Natural Gas


(MBbl) (MMcf)
Estimated total proved reserves:
               
 
January 1, 2002
    3,796       44,769  
 
Net change in estimated reserve quantities
    89       (3,077 )
 
Production
    (340 )     (3,919 )
     
     
 
 
December 15, 2002
    3,545       37,773  
     
     
 
Estimated proved developed reserves:
               
 
January 1, 2002
    2,693       26,587  
 
December 15, 2002
    2,614       32,347  

F-40


Table of Contents

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF REVENUES AND DIRECT OPERATING EXPENSES OF THE WIND RIVER, POWDER RIVER AND WILLISTON BASIN ACQUISITION PROPERTIES — (Continued)

 
(b)  Standardized Measures of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Oil and Gas Reserves

       In computing the Standardized Measure, future cash inflows were estimated by applying period-end oil and natural gas prices to the estimated future production of period-end proved reserves. The prices used for the December 15, 2002 calculation were $29.14 per barrel of oil and $3.28 per Mcf of gas. Future cash inflows were reduced by estimated future development, abandonment and production costs based on period-end costs in order to arrive at net cash flow before tax. Future income tax expense has not been considered as the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties are not a tax paying entity. FAS 69 requires the use of a 10% discount rate.

       Information with respect to the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows for the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties at January 1, 2002 and December 15, 2002 is as follows:

                 
As of As of
January 1, December 15,
2002 2002


(in thousands)
Future oil and gas sales
  $ 172,898     $ 227,316  
Future production costs
    (60,227 )     (69,795 )
Future development costs
    (31,792 )     (21,301 )
     
     
 
Future net cash flows
  $ 80,879     $ 136,220  
10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows
    (25,154 )     (46,537 )
     
     
 
Standardized measure (before income taxes) of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves
  $ 55,725     $ 89,683  
     
     
 

F-41


Table of Contents

Appendix A

GLOSSARY OF OIL AND NATURAL GAS TERMS

       The following is a description of the meanings of some of the oil and natural gas industry terms used in this prospectus.

       3-D seismic. Geophysical data that depict the subsurface strata in three dimensions. 3-D seismic typically provides a more detailed and accurate interpretation of the subsurface strata than 2-D, or two-dimensional, seismic.

       AMI. Area of mutual interest.

       Basin-centered gas. A regional abnormally-pressured, gas-saturated accumulation in low-permeability reservoirs lacking a down-dip water contact.

       Bbl. One stock tank barrel, or 42 U.S. gallons liquid volume, used in this prospectus in reference to crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.

       Bbl/d. One Bbl per day.

       Bcf. Billion cubic feet of natural gas.

       Bcfe. Billion cubic feet equivalent, determined using the ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.

       Biogenic gas. Bacteria-generated natural gas usually found at depths of a few hundred to a few thousand feet because it is formed at the low temperatures that accompany the shallow burial and rarely is generated at depths greater that 3,000 feet.

       Boe. Barrels of oil equivalent, with six thousand cubic feet of natural gas being equivalent to one barrel of oil.

       Btu or British thermal unit. The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit.

       Coalbed methane (CBM). Natural gas formed as a byproduct of the coal formation process, which is trapped in coal seams and produced by non-traditional means.

       Completion. The process of treating a drilled well followed by the installation of permanent equipment for the production of natural gas or oil, or in the case of a dry hole, the reporting of abandonment to the appropriate agency.

       Condensate. Liquid hydrocarbons associated with the production of a primarily natural gas reserve.

       Developed acreage. The number of acres that are allocated or assignable to productive wells or wells capable of production.

       Development well. A well drilled into a proved natural gas or oil reservoir to the depth of a stratigraphic horizon known to be productive.

       Discontinuous lenticular sands. Sandstone reservoirs that have a limited aerial extent. In general these types of sandstones will be encountered by separate wellbores infrequently in a given area depending on well density. By comparison, a continuous or blanket sandstone may be encountered repeatedly by multiple wellbores in a given area.

       Down-dip. The occurrence of a formation at a lower elevation than a nearby area.

       Dry hole. A well found to be incapable of producing hydrocarbons in sufficient quantities such that proceeds from the sale of such production exceed production expenses and taxes.

A-1


Table of Contents

       Environmental Assessment (EA). An environmental assessment, a study that can be required pursuant to federal law prior to drilling a well.

       Exploratory well. A well drilled to find and produce natural gas or oil reserves not classified as proved, to find a new reservoir in a field previously found to be productive of natural gas or oil in another reservoir or to extend a known reservoir.

       Farm-in or farm-out. An agreement under which the owner of a working interest in a natural gas and oil lease assigns the working interest or a portion of the working interest to another party who desires to drill on the leased acreage. Generally, the assignee is required to drill one or more wells in order to earn its interest in the acreage. The assignor usually retains a royalty or reversionary interest in the lease. The interest received by an assignee is a “farm-in” while the interest transferred by the assignor is a “farm-out”.

       Field. An area consisting of either a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs, all grouped on or related to the same individual geological structural feature and/or stratigraphic condition.

       Finding and Development Costs. Capital costs incurred in the acquisition, exploitation and exploration of proved oil and natural gas reserves divided by proved reserve additions and revisions to proved reserves.

       Fractured shale gas. Gas that is present in fractures in a formation consisting mostly of shale.

       Gross acres or gross wells. The total acres or wells, as the case may be, in which a working interest is owned.

       Horizontal re-entry well. A new well in which a pre-existing wellbore is used as the starting point of a new horizontal borehole. Drilling a horizontal re-entry well typically involves milling a hole in the casing of the pre-existing wellbore and drilling hundreds or thousands of feet from the pre-existing wellbore.

       Identified drilling locations. Total gross locations specifically identified and scheduled by management as an estimation of the Company’s multi-year drilling activities on existing acreage. The Company’s actual drilling activities may change depending on the availability of capital, regulatory approvals, seasonal restrictions, natural gas and oil prices, costs, drilling results and other factors.

       Infill drilling. The drilling of wells between established producing wells on a lease to increase reserves or productive capacity from the reservoir.

       MBbls. Thousand barrels of crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.

       Mcf. Thousand cubic feet of natural gas.

       Mcf/d. One Mcf per day.

       Mcfe. Thousand cubic feet equivalent, determined using the ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.

       MMBbls. Million barrels of crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.

       MMboe. One million barrels of oil equivalent.

       MMBtu. Million British Thermal Units.

       MMcf. Million cubic feet of natural gas.

       MMcf/d. One MMcf per day.

       MMcfe. Million cubic feet equivalent, determined using the ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.

       MMcfe/d. One MMcfe per day.

A-2


Table of Contents

       Net acres or net wells. The sum of the fractional working interest owned in gross acres or gross wells, as the case may be.

       Overpressured. A subsurface formation that exerts an abnormally high formation pressure on a wellbore drilled into it.

       PDNP. Proved developed nonproducing.

       PDP. Proved developed producing.

       Plugging and abandonment. Refers to the sealing off of fluids in the strata penetrated by a well so that the fluids from one stratum will not escape into another or to the surface. Regulations of all states require plugging of abandoned wells.

       PUD. Proved undeveloped.

       Present value of future net revenues (PV-10). The present value of estimated future revenues to be generated from the production of proved reserves, before income taxes, of proved reserves calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board guidelines, net of estimated production and future development costs, using prices and costs as of the date of estimation without future escalation, without giving effect to hedging activities, non-property related expenses such as general and administrative expenses, debt service and depreciation, depletion and amortization, and discounted using an annual discount rate of 10%.

       Productive well. A well that is found to be capable of producing hydrocarbons in sufficient quantities such that proceeds from the sale of the production exceed production expenses and taxes.

       Prospect. A specific geographic area which, based on supporting geological, geophysical or other data and also preliminary economic analysis using reasonably anticipated prices and costs, is deemed to have potential for the discovery of commercial hydrocarbons.

       Proved developed reserves (PDP). Reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods.

       Proved reserves. The estimated quantities of oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids which geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions.

       Proved undeveloped reserves (PUD). Proved reserves that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion.

       PV-10. Present value of future net revenues.

       Recompletion. The process of re-entering an existing wellbore that is either producing or not producing and completing new reservoirs in an attempt to establish or increase existing production.

       Reservoir. A porous and permeable underground formation containing a natural accumulation of producible natural gas and/or oil that is confined by impermeable rock or water barriers and is separate from other reservoirs.

       Standardized Measure. The present value of estimated future cash inflows from proved natural gas and oil reserves, less future development and production costs and future income tax expenses, discounted at 10% per annum to reflect timing of future cash flows and using the same pricing assumptions as were used to calculate PV-10. Standardized Measure differs from PV-10 because Standardized Measure includes the effect of future income taxes.

       Stratigraphic play. An oil or natural gas formation contained within an area created by permeability and porosity changes characteristic of the alternating rock layer that result from the sedimentation process.

A-3


Table of Contents

       Structural play. An oil or natural gas formation contained within an area created by earth movements that deform or rupture (such as folding or faulting) rock strata.

       Tight gas sands. A formation with low permeability that produces natural gas with very low flow rates for long periods of time.

       Undeveloped acreage. Lease acreage on which wells have not been drilled or completed to a point that would permit the production of commercial quantities of natural gas and oil regardless of whether such acreage contains proved reserves.

       Working interest. The operating interest that gives the owner the right to drill, produce and conduct operating activities on the property and receive a share of production and requires the owner to pay a share of the costs of drilling and production operations.

A-4


Table of Contents

Appendix B

REPORT OF RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P.,

INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS

February 2, 2004

Bill Barrett Corporation

1099 18th Street, Suite 2300
Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Ms. Lynn Boone Henry

       Pursuant to your request, we have reviewed your estimates of the net proved reserves attributable to certain interests of the Bill Barrett Corporation (referred to herein as the “Company”) as of December 31, 2003. This review consisted of approximately 227 producing and non-producing wells, and includes reserves attributable to certain behind pipe zones and undeveloped locations, which were evaluated by the reservoir engineering staff of the Bill Barrett Corporation. The subject properties are located in the States of Montana, North Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming. Based on your reserve estimates, the proved net reserves reviewed by Ryder Scott Company, L.P. as of December 31, 2003 is presented below.

                 
Reviewed Proved Net
Reserves Prepared by the
Bill Barrett Corporation
As of December 31, 2003

Liquid, MBBLS Gas, MMCF


Developed
    2,863       93,551  
Undeveloped
    720       50,970  
     
     
 
Total Proved
    3,583       144,521  

       In general, it is our opinion that the methods and techniques used in preparing your report are in accordance with generally accepted procedures for the determination of reserves. Further, in our judgment, there was no evidence of bias in the application of the methods and techniques for estimating proved reserves, and that the total proved net reserves estimated would be within 10 percent of those estimated by Ryder Scott Company, L.P. However, on a well by well comparison, differences of greater than 10 percent may exist.

       Because of the direct relationship between quantities of proved undeveloped reserves and development plans, we have included in the proved undeveloped category only reserves assigned to undeveloped locations that we have been assured will definitely be drilled. Ryder Scott Company has been assured by the management of Bill Barrett Corporation that all the proved undeveloped locations reviewed by Ryder Scott Company meet the state regulatory spacing requirements, and that these locations have been included in their future drilling budget. As with all reserves estimates, future development and performance data, as well as changes in the market prices of oil, condensate and gas may necessitate significant revisions in the estimates of reserves prepared at a future date for these wells and undeveloped locations.

Proved Reserves (SEC Definitions)

       Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4-10 paragraph (a) defines proved reserves as follows:

         Proved oil and gas reserves. Proved oil and gas reserves are the estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids which geological and engineering data

B-1


Table of Contents

Bill Barrett Corporation
February 2, 2004
Page 2

  demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions, i.e., prices and costs as of the date the estimate is made. Prices include consideration of changes in existing prices provided only by contractual arrangements, but not on escalations based upon future conditions.

         (i) Reservoirs are considered proved if economic producibility is supported by either actual production or conclusive formation test. The area of a reservoir considered proved includes:

         (A) that portion delineated by drilling and defined by gas-oil and/or oil-water contacts, if any; and
 
         (B) the immediately adjoining portions not yet drilled, but which can be reasonably judged as economically productive on the basis of available geological and engineering data. In the absence of information on fluid contacts, the lowest known structural occurrence of hydrocarbons controls the lower proved limit of the reservoir.

         (ii) Reserves which can be produced economically through application of improved recovery techniques (such as fluid injection) are included in the “proved” classification when successful testing by a pilot project, or the operation of an installed program in the reservoir, provides support for the engineering analysis on which the project or program was based.
 
         (iii) Estimates of proved reserves do not include the following:

         (A) oil that may become available from known reservoirs but is classified separately as “indicated additional reserves”;
 
         (B) crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids, the recovery of which is subject to reasonable doubt because of uncertainty as to geology, reservoir characteristics, or economic factors;
 
         (C) crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids, that may occur in undrilled prospects; and
 
         (D) crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids, that may be recovered from oil sales, coal, gilsonite and other such sources.

         Proved developed oil and gas reserves. Proved developed oil and gas reserves are reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Additional oil and gas expected to be obtained through the application of fluid injection or other improved recovery techniques for supplementing the natural forces and mechanisms of primary recovery should be included as “proved developed reserves” only after testing by a pilot project or after the operation of an installed program has confirmed through production response that increased recovery will be achieved.
 
         Proved undeveloped reserves. Proved undeveloped oil and gas reserves are reserves that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion. Reserves on undrilled acreage shall be limited to those drilling units offsetting productive units that are reasonably certain of production when drilled. Proved reserves for other undrilled units can be claimed only where it can be demonstrated with certainty that there is continuity of production from the existing productive formation. Under no circumstances should estimates for proved undeveloped

B-2


Table of Contents

Bill Barrett Corporation
February 2, 2004
Page 3

  reserves be attributable to any acreage for which an application of fluid injection or other improved recovery technique is contemplated, unless such techniques have been proved effective by actual tests in the area and in the same reservoir.

       The Company has interests in certain tracts which have substantial additional hydrocarbon quantities that cannot be classified as proved and consequently are not included herein. The Company has active exploratory and development drilling programs, which in all likelihood will result in the reclassification of significant additional quantities to the proved category.

       Our reserve estimates are based upon a detailed study of the properties in which the Company has interests; however, we have not made any field examination of the properties. The Company informed us that it has furnished us all of the accounts, records, production data, geological and engineering data and reports, and other data as were required for our investigation. The ownership interests, prices, lease operating and development costs, and other factual data furnished to us in connection with our investigation were accepted as represented.

       Ryder Scott Company, L.P. performed the reserve analyses and generated the projection of future production for the interests evaluated. However, at the request of Bill Barrett Corporation, the economic analyses were performed on Landmark Graphics Corporation’s economic program “Advanced Reserves and Information Evaluation System (“ARIES-WINDOWS”). Ryder Scott has confirmed that the input data used for scheduling the production were correct. However, the internal calculations of this program were accepted without verification. We performed such tests and procedures, as we considered necessary under the circumstances to render the conclusions set forth herein.

       Neither Ryder Scott Company, L.P. nor any of its employees has any interest in the subject properties and neither the employment to make this study nor the compensation is contingent on our estimates of reserves and future cash inflows for the subject properties.

  Very truly yours,
 
  RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L. P.
 
  /s/ GARY KRIEGER, P.E.
 
  Gary Krieger, P. E.
  Senior Vice President

B-3


Table of Contents

Appendix C

REPORT OF NETHERLAND, SEWELL & ASSOCIATES, INC.

INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS

February 2, 2004

Ms. Lynn Boone Henry

Bill Barrett Corporation
Suite 2300
1099 Eighteenth Street
Denver, Colorado 80202

Dear Ms. Henry:

       In accordance with your request, we have audited the estimates prepared by Bill Barrett Corporation (Bill Barrett), as of December 31, 2003, of the proved reserves and future revenue to the Bill Barrett interest in certain oil and gas properties located in Oklahoma and Wyoming. These estimates are based on constant prices and costs as discussed in subsequent paragraphs of this letter. The following table sets forth Bill Barrett’s estimates of the proved reserves and future net revenue, as of December 31, 2003, for the audited properties.

                                   
Net Reserves Future Net Revenue ($)


Oil Gas Present Worth
Category (Barrels) (MCF) Total at 10%





Proved Developed
                               
 
Producing
    303,117       10,023,868       36,475,723       29,192,395  
 
Non-Producing
    0       4,993,818       16,641,510       12,819,640  
Proved Undeveloped
    0       21,335,350       61,958,039       44,030,949  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total Proved (1)
    303,117       36,353,039       115,075,250       86,042,984  


(1)  Totals may not add due to rounding.

       The oil reserves shown include crude oil and condensate. Oil volumes are expressed in barrels that are equivalent to 42 United States gallons. Gas volumes are expressed in thousands of standard cubic feet (MCF) at the contract temperature and pressure bases.

       When compared on a lease-by-lease basis, some of the estimates of Bill Barrett are greater and some are lesser than the estimates of Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. However, in our opinion, Bill Barrett’s estimates of proved oil and gas reserves and future revenue as shown herein and in certain computer printouts in our office are, in the aggregate, reasonable and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted petroleum engineering and evaluation principles. These principles are set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers. We are satisfied with the methods and procedures utilized by Bill Barrett in preparing the December 31, 2003 reserve and future revenue estimates, and we saw nothing of an unusual nature that would cause us to take exception with the estimates, in the aggregate, as prepared by Bill Barrett.

       The estimated reserves and future revenue shown herein are for proved developed producing, proved developed non-producing, and proved undeveloped reserves. Bill Barrett’s estimates do not include probable or possible reserves which may exist for these properties, nor do they include any consideration of undeveloped acreage beyond those tracts for which undeveloped reserves have been estimated.

C-1


Table of Contents

Bill Barrett Corporation
February 2, 2004
Page 2

       Oil prices used by Bill Barrett are based on a December 31, 2003 NYMEX West Texas Intermediate price of $32.55 per barrel, adjusted by lease for quality, transportation fees, and regional price differentials. Gas prices used by Bill Barrett are based on a December 31, 2003 Colorado Interstate Gas spot market price of $5.58 per MMBTU, adjusted by lease for energy content, transportation fees, and regional price differentials. Oil and gas prices are held constant throughout the lives of the properties.

       Lease and well operating costs used by Bill Barrett are based on historical operating expense records. For nonoperated properties, these costs include the per-well overhead expenses allowed under joint operating agreements along with costs estimated to be incurred at and below the district and field levels. Lease and well operating costs for the operated properties include direct lease and field level costs and Bill Barrett’s estimate of the portion of its headquarters general and administrative overhead expenses necessary to operate the properties. Lease and well operating costs are held constant throughout the lives of the properties. Bill Barrett’s estimates of capital costs are included as required for workovers, new development wells, and production equipment.

       It should be understood that our audit does not constitute a complete reserve study of Bill Barrett’s oil and gas properties. In our audit, we accepted without independent verification the accuracy and completeness of the historical information and data furnished by Bill Barrett with respect to ownership interest, oil and gas production, well test data, oil and gas prices, operating and development costs, and any agreements relating to current and future operations of the properties and sales of production. However, if in the course of our evaluation something came to our attention which brought into question the validity or sufficiency of any such information or data, we did not rely on such information or data until we had satisfactorily resolved our questions relating thereto or had independently verified such information or data.

       We are independent petroleum engineers, geologists, geophysicists, and petrophysicists with respect to Bill Barrett Corporation as provided in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers. We do not own an interest in these properties and are not employed on a contingent basis.

  Very truly yours,
 
  /s/ FREDERIC D. SEWELL

C-2


Table of Contents



      No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

Prospectus Summary
    1  
Risk Factors
    13  
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    24  
Use of Proceeds
    25  
Dividend Policy
    25  
Conversion of Preferred Stock
    26  
Capitalization
    27  
Dilution
    28  
Selected Financial Data
    29  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    32  
Business
    53  
Management
    82  
Related Party Transactions
    95  
Principal Stockholders
    99  
Description of Capital Stock
    102  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
    107  
Certain U.S. Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
    109  
Underwriting
    112  
Legal Matters
    116  
Experts
    116  
Where You Can Find More Information
    116  
Financial Statements
    F-1  
Glossary of Oil and Natural Gas Terms
    A-1  
Report of Ryder Scott Company, L.P., Independent Petroleum Engineers
    B-1  
Report of Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., Independent Petroleum Engineers
    C-1  


      Through and including                     , 2004 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.





                            Shares

Bill Barrett Corporation

Common Stock


(BILL BARRET CORP. LOGO)


Goldman, Sachs & Co.

JPMorgan
Lehman Brothers
Credit Suisse First Boston
Morgan Stanley
Petrie Parkman & Co.
First Albany Capital
Howard Weil Incorporated




Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

       The following table sets forth the fees and expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereunder. Except for the SEC registration fee and NASD filing fee, all amounts are estimates.

           
SEC registration fee
  $ 21,856  
NASD filing fee
    17,750  
New York Stock Exchange listing fee
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including counsel fees)
    *  
Printing and Engraving expenses
    *  
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous expenses
    *  
     
 
 
Total
  $ *  
     
 


To be furnished by amendment

 
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

       Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) permits a corporation, in its certificate of incorporation, to limit or eliminate, subject to certain statutory limitations, the liability of directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty, except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Article Eleventh of our Certificate of Incorporation provides that the personal liability of directors of the registrant is limited to the fullest extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.

       Under Section 145 of the DGCL, a corporation has the power to indemnify directors and officers under certain prescribed circumstances and subject to certain limitations against certain costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, to which any of them is a party by reason of being a director or officer of the corporation if it is determined that the director or offer acted in accordance with the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such statutory provision. Article VI of our bylaws provides that the registrant will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the registrant, or is or was serving at the request of the registrant as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity, against certain liabilities, costs and expenses. Article VI further permits the registrant to maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the registrant, or is or was serving at the request of the registrant as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL. The registrant expects to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

       Under the underwriting agreement, the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify directors and officers of the registrant against certain liabilities, including liabilities under

II-1


Table of Contents

the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.
 
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

       Since our inception in January 2002, we issued and sold the securities described below to certain individual and institutional investors, including certain of our directors, officers and key employees, in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) and Rules 506 and 701 thereunder. Each purchaser represented that he, she or it was purchasing the shares for investment and each such person had sufficient knowledge and experience to evaluate the merits and risks of such investment. No underwriters were involved in connection with the sales of securities referred to in this Item 15. The references to shares of common stock reflect the 2.266605-for-1 forward stock split of the common stock in March 2002.

       In January 2002, we issued 8,386,648 shares of our common stock to 14 of our officers and other employees for $0.0442 per share or total consideration of $370,000 pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) and/or Rule 701.

       On March 28, 2002, we issued 6,258,994 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock for $4.17 per share to 107 accredited investors and 35 nonaccredited investors pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) and Rule 506 under the Securities Act. Also on March 28, 2002, we issued a mandatorily convertible note in the face amount of $1,900,000 to one accredited investor pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The security is convertible into 455,635 shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

       On March 28, 2002, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) and a Stockholders’ Agreement with 13 accredited investors and no nonaccredited investors pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) and Rule 506 of the Securities Act. Those investors agreed to purchase over a period of time up to 51,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock for $5.00 per share for a total of up to $255,000,000. A portion of the purchase commitments pursuant to the Purchase Agreement subsequently were transferred to other affiliated parties related to the original purchasers. In connection with the sales of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, we paid total commissions of $4.8 million to two broker-dealers. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company sold the following number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the dates indicated:

                   
Number of Number of Shares
Accredited of Series B
Investor Preferred Stock
Date Purchasers Purchased



March 28, 2002
    13       15,999,999  
December 13, 2002
    13       5,100,000  
February 21, 2003
    18       6,700,000  
March 19, 2003
    21       5,000,002  
July 31, 2003
    21       5,599,999  
October 21, 2003
    21       6,000,000  
January 15, 2004
    21       4,000,000  
May 12, 2004
    19       2,600,000  
 
Total shares of Series B preferred stock purchased under Purchase Agreement
            51,000,000  
             
 

       In July and August 2002, we issued a total of 119,904 shares of Series A preferred stock at the rate of $4.17 per share as a portion of the consideration for the Company’s obligations pursuant to an exploration agreement. These shares were issued to one accredited investor pursuant to an exemption pursuant to Section 4(2). These shares were returned to the Company in March 2004 as

II-2


Table of Contents

part of a settlement agreement entered into in connection with the termination of the exploration agreement.

       In July 2003, we sold 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to one of our executive officers, who is an accredited investor, for $5.00 per share for a total of $1,000,000 pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2). Also in July 2003, we sold 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to certain of our employees for $5.00 per share for a total of $1,000,000 pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) and/or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

       In October 2003, we sold 85,100 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to 10 of our employees who are accredited investors for $5.00 per share for a total of $425,500 pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2).

       In November and December 2003, we issued 250,600 shares of Series B preferred at the rate of $5.00 per share as payment of $1,253,000 of the purchase price for oil and gas properties. These shares were issued to 12 accredited investors pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

       In December 2003, we sold 10,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to one of our employees, who is an accredited investor, for $5.00 per share for a total of $50,000 pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2).

       In February 2004, we issued 59,800 shares of Series B preferred stock at the rate of $5.00 per share as payment of $299,000 of the purchase price for oil and gas properties. These shares were issued to one accredited investor pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

       In August 2003, one of our former employees purchased a total of 19,167 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options for $0.08824 per share for a total of $1,691.30. In December 2003 and March 2004, 13 of our employees and one former employee purchased a total of 537,333 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options for $0.08824 per share for a total of $47,414.26. These share were issued pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

       In March 2004, one employee who is an accredited investor purchased 50,000 shares of Series B preferred stock for $5.00 per share pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

       In April 2004, we sold 95,918 shares of Series B preferred stock to certain of our employees for $5.00 per share for a total of $479,590 pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) and/or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

       All shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. See “Conversion of Preferred Stock” in the Prospectus. This conversion will be exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

II-3


Table of Contents

 
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

       (A) Exhibits:

         
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  1 .1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement among Bill Barrett Corporation and the underwriters named therein.
  3 .1***   Certificate of Incorporation of Bill Barrett Corporation, as amended to date.
  3 .2**   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Bill Barrett Corporation effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering made pursuant to this registration statement.
  3 .3***   Bylaws of Bill Barrett Corporation.
  3 .4**   Form of proposed Bylaws of Bill Barrett Corporation to be effective upon the closing of the offering made pursuant to this registration statement.
  3 .5*   Certificate of Designations of Series A Preferred Stock.
  3 .6*   Corrected Amended and Restated Certificate of Designations of Series B Preferred Stock.
  4 .1*   Specimen Certificate of Common Stock.
  4 .2*   Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 28, 2002, among Bill Barrett Corporation and the investors named therein.
  4 .3*   Stockholders’ Agreement, dated March 28, 2002 and as amended to date, among Bill Barrett Corporation and the investors named therein.
  5 .1**   Opinion of counsel to Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .1***   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated February 4, 2004, among Bill Barrett Corporation and the banks named therein.
  10 .2*   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 28, 2002, among Bill Barrett Corporation and the investors named therein.
  10 .3**   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 27, 2002, between Williams Production RMT Company and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .4*   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, among Wasatch Oil & Gas, LLC, Wasatch Gas Gathering, LLC and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .5*   Purchase and Sale Agreement, November 4, 2002, among, Intoil, Inc., Aratex Production Company and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .6**   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated January 1, 2003, among Independent Production Company, Inc., Sapphire Bay, LLC and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .10(a)*   Form of Indemnification Agreement dated April 15, 2004, between Bill Barrett Corporation and each of the directors and certain executive officers.
  10 .10(b)*   Schedule of officers and directors party to Indemnification Agreements dated April 15, 2004 with Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .11*   Employment Letter Agreement, dated January 10, 2003, between Thomas B. Tyree, Jr. and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .12*   Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .13(a)**   Form of Tranche A Stock Option Agreement for 2002 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .13(b)**   Form of Tranche B Stock Option Agreement for 2002 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .14**   2003 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .15*   Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2003 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .16**   Form of Management Rights Agreement between Bill Barrett Corporation and certain investors.

II-4


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  10 .17**   Regulatory sideletter, dated March 28, 2002, between J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P. and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  21 .1***   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23 .1*   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23 .2*   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23 .3*   Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23 .4*   Consent of Ryder Scott Company, L.P., Independent Petroleum Engineers.
  23 .5*   Consent of Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., Independent Petroleum Engineers.
  23 .6**   Consent of counsel to Bill Barrett Corporation (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1***   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to this registration statement).
  24 .2*   Powers of Attorney with Messrs. Fitzgibbons and Stein.


 *  Filed herewith.
 
 **  To be filed by amendment.
 
***  Previously filed.

       (B) Financial Statement Schedules:

         Not applicable.

 
Item 17. Undertakings.

       The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

       Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

       The registrant hereby undertakes that:

       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Denver, State of Colorado, on August 31, 2004.

  BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

  By:  /s/ WILLIAM J. BARRETT

  William J. Barrett
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on August 31, 2004.

         
Signature Title


/s/ WILLIAM J. BARRETT

William J. Barrett
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
 
/s/ THOMAS B. TYREE, JR.

Thomas B. Tyree, Jr.
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
/s/ ROBERT W. HOWARD

Robert W. Howard
  Executive Vice President-Finance and Investor Relations, and Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
*

Richard Aube
  Director
 
/s/ FREDRICK J. BARRETT

Fredrick J. Barrett
  Director
 
*

Henry Cornell
  Director
 
*

Jeffrey A. Harris
  Director
 
*

Roger L. Jarvis
  Director
 
/s/ JAMES M. FITZGIBBONS

James M. Fitzgibbons
  Director

II-6


Table of Contents

         
Signature Title


 
 
/s/ J. FRANK KELLER

J. Frank Keller
  Director
 
*

Philippe S. E. Schreiber
  Director
 
/s/ RANDY STEIN

Randy Stein
  Director
 
*By:   /s/ WILLIAM J. BARRETT

William J. Barrett
Attorney-in-Fact
   

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  1 .1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement among Bill Barrett Corporation and the underwriters named therein.
  3 .1***   Certificate of Incorporation of Bill Barrett Corporation, as amended to date.
  3 .2**   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Bill Barrett Corporation effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering made pursuant to this registration statement.
  3 .3***   Bylaws of Bill Barrett Corporation.
  3 .4**   Form of proposed Bylaws of Bill Barrett Corporation to be effective upon the closing of the offering made pursuant to this registration statement.
  3 .5*   Certificate of Designations of Series A Preferred Stock.
  3 .6*   Corrected Amended and Restated Certificate of Designations of Series B Preferred Stock.
  4 .1*   Specimen Certificate of Common Stock.
  4 .2*   Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 28, 2002, among Bill Barrett Corporation and the investors named therein.
  4 .3*   Stockholders’ Agreement, dated March 28, 2002 and as amended to date, among Bill Barrett Corporation and the investors named therein.
  5 .1**   Opinion of counsel to Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .1***   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated February 4, 2004, among Bill Barrett Corporation and the banks named therein.
  10 .2*   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 28, 2002, among Bill Barrett Corporation and the investors named therein.
  10 .3**   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 27, 2002, between Williams Production RMT Company and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .4*   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, among Wasatch Oil & Gas, LLC, Wasatch Gas Gathering, LLC and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .5*   Purchase and Sale Agreement, November 4, 2002, among, Intoil, Inc., Aratex Production Company and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .6**   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated January 1, 2003, among Independent Production Company, Inc., Sapphire Bay, LLC and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .10(a)*   Form of Indemnification Agreement dated April 15, 2004, between Bill Barrett Corporation and each of the directors and certain executive officers.
  10 .10(b)*   Schedule of officers and directors party to Indemnification Agreements dated April 15, 2004 with Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .11*   Employment Letter Agreement, dated January 10, 2003, between Thomas B. Tyree, Jr. and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  10 .12*   Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .13(a)**   Form of Tranche A Stock Option Agreement for 2002 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .13(b)**   Form of Tranche B Stock Option Agreement for 2002 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .14**   2003 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .15*   Form of Stock Option Agreement for 2003 Stock Option Plan.
  10 .16**   Form of Management Rights Agreement between Bill Barrett Corporation and certain investors.


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  10 .17**   Regulatory sideletter, dated March 28, 2002, between J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P. and Bill Barrett Corporation.
  21 .1***   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23 .1*   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23 .2*   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23 .3*   Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23 .4*   Consent of Ryder Scott Company, L.P., Independent Petroleum Engineers.
  23 .5*   Consent of Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., Independent Petroleum Engineers.
  23 .6**   Consent of counsel to Bill Barrett Corporation (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1***   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to this registration statement).
  24 .2*   Powers of Attorney with Messrs. Fitzgibbons and Stein.


 *  Filed herewith.
 
 **  To be filed by amendment.
 
***  Previously filed.

EXHIBIT 3.5

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES AND
RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER
SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RELATIVE QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF
THE SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK OF
BILL BARRETT CORPORATION


Pursuant to Section 151 of the Delaware Corporation Law


The undersigned, Fredrick J. Barrett and Robert W. Howard, President and Secretary, respectively, of Bill Barrett Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), do hereby certify that by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation effective April 29, 2002, the following resolution was duly adopted:

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation by Article Fourth of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, a series of preferred stock of the Corporation be, and it hereby is, created out of the authorized but unissued shares of the preferred stock of the Corporation, such series to be designated Series A Preferred Stock (the "SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK"), to consist of 6,900,000 shares, par value $.001 per share, of which the preferences and relative and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, shall be (in addition to those set forth in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation) as follows:

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

"APPROVED PLAN" means the 2002 Stock Option Plan of Bill Barrett Corporation, a Maryland corporation ("BBC Maryland"), as in effect on March 28, 2002, and which will become the 2002 Stock Option Plan of the Corporation by virtue of the Merger of BBC Maryland into the Corporation (the "Reincorporation Merger"), and any other written stock option, stock purchase, stock incentive, or stock appreciation plan or arrangement, or amendment thereto, that is approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

"COMMON STOCK" means shares of the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Corporation, now or hereafter authorized to be issued, and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever of the Corporation which may be issued on or after the date hereof in respect of, in exchange for, or upon conversion of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a merger, consolidation, stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization of the Corporation or otherwise.

"CONVERSION DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in subparagraph 5(c).


"CONVERSION PRICE" shall initially mean the Purchase Price and shall be adjusted from time to time pursuant to subparagraph 5(e).

"CONVERSION RATIO" shall mean the ratio of the Purchase Price to the Conversion Price, it being acknowledged that such Conversion Ratio calculation excludes proceeds attributable to the Series A Preference Amount of Series A Preferred Stock payable upon actual conversion pursuant to subparagraph 5(b)(i).

"CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES" has the meaning set forth in subparagraph
5(e)(ii)(1).

"CURRENT MARKET PRICE" at any date shall mean, in the event the Common Stock is traded in the over the counter market or on a national or regional securities exchange, the average of the daily closing prices per share of Common Stock for 30 consecutive trading days ending three trading days before such date (as adjusted for any stock dividend, split, combination or reclassification that took effect during such 30 trading day period). The closing price for each day shall be the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the last closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading, or if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the closing sale price for such day reported by Nasdaq, if the Common Stock is traded over-the-counter and quoted in the National Market System, or if the Common Stock is so traded, but not so quoted, the average of the closing reported bid and asked prices of the Common Stock as reported by Nasdaq or any comparable system, or, if the Common Stock is not listed on Nasdaq or any comparable system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation for that purpose. If the Common Stock is not publicly traded or is not traded in such manner that the quotations referred to above are available for the period required hereunder, Current Market Price per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the fair value per share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors.

"EQUITY SECURITY" means any stock or similar security, including, without limitation, securities containing equity features and securities containing profit participation or stock appreciation features, or any security convertible or exchangeable, with or without consideration, into or for any stock or similar security, or any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe for or purchase any stock or similar security, or any such warrant or right.

"LIQUIDATION EVENT" means the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, or any other event or transaction that constitutes a "Change of Control" as defined in the Series B Certificate of Designations.

"OPTIONS" has the meaning set forth in subparagraph 5(e)(ii)(1).

"PURCHASE PRICE" means the amount of $4.17 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends of Series A Preferred Stock, recapitalizations, combinations or similar transactions with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.

"QUALIFIED PUBLIC OFFERING" means any firm commitment underwritten offering by the Corporation of shares of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, then in effect, or any comparable statement under any similar federal statute then in force, pursuant to which all shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding are converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Series B Certificate of Designations.

"SENIOR PREFERENCE AMOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in subparagraph 4(a)

2

"SERIES A PREFERENCE AMOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in subparagraph 4(a).

"SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK" shall have the meaning set forth in the second paragraph hereto.

"SERIES B CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS" means, at any time, the Certificate of Designations of the Corporation designating the preferences and relative and other rights of the Series B Preferred Stock, as then in effect.

"SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK" means shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Corporation.

"STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT" means the Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002, among BBC Maryland and certain of its stockholders and which the Corporation and certain of its stockholders will become party thereto by virtue of the Reincorporation Merger.

2. RANKING.

Except with respect to the preferences upon a Liquidation Event as described in Section 4 below, the Series A Preferred Stock shall rank on parity with the Common Stock.

3. DIVIDENDS.

(a) The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends solely by reason of holding Series A Preferred Stock.

(b) If, after dividends on the full preferential amounts for all Equity Securities of the Corporation ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends or distributions, including the Series B Preferred Stock, have been paid or declared and set apart as specified in the terms of such Equity Securities, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall declare additional dividends out of funds legally available for payment of dividends, then the aggregate amount of such additional dividends shall be distributed to the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and other Equity Securities that share with the Common Stock in dividends or distributions pro rata according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holders, where each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock is treated for this purpose as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder if the Series A Preferred Stock were then convertible at the Conversion Ratio then in effect and each holder of Series B Preferred Stock and such other Equity Securities participates in such dividends in accordance with their terms.

4. DISTRIBUTIONS UPON A LIQUIDATION EVENT.

(a) Series A Preference Amount. Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, if the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the Corporation's stockholders exceed the aggregate preferential amounts payable to all holders of Equity Securities ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to such Liquidation Event, including amounts payable to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock (the "SENIOR PREFERENCE AMOUNT"), then, after the payment of the aggregate Senior Preference Amount shall have been made or irrevocably set apart for payment, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution and setting apart for payment or distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock or other Equity Securities ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to such Liquidation Event, out of the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to the Corporation's stockholders, an amount for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them of up to

3

$4.17 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations, or similar transactions with respect to such shares) (the "SERIES A PREFERENCE AMOUNT"). If, upon the occurrence of such Liquidation Event, the assets and funds remaining after the payment of the aggregate Senior Preference Amount legally available for distribution among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the aggregate Series A Preference Amount, then the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock based upon the aggregate Series A Preference Amount of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each such holder.

(b) Participation. If the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the Corporation's stockholders exceed the aggregate Senior Preference Amount and Series A Preference Amount payable to the holders of Equity Securities ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to such Liquidation Event, including Series B Preferred Stock, and to holders of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of such Equity Securities and subparagraph 4(a), then, after all such payments shall have been made or irrevocably set apart for payment, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to the Corporation's stockholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Common Stock (excluding restricted shares of Common Stock that are not vested and that are forfeited in accordance with the Stockholders' Agreement) and other Equity Securities that participate with the Common Stock upon such Liquidation Event in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock then held by them, where each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock is treated for this purpose as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder if the Series A Preferred Stock were then convertible at the Conversion Ratio then in effect and each holder of Series B Preferred Stock and such other Equity Securities participates in such distributions in accordance with their terms; provided, however, that in calculating the consideration to be paid to each stockholder pursuant to this subparagraph 4(b), (i) the remaining assets and funds available for distribution pursuant to this subparagraph 4(b) shall be deemed to be increased by the aggregate proceeds that would be received in connection with the exercise (without regard to any net exercise, cashless election or similar provisions) of all then outstanding Options granted pursuant to any Approved Plan that are then vested and that would become vested by virtue of such Liquidation Event and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation that are then outstanding shall be deemed to be increased by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all such Options.

(c) Liquidation Notice. The Corporation shall give written notice of any Liquidation Event (or any transaction which might reasonably be deemed to give rise to a Liquidation Event) to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock not less than 20 days prior to the date stated in such notice for the distribution and payment of the amounts provided in this Paragraph 4.

5. CONVERSION RIGHTS

(a) Qualified Public Offering Conversion. Upon and immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock in accordance with subparagraph 5(b), without any further act of the Corporation or any holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

(b) Calculation of Shares of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. For purposes of subparagraph 5(a) above, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall convert into:

(i) at the Corporation's option, either (x) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Series A Preference Amount of such share of Series A Preferred Stock as of the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering, divided by the price per share of Common Stock paid

4

by the public in the Qualified Public Offering (after deducting all compensation paid to underwriters including discounts and commissions) or
(y) cash in the amount of the Series A Preference Amount of such share as of the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering, plus

(ii) the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series A Preferred Stock would be convertible if such share were convertible at the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering at the Conversion Ratio at that time in effect.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. On the Conversion Date, the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted into the property referred to in Section 5(b) automatically without any action by the Corporation or the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock; provided that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue to any holder certificates representing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless certificates representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or any transfer agent of the Corporation for the Series A Preferred Stock. If the certificate representing shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock is to be issued in a name other than the name on the face of the certificate representing such shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, such certificate shall be accompanied by such evidence of the assignment and such evidence of the signatory's authority with respect thereto as deemed appropriate by the Corporation or its transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock and such certificate shall be in proper form for transfer and endorsed directly or through stock powers to the person in whose name the Common Stock is to be issued or to the Corporation or in blank. Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected on the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering (the "CONVERSION DATE"). Subject to the provisions of subparagraph 5(e)(vi), as promptly as practicable after the Conversion Date (and after surrender of the certificate or certificates representing shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to the Corporation or any transfer agent of the Corporation for the Series A Preferred Stock in the case of any such conversion), the Corporation shall issue and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion, rounded to the nearest whole share of Common Stock. The person in whose name the certificate or certificates for Common Stock are to be issued shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.

(d) Fractional Shares. If any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of this subparagraph 5(d), be deliverable upon any conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation, in lieu of delivering such fractional share of Common Stock, shall pay an amount in cash to the holder of such fractional interest equal to the price per share to the public in the Qualified Public Offering multiplied by such fractional interest as of the Conversion Date. All shares of Common Stock issuable to a holder shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether a fractional interest shall result from any conversion.

(e) Conversion Price Adjustments. The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) Common Stock Issued at less than Conversion Price. If and whenever, on or after the date of this Certificate of Designations, the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of its Common Stock (other than Excluded Stock) for consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then immediately upon such issue or sale, the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such time by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be (x) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale (assuming the exercise of all Options (as

5

defined below) that are then vested or that would become vested if a Liquidation Event were to occur at such time and the conversion of all Convertible Securities (as defined below) that are then convertible), but excluding restricted shares of Common Stock that are not vested and that would be forfeited if a Liquidation Event were to occur at such time pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement, plus (y) the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of additional shares of Common Stock so issued or sold would purchase at such Conversion Price; and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such issue or sale (assuming the exercise of all Options that are then vested or that would become vested if a Liquidation Event were to occur at such time and the conversion of all Convertible Securities that are then convertible), but excluding restricted shares of Common Stock that are not vested and that would be vested if a Liquidation Event were to occur at such time pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement.

For purposes of this subparagraph 5(e), "EXCLUDED STOCK" means shares of Common Stock the issuance or deemed issuance of which do not result in an adjustment of the "Conversion Price" (as defined in the Series B Certificate of Designations) of the Series B Preferred Stock. For purposes of this subparagraph
5(e), outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock will be deemed convertible at all times into shares of Common Stock, where each share of Series A Preferred Stock is deemed convertible into the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of such share of Series A Preferred Stock if the Series A Preferred Stock were then convertible at the Conversion Ratio then in effect and each share of Series B Preferred Stock is deemed convertible into the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of such share of Series B Preferred Stock if the Series B Preferred Stock were then convertible at the "Conversion Ratio" (as defined in the Series B Certificate of Designations) then in effect.

(ii) Options and Convertible Securities. For purposes of determining the adjusted Conversion Price under subparagraph 5(e)(i), the following shall be applicable:

(1) If the Corporation in any manner issues or grants any options, warrants, or similar rights ("OPTIONS") to purchase or acquire Common Stock or Equity Securities convertible or exchangeable, with or without consideration, into or for Common Stock ("CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES") and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting of such Options, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation for such price per share on the date of such issuance or grant. For purposes of this subparagraph, the "price per share for which Common Stock is issuable" shall be determined by dividing (a) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (b) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made when Convertible Securities are

6

actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or when Common Stock is actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(2) If the Corporation in any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation for such price per share on the date of such issuance or sale. For the purposes of this subparagraph, the "price per share for which Common Stock is issuable" shall be determined by dividing (a) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (b) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made when Common Stock is actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options for which adjustments of the Conversion Price had been or are to be made pursuant to other provisions of this subparagraph 5(e), no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

(3) If the purchase price provided for in any Options, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock changes at any time, the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such change shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had an adjustment been made upon the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding on the basis of such changed purchase price, additional consideration, or changed conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued, or sold.

(4) Upon the expiration of any Option or the termination of any right to convert or exchange any Convertible Security without the exercise of any such Option or right, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be adjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at the time of such expiration or termination had such Option or Convertible Security, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued.

(5) If any Common Stock, Option, or Convertible Security is issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold for cash, the consideration received for such Common Stock, Option, or Convertible Security shall be deemed to be the net amount received by the Corporation for such Common Stock, Option, or Convertible Security. In case any Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities are issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be the Current Market Price of such Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities as of the date of receipt. If any Common Stock, Option, or Convertible Security is issued in connection with any merger in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, the amount of consideration for such Common Stock, Option, or Convertible Security shall be deemed to be the Current Market Price of such portion of the net assets and business of the non-

7

surviving corporation as is attributable to such Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities, as the case may be.

(6) In case any Option is issued in connection with the issue or sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integrated transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Option by the parties to such transaction, the Option shall be deemed to have been issued for a consideration of $0.001.

(7) The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time does not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation or any subsidiary, and the disposition of any shares so owned or held shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock.

(8) If the Corporation takes a record of the holders of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (a) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities or (b) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or upon the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

(iii) Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock. If the Corporation at any time subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced so that the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock after such time shall entitle the holder to receive the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation which, if the Series A Preferred Stock had been converted immediately prior to such time, such holder would have owned upon such conversion and been entitled to receive by virtue of such stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or otherwise, and if the Corporation at any time combines (by reverse stock split or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

(iv) Reorganization, Mergers, Consolidations, or Sales of Assets. Subject to Paragraph 4, if at any time or from time to time there shall be a capital reorganization of the Common Stock or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation (other than a subdivision, combination, reclassification, exchange of shares, merger or consolidation provided for elsewhere in this subparagraph 5(e) or that constitutes a Liquidation Event), then, as a part of such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, after such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shares of stock of the Corporation, or of the successor corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation, with rights, privileges and preferences identical in all respects to the rights, privileges and preferences of the Series A Preferred Stock existing at the time of such transaction.

(v) Certain Events; No Impairment. If any event occurs of the type contemplated by the provisions of this subparagraph 5(e) but not expressly provided for by such provisions, then the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall make an appropriate adjustment in the Conversion Price so as to protect the rights of the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall not avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Certificate of Designations by the Corporation but shall at all times in good faith

8

assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this subparagraph 5(e) and in the taking of all actions that may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock against impairment.

(vi) Timing of Issuance of Additional Common Stock Upon Certain Adjustments. In any case in which the provisions of this subparagraph 5(e) shall require that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after a record date for an event, the Corporation may defer until the occurrence of such event (A) issuing to the holder of any share of the Series A Preferred Stock converted after such record date and before the occurrence of such event the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such event over and above the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (B) paying to such holder any amount of cash in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock pursuant to subparagraph 5(d); provided that the Corporation upon request shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares, and such cash, upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(f) Statement Regarding Adjustments. Whenever the Conversion Price shall be adjusted as provided in subparagraph 5(e), the Corporation shall forthwith file, at the office of any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock and at the principal office of the Corporation, a statement showing in detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Conversion Price that shall be in effect after such adjustment, and the Corporation shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock at its address appearing on the Corporation's records. Each such statement shall be signed by the Corporation's chief financial officer. Where appropriate, such copy may be given in advance and may be included as part of a notice required to be mailed under the provisions of subparagraph 5(g). The Corporation shall, upon written request at any time of any holder of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) all adjustments and readjustments to the Conversion Price, (ii) the Conversion Ratio at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder's shares of Series A Preferred Stock if such shares were convertible at such time at the Conversion Ratio at that time in effect.

(g) Notice to Holders. In the event the Corporation shall propose to take any action of the type described in clauses (i) (but only if the action of the type described in clause (i) would result in an adjustment in the Conversion Price), (iii) or (iv) of subparagraph 5(e), the Corporation shall give notice to each holder of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, in the manner set forth in subparagraph 5(f), which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the approximate date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect on the Conversion Price and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon conversion of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, such notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to the date so fixed, and in case of all other action, such notice shall be given at least 15 days prior to the taking of such proposed action. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of any such action.

(h) Costs. The Corporation shall pay all documentary, stamp, transfer or other transactional taxes attributable to the issuance of delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any federal or state income taxes or other taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificate for such shares in a name other than that of the holder of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in respect of which such shares are being issued.

9

(i) Reservation of Common Stock. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(j) Notice. Any notice required by the provisions of this Paragraph 5 to be given to the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed given upon personal delivery, upon delivery by nationally recognized courier or three business days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder's address appearing on the Corporation's books.

(k) Registration of Transfer. The Corporation shall keep at its principal office a register for the registration of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Upon the surrender of any certificate representing shares of Series A Preferred Stock at such place, the Corporation shall, at the request of the record holder of such certificate, execute and deliver (at the Corporation's expense) a new certificate or certificates in exchange for such surrendered certificate representing in the aggregate the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate shall be registered in such name and shall represent such number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock as is requested by the holder of the surrendered certificate and shall be substantially identical in form to the surrendered certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate.

(l) Replacement. Upon receipt of evidence of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any certificate evidencing shares of Series A Preferred Stock and, in the case of any such loss, theft, or destruction, an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation or, in the case of any mutilation, upon surrender of such certificate the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate.

6. VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) General. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote with the holders of the Common Stock on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or any certificates of designation to such Certificate of Incorporation (together, the "ARTICLES") or in the corporate laws of the state in which the Corporation is incorporated. Each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the largest number of full shares of Common Stock into which all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held of record by such holder could then be converted at the Conversion Ratio if the Series A Preferred Stock were convertible at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is first executed. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation.

(b) Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by the Articles or the corporate laws of the state in which the Corporation is incorporated, the Corporation will not, without the approval of the holders of at least 50% of the

10

then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, amend, change, alter, modify or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any of the preferences or relative or other rights of the Series A Preferred Stock if such amendment, change, alteration, modification or repeal would adversely affect the rights, preferences, or privileges provided for in this Certificate of Designations for the benefit of the Series A Preferred Stock; provided, that no such approval of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be required for any transaction (including any amendment, change, alteration, modification or repeal of the preferences or relative or other rights of the Series A Preferred Stock in connection with such transaction) that constitutes both a Liquidation Event hereunder and a "Liquidation Event" pursuant to the Series B Certificate of Designations.

7. HEADINGS OF SUBDIVISIONS.

The headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.

8. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.

If any right, preference or limitation of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in this Certificate of Designations (as such may be amended from time to time) is invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by reason of any rule of law or public policy, all other rights, preferences and limitations set forth in this Certificate of Designations (as so amended) which can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable right, preference or limitation shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no right, preference or limitation herein set forth shall be deemed dependent upon any other such right, preference or limitation unless so expressed herein.

9. STATUS OF REACQUIRED SHARES.

Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall be canceled and shall cease to be part of the authorized shares of the Corporation.

11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed and its corporate seal hereunto affixed by Fredrick J. Barrett, President, and to be attested by Robert W. Howard, Secretary, to be effective as of the 29th day of April 2002.

[SEAL]

                                                  /s/ Fredrick J. Barrett
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Fredrick J. Barrett, President
Attest:


/s/ Robert W. Howard
--------------------------------
Robert W. Howard, Secretary

The undersigned, Fredrick J. Barrett, President of the Corporation, hereby affirms and acknowledges, under penalties of perjury, that the signature of the undersigned on the foregoing instrument is his act and deed or the act and deed of the Corporation, and that the facts stated in the foregoing instrument are true.

/s/ Fredrick J. Barrett
------------------------------
Fredrick J. Barrett, President

* * * * *

12

EXHIBIT 3.6

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

CORRECTED
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES AND
RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER
SPECIAL RIGHTS AND RELATIVE QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF
THE SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK OF
BILL BARRETT CORPORATION


Pursuant to Sections 103 and 151 of the Delaware Corporation Law


The undersigned, Fredrick J. Barrett and Francis B. Barron, President and Secretary, respectively, of Bill Barrett Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), pursuant to the provisions of Sections 103 and 151 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the authority vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation by Article Fourth of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, do hereby certify that this Amended And Restated Certificate Of Designations was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a meeting of the Board of Directors duly held on March 4, 2004 so that the series of preferred stock of the Corporation created out of the authorized but unissued shares of the preferred stock of the Corporation designated the Series B Preferred Stock (the "SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK") is amended and restated to consist of 52,185,000 shares, par value $.001 per share, of which the preferences and relative and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, shall be (in addition to those set forth in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation) as follows:

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

"ACCRETED VALUE" means, with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock and as to any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Purchase Price plus all accrued but unpaid dividends and declared but unpaid dividends, if any, on such share. The amount of dividends "accrued" on any share of Series B Preferred Stock at any date shall be deemed to be the amount of unpaid dividends accumulated thereon to and including the last preceding Dividend Accrual Date, compounded on each Dividend Accrual Date, plus an amount equal to the product of
(x) the Accreted Value as of the last preceding Dividend Accrual Date and (y) the annual dividend rate as determined pursuant to Section 3(a) for the period after such last preceding Dividend Accrual Date to and including the date as of which the calculation is made, based on a 365-day year.


"APPROVED PLAN" means the 2002 Stock Option Plan of the Corporation, as in effect on March 28, 2002, and any other written stock option, stock purchase, stock incentive, or stock appreciation plan or arrangement, or amendment thereto, that is approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, with a majority of the Investor Nominees concurring.

"CHANGE OF CONTROL" means (i) a consolidation or merger involving the Corporation, (ii) the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or (iii) any other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Corporation are exchanged for or converted into cash, securities of another corporation or business organization (including the surviving entity of a merger), or other property, unless, in the case of clauses (i) or (iii), the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock have consented that such transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control.

"COMMON STOCK" means shares of the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Corporation, now or hereafter authorized to be issued, and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever of the Corporation which may be issued on or after the date hereof in respect of, in exchange for, or upon conversion of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a merger, consolidation, stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization of the Corporation or otherwise.

"CONVERSION DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in subparagraph 5(c).

"CONVERSION PRICE" shall initially mean the Purchase Price and shall be adjusted from time to time pursuant to subparagraph 5(e).

"CONVERSION RATIO" shall mean the ratio of the Purchase Price to the Conversion Price, it being acknowledged that such Conversion Ratio calculation excludes proceeds attributable to the Accreted Value of Series B Preferred Stock payable upon actual conversion pursuant to subparagraph 5(b)(i).

"CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES" has the meaning set forth in subparagraph
5(e)(ii)(1).

"CURRENT MARKET PRICE" at any date shall mean, in the event the Common Stock is traded in the over the counter market or on a national or regional securities exchange, the average of the daily closing prices per share of Common Stock for 30 consecutive trading days ending three trading days before such date (as adjusted for any stock dividend, split, combination or reclassification that took effect during such 30 trading day period). The closing price for each day shall be the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the last closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading, or if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the closing sale price for such day reported by Nasdaq, if the Common Stock is traded over-the-counter and quoted in the National Market System, or if the Common Stock is so traded, but not so quoted, the average of the closing reported bid and asked prices of the Common Stock as reported by Nasdaq or any comparable system, or, if the Common Stock is not listed on Nasdaq or any comparable system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation for that purpose. If the Common Stock is not publicly traded or is

2

not traded in such manner that the quotations referred to above are available for the period required hereunder, Current Market Price per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the fair value per share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Investor Nominees, and if such directors are unable to reach a decision on the Current Market Price, the Current Market Price shall be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm, accounting firm or valuation firm mutually acceptable to the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

"DIVIDEND ACCRUAL DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in subparagraph 3(a).

"EQUITY SECURITY" means any stock or similar security, including, without limitation, securities containing equity features and securities containing profit participation or stock appreciation features, or any security convertible or exchangeable, with or without consideration, into or for any stock or similar security, or any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe for or purchase any stock or similar security, or any such warrant or right.

"INVESTOR NOMINEES" means the nominees to the Board of Directors of the Corporation who are designated as Investor Nominees pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders' Agreement.

"LIQUIDATION EVENT" means the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, or a Change of Control.

"OPTIONS" has the meaning set forth in subparagraph 5(e)(ii)(1).

"PURCHASE PRICE" means the amount of $5.00 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends of Series B Preferred Stock, recapitalizations, combinations or similar transactions with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.

"QUALIFIED PUBLIC OFFERING" means any firm commitment underwritten offering by the Corporation of shares of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, then in effect, or any comparable statement under any similar federal statute then in force, in which (i) the aggregate cash proceeds to be received by the Corporation from such offering (without deducting underwriting discounts, expenses, and commissions) are at least $50,000,000, (ii) each share of Series B Preferred converts pursuant to paragraph 5 into shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate value, based on the price to the public in such offering, of at least $7.50 and (iii) pursuant to which the Common Stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or is quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System.

"REINCORPORATION MERGER" means the merger of Bill Barrett Corporation, a Maryland corporation ("BBC Maryland"), into the Corporation effective May 14, 2002 for the purpose of changing the Corporation's jurisdiction of incorporation from Maryland to Delaware.

"SERIES A PREFERENCE AMOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in subparagraph 4(b).

"SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK" means shares of Series A Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Corporation.

3

"SERIES B PREFERENCE AMOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in subparagraph 4(a).

"SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK" shall have the meaning set forth in the second paragraph hereto.

"STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT" means the Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002, among the Corporation and certain of its stockholders and which the Corporation and certain of its stockholders will become party thereto by virtue of the Reincorporation Merger.

2. RANKING.

The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank senior in right of preference to all shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and all other capital stock of the Corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized or issued (other than Equity Securities approved pursuant to subparagraph 6(b)(iii)), with respect to dividends, distributions, liquidation, dissolution or winding up, conversion, redemption, voting or otherwise.

3. DIVIDENDS.

(a) The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock, out of any funds or assets legally available for that purpose, cash dividends at the annual rate of 7% of the Accreted Value per share until March 28, 2009, and thereafter at an annual rate of 14% of the Accreted Value per share, in each case, based on a 365-day year, on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year (each a "DIVIDEND ACCRUAL DATE"), prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than solely in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder of such rights to receive solely shares of Common Stock) on the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or other Equity Securities ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividends or distributions. Such dividends shall be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Such dividends shall be cumulative from the date of issuance of each such share of Series B Preferred Stock and shall accrue and compound on a quarterly basis in arrears, on each Dividend Accrual Date, commencing on such issuance date; provided, however, that any shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued in connection with the Reincorporation Merger shall be deemed to cumulate and accrue dividends commencing as of March 28, 2002 rather than such later issuance date. Such dividends shall accrue whether or not earned or declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and whether or not there are profits, surplus, or other funds legally available for the payment of dividends. Each such dividend shall accrue and be payable to the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock as their names appear on the share register of the Corporation on the most recent March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15, as applicable, immediately preceding the applicable Dividend Accrual Date, or such other record date designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation with respect to the dividend accruing on such Dividend Accrual Date.

(b) Unless the full amount of any accrued but unpaid or declared but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock shall have been (1) paid in full or
(2) declared in full and a cash sum sufficient for the payment of such dividends reserved and irrevocably set apart,

4

(i) no dividend or distribution (other than a dividend payable solely in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder of such rights to receive solely shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) shall be declared or paid on any Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or other Equity Securities ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividends or distributions and (ii) no shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or other Equity Securities ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividends or distributions shall be purchased, redeemed, or acquired by the Corporation and no monies shall be paid into or set aside or made available for a sinking fund for the purchase, redemption, or acquisition of any such shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or other Equity Securities; provided that this restriction shall not apply to (A) the repurchase of capital stock pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement or (B) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from directors, employees, or consultants of the Corporation or a subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at the original purchase price of such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of service to the Corporation or a subsidiary.

(c) If, after dividends on the full preferential amounts specified in this paragraph 3 for the Series B Preferred Stock have been paid or declared and set apart as specified in subparagraph 3(b), the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall declare additional dividends out of funds legally available for payment of dividends, then the aggregate amount of such additional dividends shall be distributed to the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock pro rata according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holders, where each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock is treated for this purpose as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder if the Series A Preferred Stock were then convertible at the "Conversion Ratio" (as defined in the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock) then in effect and each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock is treated for this purpose as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder if the Series B Preferred Stock were then convertible at the Conversion Ratio then in effect.

4. DISTRIBUTIONS UPON A LIQUIDATION EVENT.

(a) Series B Preference Amount. Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution and setting apart for payment or distribution of any of the assets or funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or other Equity Securities ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to such Liquidation Event, an amount (the "SERIES B PREFERENCE AMOUNT") for each share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by them equal to the Accreted Value as of the date of such Liquidation Event. All payments or distributions to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock in satisfaction of such Series B Preference Amount shall be (i) cash or (ii) freely tradable common stock (with no restrictions on disposition imposed by applicable law or contract) listed on the New York Stock Exchange or admitted to trading and quoted in the Nasdaq National Market System, of a corporation with a market value of its outstanding common stock owned by non-affiliates in excess of $50,000,000; provided, that the proportion of such common stock to cash paid or distributed to the holders of

5

the Series B Preferred Stock in satisfaction of the Series B Preference Amount shall not be greater than the proportion of all such common stock to the aggregate cash of the Corporation payable or distributable upon such Liquidation Event. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution among the holders of all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment in full to such holders of the Series B Preference Amount to which they are entitled, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the aggregate Series B Preference Amounts of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by them.

(b) Series A Preference Amount. Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, if the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the Corporation's stockholders exceed the aggregate Series B Preference Amount payable to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to subparagraph
4(a), then, after the payments required by subparagraph 4(a) shall have been made or irrevocably set apart for payment, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution and setting apart for payment or distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock or other Equity Securities ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to such Liquidation Event, out of the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to the Corporation's stockholders, an amount for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them of up to $4.17 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations, or similar transactions with respect to such shares) (the "SERIES A PREFERENCE AMOUNT"). If, upon the occurrence of such Liquidation Event, the assets and funds remaining after the payment of the aggregate Series A Preference Amount legally available for distribution among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the aggregate Series A Preference Amount, then the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock based upon the aggregate Series A Preference Amount of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each such holder.

(c) Participation. If the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the Corporation's stockholders exceed the aggregate Series B Preference Amount and Series A Preference Amount payable to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, respectively, pursuant to subparagraphs 4(a) and 4(b), then, after the payments required by subparagraphs 4(a) and 4(b) shall have been made or irrevocably set apart for payment, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to the Corporation's stockholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock (excluding restricted shares of Common Stock that are not vested and that are forfeited in accordance with the Stockholders' Agreement) in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock then held by them, where each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock is treated for this purpose as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be

6

issuable upon conversion of all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder if the Series A Preferred Stock were then convertible at the "Conversion Ratio" (as defined in the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock) then in effect and each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock is treated for this purpose as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder if the Series B Preferred Stock were then convertible at the Conversion Ratio then in effect; provided, however, that in calculating the consideration to be paid to each stockholder pursuant to this subparagraph 4(c),
(i) the remaining assets and funds available for distribution pursuant to this subparagraph 4(c) shall be deemed to be increased by the aggregate proceeds that would be received in connection with the exercise (without regard to any net exercise, cashless election or similar provisions) of all then outstanding Options granted pursuant to any Approved Plan that are then vested and that would become vested by virtue of such Liquidation Event and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation that are then outstanding shall be deemed to be increased by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all such Options.

(d) Liquidation Notice. The Corporation shall give written notice of any Liquidation Event (or any transaction which might reasonably be deemed to give rise to a Liquidation Event) to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock not less than 20 days prior to the date stated in such notice for the distribution and payment of the amounts provided in this Paragraph 4.

5. CONVERSION RIGHTS

(a) Qualified Public Offering Conversion. Upon and immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock in accordance with subparagraph 5(b), without any further act of the Corporation or any holders of Series B Preferred Stock.

(b) Calculation of Shares of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. For purposes of subparagraph 5(a) above, each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall convert into:

(i) at the Corporation's option, either (x) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Accreted Value of such share of Series B Preferred Stock as of the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering, divided by the price per share of Common Stock paid by the public in the Qualified Public Offering (after deducting all compensation paid to underwriters including discounts and commissions) or (y) cash in the amount of the Accreted Value of such share as of the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering, plus

(ii) the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series B Preferred Stock would be convertible if such share were convertible at the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering at the Conversion Ratio at that time in effect.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. On the Conversion Date, the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be converted into the property referred to in Section 5(b) automatically without any action by the Corporation or the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Stock; provided that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue to any holder certificates representing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such

7

conversion unless certificates representing the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or any transfer agent of the Corporation for the Series B Preferred Stock. If the certificate representing shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock is to be issued in a name other than the name on the face of the certificate representing such shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, such certificate shall be accompanied by such evidence of the assignment and such evidence of the signatory's authority with respect thereto as deemed appropriate by the Corporation or its transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Stock and such certificate shall be in proper form for transfer and endorsed directly or through stock powers to the person in whose name the Common Stock is to be issued or to the Corporation or in blank. Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected on the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering (the "CONVERSION DATE"). Subject to the provisions of subparagraph 5(e)(vi), as promptly as practicable after the Conversion Date (and after surrender of the certificate or certificates representing shares of the Series B Preferred Stock to the Corporation or any transfer agent of the Corporation for the Series B Preferred Stock in the case of any such conversion), the Corporation shall issue and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion, rounded to the nearest whole share of Common Stock. The person in whose name the certificate or certificates for Common Stock are to be issued shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.

(d) Fractional Shares. If any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of this subparagraph 5(d), be deliverable upon any conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation, in lieu of delivering such fractional share of Common Stock, shall pay an amount in cash to the holder of such fractional interest equal to the price per share to the public in the Qualified Public Offering multiplied by such fractional interest as of the Conversion Date. All shares of Common Stock issuable to a holder shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether a fractional interest shall result from any conversion.

(e) Conversion Price Adjustments. The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) Common Stock Issued at less than Conversion Price. If and whenever, on or after the date of this Certificate of Designations, the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of its Common Stock (other than Excluded Stock) for consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then immediately upon such issue or sale, the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such time by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be (x) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale (assuming the exercise of all Options (as defined below) that are then vested or that would become vested if a Liquidation Event were to occur at such time and the conversion of all Convertible Securities (as defined below) that are then convertible), but excluding restricted shares of Common Stock that are not vested

8

and that would be forfeited if a Liquidation Event were to occur at such time pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement, plus (y) the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of additional shares of Common Stock so issued or sold would purchase at such Conversion Price; and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such issue or sale (assuming the exercise of all Options that are then vested or that would become vested if a Liquidation Event were to occur at such time and the conversion of all Convertible Securities that are then convertible), but excluding restricted shares of Common Stock that are not vested and that would be vested if a Liquidation Event were to occur at such time pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement.

For purposes of this subparagraph 5(e), "EXCLUDED STOCK" means shares of Common Stock (in each case as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations or similar transactions) (i) issued upon conversion of up to 6,139,089 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of the date of this Certificate of Designations or issued in connection with the Reincorporation Merger, (ii) issued upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) up to 7,850,000 shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to one or more Approved Plans, (iv) issued upon conversion of up to 455,635 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of that certain Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of March 27, 2002, by and between The Corporation and Hennie L.J.M. Gieskes, (v) up to 305,276 shares of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock (including Common Stock issued upon conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock) issued on or prior to July 31, 2002 at a price per share of at least $4.17 in connection with the transactions contemplated by that certain letter of intent dated as of March 11, 2002 by and between the Corporation and the lessor of certain oil and gas properties and related letters of intent, (vi) up to 8,386,648 shares of Common Stock issued in exchange for common stock of BBC Maryland on a one-for-one basis in connection with the Reincorporation Merger, and (vii) issued pursuant to stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations contemplated by subparagraphs 5(e)(iii) or 5(e)(iv). For purposes of this subparagraph 5(e), outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock will be deemed convertible at all times into shares of Common Stock, where each share of Series A Preferred Stock is deemed convertible into the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of such share of Series A Preferred Stock if the Series A Preferred Stock were then convertible at the "Conversion Ratio" (as defined in the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock) then in effect and each share of Series B Preferred Stock is deemed convertible into the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of such share of Series B Preferred Stock if the Series B Preferred Stock were then convertible at the Conversion Ratio then in effect.

(ii) Options and Convertible Securities. For purposes of determining the adjusted Conversion Price under subparagraph 5(e)(i), the following shall be applicable:

(1) If the Corporation in any manner issues or grants any options, warrants, or similar rights ("Options") to purchase or acquire Common Stock or

9

Equity Securities convertible or exchangeable, with or without consideration, into or for Common Stock ("CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES") and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting of such Options, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation for such price per share on the date of such issuance or grant. For purposes of this subparagraph, the "price per share for which Common Stock is issuable" shall be determined by dividing (a) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (b) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made when Convertible Securities are actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or when Common Stock is actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(2) If the Corporation in any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation for such price per share on the date of such issuance or sale. For the purposes of this subparagraph, the "price per share for which Common Stock is issuable" shall be determined by dividing (a) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (b) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made when Common Stock is actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options for which adjustments of the Conversion Price had been or are to be made pursuant to other provisions of this subparagraph 5(e), no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

10

(3) If the purchase price provided for in any Options, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock changes at any time, the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such change shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had an adjustment been made upon the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding on the basis of such changed purchase price, additional consideration, or changed conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued, or sold.

(4) Upon the expiration of any Option or the termination of any right to convert or exchange any Convertible Security without the exercise of any such Option or right, the Conversion Price then in effect shall be adjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at the time of such expiration or termination had such Option or Convertible Security, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued.

(5) If any Common Stock, Option, or Convertible Security is issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold for cash, the consideration received for such Common Stock, Option, or Convertible Security shall be deemed to be the net amount received by the Corporation for such Common Stock, Option, or Convertible Security. In case any Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities are issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be the Current Market Price of such Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities as of the date of receipt. If any Common Stock, Option, or Convertible Security is issued in connection with any merger in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, the amount of consideration for such Common Stock, Option, or Convertible Security shall be deemed to be the Current Market Price of such portion of the net assets and business of the non-surviving corporation as is attributable to such Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities, as the case may be.

(6) In case any Option is issued in connection with the issue or sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integrated transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Option by the parties to such transaction, the Option shall be deemed to have been issued for a consideration of $0.001.

(7) The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time does not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation or any subsidiary, and the disposition of any shares so owned or held shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock.

(8) If the Corporation takes a record of the holders of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (a) to receive a dividend or other distribution

11

payable in Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities or (b) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or upon the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

(iii) Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock. If the Corporation at any time subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced so that the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock after such time shall entitle the holder to receive the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation which, if the Series B Preferred Stock had been converted immediately prior to such time, such holder would have owned upon such conversion and been entitled to receive by virtue of such stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or otherwise, and if the Corporation at any time combines (by reverse stock split or otherwise) its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

(iv) Reorganization, Mergers, Consolidations, or Sales of Assets. Subject to Paragraph 4, if at any time or from time to time there shall be a capital reorganization of the Common Stock or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation (other than a subdivision, combination, reclassification, exchange of shares, merger or consolidation provided for elsewhere in this subparagraph 5(e) or that constitutes a Liquidation Event), then, as a part of such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall, after such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock shares of stock of the Corporation, or of the successor corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation, with rights, privileges and preferences identical in all respects to the rights, privileges and preferences of the Series B Preferred Stock existing at the time of such transaction.

(v) Certain Events; No Impairment. If any event occurs of the type contemplated by the provisions of this subparagraph 5(e) but not expressly provided for by such provisions, then the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall make an appropriate adjustment in the Conversion Price so as to protect the rights of the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall not avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Certificate of Designations by the Corporation but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this subparagraph 5(e) and in the taking of all actions that may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock against impairment.

(vi) Timing of Issuance of Additional Common Stock Upon Certain Adjustments. In any case in which the provisions of this subparagraph 5(e) shall require

12

that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after a record date for an event, the Corporation may defer until the occurrence of such event (A) issuing to the holder of any share of the Series B Preferred Stock converted after such record date and before the occurrence of such event the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such event over and above the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (B) paying to such holder any amount of cash in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock pursuant to subparagraph 5(d); provided that the Corporation upon request shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares, and such cash, upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(f) Statement Regarding Adjustments. Whenever the Conversion Price shall be adjusted as provided in subparagraph 5(e), the Corporation shall forthwith file, at the office of any transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Stock and at the principal office of the Corporation, a statement showing in detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Conversion Price that shall be in effect after such adjustment, and the Corporation shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock at its address appearing on the Corporation's records. Each such statement shall be signed by the Corporation's chief financial officer. Where appropriate, such copy may be given in advance and may be included as part of a notice required to be mailed under the provisions of subparagraph 5(g). The Corporation shall, upon written request at any time of any holder of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) all adjustments and readjustments to the Conversion Price, (ii) the Conversion Ratio at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder's shares of Series B Preferred Stock if such shares were convertible at such time at the Conversion Ratio at that time in effect.

(g) Notice to Holders. In the event the Corporation shall propose to take any action of the type described in clauses (i) (but only if the action of the type described in clause (i) would result in an adjustment in the Conversion Price), (iii) or (iv) of subparagraph 5(e), the Corporation shall give notice to each holder of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, in the manner set forth in subparagraph 5(f), which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the approximate date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect on the Conversion Price and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon conversion of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock. In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, such notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to the date so fixed, and in case of all other action, such notice shall be given at least 15 days prior to the taking of such proposed action. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of any such action.

(h) Costs. The Corporation shall pay all documentary, stamp, transfer or other transactional taxes attributable to the issuance of delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of any shares of the Series B Preferred Stock; provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any federal or state income taxes or other taxes which may be payable in

13

respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificate for such shares in a name other than that of the holder of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of which such shares are being issued.

(i) Reservation of Common Stock. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(j) Notice. Any notice required by the provisions of this Paragraph 5 to be given to the holders of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed given upon personal delivery, upon delivery by nationally recognized courier or three business days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder's address appearing on the Corporation's books.

(k) Registration of Transfer. The Corporation shall keep at its principal office a register for the registration of shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Upon the surrender of any certificate representing shares of Series B Preferred Stock at such place, the Corporation shall, at the request of the record holder of such certificate, execute and deliver (at the Corporation's expense) a new certificate or certificates in exchange for such surrendered certificate representing in the aggregate the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate shall be registered in such name and shall represent such number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as is requested by the holder of the surrendered certificate and shall be substantially identical in form to the surrendered certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate.

(l) Replacement. Upon receipt of evidence of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any certificate evidencing shares of Series B Preferred Stock and, in the case of any such loss, theft, or destruction, an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation or, in the case of any mutilation, upon surrender of such certificate the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated certificate.

6. VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) General. The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote with the holders of the Common Stock on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of

14

the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or any certificates of designation to such Certificate of Incorporation (together, the "ARTICLES") or in the corporate laws of the state in which the Corporation is incorporated. Each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the largest number of full shares of Common Stock into which all shares of Series B Preferred Stock held of record by such holder could then be converted at the Conversion Ratio if the Series B Preferred Stock were convertible at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is first executed. The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation.

(b) Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by the Articles or the corporate laws of the state in which the Corporation is incorporated, the Corporation will not, without the approval of the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, (i) amend, change, alter, modify or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any of the preferences or relative or other rights of the Series B Preferred Stock, (ii) amend, change, alter, modify or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, (iii) authorize, issue, or obligate itself to issue, or reclassify any existing Equity Securities into, any Equity Securities ranking in right or preference senior to or on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock (including the authorization of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock) with respect to dividends, distributions, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, conversion, redemption, voting or otherwise, or (iv) amend, alter, modify or terminate any stockholders' or registration rights agreement of the Company or any other document material to the purchase of the Series B Preferred Stock.

7. HEADINGS OF SUBDIVISIONS.

The headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.

8. SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.

If any right, preference or limitation of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth in this Certificate of Designations (as such may be amended from time to time) is invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by reason of any rule of law or public policy, all other rights, preferences and limitations set forth in this Certificate of Designations (as so amended) which can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable right, preference or limitation shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no right, preference or limitation herein set forth shall be deemed dependent upon any other such right, preference or limitation unless so expressed herein.

15

9. STATUS OF REACQUIRED SHARES.

Any shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall be canceled and shall cease to be part of the authorized shares of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed and its corporate seal hereunto affixed by Fredrick J. Barrett, President, and to be attested by Francis B. Barron, Secretary, to be effective as of the 8th day of July 2004.

[SEAL]

                                                  /s/ Fredrick J. Barrett
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Fredrick J. Barrett, President
Attest:


/s/ Francis B. Barron
--------------------------------
Francis B. Barron, Secretary

The undersigned, Fredrick J. Barrett, President of the Corporation, hereby affirms and acknowledges, under penalties of perjury, that the signature of the undersigned on the foregoing instrument is his act and deed or the act and deed of the Corporation, and that the facts stated in the foregoing instrument are true.

/s/ Fredrick J. Barrett
------------------------------
Fredrick J. Barrett, President

* * * * *

16

EXHIBIT 4.1

Incorporated Under The Laws Of The
State Of Delaware

Number Shares

-SPECIMEN- -SPECIMEN-


BILL BARRETT CORPORATION


$.001 Par Value Common Stock, 150,000,000 Shares Authorized


THIS CERTIFIES THAT SPECIMEN

is the registered holder of

SPECIMEN

shares of the $.001 par value Common Stock of

Bill Barrett Corporation, fully paid and non-assessable, transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its Corporate

Seal to be hereunto affixed as of the __________ day of__________, A.D. 2004.


Francis B. Barron, Secretary Fredrick J. Barrett, President

For Value Received, ____________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _________________________________________________________________ ______ Shares represented by the within Certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint_____________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said Shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated _______________ 20 _____


Signature

[NOTICE. THE SIGNATURE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT
MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN
UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY
PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR
ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.]

In presence of



EXHIBIT 4.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of March 28, 2002, is by and among Bill Barrett Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and each of the parties listed on Annex A (the "Stockholders").

Whereas, the Stockholders have requested, and the Company has agreed to provide, registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities (as hereinafter defined), as set forth in this Agreement.

Now, therefore, for and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Affiliate" shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, any Person which (a) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person, (b) is an officer, director, partner, trustee or manager of such Person, or of a Person described in clause (a) of this sentence, or (c) is a Relative of such specified Person or of an individual described in clauses (a) or (b) of this sentence. As used in this definition, the term "control" means possession, directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries), of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of a Person through an ownership of at least a majority of the outstanding voting interests of such Person, or through the power to appoint, elect or direct the vote of, a majority of the members of the governing body of such Person whether by contract, voting trust or other agreement. "Relative" shall mean, with respect to any individual, (i) such individual's spouse, (ii) any direct descendent, parent, grandparent, great grandparent or sibling (in each case, whether by blood or adoption) of such individual or such individual's spouse, and (iii) any spouse of a person described in clause (ii) of this sentence.

"Approved Appraiser" shall mean a nationally recognized investment banking firm, accounting firm or valuation firm mutually acceptable to the Company and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

"Common Stock" shall mean shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

"Conversion Ratio" shall have the meaning set forth in the Articles Supplementary establishing the Series B Preferred Stock.

1

"Current Market Price" at any date shall mean, in the event the Common Stock is traded in the over the counter market or on a national or regional securities exchange, the average of the daily closing prices per share of Common Stock for thirty (30) consecutive trading days ending three trading days before such date (as adjusted for any stock dividend, split, combination or reclassification that took effect during such 30 trading day period). The closing price for each day shall be the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the last closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading, or if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the closing sale price for such day reported by Nasdaq, if the Common Stock is traded over-the-counter and quoted in the National Market System, or if the Common Stock is so traded, but not so quoted, the average of the closing reported bid and asked prices of the Common Stock as reported by Nasdaq or any comparable system, or, if the Common Stock is not listed on Nasdaq or any comparable system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected from time to time by the Corporation for that purpose. If the Common Stock is not publicly traded or is not traded in such manner that the quotations referred to above are available for the period required hereunder, Current Market Price per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the fair value per share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that if a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Investor Nominees, is unable to reach a decision on the Current Market Price, the Current Market Price shall be determined by an Approved Appraiser.

"Demand Notice" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

"Demand Registration" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3 hereof.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

"Initial Public Offering" shall mean the registered public offering of equity securities of the Company pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act.

"Losses" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.

"Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company, foreign limited liability company, trust, estate, corporation, custodian, trustee-executor, administrator, nominee or entity in a representative capacity.

"Piggyback Notice" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereof.

"Piggyback Registration" shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4 hereof.

2

"Proceeding" shall mean an action, claim, suit, arbitration or proceeding (including, without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened.

"Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

"Qualified Holder" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

"Qualified Public Offering" shall mean any firm commitment underwritten offering by the Corporation of shares of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, then in effect, or any comparable statement under any similar federal statutes then in force (i) for which the aggregate gross proceeds to be received by the Company from such offering (without deducting underwriting discounts, expenses, and commissions) are at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000),
(ii) in which each share of Series B Preferred converts pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Articles Supplementary for the Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate value, based on the price paid by the public in such offering, of at least $7.50, and (iii) pursuant to which the Common Stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or is quoted for trading on the Nasdaq National Market system.

"Registrable Securities" shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued and issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company held by the Stockholders (including any shares of Common Stock issued or distributed by way of dividend, stock split or other distribution in respect of such shares). As to any particular Registrable Securities, once issued such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) they are sold pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act, (ii) they are sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act), (iii) they shall have ceased to be outstanding, (iv) they have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor's rights under this agreement are not assigned to the transferee of the securities, or (v) they become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule
144(k) (or any similar rule then in effect under the Securities Act). No Registrable Securities may be registered under more than one Registration Statement at any one time.

"Registration Statement" shall mean any registration statement of the Company under the Securities Act which permits the public offering of any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-

3

effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

"Rule 144" shall mean Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.

"SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency having jurisdiction under the Securities Act.

"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

"Series B Preferred Stock" shall mean shares of the Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

"underwritten registration or underwritten offering" shall mean a registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

Section 2. Holders of Registrable Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person owns Registrable Securities or has a right to acquire such Registrable Securities through its ownership of the Series B Preferred Stock.

Section 3. Demand Registration.

(a) Requests for Registration. At any time after an Initial Public Offering, each of the Stockholders who is the holder of more than ten percent of the Company's then outstanding shares of Common Stock (including the Series B Preferred Stock, determined as if such shares had been converted to Common Stock) or shares of Common Stock (including the Series B Preferred Stock, determined as if such shares had been converted to Common Stock) with an aggregate value of at least $50,000,000 based on the Current Market Price of the Common Stock (a "Qualified Holder") shall have the right by delivering a written notice to the Company (the "Demand Notice") to require the Company to register, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (a "Demand Registration"). In addition, at any time, the Stockholders holding at least 60 percent of the Registrable Securities shall have the right to deliver a Demand Notice and to require the Company to undertake a Demand Registration, and each of those Stockholders shall be considered Qualified Holders for purposes of this Agreement. Following receipt of a Demand Notice for a Demand Registration, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file a Registration Statement and cause such securities to be registered under the Securities Act promptly, but not later than 90 days after such Demand Notice.

Until such time as the Company shall become eligible to use Form S-3 for the registration under the Securities Act of any of its securities, each Qualified

4

Holder shall be entitled to a maximum of two Demand Registrations. After such time as the Company shall become eligible to use Form S-3 for the registration under the Securities Act of any of its securities, each Qualified Holder shall be entitled to a maximum of five Demand Registrations, less the total number of Demand Registrations utilized by such holder prior to such date. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 3, in no event shall more than one Demand Registration occur during any six-month period (measured from the effective date of the Registration Statement to the date of the next Demand Notice) or within 120 days after the effective date of a Registration Statement filed by the Company; provided that no Demand Registration may be prohibited for such 120-day period more often than once in a 12-month period.

No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Section 3(a) if the Registration Statement relating thereto does not become effective or is not maintained effective for the period required pursuant to this Section 3(a), in which case such requesting holder of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to an additional Demand Registration in lieu thereof.

Within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a Demand Notice, the Company shall give written notice (the "Notice") of such Demand Notice to all other holders of Registrable Securities and shall, subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof, include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after such Notice is given by the Company to such holders.

All requests made pursuant to this Section 3 will specify the amount of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended methods of disposition thereof.

The Company shall be required to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement with respect to any Demand Registration for a period of at least 180 days after the effective date thereof or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement have actually been sold; provided, however, that such 180-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the holder of Registrable Securities refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of the Company or the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, if holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration pursuant to Section 3(a) request that such Demand Registration be a "shelf" registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act to permit distribution to, and resale by, the partners of a holder of Registrable Securities (a "Partner Distribution"), and the Company is then eligible to make such a filing, the Company shall file such Demand Registration under Rule 415 and shall keep the Registration Statement filed in respect thereof effective for a period which shall terminate on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the SEC declares such Registration Statement effective and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold

5

pursuant to such Registration Statement; provided, however, that such 180-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the holder of Registrable Securities refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of the Company or the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company hereby agrees that (i) any Demand Registration that is a "shelf" registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act shall contain all language (including, without limitation, on the prospectus cover sheet, the principal stockholders' chart and the plan of distribution) as may be requested by a holder of Registrable Securities to allow for a Partner Distribution and
(ii) the Company shall, at the request of any holder of Registrable Securities seeking to effect a Partner Distribution, file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments and to otherwise take any action necessary to include such language, if such language was not included in the initial Registration Statement, or revise such language if deemed reasonably necessary by such holder to effect such Partner Distribution

(b) Priority on Demand Registration. If any of the Registrable Securities registered pursuant to a Demand Registration are to be sold in a firm commitment underwritten offering, and the managing underwriter or underwriters advise the holders of such securities in writing that in its view the total number or dollar amount of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in such offering is such as to adversely affect the success of such offering (including, without limitation, securities proposed to be included by other holders of securities entitled to include securities in such Registration Statement pursuant to incidental or piggyback registration rights), then there shall be included in such firm commitment underwritten offering the number or dollar amount of Registrable Securities that in the opinion of such managing underwriter can be sold without adversely affecting such offering, and such Registrable Securities shall be allocated pro rata among the holders of Registrable Securities requesting such registration on the basis of the percentage of the Registrable Securities of the Company requested to be included in such Registration Statement by the holders of Registrable Securities that have requested that such securities be included in the registration. In connection with any Demand Registration to which the provisions of this subsection (b) apply, no securities other than Registrable Securities shall be covered by such Demand Registration except as provided in subsection (d)(ii) hereof, and such registration shall not reduce the number of available registrations under this Section 3 in the event that the Registration Statement excludes more than 50% of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities that holders requested be included.

(c) Postponement of Demand Registration. The Company shall be entitled to postpone (but not more than once in any twelve month period), for a reasonable period of time not in excess of 90 days, the filing of a Registration Statement if the Company delivers to the holders requesting registration a certificate signed by both the President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, such registration and offering could adversely affect or interfere with any bona fide material financing of the Company or any material transaction under consideration by the Company or would require disclosure of

6

information that has not been disclosed to the public, the premature disclosure of which would adversely affect the Company. Such certificate shall contain a general statement of the reasons for such postponement and an approximation of the anticipated delay. If the Company shall so postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, the holder who made the Demand Registration shall have the right to withdraw the request for registration by giving written notice to the Company within 20 days of the anticipated termination date of the postponement period, as provided in the certificate delivered to the holders, and in the event of such withdrawal, such request shall not be counted for purposes of the number of Demand Registrations to which such holder is entitled pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(d) Registration of Other Securities. Whenever the Company shall effect a Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 3 in connection with an underwritten offering by one or more holders of Registrable Securities, no securities other than Registrable Securities shall be included among the securities covered by such Demand Registration unless (i) the managing underwriter of such offering shall have advised each holder of Registrable Securities requesting such registration in writing that it believes that the inclusion of such other securities would not adversely affect such offering or
(ii) the inclusion of such other securities is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such Demand Registration.

Section 4. Piggyback Registration.

(a) Right to Piggyback. If, at any time after a Qualified Public Offering, the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of Common Stock (other than a registration statement (i) on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto or (ii) filed solely in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan), whether or not for its own account, then, each such time, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such proposed filing at least thirty (30) days before the anticipated filing date (the "Piggyback Notice") to all of the holders of Registrable Securities. The Piggyback Notice shall offer such holders the opportunity to include in such registration statement the number of Registrable Securities as each such holder may request (a "Piggyback Registration"). Subject to Section 4(b) hereof, the Company shall include in each such Piggyback Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after notice has been given to the applicable holder. The eligible holders of Registrable Securities shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of the Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effective date of such Piggyback Registration. The Company shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for a Piggyback Registration beyond the earlier to occur of (i) 120 days after the effective date thereof and (ii) consummation of the distribution by the holders of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement.

(b) Priority on Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed

7

underwritten offering to permit holders of Registrable Securities requested to be included in the registration for such offering to include all such Registrable Securities on the same terms and conditions as any other shares of capital stock, if any, of the Company included therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the managing underwriter or underwriters of such underwritten offering have informed the Company in writing that it is their good faith opinion that the total amount of securities that such holders, the Company and any other Persons having rights to participate in such registration, intend to include in such offering is such as to adversely affect the success of such offering, then the amount of securities to be offered (i) for the account of holders of Registrable Securities and (ii) for the account of all such other Persons (other than the Company) shall be reduced or limited pro rata among the holders of Registrable Securities and such other Persons requesting such registration on the basis of the percentage of the Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company requested to be included in such Registration Statement by such holders that have requested that such securities be included in the registration to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing underwriter or underwriters.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company hereby agrees that (i) any Piggyback Registration that is a "shelf" registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act shall contain all language (including, without limitation, on the prospectus cover sheet, the principal stockholders' chart and the plan of distribution) as may be requested by a holder of Registrable Securities to allow for a Partner Distribution and
(ii) the Company shall, at the request of any holder of Registrable Securities seeking to effect a Partner Distribution, file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments and to otherwise take any action necessary to include such language, if such language was not included in the initial Registration Statement, or revise such language if deemed reasonably necessary by such holder to effect such Partner Distribution.

Section 5. Restrictions on Public Sale by Holders of Registrable Securities. Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees, in connection with the Initial Public Offering and in connection with any underwritten registration of Registrable Securities filed pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 hereof, if requested (pursuant to a written notice) by the managing underwriter or underwriters in an underwritten offering, not to effect any public sale or distribution of any of the Company's securities (except as part of such underwritten offering), including a sale pursuant to Rule 144, during the period commencing on the date of the request and continuing for not more than 180 days (with respect to the Initial Public Offering) or 120 days (with respect to any underwritten public offering other than the Initial Public Offering) after the effective date of the Registration Statement pursuant to which such public offering shall be made or such lesser period as is required by the managing underwriter, provided, however, that all officers and directors of the Company must be subject to similar restrictions.

The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any holder of Registrable Securities if such holder is prevented by applicable statute or regulation from entering into any such agreement; provided, however, that any such holder shall undertake in its request to participate in any such underwritten offering, not to effect any public sale or

8

distribution of the class of securities covered by such Registration Statement (except as part of such underwritten offering) during such period unless it has provided forty-five (45) days' prior written notice of such sale or distribution to the managing underwriter or underwriters.

Section 6. Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Section 3 and
Section 4 hereof, the Company shall effect such registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall cooperate in the sale of the securities and shall, as expeditiously as possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement or Registration Statements on such form which shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the holders thereof in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof (including, without limitation, a Partner Distribution), and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and to remain effective as provided herein; provided, however, that before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (including documents that would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference), the Company shall furnish or otherwise make available to the holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed. The Company shall not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (including such documents that, upon filing, would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein) with respect to a Demand Registration to which the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object, in writing, on a timely basis, unless, in the opinion of the Company, such filing is necessary to comply with applicable law.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective during the period provided herein with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement; and cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act.

(c) Notify each selling holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, promptly, and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become

9

effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any other Federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information (provided, that the Company shall not be required to notify the holders or their counsel of all "comment" letters received by the Company from the SEC or to deliver copies of such comment letters or the Company's responses thereto to the holders or their counsel unless such letters request information from or about the holders),
(iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 6(o) below cease to be true and correct, (v) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (vi) of the happening of any event that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) Use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction.

(e) If requested by the managing underwriters, if any, or the holders of a majority of the holders of the then outstanding Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an underwritten offering, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriters, if any, and such holders may reasonably request in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company has received such request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to take any actions under this Section 6(e) that are not, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, in compliance with applicable law.

(f) Furnish to each selling holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and Prospectus supplements, if applicable, and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements (but excluding schedules, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, and all exhibits, unless requested in writing by such holder, counsel or underwriter).

10

(g) Deliver to each selling holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel, and the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of Prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons may reasonably request in connection with the distribution of the Registrable Securities; and the Company, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6, hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling holders of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus and any such amendment or supplement thereto.

(h) Prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any seller or underwriter reasonably requests in writing and to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and to take any other action that may be necessary or advisable to enable such holders of Registrable Securities to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdiction; provided, however, that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

(i) Cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any legends) representing Registrable Securities to be sold after receiving written representations from each holder of such Registrable Securities that the Registrable Securities represented by the certificates so delivered by such holder will be transferred in accordance with the Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters, if any, or holders may request at least two (2) business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities in a firm commitment public offering, but in any other such sale, within ten (10) business days prior to having to issue the securities.

(j) Use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities within the United States, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling holder's business, in which case the Company will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals, as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.

(k) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 6(c)(vi) above, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration

11

Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(l) Prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities, provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities.

(m) Provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement.

(n) Use its reasonable best efforts to cause all shares of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be authorized to be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or listed on a national securities exchange if shares of the particular class of Registrable Securities are at that time quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or listed on such exchange, as the case may be.

(o) Enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement in form, scope and substance as is customary in underwritten offerings) and take all such other actions reasonably requested by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the managing underwriters, if any) to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in such connection, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration, (i) make such representations and warranties to the holders of such Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, and, if true, confirm the same if and when requested,
(ii) use its reasonable best efforts to furnish to the selling holders of such Registrable Securities opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any, and counsels to the selling holders of the Registrable Securities), addressed to each selling holder of Registrable Securities and each of the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such counsel and underwriters, (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain "cold comfort" letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) who have certified the

12

financial statements included in such Registration Statement, addressed to each selling holder of Registrable Securities (unless such accountants shall be prohibited from so addressing such letters by applicable standards of the accounting profession) and each of the underwriters, if any, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with underwritten offerings, (iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures substantially to the effect set forth in Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section and (v) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 6(o)(i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company. The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting or similar agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.

(p) Make available for inspection by a representative of the selling holders of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Securities, if any, and any attorneys or accountants retained by such selling holders or underwriter, at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to supply all information in each case reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement; provided, however, that any information that is not generally publicly available at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Persons unless (i) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order, (ii) disclosure of such information, in the opinion of counsel to such Person, is required by law, or
(iii) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard by such Person. In the case of a proposed disclosure pursuant to (i) or (ii) above, such Person shall be required to give the Company written notice of the proposed disclosure prior to such disclosure and, if requested by the Company, assist the Company in seeking to prevent or limit the proposed disclosure. Without limiting the foregoing, no such information shall be used by such Person as the basis for any market transactions in securities of the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of law.

(q) Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make available to its security holders earning statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder, or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act, no later than forty-five
(45) days after the end of any twelve (12) month period (or ninety (90) days after the end of any twelve (12) month period if such period is a fiscal year)
(i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Company after the effective date of a

13

Registration Statement, which statements shall cover one of said twelve (12) month periods.

(r) Cause its officers to use their reasonable best efforts to support the marketing of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement (including, without limitation, participation in "road shows") taking into account the Company's business needs.

The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company in writing such information required in connection with such registration regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably request in writing and the Company may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any seller who unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees if such holder has Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 6(c)(ii), 6(c)(iii), 6(c)(v) or 6(c)(vi) hereof, such holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus until such holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(k) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus; provided, however that the Company shall extend the time periods under Section 3 with respect to the length of time that the effectiveness of a Registration Statement must be maintained by the amount of time the holder is required to discontinue disposition of such securities.

Section 7. Registration Expenses. All reasonable fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Company (including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses (A) with respect to filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and (B) of compliance with securities or Blue Sky laws, including, without limitation, any fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 6(h)), (ii) printing expenses (including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriters, if any, or by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement), (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses of the Company,
(iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (v) expenses of the Company incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 6(o)(iii) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any "cold comfort" letters required by this Agreement) and any other persons, including special experts

14

retained by the Company, and (vii) fees and disbursements of one counsel for the holders of Registrable Securities whose shares are included in a Registration Statement) shall be borne by the Company whether or not any of the Registration Statements is filed or becomes effective. In addition, the Company shall pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit, the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and rating agency fees and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company.

The Company shall not be required to pay (i) fees and disbursements of any counsel retained by any holder of Registrable Securities or by any underwriter (except as set forth in clauses 7(i)(B) and 7(vii)), (ii) any underwriter's fees (including discounts, commissions or fees of underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers or similar securities industry professionals) relating to the distribution of the Registrable Securities, or (iii) any other expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities not specifically required to be paid by the Company pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 7.

Section 8. Indemnification.

(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall, without limitation as to time, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities are covered by a Registration Statement or Prospectus, the officers, directors, accountants, agents and employees of each of them, each Person who controls each such holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and the officers, directors, accountants, agents and employees of each such controlling person, each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriter, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys' fees and any legal or other fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or Proceeding), expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, charges and amounts paid in settlement (collectively, "Losses"), as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document
(including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification, or compliance, and will reimburse each such holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such holder, each such underwriter, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with

15

investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission by such holder or underwriter, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such holder. It is agreed that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(b) Indemnification by Holder of Registrable Securities. In connection with any Registration Statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any Registration Statement or Prospectus and agrees to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, severally and not jointly, the Company, its directors, officers, accountants, agents and employees, each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers, agents or employees of such controlling persons, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls such underwriter (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), from and against all Losses arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such holder specifically for use in connection with the preparation of such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document provided, however, that the obligations of such holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided, further, that the liability of each selling holder of Registrable Securities hereunder shall be limited to the net proceeds received by such selling holder from the sale of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement. In addition, insofar as the foregoing indemnity relates to any such untrue statement or omission made in the preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the SEC at the time the registration statement becomes effective or in the final prospectus filed pursuant to applicable rules of the SEC or in any supplement or addendum thereto and such new prospectus is delivered to the underwriter, the indemnity agreement herein shall not inure to the benefit of such

16

underwriter, any controlling person of such underwriter and their respective Representatives, if a copy of the final prospectus filed pursuant to such rules, together with all supplements and addenda thereto was not furnished to the person or entity asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such furnishing is required by the Securities Act.

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. If any Person shall be entitled to indemnity hereunder (an "indemnified party"), such indemnified party shall give prompt notice to the party from which such indemnity is sought (the "indemnifying party") of any claim or of the commencement of any Proceeding with respect to which such indemnified party seeks indemnification or contribution pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any obligation or liability except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been prejudiced by such delay or failure. The indemnifying party shall have the right, exercisable by giving written notice to an indemnified party promptly after the receipt of written notice from such indemnified party of such claim or Proceeding, to, unless in the indemnified party's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, assume, at the indemnifying party's expense, the defense of any such claim or Proceeding, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such claim or Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless: (i) the indemnifying party agrees to pay such fees and expenses; or (ii) the indemnifying party fails promptly to assume the defense of such claim or Proceeding or fails to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; in which case the indemnified party shall have the right to employ counsel and to assume the defense of such claim or proceeding; provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such claim or Proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related claims or Proceedings in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of attorneys (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all of the indemnified parties, or for fees and expenses that are not reasonable. Whether or not such defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, such indemnified party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). The indemnifying party shall not consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation for which such indemnified party would be entitled to indemnification hereunder.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this
Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any Losses (other than in accordance with its terms), then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to

17

reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and indemnified party, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been taken by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent any such action, statement or omission.

The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(d), an indemnifying party that is a selling holder of Registrable Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds from the sale of the Registrable Securities sold by such indemnifying party exceeds the amount of any damages that such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

Section 9. Rule 144. The Company shall file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and will take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Company shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

Section 10. Underwritten Registrations. If any Demand Registration is an underwritten offering, the Company shall have the right to select the investment banker or investment bankers and managers to administer the offering, subject to approval by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Registration, not to be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall have the right to select the investment banker or investment bankers and managers to administer any Piggyback Registration.

No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell the Registrable Securities it desires to have covered

18

by the Demand Registration on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements in customary form and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, provided that such Person shall not be required to make any representations or warranties other than those related to title and ownership of shares and as to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the managing underwriter by such Person.

Section 11. Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are equivalent to or more favorable than the registration rights granted to holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, or which would reduce the amount of Registrable Securities the holders can include in any registration filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, unless such rights are subordinate to those of the holders of Registrable Securities.

Section 12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided, however, that in no event shall the obligations of any holder of Registrable Securities be materially increased or the rights of any Investor be adversely affected (without similarly adversely affecting the rights of all Investors), except upon the written consent of such holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other holders of Registrable Securities may be given by holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold by such holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

(b) Notices. All notices required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given if personally delivered, telecopied and confirmed, or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or overnight delivery service with proof of receipt maintained, at the following address (or any other address that any such party may designate by written notice to the other parties):

19

If to the Company:

Bill Barrett Corporation
1099 18th Street, Suite 2300
Denver, Colorado 80202

Facsimile: (303) 291-0420

If to any Stockholder, at his address as set forth on Exhibit A of this Agreement. Any such notice shall, if delivered personally, be deemed received upon delivery; shall, if delivered by telecopy, be deemed received on the first business day following confirmation; shall, if delivered by overnight delivery service, be deemed received the first business day after being sent; and shall, if delivered by mail, be deemed received upon the earlier of actual receipt thereof or five business days after the date of deposit in the United States mail.

(c) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the limited partners of a Stockholder who have received shares of Registrable Securities from a Stockholder pursuant to a Partner Distribution and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent holders of Registrable Securities.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(e) Headings. The section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Governing Law. This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof).

(g) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement, and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the

20

subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein, with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

(i) Securities Held by the Company or its Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or its subsidiaries shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the holders of such required percentage.

(j) Termination. This Agreement shall terminate when no Registrable Securities remain outstanding; provided that Sections 7 and 8 shall survive any termination hereof.

(k) Specific Performance. The parties hereto recognize and agree that money damages may be insufficient to compensate the holders of any Registrable Securities for breaches by the Company of the terms hereof and, consequently, that the equitable remedy of specific performance of the terms hereof will be available in the event of any such breach.

21

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

By:    /s/ J. Frank Keller
       -----------------------------
Name:  J. Frank Keller
Title: Chief Operating Officer

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


COLORADO PUBLIC EMPLOYEE
RETIREMENT ASSOCIATION

By:   /s/ Norman Benedict
      ----------------------------------
      Norman Benedict
      Deputy Executive Director of
      Investments

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000, L.P.

BY: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

GSCP 2000 OFFSHORE BBOG HOLDING, L.P.

BY: GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P.,
its General Partner

BY: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

GSCP 2000 GMBH BBOG HOLDING, L.P.

BY: GSCP 2000 GmbH BBOG Holding I,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 EMPLOYEE FUND, L.P.

BY: GS Employee Funds 2000 GP, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


STONE STREET FUND 2000, L.P.

BY: Stone Street 2000, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

STONE STREET BBOG HOLDING

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

GOLDMAN SACHS DIRECT INVESTMENT FUND 2000, L.P.

BY: GS Employee Funds 2000 GP, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


J.P. MORGAN PARTNERS (BHCA), L.P.

BY: JPMP MASTER FUND MANAGER, L.P.,
ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY: JPMP CAPITAL CORP.,
ITS GENERAL PARTNER

By:      /s/ Christopher Behrens
         -----------------------------------------
         Christopher Behrens
         Managing Director

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


PALANTIR PARTNERS LP

BY: PALANTIR ASSOCIATES LLC
its General Partner

By:      /s/ Glenn Doshay
         -----------------------------------------
         Glenn Doshay
         President

THE DOSHAY FAMILY TRUST OF 1999

By:      /s/ Glenn Doshay
         -----------------------------------------
         Glenn Doshay
         Trustee

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


STATE FARM MUTUAL AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:      /s/ John Conklin
         -----------------------------------------
         John Conklin
         Vice President - Common Stocks


By:      /s/ John Elterich
         -----------------------------------------
         John Elterich
         Assistant Secretary

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.

BY: WARBURG PINCUS & CO.,
AS GENERAL PARTNER

By:      /s/ Jeffrey A. Harris
         -----------------------------------------
         Jeffrey A. Harris, Partner

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement


Annex A

Stockholders

Colorado Public Employee Retirement Association 1300 Logan Street
Denver, CO 80203

Goldman Sachs Direct Investment Fund 2000, L.P. 85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Attention: John Bowman

GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P.
85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Attention: John Bowman

GSCP 2000 Offshore BBOG Holding, L.P.
85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Attention: John Bowman

GSCP 2000 GmbH Holding, L.P.
85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Attention: John Bowman

GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P. 85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Attention: John Bowman

J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P.
1221 Avenue of the Americas
Floor 39
New York, NY 10020

Palantir Partners LP
c/o Tom Sullivan
Palantir Capital Inc.
153 E. 53rd Street, 43rd Floor
New York, NY 10022


State Farm Mutual Automobile Insurance Company One State Farm Plaza, E-3
Bloomington, IL 61710
Attention: Larry Rottunda

Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P.
85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Attention: John Bowman

Stone Street BBOG Holding
85 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Attention: John Bowman

The Doshay Family Trust of 1999
c/o Tom Sullivan
Palantir Capital Inc.
153 E. 53rd Street, 43rd Floor
New York, NY 10022


EXHIBIT 4.3

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF MARCH 28, 2002
AS AMENDED AND RESTATED
AS OF MARCH 4, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                Page

ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS                                                                         2
     Section 1.1           Definitions............................................................................ 2
     Section 1.2           Related Definitional Matters........................................................... 6
     Section 1.3           Capital Stock Subject To Agreement..................................................... 7

ARTICLE II STOCKHOLDERS                                                                                            7
     Section 2.1           Stockholders........................................................................... 7
     Section 2.2           Preemptive Rights For Equity Securities Issued By The Company.......................... 7

ARTICLE III RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSITIONS OF CAPITAL STOCK                                                          9
     Section 3.1           Restrictions On Dispositions........................................................... 9
     Section 3.2           Permitted Transfers................................................................... 11
     Section 3.3           Notice Of Right Of First Refusal...................................................... 12
     Section 3.4           Rights Of First Refusal For Series A Preferred Held By Non-Management Stockholders.... 12
     Section 3.5           Rights Of First Refusal For Stock Held By Management Stockholders..................... 14
     Section 3.6           Rights Of First Refusal For Series B Preferred........................................ 15
     Section 3.7           Purchase Price........................................................................ 16
     Section 3.8           Compliance Required................................................................... 16
     Section 3.9           Certain Rights Of Inclusion........................................................... 16
     Section 3.10          Drag-Along Rights..................................................................... 17
     Section 3.11          Endorsement Of Stock Certificates..................................................... 20
     Section 3.12          Specific Performance.................................................................. 21
     Section 3.13          Government Compliance................................................................. 21

ARTICLE IV COMPANY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS                                                                         21
     Section 4.1           Vesting And Repurchase Of Management Stock............................................ 21
     Section 4.2           Repurchase Option For Management Stock................................................ 23
     Section 4.3           Buyback Of Certain Shares Of Stock.................................................... 26
     Section 4.4           Financial Reports..................................................................... 27

ARTICLE V SPECIAL MANAGEMENT/GOVERNANCE PROVISIONS                                                                29
     Section 5.1           Certificate Of Incorporation:  No Conflict With Agreement............................. 29
     Section 5.2           Board Of Directors.................................................................... 29
     Section 5.3           Removal............................................................................... 32
     Section 5.4           Vacancies............................................................................. 32
     Section 5.5           Covenant To Vote...................................................................... 33
     Section 5.6           Designation Of Proxy.................................................................. 33
     Section 5.7           Investor Stockholder Rights........................................................... 33
     Section 5.8           Voting Rights......................................................................... 34
     Section 5.9           VCOC Rights........................................................................... 35

i

     Section 5.10          Business Opportunities................................................................ 35

ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS                                                                                          36
     Section 6.1           Manner Of Giving Notice............................................................... 36
     Section 6.2           Waiver Of Notice...................................................................... 36
     Section 6.3           Counterpart Signatures................................................................ 36
     Section 6.4           Severability.......................................................................... 36
     Section 6.5           Joinder Of Spouses.................................................................... 37
     Section 6.6           Entire Agreement; Amendments; Agreement Controls...................................... 37
     Section 6.7           Governing Law And Venue............................................................... 38
     Section 6.8           Consent To Jurisdiction............................................................... 38
     Section 6.9           Binding Effect; Assignment............................................................ 38
     Section 6.10          Future Actions........................................................................ 39
     Section 6.11          Headings; Exhibits.................................................................... 39
     Section 6.12          Termination Of This Agreement......................................................... 39
     Section 6.13          Adjustments for Stock Splits, Etc..................................................... 39
     Section 6.14          Regulatory Matters.................................................................... 39

ii

STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of March 4, 2004 to be effective as of the 28th day of March, 2002, among Bill Barrett Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the stockholders of the Company whose names appear on the signature page hereto (collectively, the "Stockholders").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware with an authorized capitalization of (i) 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the "Common Stock"), 8,660,148 of which are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, and (i) 75,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), of which 6,900,000 shares have been designated the Series A Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred"), 6,258,994 of which are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, and 52,185,000 shares have been designated the Series B Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred"), 49,205,500 of which are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof; and

WHEREAS, certain of the Stockholders will be parties to the Stock Purchase Agreement, among the Company and the investors listed on Annex A to such agreement (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), which is being executed and delivered simultaneously with the execution and delivery by such Stockholders and the Company of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, certain of the Stockholders hold shares of Common Stock are parties to a Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2002, by and among the Company and such Stockholders (the "Founders Stockholders' Agreement") and desire to terminate the Founders Stockholders' Agreement in full; and

WHEREAS, certain of the Stockholders hold shares of Series A Preferred purchased pursuant to a private placement of shares as described in a Confidential Private Placement Memorandum of the Company, dated February 11, 2002, as amended by Supplements dated February 26, 2002 and March 20, 2002, for the offer and sale of 6,594,724 shares of Series A Preferred (the "A Round"); and

WHEREAS, each of the Stockholders is, or will be upon consummation of the Closing (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement), the owner of the number of shares of such issued and outstanding Common Stock, Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred of the Company set forth opposite its name on Exhibit A which shall be amended from time to time to reflect the shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred owned by the Stockholders, their Permitted Transferees and additional stockholders hereunder; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto deem it in their best interests and in the best interests of the Company to set forth their respective rights and obligations in connection with their investment in the Company; and


WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company unanimously approved the amendment of the Agreement as set forth in this Amended And Restated Agreement and such amendment was approved by the requisite vote of the Stockholders, all effective as of March 4, 2004; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto also desire to restrict the sale, assignment, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition of the shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred, as well as shares of capital stock that may be issued hereafter, and to provide for certain rights and obligations in respect thereto as hereinafter provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual agreements and understandings set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS

SECTION 1.1 DEFINITIONS.

When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

"AFFILIATE" shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, any Person which (a) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person, (b) is an officer, director, general partner, trustee or manager of such Person, or of a Person described in clause
(a) of this sentence or (c) is a Relative of such specified Person or of an individual described in clauses (a) or (b) of this sentence. As used in this definition, the term "control" means possession, directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries), of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of a Person through an ownership of at least a majority of the outstanding voting interests of such Person, or through the power to appoint, elect or direct the vote of, a majority of the members of the governing body of such Person whether by contract, voting trust or other agreement. "Relative" shall mean, with respect to any individual, (i) such individual's spouse, (ii) any direct descendent, parent, grandparent, great grandparent or sibling (in each case, whether by blood or adoption) of such individual or such individual's spouse, and (iii) any spouse of a person described in clause (ii) of this sentence.

"A ROUND STOCKHOLDERS" shall mean the Stockholders designated as such on Exhibit A.

"BYLAWS" shall mean the Company's bylaws, certified by the secretary of the Company, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, as may be amended from time to time.

"CAUSE" shall mean discharge by the Company on the following grounds:

2

(i) An employee's or director's conviction or plea of nolo contendere in a court of law of any crime or offense, excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses.

(ii) Willful misconduct which materially adversely affects the reputation or business activities of the Company and which continues after written notice thereof from the Board of Directors of the Company to such employee or director stating with specificity the alleged dishonesty or misconduct and, if requested by the employee within 10 days thereafter, such employee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to be heard before the Board of Directors of the Company.

(iii) Substance abuse, including abuse of alcohol or use of illegal narcotics, and other drugs or substances, for which such employee or director fails to undertake and maintain treatment after 15 days after requested by the Company.

(iv) Misappropriation of funds or other material acts of dishonesty involving the Company.

(v) Any employee's continuing material failure or refusal to perform his duties or to carry out in all material respects the lawful directives of the Board of Directors of the Company.

"CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION" shall mean the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, including all certificates of designation with respect thereto, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, as may be amended from time to time.

"CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean (i) a consolidation or merger involving the Corporation, (ii) the sale, lease, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or (iii) any other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Corporation are exchanged for or converted into cash, securities of another corporation or business organization (including the surviving entity of a merger), or other property, unless, in the case of clauses (i) or (iii), the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock have consented that such transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control.

"CONVERSION RATIO" shall, with respect to any share of Series B Preferred, have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

"DEFAULTING STOCKHOLDER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

"DISABILITY" shall mean a physical or mental infirmity which impairs the Management Stockholder's ability to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company for a period of one hundred eighty consecutive days and the Management Stockholder has not returned to his or her full time employment prior to the applicable date.

3

"DISPOSITION" shall mean any sale, assignment, hypothecation, gift, inter vivos transfer, pledge, hedge, mortgage or other encumbrance, or any other disposition of capital stock of the Company whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, excluding, in the case of JPMP, any grant of a participation interest as described in the Regulatory Sideletter.

"EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time and any successor statute thereto.

"INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING" shall mean the registered public offering of equity securities of the Company pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act.

"INVESTOR STOCKHOLDERS" shall mean the Stockholders designated as such on Exhibit A.

"JPMP" means J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or its permitted successors and assigns that are Affiliates of J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P.

"LIQUIDATION EVENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Designations designating the Series B Preferred.

"MANAGEMENT STOCK" shall mean all shares of Common Stock now or hereafter owned by any of the Management Stockholders that initially were purchased from the Company at a split adjusted price of $.04412 per share on or about January 31, 2002 and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever of the Corporation which may be issued on or after the date hereof in respect of, in exchange for, or upon conversion of such shares of Common Stock pursuant to a merger, consolidation, stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization of the Corporation or otherwise.

"MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS" shall mean the Stockholders designated as such on Exhibit A.

"MARKETABLE SECURITIES" shall mean freely tradable common stock (with no restrictions on disposition under applicable law or contract) approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange or admitted to trading and quoted in the Nasdaq National Market system of a corporation with a market value of its outstanding common stock owned by non-affiliates in excess of $50,000,000.

"NON-PARTICIPATING STOCKHOLDER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

"ORIGINAL COST" shall mean, with respect to a particular share of capital stock of the Company, the amount originally paid to the Company to purchase such share.

"PERMITTED TRANSFEREE" with respect to a transferor Stockholder means (i) the spouse of the transferor Stockholder, (ii) a trust, or family partnership, the sole beneficiary of which is the transferor Stockholder, the spouse of or, any Person related by blood or adoption to,

4

the transferor Stockholder, or (iii) the partners, the members or stockholders or Affiliates of an Investor Stockholder; provided that a Permitted Transferee under this clause (iii) may not compete with the Company directly or indirectly or engage in any aspect of the oil and gas industry other than providing financing to or investing in businesses within such industry; provided, however, that any such transfers contemplated by (i) through (iii) do not conflict with or constitute a violation of state or federal securities laws. For purpose of clause (iii) above, an Affiliate of an investor shall not be deemed to be competing with the Company if it, through its engagement in the private equity business, owns, directly or indirectly, interests or securities in portfolio companies that compete with the Company or engage in any aspect of the oil and gas industry.

"PERSON" shall mean an individual, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, foreign limited liability company, trust, estate, corporation, custodian, trustee-executor, administrator, nominee or entity in a representative capacity.

"PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVE" shall mean the executor, administrator, guardian, or other personal representative of any natural person who has become deceased or subject to disability, or any successor or assignee thereof whether by operation of law or otherwise.

"PROPORTIONATE PERCENTAGE" shall mean, with respect to a Stockholder, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred held by such Stockholder (calculated on the basis that all shares of Series B Preferred have been converted at the Conversion Ratio, and all shares of Series A Preferred have been converted at the "Conversion Ratio" as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock) and the denominator of which is
(i) in a situation where the Proportionate Percentage is being calculated with respect to all Stockholders, the total number of shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred (calculated on the basis that all shares of Series B Preferred have been converted at the Conversion Ratio and all shares of Series A Preferred have been converted at the "Conversion Ratio" as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock) held by all Stockholders at the time in question and (ii) in a situation where the Proportionate Percentage is being calculated with respect to a particular group of Stockholders, the total number of shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred (calculated on the basis that all shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been converted at the Conversion Ratio and all shares of Series A Preferred have been converted) held by the members of such group.

"REGULATORY SIDELETTER" means the Regulatory Sideletter dated as of the date hereof between the Company and JPMP.

"QUALIFIED MERGER" shall mean a merger of the Company with another corporation that is a Qualified Public Company, or a subsidiary of a Qualified Public Company, in which the Current Market Value of the consideration received for one share of Series B Preferred pursuant to paragraph 4 of the Certificate of Designations for the Series B Preferred Stock is at least $7.50 per share and which consideration consists of cash and/or Marketable Securities of such Qualified Public Company.

5

"QUALIFIED PUBLIC COMPANY" shall mean a corporation whose common stock is authorized and approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange or admitted to trading and quoted in the Nasdaq National Market system and the market value of the outstanding common stock of which corporation owned by non-affiliates of such corporation is in excess of $50,000,000.

"QUALIFIED PUBLIC OFFERING" shall mean any firm commitment underwritten offering of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (i) for which the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), (ii) in which each share of Series B Preferred converts pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Certificate of Designations for the Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate value, based on the price to public in such offering, of at least $7.50 per share, and (iii) pursuant to which shares of Common Stock are authorized and approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange or admitted to trading and quoted in the Nasdaq National Market system.

"SALE OF THE COMPANY" means, in one or a series of related transactions, sale of (i) all or substantially all the capital stock of the Company or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, determined on a consolidated basis, in each case to a Person or group of Persons who are not Affiliates of any Investor Stockholder, whether by way of merger, share exchange, consolidation, sale of stock or assets, or otherwise.

"SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute thereto.

"SERIES A CONVERSION SHARES" shall mean those shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred.

"SERIES B CONVERSION SHARES" shall mean those shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series B Preferred.

"UNVESTED SHARES" means shares of Management Stock that are not Vested Shares.

"VESTED SHARES" means shares of Management Stock that have become vested pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof due to both Dollar Vesting and Time Vesting.

SECTION 1.2 RELATED DEFINITIONAL MATTERS.

As used in this Agreement, pronouns in masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context clearly otherwise requires. As used in this Agreement, the term "including" shall be construed to be expansive rather than limiting in nature and to mean "including, without limitation," except where the context clearly otherwise requires.

6

SECTION 1.3 CAPITAL STOCK SUBJECT TO AGREEMENT.

Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, this Agreement shall extend and apply to all shares of capital stock now owned by each of the Stockholders and to all shares of capital stock of the Company as may hereafter be acquired by any of the Stockholders, whether such shares constitute the separate property or community property of any of the individual Stockholders, and regardless of the capacity in which title to such shares is held or taken. This Agreement shall also apply to all shares of capital stock of the Company to which the spouse of any Stockholder is entitled by virtue of any community property or any other laws.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 2.1 STOCKHOLDERS.

The Stockholders of the Company and the number of shares of capital stock of the Company held by each are set forth in Exhibit A as such exhibit may be amended and updated from time to time.

SECTION 2.2 PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS FOR EQUITY SECURITIES ISSUED BY THE COMPANY.

(a) Except in the case of Excluded Securities (as hereinafter defined), the Company shall not, and shall cause its subsidiaries not to, issue, sell or exchange, agree to issue, sell or exchange, or reserve or set aside for issuance, sale or exchange any of the equity securities of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (including without limitation any shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, or rights to acquire any such shares, whether or not immediately exercisable and whether evidenced by an option, warrant, convertible security or other instrument or agreement) (collectively, "Stock"), unless in each case the Company shall have first offered or caused such subsidiary to offer (the "Preemptive Offer") to sell such Stock to the Investor Stockholders (the "Offered Securities") by delivery to such Investor Stockholders of written notice of such offer stating the Company or subsidiary, as the case may be, proposes to sell such Offered Securities, the number or amount of the Offered Securities proposed to be sold, the proposed purchase price therefor and any other terms and conditions of such offer. The Preemptive Offer shall by its terms remain open and irrevocable for a period of 20 days from the date it is delivered by the Company (the "Preemptive Offer Period").

(b) Each Investor Stockholder shall have the option, exercisable at any time during the Preemptive Offer Period by delivering written notice to the Company (a "Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notice"), to subscribe for
(i) the number or amount of such Offered Securities up to its Proportionate Percentage (calculated with respect to the Investor Stockholders only) of the total number or amount of Offered Securities proposed to be issued and (ii) up to its Proportionate Percentage (calculated with respect to the Investor Stockholders only) of the Offered Securities not subscribed for by other Investor Stockholders as specified in its

7

Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notice. Any Offered Securities not subscribed for by an Investor Stockholder shall be deemed to be re-offered to and accepted by the Investor Stockholders exercising their options specified in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence with respect to the lesser of (A) the amount specified in their respective Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notices and (B) an amount equal to their respective Proportionate Percentages (calculated with respect to the Investor Stockholders only) with respect to such deemed offer. Such deemed offer and acceptance procedures described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be repeated until either (x) all of the Offered Securities are accepted by the Investor Stockholders or (y) no Investor Stockholder desires to subscribe for more Offered Securities. The Company shall notify each Investor Stockholder within five days following the expiration of the Preemptive Offer Period of the number or amount of Offered Securities which such Investor Stockholder has subscribed to purchase.

(c) If Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notices are not given by the Investor Stockholders for all the Offered Securities, the Company shall have 45 days from the expiration of the Preemptive Offer Period to sell all or any part of such Offered Securities as to which Preemptive Offer Acceptances Notices have not been given by the Investor Stockholders (the "Refused Securities") to any other Persons, but only upon terms and conditions in all material respects, including price, which are no more favorable, in the aggregate, to such other Persons or less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Preemptive Offer. Upon the closing, which shall include full payment to the Company, of the sale to such other Persons of all the Refused Securities, the Investor Stockholders shall purchase from the Company, and the Company shall sell to the Investor Stockholders, the Offered Securities with respect to which Preemptive Offer Acceptance Notices were delivered by the Investor Stockholders, at the terms specified in the Preemptive Offer. In each case, any Offered Securities not purchased by the Investor Stockholders or any other Persons in accordance with this Section 2.2 may not be sold or otherwise disposed of until they are again offered to the Investor Stockholders under the procedures specified in this Section 2.2.

(d) The preemptive rights of the Investor Stockholders under this Section 2.2 shall not apply to the following Securities (the "Excluded Securities"):

(i) up to 7,850,000 shares of Common Stock issued to officers, employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any stock option or similar stock incentive plan (including the Company's 2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and 2003 Stock Option Plan) adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, including a majority of the Investor Nominees;

(ii) Stock issued as consideration to the sellers in connection with an acquisition by the Company in a bona fide arms length transaction, the terms of which have been approved by a majority of the Investor Nominees (as defined below) or Stock issued in connection with the transactions contemplated by that certain Letter of Intent, dated as of March 11, 2002 by and between the Company and the Crow Tribe and related letters;

8

(iii) Stock issued upon the exercise or conversion of any Stock issued in compliance with this Section 2.2;

(iv) Stock issued in a Qualified Public Offering;

(v) Stock issued as a stock dividend or upon any stock split or other pro-rata subdivision or combination of the Stock;

(vi) Stock issued to any Person that is not a Stockholder or an Affiliate of any Stockholder, so long as holders of shares representing 60% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred have approved the waiver of the pre-emptive rights with respect to such issuance;

(vii) Stock issued at any time after a Qualified Public Offering;

(viii) Stock held by a subsidiary of the Company which stock is transferred to the Company by such subsidiary;

(ix) Up to 455,635 shares of Series A Preferred that may be issued pursuant to that certain Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of March 27, 2002, by and between the Company and Hennie L.J.M. Gieskes;

(x) Shares of Series B Preferred issued pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement and shares of Common Stock issued upon the Conversion of those shares of Series B Preferred;

(xi) Up to 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred that may be issued pursuant to the Company's 2003 Employee Restricted Stock Purchase Plan and 2004 Employee Restricted Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plans");

(xii) Up to 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred that may be issued to Thomas B. Tyree, Jr. ("Tyree") upon the exercise of an option to purchase such shares for $5.00 per share until July 3, 2003 granted to Tyree (the "Tyree Option Shares"); and

(xiii) Up to 50,000 shares of Series B Preferred that may be issued to Francis B. Barron ("Barron") upon the exercise of an option to purchase such shares for $5.00 per share until March 31, 2004 granted to Barron (the "Barron Option Shares").

9

ARTICLE III

RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSITIONS OF CAPITAL STOCK

SECTION 3.1 RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSITIONS.

(a) No Stockholder, any spouse of any Stockholder, any Personal Representative of any Stockholder, or any legal representative, agent or assignee of any Stockholder, as the case may be, shall make any Disposition of any shares of capital stock of the Company, except as provided in this Article III. The parties agree that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are fair and reasonable and in the best interests of the Company and the Stockholders.

(b) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Disposition of capital stock of the Company otherwise permitted or required by this Agreement shall be made unless such Disposition is in compliance with federal and state securities laws, including without limitation the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. If any such Disposition is made pursuant to an exemption from such laws, rules and regulations, such Disposition shall be made only upon the Stockholder first having delivered to the Company a favorable written opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to the effect that the proposed sale or transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws; provided, however, that no such opinion of counsel shall be required for (A) a transfer by a Stockholder to a Permitted Transferee if, in each case, the Permitted Transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms and conditions hereof to the same extent as if such Permitted Transferee were an original Stockholder hereunder, or (B) a sale duly made in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, or any successor or analogous rule to Rule 144, or if the Stockholder would be permitted to transfer the securities pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144 (it being agreed that the Company shall have the right to receive evidence satisfactory to it regarding compliance with such Rule or any successor or analogous rule prior to the registration of any such transfer), or (C) a Disposition pursuant to an effective registration statement.

(c) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company and each of the Stockholders, no Disposition of capital stock otherwise permitted or required by this Agreement shall be effective unless and until any transferee who is not already a party to this Agreement (and such transferee's spouse, if applicable) shall execute and deliver to the Company an Addendum Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D in which such transferee (and such transferee's spouse, if applicable) agrees to be bound by this Agreement and to observe and comply with this Agreement and with all obligations and restrictions imposed on Stockholders hereby; each person to whom a Disposition of capital stock is permitted by this Agreement who receives a Disposition of capital stock during the period when this Agreement is in effect, and who agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof, shall thereafter become a "Stockholder" for all purposes of this Agreement. Such transferee shall become a Management Stockholder if the transferor was a Management Stockholder or an Investor Stockholder if the transferor was an Investor Stockholder; provided, however, that each transferee who receives a Disposition of

10

capital stock that is an Affiliate of or is then (i) an Investor Stockholder, shall become or remain an Investor Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement and (ii) a Management Stockholder or spouse thereof, shall become or remain a Management Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement.

(d) Dispositions of capital stock may only be made in strict compliance with all applicable terms of this Agreement, and any purported Disposition of capital stock that does not so comply with all applicable provisions of this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force or effect, and the Company shall not recognize or be bound by any such purported Disposition and shall not effect any such purported Disposition on the stock transfer books of the Company.

(e) All shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred, and Series B Preferred held by the Company, as treasury stock or otherwise, or any subsidiary thereof shall not be deemed outstanding for any purpose under this Agreement or the Bylaws of the Company.

(f) Prior to the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, all newly issued shares of capital stock of the Company shall only be issued to Persons who become party to this Agreement; provided however, that each transferee who (i) is an employee or consultant of the Company shall become a Management Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement, and (ii) is not an employee or consultant of the Company shall have such designation, if any, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, with the concurrence of a majority of the Investor Nominees.

(g) No transfer of Management Stock or Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred held by Management Stockholders may be made pursuant to this Article III by a Management Stockholder prior to March 28, 2007, or such earlier date that such Management Stockholder reaches the age of 75; provided however, that a Management Stockholder may transfer or make a Disposition otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Article III with respect to an aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred equal to up to an aggregate of 8% of such Management Stockholder's initial purchases of Series A Preferred in March 2002 and such Management Stockholder's aggregate purchases of Series B Preferred initially issued pursuant to the Purchase Plan at any time on or before March 28, 2003, an aggregate of 16% of such shares on or before March 28, 2004, an aggregate of 24% of such shares on or before March 28, 2005, an aggregate of 32% of such shares on or before March 28, 2006, and an aggregate of 40% of such shares on or before March 28, 2007; and further provided, however that William J. Barrett may transfer up to 400,000 shares of Management Stock to Tyree and John F. Keller may transfer an aggregate of 226,654 shares of Management Stock to his children, which transfers shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.3 or 3.5 of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.2 PERMITTED TRANSFERS.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1, an A Round Holder or its Personal Representative may at any one time prior to the time that the Company's Common Stock is registered (an "Exchange Act Registration") pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision, transfer any or all of his or its shares of capital stock

11

to any person who is a Permitted Transferee with respect to the transferor Stockholder, and such Permitted Transferee shall not be entitled to make any transfers or Dispositions prior to Exchange Act Registration. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1, a Stockholder (other than an A Round Stockholder) or his Personal Representative may at any time or times and, following Exchange Act Registration, an A Round Holder may transfer any or all of his or its shares of capital stock to any Person who is a Permitted Transferee with respect to the transferor Stockholder.

(b) A transfer or Disposition of any kind or character otherwise prohibited by this Agreement may be permitted if approved by the holders of shares representing 60% or more of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred.

(c) Any transfer to a Permitted Transferee made pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall not be subject to the terms of Sections 3.3 through 3.9 hereof.

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.2, a Stockholder may not make a Disposition of capital stock of the Company to a Permitted Transferee if such Disposition has as a purpose the avoidance of restrictions on Dispositions in this Agreement (it being understood that, solely for such determination, at a minimum, the Permitted Transferee shall have subsequently ceased to be a Permitted Transferee of the Stockholder that made such Disposition to such Permitted Transferee).

SECTION 3.3 NOTICE OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

In the event that an A Round Stockholder, an Investor Stockholder or a Management Stockholder (subject to the restrictions in Section 3.1(g)) receives a bona fide written offer (a "Third Party Offer") for the purchase of all or a part of his or its capital stock (or any rights or interests therein) of the Company that such A Round Stockholder, Investor Stockholder or Management Stockholder desires to accept, such A Round Stockholder, Investor Stockholder or Management Stockholder (the "Offeror Stockholder") agrees to give written notice of such Third Party Offer (the "Notice of Right of First Refusal") to the Secretary of the Company and, within five business days after receipt of the Notice of Right of First Refusal by the Company, the Company will send a copy of the Notice of Right of First Refusal to the other Stockholders (the "Other Stockholders") specified below in this Article III. The notice must set forth the name of the proposed transferee (the "Third Party"), the number and class of shares to be transferred (the "Offered Stock"), the price per share (the "Offer Price"), all details of the payment terms and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer. A Third Party Offer may not contain provisions related to any property other than the capital stock of the Company held by the Offeror Stockholder, and the Offer Price shall be expressed only in terms of cash or credit terms contained in the proposed transfer. The Offeror Stockholder shall deliver such Notice of Right of First Refusal to the parties noted above promptly upon receiving such Third Party Offer, but in any event not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the proposed transfer.

The last date that the Notice of Right of First Refusal is received by the applicable Other Stockholders shall constitute the "First Refusal Notice Date." The Company shall be

12

obligated to promptly determine the First Refusal Notice Date following its receipt of a Notice of Right of First Refusal, and such date shall be promptly communicated in writing by the Company to all applicable Other Stockholders within five (5) business days of the determination of such date.

SECTION 3.4 RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL FOR SERIES A PREFERRED HELD BY NON-MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS.

(a) Primary Right Of First Refusal. The Company shall have the sole and exclusive option for a period of ten (10) days following the First Refusal Notice Date to acquire, on the terms specified in the Notice of Right of First Refusal, any Offered Stock that is Series A Preferred held by an Offeror Stockholder other than a Management Stockholder. The Company may exercise such option by giving written notice of exercise to the Offeror Stockholder and to all Investor Stockholders prior to the termination of the Company's option period. Such notice of exercise shall refer to the Notice of Right of First Refusal and shall set forth the number of shares of capital stock to be acquired by the Company and a reasonable place and time within 20 days after the date thereof for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Offered Stock.

(b) Secondary Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Company elects to purchase less than all the Offered Stock that is Series A Preferred held by an Offeror Stockholder other than a Management Stockholder, the Investor Stockholders shall have the exclusive option from the 11th to the 30th day following the First Refusal Notice Date to acquire all or any portion of the Offered Stock in accordance with the provisions of the Notice of Right of First Refusal. The Investor Stockholders may, by agreement, allocate among themselves the right to acquire such part of the Offered Stock. In the absence of such an agreement among the Investor Stockholders, each Investor Stockholder will be entitled to give written notice to the Offeror Stockholder, to the Company and to the Investor Stockholders, from the eleventh day to the twentieth day following the First Refusal Notice Date, of such Investor Stockholder's election ("Election Notice") to acquire all or any part of its Proportionate Percentage (calculated solely with respect to the Investor Stockholders) of the Offered Stock that is not being acquired by the Company or the Investor Stockholders including a statement of the maximum number of shares of Offered Stock that such Investor Stockholder is willing to purchase.

(c) Any Offered Stock not subscribed for pursuant to Section 3.4(b) by the Investor Stockholders shall be deemed to be re-offered to and accepted by the Investor Stockholders exercising their rights to purchase Offered Stock with respect to the lesser of (A) the amount specified in their respective Election Notices and (B) an amount equal to their respective Proportionate Percentages (calculated solely with respect to the Investor Stockholders) with respect to such deemed offer. Such deemed offer and acceptance procedures described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be repeated until either (x) all of the Offered Stock is accepted by the Investor Stockholders or (y) no Investor Stockholder desires to subscribe for more Offered Stock. The Company shall notify each Investor Stockholder within five days following the expiration of the period described in Section 3.4(b) of the number or amount of Offered Stock which such Stockholder has subscribed to purchase and shall set a

13

reasonable place and time from the date thereof for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Offered Stock.

(d) If the Company and the Investor Stockholders do not purchase all of the Offered Stock, the remaining Offered Stock (or any portion thereof) may be sold by the Offeror Stockholder at any time within ninety (90) days after the date of the Third Party Offer, subject to the provisions of
Section 3.1 hereof. Any such sale shall not be at less than the price or upon terms and conditions more favorable to the purchaser than those specified in the Third Party Offer.

SECTION 3.5 RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL FOR STOCK HELD BY MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS.

(a) Primary Right Of First Refusal. The Management Stockholders (the "Other Management Stockholders") other than an Offeror Stockholder that is a Management Stockholder shall have the sole and exclusive option for a period of ten (10) days following the First Refusal Notice Date to acquire, on the terms specified in the Notice of Right of First Refusal, any Offered Stock held by an Offeror Stockholder that is a Management Stockholder. The Other Management Stockholders may, by agreement, allocate among themselves the right to acquire such part of the Offered Stock. In the absence of such an agreement among the Other Management Stockholders, each Other Management Stockholder will be entitled to give written notice to the Offeror Stockholder, to the Company and to the Other Management Stockholders, on or before the eleventh day following the First Refusal Notice Date, of such Other Management Stockholder's election ("Election Notice") to acquire all or any part of its Proportionate Percentage (calculated solely with respect to the Other Management Stockholders) of the Offered Stock, including a statement of the maximum number of shares of Offered Stock that such Other Management Stockholder is willing to purchase. Any Offered Stock not subscribed for pursuant to this Section 3.5(a) by the Other Management Stockholders shall be deemed to be re-offered to and accepted by the Other Management Stockholders exercising their rights to purchase Offered Stock with respect to the lesser of (A) the amount specified in their respective Election Notices and (B) an amount equal to their respective Proportionate Percentages (calculated solely with respect to the Other Management Stockholders) with respect to such deemed offer. Such deemed offer and acceptance procedures described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be repeated until either (x) all of the Offered Stock is accepted by the Other Management Stockholders or (y) no Other Management Stockholder desires to subscribe for more Offered Stock. The Company shall notify each Other Management Stockholder within five days following the expiration of the period described in this Section 3.5(a) of the number or amount of Offered Stock which such Stockholder has subscribed to purchase and shall set a reasonable place and time from the date thereof for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Offered Stock.

(b) Secondary Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Other Management Stockholders elect to purchase less than all the Offered Stock pursuant to Section 3.5(a), the Investor Stockholders shall have the exclusive option from the 11th to the 30th day following the First Refusal Notice Date to acquire all or any portion of the Offered Stock in accordance with the provisions of the Notice of Right of First Refusal. The Investor

14

Stockholders may, by agreement, allocate among themselves the right to acquire such part of the Offered Stock. In the absence of such an agreement between the Investor Stockholders, each Investor Stockholder will be entitled to give a written Election Notice to the Offeror Stockholder, to the Company and to the other Investor Stockholders, from the eleventh day to the twentieth day following the First Refusal Notice Date, of such Investor Stockholder's election to acquire all or any part of its Proportionate Percentage (calculated solely with respect to the Investor Stockholders) of the Offered Stock that is not being acquired by the Other Management Stockholders or the Investor Stockholders including a statement of the maximum number of shares of Offered Stock that such Investor Stockholder is willing to purchase.

(c) Any Offered Stock not subscribed for pursuant to Section 3.5(b) by the Investor Stockholders shall be deemed to be re-offered to and accepted by the Investor Stockholders exercising their rights to purchase Offered Stock with respect to the lesser of (A) the amount specified in their respective Election Notices and (B) an amount equal to their respective Proportionate Percentages (calculated solely with respect to the Investor Stockholders) with respect to such deemed offer. Such deemed offer and acceptance procedures described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be repeated until either (x) all of the Offered Stock is accepted by the Investor Stockholders or (y) no Investor Stockholder desires to subscribe for more Offered Stock. The Company shall notify each Investor Stockholder within five days following the expiration of the period described in Section 3.5(b) of the number or amount of Offered Stock which such Stockholder has subscribed to purchase and shall set a reasonable place and time from the date thereof for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Offered Stock.

(d) If the Other Management Stockholders and the Investor Stockholders do not purchase all of the Offered Stock, the remaining Offered Stock (or any portion thereof) may be sold by the Offeror Stockholder at any time within ninety (90) days after the date of the Third Party Offer, subject to the provisions of Section 3.1 hereof. Any such sale shall not be at less than the price or upon terms and conditions more favorable to the purchaser than those specified in the Third Party Offer.

SECTION 3.6 RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL FOR SERIES B PREFERRED.

(a) Primary Right Of First Refusal. The Investor Stockholders other than an Offeror Stockholder that is an Investor Stockholder (the "Other Investor Stockholders") shall have the sole and exclusive option for a period of ten (10) days following the First Refusal Notice Date to acquire, on the terms specified in the Notice of Right of First Refusal, any Offered Stock that is Series B Preferred held by an Offeror Stockholder that is an Investor Stockholder. The Other Investor Stockholders may, by agreement, allocate among themselves the right to acquire such part of the Offered Stock. In the absence of such an agreement among the Other Investor Stockholders, each Other Investor Stockholder will be entitled to give a written Election Notice to the Offeror Stockholder, to the Company and to the remaining Other Investor Stockholders, on or before the eleventh day following the First Refusal Notice Date, of such Other Investor Stockholder's election to acquire all or any part of its Proportionate Percentage (calculated solely with respect to the Other Investor Stockholders) of the Offered Stock that is not being acquired by the Other Investor Stockholders including a statement of the maximum

15

number of shares of Offered Stock that such Other Investor Stockholder is willing to purchase. Any Offered Stock not subscribed for pursuant to this
Section 3.6(a) by the Other Investor Stockholders shall be deemed to be re-offered to and accepted by the Other Investor Stockholders exercising their rights to purchase Offered Stock with respect to the lesser of (A) the amount specified in their respective Election Notices and (B) an amount equal to their respective Proportionate Percentages (calculated solely with respect to the Other Investor Stockholders) with respect to such deemed offer. Such deemed offer and acceptance procedures described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be repeated until either (x) all of the Offered Stock is accepted by the Other Investor Stockholders or (y) no Other Investor Stockholder desires to subscribe for more Offered Stock. The Company shall notify each Other Investor Stockholder within five days following the expiration of the period described in this Section 3.6(a) of the number or amount of Offered Stock which such Stockholder has subscribed to purchase and shall set a reasonable place and time from the date thereof for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Offered Stock.

(b) Secondary Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Other Investor Stockholders elect to purchase less than all the Offered Stock pursuant to Section 3.6(a), the Company shall have the exclusive option from the 11th to the 30th day following the First Refusal Notice Date to acquire all or any portion of the Offered Stock in accordance with the provisions of the Notice of Right of First Refusal by giving a written Election Notice to the Offeror Stockholder and to the Other Investor Stockholders, from the eleventh day to the twentieth day following the First Refusal Notice Date, of the Company's election to acquire all or any part of the Offered Stock that is not being acquired by the Other Investor Stockholders.

(c) If the Other Investor Stockholders and the Company do not purchase all of the Offered Stock, the remaining Offered Stock (or any portion thereof) may be sold by the Offeror Stockholder at any time within ninety (90) days after the date of the Third Party Offer, subject to the provisions of
Section 3.1 and Section 3.9 hereof. Any such sale shall not be at less than the price or upon terms and conditions more favorable to the purchaser than those specified in the Third Party Offer. In the event the Third Party Offeror will only purchase all of the Offered Stock after taking into consideration the rights set forth in Section 3.9, the Offeror Stockholder may rescind the Election Notices of the Investor Stockholders and the Company, if such Election Notices are, in the aggregate, for less than all the Offered Stock.

SECTION 3.7 PURCHASE PRICE.

The total purchase price (the "Purchase Price") for all the capital stock to be purchased pursuant to Section 3.4, 3.5 and/or 3.6 will be the total purchase price for the proposed transfer, and upon the same terms and conditions, as set forth in the Third Party Offer.

SECTION 3.8 COMPLIANCE REQUIRED.

Any Disposition described in Sections 3.3 through 3.7 hereof of a Stockholder's capital stock without complying with the giving of a Notice of Right of First Refusal and the Right of First Refusal provisions of this Article III shall be void, and the Company shall issue a Notice of Right of First Refusal upon discovery of such transfer, a copy of which shall be sent to

16

the person or entity making such transfer, his or its transferee, and the Company. The duty of the Company to see to the issuance of such Notice of Right of First Refusal shall not be considered to be elective, but shall be mandatory. Upon the giving of the Notice of Right of First Refusal, the time period for the exercise of the options specified in Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6 shall commence running.

SECTION 3.9 CERTAIN RIGHTS OF INCLUSION.

(a) If all or any part of the shares of Series B Preferred proposed to be transferred by an Investor Stockholder to a proposed transferee have not been purchased pursuant to Section 3.6 hereof, the Offeror Stockholder shall not, individually or collectively, in any transaction, sell or otherwise dispose of shares of Series B Preferred held by such Stockholder to a third party, other than to a Permitted Transferee, unless the terms and conditions of the Third Party Offer include an offer, at the Offer Price and on the same terms as the offer to the selling Investor Stockholders, to each of the other Investor Stockholders (the "Offerees"), to include at the option of each Offeree, in the sale or other disposition to the Third Party, a number of shares of Series B Preferred owned by each Offeree determined in accordance with this Section 3.9.

(b) The Investor Stockholder that receives the Third Party Offer (the "Selling Stockholder") shall cause the Third Party Offer to be reduced to writing (which writing shall include an offer to purchase or otherwise acquire shares of Series B Preferred from the Offerees as required by this Section 3.9 and a time and place designated for the closing of such purchase, which time shall not be less than 20 days after delivery of such notice and no more than 60 days after such delivery date) and shall send written notice of the Third Party Offer together with a copy of the Third Party Offer (the "Inclusion Notice") to each of the Offerees in the manner specified in
Section 6.1 hereof.

(c) Each Offeree shall have the right (an "Inclusion Right"), exercisable by delivery of notice to the Selling Stockholder at any time within twenty (20) calendar days after delivery of the Inclusion Notice, to sell pursuant to the Third Party Offer a number of such Offeree's shares of Series B Preferred equal to his or its Proportionate Percentage (based on the shares held by the selling Stockholder and Offerees exercising their Inclusion Rights).

(d) The Offerees and the Selling Stockholder shall sell to the proposed transferee all, or at the option of the proposed transferee, any part of the shares of Series B Preferred proposed to be transferred by them at not less than the price and upon the terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the proposed transferee than those in the Inclusion Notice at the time and place provided for the closing in the Inclusion Notice, or at such other time and place as the Offerees, the Selling Stockholder, and the proposed transferee shall agree.

SECTION 3.10 DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS.

(a) If the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Investor Nominees, or holders of 70% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, votes in favor of a Sale of the Company (an "Approved Sale"), all Stockholders shall consent to and raise no

17

objections against the Approved Sale, and if the Approved Sale is structured as (A) a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Company, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, each Stockholder shall vote in favor of the Approved Sale and shall waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger, consolidation or asset sale, or (B) a sale of all the capital stock of the Company, the Stockholders shall agree to sell all their shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred, Series A Conversion Shares, Series B Preferred, and Series B Conversion Shares which are the subject of the Approved Sale, on the terms and conditions of such Approved Sale. The Stockholders shall take all necessary and desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale, including using their reasonable best efforts to obtain Board of Directors' consent to the Approved Sale and the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (1) provide customary representations, warranties, indemnities, and escrow arrangements relating to such Approved Sale and (2) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Approved Sale as set forth in Section 3.10(c) below. The Stockholders shall be permitted to sell their shares of capital stock pursuant to an Approved Sale without complying with any other provisions of Article III of this Agreement.

(b) The Investor Stockholders that have initiated an Approved Sale pursuant to Section 3.10(a) (whether directly or through the action of their respective Investor Nominees), shall represent and warrant, severally and not jointly, to the other Stockholders that no direct or indirect collateral benefit or supplemental consideration (whether or not in the nature of a tangible or intangible asset, money, property, security or other tangible benefits or opportunities) has been or is to be paid by such prospective purchaser or any other person to such Investor Stockholder or its Affiliates, in connection with the Approved Sale, and that such Approved Sale is not made as part of or in connection with any other transaction pursuant to which such Investor Stockholder will receive any additional benefit or consideration, based on such Investor Stockholder's ownership of capital stock of the Company (excluding any reasonable fees or commissions paid for consulting, advisory or other services). The foregoing provision shall not be deemed to prohibit a sale of the Company to any Person merely because such Person has, is currently having or intends to have a business relationship with one or more Stockholders.

(c) The obligations of the Stockholders pursuant to this
Section 3.10 are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(i) upon the consummation of the Approved Sale, each Stockholder shall receive the same proportion of the aggregate consideration from such Approved Sale that such holder would have received if such aggregate consideration had been distributed by the Company in complete liquidation pursuant to the rights and preferences set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as in effect immediately prior to such Approved Sale (giving effect to applicable orders of priority);

(ii) if any Stockholders of a class are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received, all Stockholders will be given the same option;

18

(iii) (A) all holders of options, warrants or similar rights to acquire capital stock of the Company ("Stock Equivalents") that are then currently exercisable will be given an opportunity to exercise such rights prior to the consummation of the Approved Sale (but only to the extent such Stock Equivalents are then vested or would be vested on an accelerated basis pursuant to the terms of their issuance) and participate in such sale as Stockholders, (B) all options issued under stock options plans of the Company that are then vested or would be vested on an accelerated basis pursuant to the terms of their issuance, but have not been exercised prior to the consummation of the Approved Sale, will be cancelled and the holders thereof will be entitled to receive in consideration therefor, at the election of the Company in the form of cash or securities that are distributed to stockholders pursuant to this Section 3.10, with a value (as determined pursuant to Section 3.10(c)(vi)) in an amount equal to the aggregate value of the Common Stock acquirable upon exercise of such options (with the value of such Common Stock being the value attributed to Common Stock pursuant to Section 3.10(c)(i) above) less the aggregate proceeds that would be payable by the option holders upon the exercise of all such options (without regard to any net exercise or cashless exercise basis), and (C) all options issued under stock option plans of the Company that are not then vested and would not be vested on an accelerated basis on the terms of their issuance will be cancelled without consideration;

(iv) no Stockholder shall be obligated to make any out-of-pocket expenditure prior to the consummation of the Approved Sale (excluding modest expenditures for postage, copies, etc.) and no Stockholder shall be obligated to pay any portion (or shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Company for that portion paid) that is more than its pro rata share (based upon the amount of consideration received) of reasonable expenses incurred in connection with a consummated Approved Sale, to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all Stockholders, and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party (costs incurred by or on behalf of a Stockholder for its sole benefit will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder), provided that a Stockholder's liability for such expenses shall be capped at the total purchase price received by such Stockholder for its shares of capital stock, plus Stock Equivalents;

(v) no Stockholder shall be required to provide any representations, warranties or indemnities (other than pursuant to an escrow of consideration proportionate to the amount receivable under this
Section 3.10) in connection with the Approved Sale, other than those required to be made pursuant to Section 3.10(b) to other Stockholders and those representations, warranties and indemnities concerning each Stockholder's valid ownership of shares of capital stock and Stock Equivalents, free of all liens and encumbrances (other than those arising under applicable securities laws), and each Stockholder's authority, power, and right to enter into and consummate such purchase or merger agreement without violating any other agreement to which such Stockholder is a party or its assets are bound; and

19

(vi) if some or all of the consideration received in connection with the Approved Sale is other than cash, then the valuation of such assets shall be deemed to have a dollar value equal to the fair market value of such assets as determined by the unanimous resolution of all directors of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that if the Board of Directors of the Company does not or is unable to make such a determination of fair market value, such determination of fair market value shall be made by an investment banking firm of recognized national standing selected by a majority of the Investor Nominees, which firm shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority of the directors of the Board of Directors of the Company, and such firm shall be engaged and paid by the Company. The determination of fair market value of such investment banking firm (or, if such investment bank determines a range of fair market values, the mid-point of such range) shall be final and binding on all parties.

(d) If the Company and any of the Stockholders or their representatives, enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in effect) may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), each Stockholder who is not an accredited investor (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) will, at the request of the Company or the Investor Stockholders, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) reasonably acceptable to the Company or such Stockholders.

(e) The Persons initiating an Approved Sale shall have the right to require the Company to cooperate fully with potential acquirors of the Company in a prospective Sale of the Company by taking all customary and other actions reasonably requested by such Persons or such potential acquirors, including without limitation, making the Company's properties, books and records, and other assets available for inspection by such potential acquirors and making its employees available for interviews.

SECTION 3.11 ENDORSEMENT OF STOCK CERTIFICATES.

(a) Conformed copies of this Agreement shall be filed with the Secretary of the Company and kept with the records at its principal office. An officer of the Company shall endorse each certificate representing the shares of capital stock of the Company heretofore or hereafter issued by the Company to the Stockholders by causing to be placed on the face thereof the following:

TRANSFER IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIVE STOCK LEGENDS ON BACK

and by causing to be placed on the back thereof the legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 28, 2002, BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND

20

CERTAIN OTHER PERSONS, WHICH AGREEMENT CONTAINS, AMONG OTHER PROVISIONS, RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. A COPY OF SUCH STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT HAS BEEN FILED, AND IS AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW BY THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE, AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

(b) In addition to the legend required under Section 3.11(a) above, each Stockholder agrees that each certificate representing the shares of capital stock of the Company heretofore or hereafter issued by the Company shall also bear such other legends as required pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement. Any such legend shall be removed by the Company upon the request (which shall include customary representations and opinions of counsel if reasonably requested by the Company) of a Stockholder when such legend is no longer applicable.

SECTION 3.12 SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.

Each of the parties to this Agreement acknowledges that it shall be impossible to measure in money the damage to the Company or the Stockholder(s), if any of them or any transferee or any legal representative of any party hereto fails to comply with any of the restrictions or obligations imposed by this Article III, that every such restriction and obligation is material, and that in the event of any such failure, the Company or the Stockholder(s) shall not have an adequate remedy at law or in damages. Therefore, each party hereto consents to the issuance of an injunction or the enforcement of other equitable remedies against him at the suit of an aggrieved party without the posting of any bond or other security, to compel specific performance of all of the terms of this Article III and to prevent any disposition of shares of capital stock in contravention of any terms of this Article III, and waives any defenses thereto, including, without limitation, the defenses of: (i) failure of consideration;
(ii) breach of any other provision of this Agreement; and (iii) availability of relief in damages.

SECTION 3.13 GOVERNMENT COMPLIANCE.

In connection with any closing of a Disposition pursuant to this Article III, each of the parties to this Agreement shall (i) take all steps necessary and desirable to obtain all required third-party, governmental and regulatory consents and approvals to facilitate the consummation of such Disposition, and (ii) use reasonable efforts to delay any closing dates pursuant to this Article III to the extent required to allow any party to take such actions.

21

ARTICLE IV

COMPANY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 4.1 VESTING AND REPURCHASE OF MANAGEMENT STOCK.

(a) The Company and the Management Stockholders hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 4.1 during the term of this Agreement notwithstanding (i) the provisions of Section 3 of the Subscription Agreements, dated as of January 31, 2002, by and between the Company and each of the Management Stockholders, or (ii) the provisions of the Founders Stockholders' Agreement. The Company and the Management Stockholders hereby agree that the Founders' Stockholders' Agreement is terminated in its entirety as of the date hereof. Each Management Stockholder's shares of Management Stock will become vested in accordance with the schedule set forth in this Section 4.1(a), if, as of each applicable date, the Management Stockholder is still employed by either the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or the Management Stockholder's employment was terminated due to death or Disability). The Management Stock will also become vested at the rate of one share for every $30.40549 received and accepted by the Company pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement ("Dollar Vesting"). Dollar Vesting shall apply ratably over all shares of Management Stock held by Management Stockholders based on the Proportionate Percentage of Management Stock owned by each Management Stockholder. The Management Stock that is not vested as a result of Dollar Vesting on or before January 31, 2007, or the earlier occurrence of a Liquidation Event, a Qualified Public Offering or a transaction pursuant to Section 3.10, shall be forfeited and cancelled on the stock transfer records of the Company without payment therefor to the holder and the holder shall immediately upon the request of the Company after the occurrence of such an event deliver the certificates representing those shares to the Company for cancellation. In addition to the Dollar Vesting of the Management Stock, the Management Stock will also become vested at the earlier to occur of the holder's having reached the age of 75 or satisfaction of the following vesting schedule (the "Time Vesting"):

                                                                               % Vested
                                                                               ---------
Date of Purchase (January 31, 2002)                                              20%
First Anniversary Date of Purchase (January 31, 2003)                            40%
Second Anniversary Date of Purchase (January 31, 2004                            60%
Third Anniversary Date of Purchase (January 31, 2005)                            80%
Fourth Anniversary Date of Purchase (January 31, 2006)                           100%

The Management Stock will become Vested Shares on the date on which both Dollar Vesting and Time Vesting have occurred.

(b) If a Management Stockholder ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries on any date other than an anniversary date of the date of purchase, the percentage of Management Stock to become Time Vested during the period from the most recent January 31 will be determined on a pro rata basis for the current year according to the number of full calendar months elapsed since the most recent January 31.

22

(c) Subject to Section 4.1(a), upon the occurrence of the earlier of a Liquidation Event, or a transaction pursuant to Section 3.10, then all shares of Management Stock which have vested pursuant to Dollar Vesting but have not yet become vested due solely to Time Vesting shall become Vested Shares at the time of such event if the Management Stockholder is still employed at the time of such event by either the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or the Management Stockholder's employment was terminated due to death or disability) and all shares of Management Stock for which Dollar Vesting has not occurred shall be forfeited and cancelled on the stock transfer records of the Company without payment therefor to the holder.

(d) Upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering, (i) all Management Stock that is Vested Shares because both Dollar Vesting and Time Vesting have occurred shall be retained by the Management Stockholders, (ii) all Management Stock for which Dollar Vesting has not occurred shall automatically and without any action on the part of the holder thereof or the Company terminate and convert solely into the right to receive the Management Stockholder's Original Cost for such shares from the Company, and (iii) all Management Stock for which Dollar Vesting has occurred but for which Time Vesting has not yet occurred shall be retained by the Management Stockholders and shall not vest until Time Vesting has occurred. Each holder of any Management Stock terminated pursuant to (ii) above shall return all applicable stock certificates to the Company for termination (provided that the failure to so deliver such shares shall in no way effect the termination thereof).

SECTION 4.2 REPURCHASE OPTION FOR MANAGEMENT STOCK.

(a) Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 4.2, shares of Management Stock (the "Available Shares"), including both Vested Shares and Unvested Shares (whether held by the Management Stockholder or one or more of the Management Stockholder's Permitted Transferees), are subject to repurchase by the other Management Stockholders (the "Non-Terminating Management Stockholders") and the Company in the event such Management Stockholder ceases to be employed by the Company and its subsidiaries on or before January 31, 2007 as follows:

(i) If the Management Stockholder ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries by reason of death or Disability, no shares of Management Stock, whether Vested Shares or Unvested Shares, owned by such Management Stockholder shall be subject to repurchase pursuant to this Section 4.2(a).

(ii) If the Management Stockholder ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries by reason of voluntary resignation or by reason of termination without Cause, all of such Management Stockholder's Unvested Shares shall be subject to repurchase, and the purchase price of each such share subject to repurchase pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be the Management Stockholder's Original Cost for such share.

23

(iii) If the Management Stockholder ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries by reason of termination with Cause, that Management Stockholder's Unvested Shares and Vested Shares shall be subject to repurchase and the purchase price for each Unvested Share and Vested Share of Management Stock subject to repurchase pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be the Management Stockholder's Original Cost for such share.

(b) On or before the 30th day (the "Available Shares Notice Date") after the occurrence of termination of the employment of a Management Stockholder as described in the preceding subsections of this Section 4.2, the Company shall give the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders notice (the "Available Shares Notice") of the termination indicating the number of Available Shares available for repurchase pursuant to this Section 4.2, and the Company shall deliver a copy of the Available Shares Notice to each holder of Available Shares. The Available Shares Notice will set forth the number of Available Shares that may be acquired from the Management Stockholder or his Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, and the aggregate consideration to be paid for such shares. Subject to Section 4.2(f), the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders as a group and the Company shall each have the option for a period of 30 days following the Available Shares Notice Date to acquire 50% of the Available Shares in accordance with the procedure described in this Section 4.2. On or before the expiration of such 30-day period, each of the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders and the Company shall give written notice to each holder of the Available Shares and each Non-Terminating Management Stockholder and the Company of its election to acquire all or any part or the Available Shares and the number of Available Shares which the Company or such Non-Terminating Management Stockholders elect not to acquire (the "Remaining Available Shares"). From the date of the last such notice by the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders and the Company until the 45th day after the Available Shares Notice Date, the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders shall have the sole and exclusive option to acquire the Remaining Available Shares from the Company's 50% allocation of the Available Shares and the Company shall have the sole and exclusive option to acquire the Remaining Available Shares from the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders as a group's 50% allocation of Available Shares in accordance with the procedures described in this Section 4.2. The Non-Terminating Management Stockholders may, by agreement, allocate among themselves the right to acquire such part of the Available Shares and/or the Remaining Available Shares that will be acquired by the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders. In the absence of such an agreement among the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders, each Non-Terminating Management Stockholder will be entitled to give written notice (the "Available Shares Election Notice") to each holder of Available Shares, to the Company and to the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders, on or before the 45th day after the Available Shares Notice Date, of such Non-Terminating Management Stockholder's election to acquire all or any part of its Proportionate Percentage of the Available Shares plus all or part of its Proportionate Percentage of the Remaining Available Shares that are not being acquired by the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders, including a statement of the maximum number of Remaining Available Shares that such Non-Terminating Management Stockholder is willing to purchase. Any Remaining Available Shares not subscribed for pursuant to the prior sentence by the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders shall be deemed to be re-offered to and accepted by the Non-Terminating Management

24

Stockholders exercising their rights to purchase Remaining Available Shares with respect to the lesser of (A) the amount specified in their respective Available Shares Election Notices and (B) an amount equal to their respective Proportionate Percentages with respect to such deemed offer. Such deemed offer and acceptance procedures described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to be repeated until either (x) all of the Remaining Available Shares are accepted by the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders or (y) no Non-Terminating Management Stockholders desires to subscribe for more Remaining Available Shares. The Company shall give written notice (a "Repurchase Notice") to each Non-Terminating Management Stockholder and the holders of the Available Shares within five days following the expiration of the periods described in this Section 4.2(b) of the number or amount of Available Shares that have been elected to be purchased by the Company and the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders, and the Company shall set a reasonable place and time from the date thereof for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Available Shares. The number of Available Shares to be repurchased shall first be satisfied to the extent possible from the Available Shares held by the Management Stockholder at the time of delivery of the Repurchase Notice. If the number of Available Shares then held by the Management Stockholder is less than the number of Available Shares that the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders and the Company have elected to purchase, the Non-Terminating Management Stockholders and the Company shall purchase the remaining Available Shares (by class) elected to be purchased from the Permitted Transferees of such Management Stockholder under this Agreement pro rata, determined in each case according to the number of Available Shares (by class) held by such Permitted Transferees at the time of delivery of such Repurchase Notice (determined as nearly as practicable to the nearest whole share).

(c) The closing of the purchase of Available Shares pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall take place on the date designated by the Company in the Repurchase Notice, which date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than five days after the delivery of the Repurchase Notice. The Other Management Stockholders and/or the Company will pay for Available Shares to be purchased pursuant to this Section 4.2 by delivery of, in the case of the Other Management Stockholders, a check or wire transfer of funds and, in the case of the Company,
(i) a check or wire transfer of funds, (ii) in the event the Company is prohibited by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, or applicable statutory or contractual provisions, a subordinated promissory note or notes payable on commercially reasonable terms if the use of such a promissory note is not prohibited, or (iii) both (i) and (ii) in the aggregate amount of the purchase price for such shares. Any notes issued by the Company pursuant to this
Section 4.2(c) shall be subject to any restrictive covenants (including limitations or restrictions on the payment of interest) to which the Company is subject at the time of such purchase. The purchasers of any Available Shares hereunder will be entitled to require all of the signatures of each seller of such Available Shares to be notarized and to receive representations and warranties from each such seller regarding (A) such seller's power, authority and legal capacity to enter into such sale and to transfer valid right, title and interest in such Available Shares, (B) such seller's ownership of such Available Shares and the absence of any liens, pledges, and other encumbrances on such Available Shares, and (C) the absence of any violation, default, or acceleration of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such seller or the assets of such seller are bound as the result of such sale.

25

(d) The right of the Other Management Stockholders and the Company to repurchase Available Shares pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall terminate upon the 125th calendar day following the date on which such Available Shares first became subject to repurchase pursuant to this Section 4.2.

(e) In the event that Available Shares are repurchased pursuant to this Section 4.2, the holders of such Available Shares will take all steps necessary and desirable to obtain all required third-party, governmental and regulatory consents and approvals and take all other actions necessary and desirable to facilitate consummation of such repurchase(s) in a timely manner.

(f) If the Company purchases any Available Shares pursuant to this Section 4.2, the compensation committee of the Company shall promptly meet to discuss, and shall use its reasonable business judgment to determine, an allocation of such shares among employees and potential employees of the Company. If requested by any Management Stockholder, the compensation committee shall allow such Management Stockholder to provide suggestions and comments concerning such allocation and shall consult with such Management Stockholder concerning the allocation.

SECTION 4.3 BUYBACK OF CERTAIN SHARES OF STOCK.

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, as described in Section 4.2(a) of the Stock Purchase Agreement (an "Event"), the Company shall have the right to repurchase, for a purchase price equal to 50% of the Original Cost, up to the total number of shares of Series B Preferred and Series B Conversion Shares owned by such Defaulting Stockholder (as such term is defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement), or his Permitted Transferees, as the case may be. Any Series B Conversion Shares or shares of Series B Preferred available for repurchase under this Section 4.3(a) shall be referred to herein as "Eligible Shares." The Company may exercise this right upon the vote of a majority of the Board of Directors excluding the appointee of the Defaulting Shareholder, if any.

(b) The Company may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Eligible Shares by delivering written notice (the "Eligibility Notice") to the holder or holders of Eligible Shares. The Eligibility Notice will set forth the number of Eligible Shares to be acquired from each holder, the aggregate consideration to be paid for such shares and the time and place for the closing of the transaction.

(c) If, for any reason, the Company shall be prohibited from purchasing or shall otherwise decline to purchase all of the Eligible Shares pursuant to this Section 4.3, the Company may permit all Investor Stockholders (other than the Investor Stockholder whose Series B Conversion Shares and shares of Series B Preferred have become Eligible Shares) to purchase such unpurchased Eligible Shares in accordance with their Proportionate Percentage (calculated solely with respect to the Investor Stockholders). As soon as practicable after the Company has determined that it will not purchase all of the Eligible Shares, but in any event within 10 days after the delivery of the Eligibility Notice, the Company shall give written notice (the "Further Eligibility Notice") to such other Investor Stockholders

26

setting forth the number of remaining Eligible Shares and the aggregate purchase price for such shares. Such other Investor Stockholders may elect to purchase any or all of the remaining Eligible Shares by delivering written notice (the "Eligibility Election Notice") to the Company within 30 days after receipt of the Further Eligibility Notice from the Company. As soon as practicable, and in any event within 15 days after receipt of the Eligibility Election Notice, the Company shall notify the Defaulting Stockholder as to the number of Eligible Shares being purchased from such holder by such other Investor Stockholders (the "Supplemental Eligibility Notice").

(d) The closing of the purchase of Eligible Shares pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall take place on the date designated by the Company in the Eligibility Notice or Supplemental Eligibility Notice, which date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than five days after the delivery of the later of the Eligibility Notice or Supplemental Eligibility Notice. The Company and/or the electing Investor Stockholders will pay for Eligible Shares to be purchased pursuant to this Section 4.3 by delivery of, in the case of the Investor Stockholders, a check or wire transfer of funds and, in the case of the Company,
(i) a check or wire transfer of funds, (ii) a subordinated note or notes bearing interest at a rate of 7% per annum and otherwise payable on or prior to the earlier of an Initial Public Offering or Change of Control or 10 years from the date of issue, or (iii) both (i) and (ii) as the Company may, in its sole discretion, determine in the aggregate amount of the purchase price for such Eligible Shares. Any notes issued by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.3(d) shall be subject to any restrictive covenants (including limitations or restrictions on the payment of interest) to which to Company is subject at the time of such purchase. The purchasers of any Eligible Shares hereunder will be entitled to require all of the signatures of each seller of such Eligible Shares to be notarized and to receive representations and warranties from each such seller regarding (A) such seller's power, authority and legal capacity to enter into such sale and to transfer valid right, title and interest in such Eligible Shares, (B) such seller's ownership of such Eligible Shares and the absence of any liens, pledges and other encumbrances on such Eligible Shares, and (C) the absence of any violation, default or acceleration of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such seller or the assets of such seller are bound as the result of such sale.

(e) The right of the Company and the Investor Stockholders to repurchase Eligible Shares pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall terminate upon the 91st calendar day following the date on which such Eligible Shares first became subject to repurchase pursuant to this Section 4.3.

(f) In the event that Eligible Shares are repurchased from an Investor Stockholder pursuant to this Section 4.3, such Investor Stockholder will take all steps necessary and desirable to obtain all required third-party, governmental and regulatory consents and approvals and take all other actions necessary and desirable to facilitate consummation of such repurchase(s) in a timely manner.

SECTION 4.4 FINANCIAL REPORTS.

(a) The Company shall furnish the following to each Investor Stockholder who holds more than two percent (2%) of the Company's outstanding Common

27

Stock (calculated based on the fully diluted Common Stock equivalent percentage ownership, as if all shares of Series A Preferred have been converted into shares of Common Stock at the "Conversion Ratio" for such shares (as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred) and all shares of Series B Preferred had been converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Ratio:

(i) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal month, a report estimating oil and gas production for such month, which report is used by the Company for internal control purposes, and a statement of income and cash flows for such fiscal month, together with a comparison of such statements to the annual budget of the Company for such periods;

(ii) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such quarter and an unaudited related income statement, statement of stockholders equity and statement of cash flows for such quarter including any footnotes thereto (if any) prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, together with a comparison of such statements to the annual budget of the Company for such periods;

(iii) Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and the related income statement, statement of stockholders equity and statement of cash flows for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied and a signed audit letter from the Company's auditors who shall be selected from among the "Big 4" nationally recognized accounting firms;

(iv) Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a reserve report prepared by a reservoir engineer acceptable to the Board of Directors;

(v) Within 30 days before the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated annual budget approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, together with a consolidated annual capital expenditure forecast, including estimated Capital Calls (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement);

(vi) Within 30 days after the occurrence of any material event, notice of such event together with a summary describing the nature of the event and its impact on the Company; and

(vii) Such other information to the Stockholders entitled to receive information pursuant to this Section 4.4 as such Stockholders or their advisors may reasonably request.

28

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Section 6.12, the obligations of the Company to furnish information pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall cease upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering.

(c) The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Board of Directors to hold meetings no less frequently than quarterly, and at such meetings the Company shall report to the Board of Directors on, among other things, its business activities, prospects, and financial position.

(d) The Company shall permit any Investor Stockholder or its representatives to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company, including its books of account and other records (and make copies of and take extracts from such books and records), and to discuss its affairs, finances, and accounts with the Company's officers and its independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during the Company's usual business hours and as often as any such person may reasonably request.

ARTICLE V

SPECIAL MANAGEMENT/GOVERNANCE PROVISIONS

SECTION 5.1 CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION: NO CONFLICT WITH AGREEMENT.

Attached hereto as Exhibits B and C are copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, respectively, of the Company which are in effect as of the date hereof. Each Stockholder shall vote his shares of capital stock, and shall take all the actions necessary, to ensure that the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company do not, from time to time, conflict with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing in this
Section 5.1 shall be interpreted as restricting in any respects the ability of the Investor Stockholders to amend the Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the procedures established in this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation for such amendment, and in the event of a conflict between any such amendment and the provisions of this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation shall control.

SECTION 5.2 BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

(a) From and after the date hereof and until the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, subject to Section 5.8, the Company shall exercise all authority under applicable law, and the Stockholders and their assigns shall vote their shares of capital stock, at any regular or special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of filling positions on the Board of Directors of the Company, or in any written consent executed in lieu of such meeting of stockholders and shall take all the actions necessary, to ensure that the Board of Directors shall consist of eight members and to ensure the election to the Board of Directors of the Company of eight individuals: (i) two of which shall be designated from among the officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer) by the Management Stockholders holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by all Management Stockholders (the initial nominees being J. Frank Keller and Fredrick J. Barrett) and one of which shall be the chief executive officer of

29

the Company (collectively, the "Management Nominees"), (ii) one of which shall be designated by Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. or its assignees who are Affiliates (the "Warburg Nominee") (the initial Warburg Nominee being Jeffrey A. Harris), (iv) one of which shall be designated by GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P. or its assignees who are Affiliates (the "Goldman Nominee") (the initial Goldman Nominee being Henry Cornell), (v) one of which shall be designated by J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P. or its assignees who are Affiliates (the "JP Morgan Nominee", and collectively with the Warburg Nominee and the Goldman Nominee, the "Investor Nominees") (the initial JP Morgan Nominee being Christopher Behrens), and (vi) two of which shall be appointed upon the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the remaining directors (the "Independent Nominees") (one of the initial Independent Nominees being Philippe Schreiber and the other of which shall be designated after the date hereof). The parties agree to cause their director nominees to take all actions necessary to elect (i) William Barrett as the Chairman of the Board of Directors during such time as William Barrett is serving as a Director of the Company, and (ii) the chief executive officer of the Company as the Chairman of the Board of Directors during such time as William Barrett is not serving as a Director of the Company.

(b) Each Investor Nominee shall have the right to bring one observer (each, an "Observer") and any other person approved by the chief executive officer of the Company to each meeting of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof. The Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall have the right to be an additional Observer. Each Investor Nominee and each Investor Nominee's Observer shall be full-time employees or partners of such Investor Stockholder or any of its Affiliates.

(c) The Company shall have an audit committee (the "Audit Committee"), a compensation committee (the "Compensation Committee") and such other committees established by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company, each such committee to be composed or at least three (3) members, and such greater number of Directors as shall be established by the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee shall each include the three Investor Nominees as members. The three Investor Nominees shall each have the right to be appointed to any other committees that the Board of Directors may establish.

(d) None of the Management Nominees or the Investor Nominees, or the Observers appointed by the Investor Nominees, will be paid any fee for serving on the Board of Directors. All of the Directors will be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

(e) The Company shall not do any of the following, or agree to do any of the following, without the prior affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, which majority shall include a majority of the Investor Nominees:

(i) sell, merge (including pursuant to a Qualified Merger), consolidate or consummate any similar transaction or engage in a Sale of the Company; provided however, that after March 28, 2009, any such transaction may be approved by a simple majority of the Board of Directors if such transaction results in the holders of the Series B Preferred receiving an amount

30

equal to the greater of the Accreted Value per share (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) or the amount that would be received by such holders of Series B Preferred upon liquidation in accordance with the terms of such Series B Preferred.

(ii) repurchase or issue any capital stock or equity-linked securities of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company other than (A) pursuant to the Company's 2002 Stock Option Plan as in effect on the date hereof (and as amended in the manner contemplated by
Section 5.2(e)(xii)) and the Company's 2003 Stock Option Plan as in effect on the date hereof, (B) pursuant to the Purchase Plan, (C) pursuant to the Tyree Option, (D) pursuant to the Barron Option, and/or (E) Series B Preferred pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement;

(iii) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on the Company's capital stock other than pursuant to paragraphs 4 or 5 of the Series B Certificate of Designations;

(iv) approve the Company's annual budget;

(v) make expenditures during the fiscal year covered by the Company's annual budget approved in accordance with (iv) above, other than for acquisitions of oil and gas producing and nonproducing properties and leasehold interests, of amounts that in the aggregate exceed the aggregate amounts approved for all expenditures in the annual budget by 5% of such approved amounts, or $5,000,000, whichever is greater;

(vi) make any acquisitions during any fiscal year that, in the aggregate, exceed $25,000,000;

(vii) incur (A) any single indebtedness in excess of $25,000,000, or (B) after March 28, 2003, aggregate indebtedness in excess of an amount equal to two times the Company's earnings before interest, taxes, depletion, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) for the prior four fiscal quarters, on a pro forma basis with respect to any acquisitions;

(viii) divest itself of assets for an aggregate amount of $80,000,000 or more, or assets representing 25% or more of the Company's total assets;

(ix) issue any capital stock of the Company that is on parity with, or senior to, the Series B Preferred;

(x) amend (by merger or otherwise) the Company's Certificate of Incorporation (including all certificates of designation with respect thereto) or Bylaws;

31

(xi) enter into any material transaction with any officers, directors, employees or Affiliates of the Company, including issuances of management stock options other than those issued pursuant to the Company's 2002 Stock Option Plan; or

(xii) (1) during the Takedown Period (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement), in the aggregate issue options pursuant to the Company's 2002 Stock Option Plan (A) to purchase an aggregate number of shares that exceeds the lesser of 5,500,000 shares or 8.340066% of the then outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis excluding Management Stock that has not vested as a result of Dollar Vesting (calculated on the basis that all shares of Series B Preferred have been converted at the Conversion Ratio and all shares of Series A Preferred have been converted at the "Conversion Ratio" as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock), with an exercise price of less than $6.50 per share, (B) to purchase an aggregate number of shares that exceeds the lesser of 2,150,000 shares or 3.30769% of the then outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis excluding Management Stock that has not vested as a result of Dollar Vesting (calculated on the basis that all shares of Series B Preferred have been converted at the Conversion Ratio and all shares of Series A Preferred have been converted at the "Conversion Ratio" as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock), with an exercise price of less than $0.04412 per share, (C) with a vesting schedule more favorable than the Time Vesting for Management Stock contained in Section 4.1 of this Agreement, or (D) with a term of more than 10 years, or (2) at any time, issue any options pursuant to any form of stock option agreement that has not been approved by a majority of the Investor Nominees (which form of agreement shall include a provision providing for the cancellation of such stock options in the manner contemplated by Section 3.10 and a provision providing that the value upon cancellation or otherwise shall be based on paragraph 4 of the Certificate of Designations for the Series B Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the Company's 2002 Stock Option Plan until such plan has been amended or amended and restated in a form approved by a majority of the Investor Nominees.

SECTION 5.3 REMOVAL.

(a) If during the term of a director designated by the Management Stockholders pursuant to Section 5.2, holders of a majority of the capital stock held by the Management Stockholders request that such director be removed (with or without Cause) by written notice to the Investor Stockholders, then such director may be removed, with or without Cause, upon the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock, and each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote all shares of capital stock owned or held of record to effect such removal or consent in writing to effect such removal upon such request. An Investor Nominee may be removed during his or her term of office, with or without cause, only by the Person entitled to designate such Investor Nominee pursuant to Section 5.2(a) or Section 5.8. If an Investor Stockholder becomes a Defaulting Stockholder or Non-Participating Stockholder at such time as the Investor Stockholder has a representative serving on the Board of

32

Directors as an Investor Nominee, each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote all shares of capital stock owned or held of record to effect the removal of such Investor Nominee or consent in writing to effect such removal upon such request if such Investor Nominee fails to resign.

(b) No director shall be removed without Cause except as provided in Section 5.3(a) hereof, provided, however, any director shall be removed for Cause if the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock consent in writing to such removal, and provided further that any Management Nominee may be removed without Cause if the holders of 60% or more of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred consent in writing to such removal. Each Management Stockholder that is a member of the Board of Directors agrees to resign as a member of the Board of Directors upon the termination of his employment (for any reason) with the Company.

SECTION 5.4 VACANCIES.

In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board of Directors by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without Cause) of a director, each Stockholder will vote for, and cause the directors designated by it to vote for, the individual designated to fill such vacancy by whichever of the Stockholders designated (pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) the director whose death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without Cause) resulted in such vacancy on the Board (in the manner set forth in
Section 5.2) and the Company shall exercise all authority under applicable law to give effect to this Section 5.4; provided, however, that such other individual so designated may not previously have been a director of the Company who is removed for Cause from the Board of Directors, and provided further, however, that any Non-Participating Stockholder and Defaulting Stockholder shall lose its right, if any, to designate a director. In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board of Directors as a result of the removal of a director designated by a Stockholder who has become a Non-Participating Stockholder or a Defaulting Stockholder, such vacancy shall be filled as provided in Section 5.8 hereof.

SECTION 5.5 COVENANT TO VOTE.

Each Stockholder hereby agrees to take all actions necessary to call, or cause the Company and the appropriate officers and directors of the Company to call, a special or annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company and to vote all shares of the capital stock owned or held of record by such Stockholder at any such annual or special meeting in favor of, or take all actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting necessary to cause, the election as members of the Board of Directors of those individuals so designated in accordance with, and otherwise to effect the intent of Article V. In addition, each Stockholder agrees to vote the shares of capital stock owned by such Stockholder upon any other matter arising under this Agreement submitted to a vote of the Stockholders in a manner that will implement the terms of this Agreement.

33

SECTION 5.6 DESIGNATION OF PROXY.

In order to effectuate the provisions of this Article V and in addition to and not in lieu of Sections 5.2 through 5.5 hereof, each of the Management Stockholders hereby grants to William J. Barrett a proxy to vote at any meeting of Stockholders or take any action by written consent in lieu of such meeting with respect to, all of the shares of Common Stock owned or held of record by such Management Stockholders solely for (i) the election of directors designated in accordance with Section 5.2 hereof, and (ii) the election of a director to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors in accordance with
Section 5.4 hereof. Such proxy to vote is coupled with an interest and is therefore irrevocable.

SECTION 5.7 INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS.

(a) At any time when shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or certificates of designation with respect thereto, the Corporation shall, upon notice of the approval of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a series, undertake to cause (i) the removal of any or all of the Management Nominees and/or the termination of any employees, (ii) the termination of the Takedown Period with respect to Capital Calls, as such terms are defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement, (iii) an Initial Public Offering, or (iv) a Qualified Merger.

(b) At any time when shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or certificates of designation with respect thereto, the Corporation shall, upon the written election of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a series, use all commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate and enter into a business transaction or series of related transactions involving the sale of the assets or capital stock of the Company that would result in a Change of Control.

(c) Each Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that it shall vote its shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred to enforce compliance with Section 5.7(a) and (b), including without limitation, voting to remove any director who fails to comply with a request properly made under Section 5.7(a) and (b). Any Change of Control or Qualified Merger shall be subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.10(c) as if such transaction were an Approved Sale.

(d) Each Investor Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that it shall give the chief executive officer of the Company at least five (5) business days written notice prior to the taking of any action by written consent, including without limitation, any action permitted under Section 5.7(a) hereof, and furthermore shall give the chief executive officer the opportunity to meet with the Investor Stockholders to discuss any such action proposed to be taken by written consent prior to the execution thereof.

34

SECTION 5.8 VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) From and after the date that an Investor Stockholder becomes a Non-Participating Stockholder or a Defaulting Stockholder, such Investor Stockholder shall forfeit the right to (i) vote on any matters as are expressly required or permitted in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, this Agreement or the Stock Purchase Agreement to be voted on by the Series B Preferred as a separate class, except to the extent prohibited by law or expressly provided herein or therein, and all such shares held by such Non-Participating or Defaulting Stockholder shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all such purposes, and (ii) appoint a nominee to the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof. Such Non-Participating Stockholder or Defaulting Stockholder shall cause its Investor Nominee, if any, to resign if requested by the Company. In the event an empty Board of Directors seat is created pursuant to this Section 5.8, such seat shall be filled by the nominee of the Investor Stockholder who holds the largest number of shares of Series B Preferred and that does not have a nominee on the Board of Directors and is not itself a Non-Participating Stockholder or a Defaulting Stockholder or, if such next largest Investor Stockholder does not desire to or cannot appoint a nominee, by the Investor Stockholder who holds the next largest number of shares of Series B Preferred and who does not otherwise have a nominee on the Board of Directors and is not itself a Defaulting Stockholder or, if no such Investor Stockholder exists or is willing or able to appoint such a nominee, by the Investor Stockholder holding the largest number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock who is not a Defaulting Stockholder or Non-Participating Investor.

(b) From and after the date that an Investor Stockholder becomes a Non-Participating Stockholder or a Defaulting Stockholder, such Investor Stockholder hereby agrees to grant to the chief executive officer of the Company a proxy (such proxy to be coupled with an interest and therefore irrevocable) to vote such shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred owned by such Non-Participating Stockholder or Defaulting Stockholder, as the case may be; provided, however, that such proxy will not be in effect for any votes that
(i) are required by law to be voted by such Non-Participating Stockholder or Defaulting Stockholder, as the case may be, (ii) are expressly required or permitted in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the Stock Purchase Agreement or this Agreement to be voted by such Non-Participating Stockholder or Defaulting Stockholder, as the case may be, and (iii) for any vote pertaining to any amendment, modification, or waiver that would adversely affect the rights of such Non-Participating Stockholder or Defaulting Stockholder, as the case may be, in its capacity as a Stockholder, without similarly affecting the rights of all Stockholders of the same class or series, in their capacity as Stockholders of such class or series. The chief executive officer will, pursuant to such proxy, vote such shares of Common Stock and Series B Preferred owned by such Non-Participating Stockholder or Defaulting Stockholder, as the case may be, in the same manner (i.e., in favor, abstain or against) and in the same proportion as all votes cast by the other Stockholders.

SECTION 5.9 VCOC RIGHTS.

Certain rights set forth in this Article V are, in part, intended to satisfy the requirement of contractual management rights for purposes of qualifying the ownership interests of each of certain Investor Stockholders in the Company as venture capital investments for

35

purposes of the Department of Labor's "plan assets" regulations ("Contractual Management Rights"), and in the event such rights are not satisfactory for such purpose or are lost by reason of the operation of this Agreement, the Company and each of such Investor Stockholders shall reasonably cooperate in good faith to agree upon mutually satisfactory Contractual Management Rights which satisfy such regulations.

SECTION 5.10 BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES.

As soon as practicable after the date hereof, the Company shall amend its Certificate of Incorporation to include the provisions attached as Exhibit E and shall keep such provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any successor Person at all times while any Investor Stockholder holds shares of capital stock of the Company. Each Stockholder hereby agrees to take all actions necessary or desirable to effect the foregoing sentence, including voting for or consenting to amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.1 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE.

All notices required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given if personally delivered, telecopied and confirmed, or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or overnight delivery service with proof of receipt maintained, at the following address (or any other address that any such party may designate by written notice to the other parties):

Bill Barrett Corporation
1099 18th Street, Suite 2300
Denver, Colorado 80202
Facsimile: (303) 291-0420

If to any Stockholder, at his address as set forth on Exhibit A of this Agreement.

Any such notice shall, if delivered personally, be deemed received upon delivery; shall, if delivered by telecopy, be deemed received on the first business day following confirmation; shall, if delivered by overnight delivery service, be deemed received the first business day after being sent; and shall, if delivered by mail, be deemed received upon the earlier of actual receipt thereof or five business days after the date of deposit in the United States mail.

SECTION 6.2 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Whenever any notice is required to be given to any Stockholder of the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance of a Stockholder at a meeting of the Stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Stockholder

36

attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

SECTION 6.3 COUNTERPART SIGNATURES.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute a single instrument. It shall not be necessary that any counterpart be signed by each of the Stockholders so long as each counterpart shall be signed by one or more of the Stockholders and so long as the other Stockholders shall sign at least one counterpart which shall be delivered to the Company.

SECTION 6.4 SEVERABILITY.

If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of each such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

SECTION 6.5 JOINDER OF SPOUSES.

The spouses of all married Stockholders have joined in the execution of this Agreement in order to evidence their agreement and consent to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof as to their interest, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the shares of capital stock owned by their respective spouses.

SECTION 6.6 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS; AGREEMENT CONTROLS.

(a) This Agreement, together with the Regulatory Sideletter, supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The provisions of this Agreement may only be amended, modified, waived or terminated with the prior written consent of the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding Series B Preferred and the holders of shares representing a majority of the outstanding Common Stock held by the Stockholders (calculated on the basis that all shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred have been converted); provided, however, that (A) any such amendment, modification, or waiver (but not any termination) that would adversely affect the rights hereunder of any Stockholder, in its capacity as a Stockholder, without similarly affecting the rights hereunder of all Stockholders of the same class, in their capacities as Stockholders of such class, that would affect a Stockholder's right to place an individual on the Board of Directors pursuant to
Section 5.2 or exercise its preemptive rights pursuant to Section 2.2 or that would impose any material obligation on any Stockholder, shall not be effective as to such Stockholder without its prior written consent, (B) Exhibit A to this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically amended

37

from time to time to reflect issuances and transfers of shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred made in compliance with this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement without requiring the consent of any party, and the Company will, from time to time, distribute to the Stockholders a revised Exhibit A to reflect any such changes, and (C) any amendment, modification or waiver of Section 6.14 or the Regulatory Sideletter shall be subject to the approval of JPMP.

(b) No waiver of any provision hereof by any party shall be deemed a waiver by any other party nor shall any such waiver by any party be deemed a continuing waiver of any matter by such party.

(c) No amendment, modification, supplement, discharge or waiver hereof or hereunder shall require the consent of any person not a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 6.7 GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE.

This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles of such state.

SECTION 6.8 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

(a) The parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the federal courts of the United States of America located in New York, and appropriate appellate courts therefrom, over any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and each party hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such dispute or proceeding may be heard and determined in such courts. The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby brought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided bylaw. This consent to jurisdiction is being given solely for purposes of this Agreement and is not intended to, and shall not, confer consent to jurisdiction with respect to any other dispute in which a party to this Agreement may become involved.

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to process being served by any party to this Agreement in any suit, action, or proceeding of the nature specified in subsection (a) above by the mailing of a copy thereof in the manner specified by the provisions of Section 6.1.

(c) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

38

SECTION 6.9 BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and each Stockholder and his respective heirs, permitted successors, permitted assigns, permitted distributees and legal representatives, and by their signatures hereto, the Company and each Stockholder intends to and does hereby become bound. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under, in or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the rights under this Agreement may be assigned by a Stockholder to a transferee of all or a portion of such Stockholder's shares provided such shares are transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, that the right to designate an Investor Nominee may not be transferred or assigned except to an Affiliate of such Investor.

SECTION 6.10 FUTURE ACTIONS.

The Company and the Stockholders shall execute and deliver all such future instruments and take such other and further action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the intention of the parties as expressed herein, including if necessary any action required to authorize and direct the officers and directors of the Company to amend the Company's Certificate of Incorporation so that this Agreement is enforceable under the laws of the state in which the Company is incorporated.

SECTION 6.11 HEADINGS; EXHIBITS.

All Article and Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Agreement, and no construction or inference shall be derived therefrom. The Exhibits attached hereto and referred to herein are a part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. All references to Sections and Exhibits shall be deemed references to such parts of this Agreement, unless the context shall otherwise require.

SECTION 6.12 TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

Except as provided herein, this Agreement shall immediately and automatically terminate, without any further action by any party, upon any of the following: (i) pursuant to Section 6.6, or (ii) the dissolution, bankruptcy, receivership or insolvency of the Company, or (iii) upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering or a Qualified Merger (provided that Sections 3.1(b), 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 shall survive a Qualified Public Offering or a Qualified Merger).

SECTION 6.13 ADJUSTMENTS FOR STOCK SPLITS, ETC.

Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of stock of the Company of any class or series, or a price per share of such stock, or consideration received in respect of such stock, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination, or stock dividend of such class or series of stock, the specific number of shares or the price so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect

39

on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination, or stock dividend.

SECTION 6.14 REGULATORY MATTERS.

(a) Cooperation Of Other Stockholders. Each Stockholder agrees to cooperate with the Company in all reasonable respects in complying with the terms and provisions of the letter agreement between the Company and Investor (as defined in the Regulatory Sideletter), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D, regarding regulatory matters (the "Regulatory Sideletter"), including without limitation, voting to approve amending the Company's certificate of incorporation, the Company's by-laws or this Agreement in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Stockholders and Investor or any Affiliate (as defined in the Regulatory Sideletter) of Investor entitled to make such request pursuant to the Regulatory Sideletter in order to remedy a Regulatory Problem (as defined in the Regulatory Sideletter). Anything contained in this Section 6.14 to the contrary notwithstanding, no Stockholder shall be required under this Section 6.14 to take any action that would adversely affect in any material respect such Stockholder's rights under this Agreement or as a stockholder of the Company.

(b) Covenant Not To Amend. The Company and each Stockholder agree not to amend or waive the voting or other provisions of the Company's certificate of incorporation, the Company's by-laws or this Agreement if such amendment or waiver would cause Investor or any of its Affiliates to have a Regulatory Problem (as defined in the Regulatory Sideletter). Investor agrees to notify the Company as to whether or not it would have a Regulatory Problem promptly after Investor has notice of such amendment or waiver.

40

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day, month and year first above written.

COMPANY:

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

By:    /s/ J. Frank Keller
       -----------------------------------
Name:  J. Frank Keller
Title: Chief Operating Officer


INVESTOR STOCKHOLDERS:

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

COLORADO PUBLIC EMPLOYEE
RETIREMENT ASSOCIATION

By:      /s/ Norman Benedict
         -----------------------------------------
         Norman Benedict
         Deputy Executive Director of Investments

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000, L.P.

BY: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

GSCP 2000 OFFSHORE BBOG HOLDING, L.P.

BY: GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P.,
its General Partner

BY: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President


INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

GSCP 2000 GMBH BBOG HOLDING, L.P.

BY: GSCP 2000 GmbH BBOG Holding I,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 EMPLOYEE FUND, L.P.

BY: GS Employee Funds 2000 GP, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

STONE STREET FUND 2000, L.P.

BY: Stone Street 2000, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

STONE STREET BBOG HOLDING

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman


Title: Vice President

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

GOLDMAN SACHS DIRECT INVESTMENT FUND 2000, L.P.

BY: GS Employee Funds 2000 GP, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         -----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

J.P. MORGAN PARTNERS (BHCA), L.P.

BY: JPMP MASTER FUND MANAGER, L.P.,
ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY: JPMP CAPITAL CORP.,
ITS GENERAL PARTNER

By:      /s/ Christopher Behrens
         -----------------------------------------
         Christopher Behrens
         Managing Director

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

PALANTIR PARTNERS LP

BY: PALANTIR ASSOCIATES LLC
its General Partner

By:      /s/ Glenn Doshay
         -----------------------------------------
         Glenn Doshay
         President


INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

THE DOSHAY FAMILY TRUST OF 1999

By:      /s/ Glenn Doshay
         -----------------------------------------
         Glenn Doshay
         Trustee

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

STATE FARM MUTUAL AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:      /s/ John Conklin
         -----------------------------------------
         John Conklin
         Vice President - Common Stocks

By:      /s/ John Elterich
         -----------------------------------------
         John Elterich
         Assistant Secretary

INVESTOR STOCKHOLDER:

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.

BY: WARBURG PINCUS & CO.,
AS GENERAL PARTNER

By:      /s/ Jeffrey A. Harris
         -----------------------------------------
         Jeffrey A. Harris, Partner


MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS:

/s/ William J. Barrett                        /s/ John F. Keller
-------------------------------               ----------------------------------
William J. Barrett                            John F. Keller


/s/ Fredrick J. Barrett                       /s/ Terry R. Barrett
-----------------------------------           ----------------------------------
Fredrick J. Barrett                           Terry R. Barrett


Robert W. Howard Trust                        The Reinecke-Alcott Trust 6/7/00
 dated August 2, 2001


     By: /s/ Robert W. Howard                     By: /s/ Kurt Reinecke
         --------------------------                   --------------------------
        Signature                                     Signature

     /s/ Robert W. Howard, Trustee                /s/ Kurt Reinecke, Trustee
     ------------------------------               ------------------------------
     Printed Name and Title                       Printed Name and Title

/s/ Lynn M. Connelly                          /s/ Patty Adair
-----------------------------------           ----------------------------------
Lynn M. Connelly                              Patty Adair


/s/ Katherine E. Lee                          /s/ Kimberly S. Vickery
-----------------------------------           ----------------------------------
Katherine E. Lee                              Kimberly S. Vickery


Huntington T. Walker and Carol N. Walker,
 tenants-in-common

     /s/ Huntington T. Walker                 /s/ Wilfred R. Roux
     ------------------------------           ----------------------------------
     Huntington T. Walker                     Wilfred R. Roux

     /s/ Carol N. Walker                      /s/ James M. Felton
     ------------------------------           ----------------------------------
     Carol N. Walker                          James Michael Felton

/s/ Dominic J. Bazile                         /s/ Peter Keller
-----------------------------------           ----------------------------------
Dominic J. Bazile II                          Peter Keller

/s/ Thomas B. Tyree, Jr.                      /s/ Lindsay Keller
-----------------------------------           ----------------------------------
Thomas B. Tyree, Jr.                          Lindsay Keller

/s/ Francis B. Barron
-----------------------------------
Francis B. Barron

[Additional stockholder signatures on file]


EXHIBIT 10.2


STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

AND

THE PARTIES LISTED ON ANNEX A HERETO AS ITS INVESTORS

DATED AS OF MARCH 28, 2002



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                       Page
                                                                                                       -----
ARTICLE I PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES................................................................... 1
     Section 1.1      Series B Preferred Stock.......................................................... 1
     Section 1.2      Purchase Of Initial Shares........................................................ 2
     Section 1.3      Purchase Price.................................................................... 2
     Section 1.4      Purchase of Series A Preferred Stock ("Series A Preferred")....................... 2

ARTICLE II CLOSING ..................................................................................... 2
     Section 2.1      Closing........................................................................... 2
     Section 2.2      Deliveries By The Company......................................................... 2
     Section 2.3      Deliveries By The Investors....................................................... 3

ARTICLE III FINANCIAL COMMITMENT........................................................................ 4
     Section 3.1      Agreement To Purchase Additional Shares........................................... 4
     Section 3.2      Investor Call Right To Purchase Shares............................................ 6
     Section 3.3      Early Termination Of The Takedown Period.......................................... 7
     Section 3.4      Rights Of Investors............................................................... 8
     Section 3.5      No Commitment For Additional Financing............................................ 8
     Section 3.6      Exculpation Among Investors....................................................... 9

ARTICLE IV NON-PARTICIPATION; EVENT OF DEFAULT.........................................................  9
     Section 4.1      Non-Participation By An Investor.................................................  9
     Section 4.2      Default By An Investor........................................................... 10
     Section 4.3      Loss Of Certain Rights........................................................... 11

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY................................................ 11
     Section 5.1      Organization; Good Standing; Qualification....................................... 11
     Section 5.2      Capitalization And Voting Rights................................................. 12
     Section 5.3      Subsidiaries..................................................................... 13
     Section 5.4      Authorization.................................................................... 13
     Section 5.5      Valid Issuance Of Series B Preferred And Common Stock............................ 14
     Section 5.6      Offering......................................................................... 14
     Section 5.7      Consents......................................................................... 14
     Section 5.8      Compliance With Other Instruments................................................ 15
     Section 5.9      Compliance With Laws............................................................. 15
     Section 5.10     Environmental Matters............................................................ 15
     Section 5.11     Related Party Transactions....................................................... 16
     Section 5.12     Registration Rights.............................................................. 17
     Section 5.13     Title To Property And Assets..................................................... 17
     Section 5.14     Employees; Employee Compensation................................................. 17
     Section 5.15     Tax Matters...................................................................... 18
     Section 5.16     Minute Books..................................................................... 18
     Section 5.17     Investment Company Act........................................................... 18

i

     Section 5.18     No Prior Activities.............................................................. 19
     Section 5.19     Litigation....................................................................... 20
     Section 5.20     Certain Agreements Of Officers And Employees..................................... 20
     Section 5.21     Brokers.......................................................................... 20
     Section 5.22     Financial Statements............................................................. 20
     Section 5.23     Disclosure....................................................................... 21

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS............................................. 21
     Section 6.1      Authorization.................................................................... 21
     Section 6.2      Purchase Entirely For Own Account................................................ 22
     Section 6.3      Reliance Upon Investors' Representations......................................... 22
     Section 6.4      Receipt Of Information........................................................... 22
     Section 6.5      Investment Experience............................................................ 23
     Section 6.6      Accredited Investor.............................................................. 23
     Section 6.7      Restricted Securities............................................................ 23
     Section 6.8      Litigation....................................................................... 23
     Section 6.9      Brokers Or Finders............................................................... 24
     Section 6.10     Jurisdiction Of Organization..................................................... 24

ARTICLE VII ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS...................................................................... 24
     Section 7.1      Confidentiality.................................................................. 24
     Section 7.2      Public Announcements............................................................. 25
     Section 7.3      Fees And Expenses................................................................ 25
     Section 7.4      Use Of Proceeds.................................................................. 25
     Section 7.5      Reincorporation in Delaware...................................................... 26
     Section 7.6      Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option Plan...................................... 26

ARTICLE VIII SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS; INDEMNIFICATION.............................................. 26
     Section 8.1      Survival of Representations...................................................... 26
     Section 8.2      Agreement to Indemnify........................................................... 27
     Section 8.3      Limitation of Liability.......................................................... 27
     Section 8.4      Conditions of Indemnification.................................................... 28

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS .............................................................................. 28
     Section 9.1      Notices.......................................................................... 28
     Section 9.2      Entire Agreement................................................................. 29
     Section 9.3      Binding Effect; Assignment; No Third Party Benefit............................... 29
     Section 9.4      Severability..................................................................... 30
     Section 9.5      California Corporate Securities Law.............................................. 30
     Section 9.6      Governing Law.................................................................... 30
     Section 9.7      Descriptive Headings............................................................. 30
     Section 9.8      Gender........................................................................... 31
     Section 9.9      References....................................................................... 31
     Section 9.10     Injunctive Relief................................................................ 31
     Section 9.11     Consent To Jurisdiction.......................................................... 31

ii

Section 9.12     Amendment........................................................................ 32
Section 9.13     Effect Of Amendment Or Waiver.................................................... 32
Section 9.14     Waiver........................................................................... 32
Section 9.15     Counterparts..................................................................... 32
Section 9.16     Adjustments for Stock Splits, Etc................................................ 33

iii

SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into this 28th day of March, 2002, by and among Bill Barrett Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and each of the parties listed on Annex A attached hereto, each of which is herein referred to as an "Investor" and all of whom are collectively referred to as "Investors."

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has approved the sale and issuance of an aggregate of up to 51,000,000 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Series B Preferred");

WHEREAS, each Investor desires to purchase such number of shares of Series B Preferred as set forth opposite such Investor's name on Annex A under the column designated "total shares" (collectively, the "Shares");

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company desires to sell and each Investor desires to purchase at the Closing (as defined below) the portion of the Shares set forth opposite such Investor's name on Annex A under the column designated "initial shares" (collectively, the "Initial Shares"); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of setting forth all of the terms, limitations and conditions pursuant to which (i) the Investors shall purchase, and the Company shall be required to issue and sell, the Initial Shares, and (ii) each Investor has made a binding obligation to purchase additional shares of Series B Preferred, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and conditions set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

SECTION 1.1 SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK.

The Company shall adopt and file with the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland on or before the Closing (as defined below) an Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Restated Articles") and Articles Supplementary Series B Preferred Stock attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "Series B Articles Supplementary").


SECTION 1.2 PURCHASE OF INITIAL SHARES.

At the Closing and on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall authorize, issue and sell to each Investor in consideration of the Purchase Price (as defined in Section 1.3), and each Investor, severally and not jointly, shall purchase the number of shares of the Initial Shares as set forth opposite such Investor's name on Annex A. Each Investor shall make payment therefor by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Company in writing to each Investor prior to the Closing.

SECTION 1.3 PURCHASE PRICE.

The purchase price for each share of Series B Preferred to be purchased by each Investor pursuant to the terms hereof, whether at the Closing or pursuant to any Capital Call (as defined below), shall be equal to $5.00 per share (the "Purchase Price").

SECTION 1.4 PURCHASE OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK ("SERIES A PREFERRED").

On or prior to 14 days from the date hereof, the Company shall complete the offering and sale of 6,139,089 shares of Series A Preferred for cash at a price of $4.17 per share. The aggregate purchase price for all such shares of Series A shares shall not exceed $25,600,000, and at least 1,846,523 Series A Preferred shall have been purchased by the officers and key employees of the Company listed on Annex B (the "Management Stockholders"). In addition, up to 305,276 shares of Series A Preferred may be issued on or before July 31, 2002 as a portion of the consideration for the purchase of an option and potential leasing of certain land described in Section 5.18(v) and up to 455,635 shares of Series A Preferred may be issued upon the conversion of the convertible promissory note described in Section 5.18(vi).

ARTICLE II

CLOSING

SECTION 2.1 CLOSING.

The purchase and sale of the Initial Shares shall take place simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement at the Company's offices at 1099 18th Street, Suite 2300, Denver, Colorado 80202, at 10:00 a.m., on March 28, 2002, or at such other time and place as the Company and the Investors shall mutually agree, either orally or in writing (which time and place are designated as the "Closing").

SECTION 2.2 DELIVERIES BY THE COMPANY.

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at the Closing, the Company will deliver the following to each Investor:

2

(a) A certificate representing the number of Initial Shares being purchased by such Investor at the Closing;

(b) A counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement, in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit C (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), duly executed by the Company;

(c) A counterpart of the Stockholders' Agreement, in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit D (the "Stockholders' Agreement"), duly executed by the Company;

(d) Evidence that the Restated Articles and the Series B Articles Supplementary have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland and such Restated Articles and the Series B Articles Supplementary have become effective;

(e) An opinion of Patton Boggs, LLP, counsel for the Company, dated as of the date of the Closing, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E;

(f) Evidence that the Company's Board of Directors has authorized the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the increase in size of the Company's Board to eight directors; evidence of the resignation from the Board of Directors of Robert Howard; and evidence of the appointment to the vacancies on the Board of Directors of Jeffrey A. Harris, as designee of Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., Henry Cornell, as designee of GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., and Christopher Behrens, as designee of J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P. (the "Investor Appointees") and an independent director to be appointed in accordance with the Stockholders' Agreement; and

(g) A letter regarding management rights, in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit F, duly executed by the Company;

(h) A letter regarding regulatory compliance (the "Regulatory Side Letter") in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit G, duly executed by the Company; and

(i) All other documents, instruments and writings reasonably required to be delivered by the Company at or prior to the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 2.3 DELIVERIES BY THE INVESTORS.

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at the Closing, each Investor is severally and not jointly obligated to deliver the following to the Company:

(a) The Purchase Price payable by such Investor for the Initial Shares reflected next to such Investor's name on Annex A;

3

(b) A counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed by such Investor;

(c) A counterpart of the Stockholders' Agreement, duly executed by such investor;

(d) A counterpart of the Regulatory Side Letter signed by J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P.; and

(e) All other documents, instruments and writings reasonably required to be delivered to the Company by such Investor at or prior to the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

FINANCIAL COMMITMENT

SECTION 3.1 AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES.

(a) Set forth opposite each Investor's name on Annex A, under the column designated "Total Shares", is the maximum aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred that such Investor hereby commits to purchase at the Purchase Price upon and pursuant to validly instituted Capital Calls (as defined below) by the Company and subject to the terms, limitations and conditions of this Agreement. The aggregate Purchase Price payable for the total shares to be purchased by such Investor pursuant to Capital Calls represents such Investor's "Total Commitment." The "Remaining Commitment" means as to any Investor, at any time, an amount equal to such Investor's Total Commitment at such time reduced by the sum of the Purchase Price paid by such Investor at the Closing and pursuant to validly instituted Capital Calls by the Company pursuant to and subject to the terms of this Section 3.1. During the time period commencing on the Closing and continuing until the earlier to occur of: (i) the fifth anniversary of the Closing, (ii) the date on which the Remaining Commitment of all Investors is zero, or (iii) such earlier date as provided in Section 3.3 (such time period, the "Takedown Period"), upon 20 business days' prior written notice from the Company substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto (each, a "Call Notice") (unless all of the Investors have waived in writing such 20 business-day period), the Company may require (subject to the terms, limitations and conditions of this Agreement (including Section 4.1 hereof), the Company's authority and Board of Director approval procedures set forth in the Bylaws of the Company) the Investors to purchase additional shares of Series B Preferred from the Company (each, a "Capital Call") for the purposes described in Section 7.4 hereof. Each Capital Call shall be apportioned ratably among the aggregate Remaining Commitments of all Investors. The amount called for from a particular Investor pursuant to a Capital Call may not exceed such Investor's Remaining Commitment.

(b) All Capital Calls shall be approved by the Company's Board of Directors, including a majority of the Directors who are Investor Appointees

4

appointed in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders' Agreement at which time the Company shall provide to the Investor Appointees a draft Call Notice substantially complete to the best of the Company's knowledge. All Capital Calls shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of at least $5,000,000. The Company shall attempt to manage the number of Capital Calls from the Investors in such a manner so that no more than one call is made during a particular calendar quarter; provided, however, that notwithstanding such attempts, Capital Calls may occur as often as necessary. No Capital Call will be valid without the prior written consent of the Investors holding 60% or more of the shares of Series B Preferred then outstanding if at the time such Call Notice is provided (A) the Company or any subsidiary is in default (i) under its repayment obligations arising from a debenture, promissory note or similar instrument evidencing funded indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, or (ii) under payment obligations arising under any purchase money indebtedness or capital lease obligations totaling in excess of $10,000,000; or (B) the Call Notice is materially different from, or makes disclosures which are materially different from those set forth in, the draft Call Notice provided to the Investor Appointees at the time the Capital Call was approved.

(c) Each Capital Call for funding shall be accompanied by (i) a Call Notice and shall specify in reasonable detail the purpose of such capital contributions and shall specify the number of shares of Series B Preferred to be acquired by each Investor (which number shall equal its pro rata portion of the Capital Call based on its Remaining Commitment divided by the Purchase Price); and (ii) if reasonably requested by a majority of the Investor Appointees, an opinion of counsel as to federal securities law compliance. No Investor shall have any right to decline to purchase the shares of Series B Preferred described in such Capital Call if such Capital Call has been made in accordance with this Agreement and the Bylaws of the Company, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 4.1 hereof.

(d) Each Call Notice shall set forth the date on which the purchase and sale of the Series B Preferred shall take place pursuant to such Capital Call (the "Contribution Date"), which date shall be no earlier than the 21st business day following the date of the Call Notice.

(e) If requested to do so at least five days prior to the designated Contribution Date, the Company shall delay the Contribution Date with respect to an Investor (which delay shall not apply to other Investors not invoking this Section 3.1(e)) to allow the Company and any Investor that delivers a written opinion of counsel (if requested by the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such Investor must make a required governmental filing in connection with such Capital Call to make such required governmental filing (provided that such Investor shall make such required governmental filing as promptly as possible), for the expiration of governmentally imposed waiting periods and the obtaining of governmental approvals, pursuant to the Hart-Scott-Rodino Anti-Trust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, if any; provided, however, that any Investor may waive the requirements of this Section 3.1(e) in writing at the time of such Capital Call with respect to such Investor.

5

(f) On each Contribution Date, (i) the Company shall deliver to the Investors who are acquiring shares of Series B Preferred, an Officer's Certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit I, (ii) each Investor (other than a Non-Participating Investor) shall acquire the number of shares of Series B Preferred specified in the Call Notice and shall make payment therefor by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Company, and (iii) the Company shall immediately deliver to such Investor a certificate representing the shares of Series B Preferred that such Investor is purchasing pursuant to such Capital Call.

(g) Subject to Section 9.3 of this Agreement, each Investor shall have the right to transfer its Shares in accordance with the Stockholders' Agreement; provided, however, that no such assignment shall relieve any such assignor from its remaining liabilities and obligations under this Agreement unless approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

SECTION 3.2 INVESTOR CALL RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES.

Upon the affirmative vote of the Investors holding 60% or more of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, each Investor will have the right, but not the obligation (the "Investor Call Right"), prior to the termination of the Takedown Period, to purchase at the Purchase Price each such Investor's pro rata share of the number of shares of Series B Preferred that may be purchased for an amount equal to $127,500,000 reduced by the aggregate amount of all previous Capital Calls funded in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the purchase of Initial Shares hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Investor may exercise an Investor Call Right at any time after the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Investor Appointees, has approved a Qualified Public Offering or Liquidation Event, as those terms are defined in the Stockholders' Agreement.

Upon the receipt by the Company of a written request signed on behalf of Investors holding at least 60% of the shares of Series B Preferred then outstanding (an "Investor Call Request"), the Company shall provide to each Investor a notice (the "Investor Call Notice") setting forth (i) the number of shares of Series B Preferred that may be acquired by each Investor if such Investor exercised its Investor Call Right and (ii) the Contribution Date with respect to such Investor Call Right, which Contribution Date shall be no earlier than the 21st business day following the date of the Investor Call Notice. To exercise its Investor Call Right, an Investor must notify the Company in writing within 10 business days after the date of an Investor Call Notice of the number of shares of Series B Preferred (up to the number set forth in the Investor Call Notice) that such Investor desires to purchase pursuant to the Investor Call Right (each, an "Investor Call Exercise Notice").

On the Contribution Date with respect to the Investor Call Right, (i) the Company shall deliver to the Investors who are acquiring shares of Series B Preferred pursuant to the Investor Call Right an Officer's Certificate substantially in the form as set forth in Exhibit I, (ii) each Investor who exercises its Investor Call Right shall acquire the number of shares of Series B Preferred specified in the Investor Call Exercise

6

Notice and shall make payment therefor by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Company, and (iii) the Company shall immediately deliver to such Investor a certificate representing the shares of Series B Preferred that such Investor is purchasing pursuant to such Investor Call Right.

SECTION 3.3 EARLY TERMINATION OF THE TAKEDOWN PERIOD.

(a) Subject to Section 3.3(b), the Takedown Period shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of any of the following events:

(i) the consummation of (A) an initial public offering of the Company's common stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Common Stock"), in which (x) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $50,000,000, (y) each share of Series B Preferred would convert pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Series B Articles Supplementary at the Conversion Ratio (as defined in the Series B Preferred Articles Supplementary) into shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate value, based on the price to public in the initial public offering, of at least $7.50 per share, and (z) the Common Stock is authorized and approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange or admitted to trading and quoted in the Nasdaq National Market system, or (B) any initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock which at least two of the Investor Appointees approve shall terminate the Takedown Period;

(ii) the affirmative vote of the Investors holding 60% or more of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred to terminate the Takedown Period upon prior written notice to the Company and the other Investors;

(iii) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event (as defined below); or

(iv) the occurrence of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets, or a Change of Control (as such term is defined in the Stockholders' Agreement) of the Company.

As used in Section 3.3(a)(iii), an "Insolvency Event" means (1) the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the

7

foregoing; (2) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company or any of its subsidiaries seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or (3) an order for relief shall be entered against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under the federal bankruptcy laws now or hereafter in effect or the Company admits in writing that it cannot pay its debts when due.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.3(a), the Takedown Period may not be terminated pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 3.3(a) with respect to any Capital Calls for which the Company has validly requested such Capital Call pursuant to a Call Notice and such Capital Call is necessary for the Company to perform its obligations with respect to any proposed acquisition cost or other capital expenditure of the type described in Section 7.4(i) with respect to which the Company has entered into a legally binding agreement prior to the date of issuance of the notice referred to in Section 3.3(a)(ii); provided further, however, that the Company may not issue any Call Notices after the issuance of a termination notice pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(ii) above.

SECTION 3.4 RIGHTS OF INVESTORS.

Each Investor, in its sole and absolute discretion, may exercise or refrain from exercising any rights or privileges that such Investor may have pursuant to this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Stockholders' Agreement, the Restated Articles, the Series B Articles Supplementary, the Bylaws or at law or in equity, and such Investor shall not incur or be subject to any liability or obligation to the Company, any other Investor or holder of shares of Series B Preferred, any other stockholder or security holder of the Company or any other Person, by reason of exercising or refraining from exercising any such rights or privileges.

SECTION 3.5 NO COMMITMENT FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING.

The Company acknowledges and agrees that no Investor has made any representation, undertaking, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing, investment or other assistance, other than the Total Commitment as set forth in this Agreement and subject to all conditions set forth herein. In addition, the Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) no statements, whether written or oral, made by any Investor or its representatives on or after the date hereof shall create an obligation, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing or investment, (ii) the Company shall not rely on any such statement by any Investor or its representatives, and (iii) an obligation, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing or investment may only be created by a written agreement, signed by such Investor and the Company, setting forth the terms and conditions of such financing or investment and stating that the parties intend for such writing to be a binding obligation or agreement. Each Investor shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to refuse or decline to participate

8

in any other financing of or investment in the Company, and shall have no obligation to assist or cooperate with the Company in obtaining any financing, investment or other assistance.

SECTION 3.6 EXCULPATION AMONG INVESTORS.

Each Investor acknowledges that it is not relying upon any other Investor, or any officer, director, stockholder, employee, agent, partner or affiliate of any such other Investor, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company or in monitoring such investment. Each Investor agrees that no other Investor nor any officer, director, stockholder, employee, agent, partner or affiliate of any other Investor shall be liable for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them relating to or in connection with the Company or the shares of Series B Preferred, or both. Without limiting the foregoing, no Investor nor any of its officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, agents or affiliates, or other holder of any shares of Series B Preferred shall have any obligation, liability or responsibility whatsoever for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of any or all information about the Company or any subsidiary or their respective properties, business or financial and other affairs, acquired by such Investor or holder from the Company or any subsidiary or the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, counsel or auditors of either, and in turn provided to another Investor or holder of shares of Series B Preferred, nor shall any such Investor or other Person have any obligation or responsibility whatsoever to provide any such information to any other Investor or holder of shares of Series B Preferred or to continue to provide any such information if any information is provided. For purposes of this Section 3.6, the Company shall be deemed to not be an affiliate of any Investor.

ARTICLE IV

NON-PARTICIPATION; EVENT OF DEFAULT

SECTION 4.1 NON-PARTICIPATION BY AN INVESTOR.

Each of Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. ("Warburg"), and GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., GSCP 2000 Offshore BBOG Holding, L.P., GSCP 2000 GmbH BBOG Holding, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000 Employee Fund, L.P., Stone Street Fund 2000, L.P., Stone Street BBOG Holding and Goldman Sachs Direct Investment Fund 2000, L.P. (collectively, the "Goldman Funds"), and J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P. ("J.P. Morgan") shall have the right to become a "Non-Participating Investor" in the event that (i) the Company delivers a Call Notice for a Capital Call the funding of which would result in the Company having made Capital Calls during any fiscal year in an aggregate amount (the "Capital Call Threshold") for that fiscal year of $25,000,000 in excess of the total amount of Capital Calls provided for in the annual budget of the Company for such fiscal year then in effect and approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Company, including a majority of the Investor Appointees in accordance with the Stockholders' Agreement, and (ii) such Investor notifies the Company in writing within five business days after the giving of such Call Notice that it will not pay its share of such capital contributions. None of Warburg, the

9

Goldman Funds, and J.P. Morgan shall have the right to become a Non-Participating Investor in the event that the Call Notice requests capital contributions that are in an amount below the Capital Call Threshold when aggregated with all prior completed Capital Calls in such fiscal year, or for any portion of such Capital Call that does not, when aggregated with all prior completed Capital Calls in such fiscal year, exceed the Capital Call Threshold. In the event that any of Warburg, the Goldman Funds or J.P. Morgan elect to become a Non-Participating Investor, the Company shall provide written notice to all Investors of such election (the "Non-Participation Notice"). Each Investor other than Warburg, the Goldman Funds and J.P. Morgan shall have the right to become a Non-Participating Investor by notifying the Company in writing within five business days after the giving of the Non-Participation Notice. If the Company cancels a Capital Call for which any Investor had elected to become a Non-Participating Investor, such Investor shall not be deemed to be a Non-Participating Investor with respect to such Capital Call unless such Capital Call is cancelled because the Company is unable to raise enough funds to fund the transaction which necessitated the Capital Call. The Remaining Commitment of a Non-Participating Investor shall automatically become zero. Upon receipt of notification that any Investors have elected to become a Non-Participating Investor, the Company shall provide notice to each Investor who is not a Non-Participating Investor or a Defaulting Investor and offer each such Investor the opportunity to increase such Investor's Total Commitment by an amount up to such Investor's ratable share of the portion of the Non-Participating Investor's Total Commitment that will not be funded, as determined among all of the eligible Investors electing to increase their Total Commitments. In the event that an Investor elects to increase its Total Commitment, Annex A will be appropriately adjusted to reflect such increase, and the Capital Call will be allocated ratably among the revised Remaining Commitments of the participating Investors.

SECTION 4.2 DEFAULT BY AN INVESTOR.

(a) An "Event of Default" shall be deemed to have occurred if
(i) any Investor (any such Investor, a "Defaulting Investor") fails or refuses to consummate the sale and purchase of Series B Preferred representing its complete portion of any Capital Call validly made (other than as permitted by
Section 4.1), and (ii) such default has continued in whole or in part for not less than five days after the Contribution Date.

(b) Upon an Event of Default, the Company may, at its option, undertake any of the following: (A) terminate the Defaulting Investor's right to participate in any future Capital Calls (in which event the Remaining Commitment of such Investor shall automatically be reduced to zero), (B) implement the repurchase provisions of Section 4.3 of the Stockholders' Agreement with respect to the Series B Preferred eligible to be repurchased at the time of such Capital Call, (C) institute suit against a Defaulting Investor for such Investor's defaulted portion of the Capital Call precipitating such Event of Default (and not for the amount of any Capital Calls, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of the Capital Call Threshold), as well as (x) interest on past due amounts at a rate equal to the lesser of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law and the Prime Rate (as determined by U.S. Bank N.A. of

10

Denver, Colorado) plus five percent (5%) per annum and (y) reasonable costs and expenses of the Company in connection with such Event of Default, and/or (D) allow each Investor who is not a Defaulting Investor or Non-Participating Investor to elect to increase its Total Commitment by such Investor's ratable share of the amount of the unfunded Total Commitment of the Defaulting Investor. In addition, the Company may pursue any other rights and remedies available to the Company at law or equity. In the event that an Investor elects to increase its Total Commitment, Annex A will be appropriately adjusted to reflect such increase.

SECTION 4.3 LOSS OF CERTAIN RIGHTS.

A Defaulting Investor or a Non-Participating Investor (i) shall have no right to participate in funding its portion of any future Capital Call, (ii) shall cause its representative on the Board of Directors, if any, to resign,
(iii) shall have no right to place any representative on the Board of Directors pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement, (iv) will be subject to having its representative on the Board of Directors be removed at the time it becomes a Defaulting Investor or a Non-Participating Investor, if such representative does not resign, and (v) will have no right to vote its shares of Series B Preferred or Common Stock on matters or consent to actions pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement or this Agreement other than as specifically provided herein or therein; provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not be construed as limiting or restricting the rights of a Defaulting Investor or a Non-Participating Investor to vote its shares of capital stock on matters with respect to which holders of capital stock have the right to vote under the Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws, pursuant to the Maryland General Corporation Law, as amended (the "MGCL"), or the Registration Rights Agreement; and provided further that the Company will use reasonable best efforts to permit a Defaulting Investor or Non-Participating Investor to retain or obtain and exercise such management rights in order for such investment to be a "venture capital investment," as defined in the United States Department of Labor's "Plan Assets" Regulation.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with each of the Investors that:

SECTION 5.1 ORGANIZATION; GOOD STANDING; QUALIFICATION.

The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland and has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to carry on its business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly licensed or qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business transacted by it or the character of the properties owned or leased by it requires such licensing or qualification, except for those jurisdictions where the

11

failure to be so licensed, qualified or in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects, condition, affairs, properties or assets of the Company (a "Material Adverse Effect").

SECTION 5.2 CAPITALIZATION AND VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) The authorized capital of the Company consists of (i) 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of which 8,386,644 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof and (ii) 75,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), of which (i) 6,900,000 shares have been designated the Series A Preferred Stock, of which [_________] are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, and (ii) 51,000,000 shares have been designated the Series B Preferred, none of which is issued and outstanding prior to the Closing, but up to all of which may be issued and sold pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(b) The outstanding shares of Series A Preferred and Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, and were issued in accordance with the registration or qualification provisions of the Securities Act and any relevant state securities laws or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom.

(c) The outstanding shares of Common Stock are owned by the stockholders and in the numbers specified in Exhibit J hereto. The outstanding options are owned by the option holders in the number (including exercise price and vesting) specified in Exhibit J hereto. In addition, the Company has reserved 6,500,000 shares of its Common Stock for purchase upon exercise of options to be granted in the future under the Company's 2002 Stock Option Plan.

(d) The Shares, when issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will constitute one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding Series B Preferred.

(e) Except as set forth in Section 5.2(e) of the disclosure schedule being delivered by the Company to the Investors simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement (the "Disclosure Schedule") and as contemplated by this Agreement and the Stockholders' Agreement, there is not outstanding any option, warrant, right (contingent or other, including conversion, exchange, participation, right of first refusal, co-sale or preemptive rights) or agreements for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any shares of its capital stock or any options, warrants or rights convertible into or exchangeable for any thereof. Except as disclosed in Section 5.2(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, and as contemplated by this Agreement and the Stockholders' Agreement, there is no commitment by the Company to issue shares, subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities or other such rights or to distribute to holders of its equity securities any evidence of indebtedness or asset. Except as disclosed in Section 5.2(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, and as contemplated by this Agreement, the Stockholders' Agreement, and as provided in the Stockholders'

12

Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2002, by and among the Company and certain stockholders thereof (the "Founders Stockholders' Agreement"): (i) the Company is not a party or subject to any agreement or understanding, and, to the Company's knowledge, there is no agreement or understanding between or among any holders of the Company's capital stock relating to the acquisition, disposition or voting or giving of written consents with respect to any security or matter, or by a director of the Company; (ii) the Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or other securities or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof; (iii) there are no restrictions on the transfer of the Company's capital stock other than those arising from securities laws; and (iv) no person or entity is entitled to (x) any preemptive or similar right with respect to the issuance of any capital stock or other securities of the Company or (y) any rights with respect to the registration of any capital stock or other securities of the Company under the Securities Act.

SECTION 5.3 SUBSIDIARIES.

The Company has no subsidiaries. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership, or similar arrangement.

SECTION 5.4 AUTHORIZATION.

The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the agreements contemplated herein to which it is a party, and to issue and sell the Series B Preferred and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof, and to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated herein to which it is a party. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated herein, and the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder at the Closing and the authorization, issuance (or reservation for issuance), sale, and delivery of the Series B Preferred in accordance with this Agreement and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof has been taken. This Agreement and the agreements contemplated herein have been duly and validly executed and delivered and constitute, assuming this Agreement and such agreements have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Investors, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies. Except as set forth in the Stockholders' Agreement, the sale of the Series B Preferred is not, and the subsequent conversion of the Series B Preferred into Common Stock will not be, subject to any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal.

13

SECTION 5.5 VALID ISSUANCE OF SERIES B PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK.

The Series B Preferred that is being purchased by the Investors hereunder, when issued, sold, and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable, and will be free of all restrictions imposed by or through the Company other than restrictions as set forth in this Agreement or the Stockholders' Agreement and under applicable state and federal securities laws. The Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred being purchased pursuant to this Agreement has been duly and validly reserved for issuance and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the Restated Articles, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable and will be free of all restrictions imposed by or through the Company other than restrictions set forth in this Agreement or the Stockholders' Agreement and under applicable state and federal securities laws.

SECTION 5.6 OFFERING.

Based in part on the accuracy of the Investors' representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the offer, sale and issuance of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption. Neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf has engaged, in connection with the offering of the Series B Preferred, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act. The issuance of the Series B Preferred to the Investors will not be integrated with any other issuance of the Company's securities (past, current or future) for purposes of any stockholder approval provisions applicable to the Company or its securities.

SECTION 5.7 CONSENTS.

No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority or any person or entity is required on the part of the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares, or the issuance of Common Stock upon conversion of the Series B Preferred, except (i) the filing of the Restated Articles with the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland, and (ii) such filings as have been made prior to the Closing, except any notices of sale required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Regulation D of the Securities Act, or such post-closing filings as may be required under applicable state securities laws, which will be timely filed within the applicable periods therefor.

14

SECTION 5.8 COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS.

The Company is not in violation or default of (i) any provision of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, (ii) any provision of any mortgage, indenture, contract, lease, agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iii) any judgment, decree, order, writ, federal or state, statute, rule or regulation, license or permit of any governmental authority applicable to it, which, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the agreements and transactions contemplated hereby will not (a) conflict with or result in, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice or both, either in any default or loss of rights under, acceleration of, or give rise to any right of termination, acceleration or modification, under any such provision, mortgage, indenture, contract, lease, agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order or writ or (b) result in the creation of any mortgages, pledges, security interests, liens, charges, claims, restrictions, easements or other encumbrances of any nature ("Liens") upon any of the properties or assets of the Company. The Company does not have any knowledge of any termination or material breach or anticipated termination or material breach by the other party to any material contract or commitment to which it is a party or to which any of its assets is subject. The Company's execution and delivery of this Agreement and its performance of the transactions and agreements contemplated hereby will not violate any instrument, agreement, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation of any governmental authority applicable to the Company.

SECTION 5.9 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and other rights and privileges from governmental authorities necessary to permit it to own its property and to conduct its business as it is presently conducted and as contemplated to be conducted, except where the failure to have any such franchises, permits, licenses or other rights or privileges would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect of the Company. The Company is not in violation of any law, regulation, authorization or order of any public authority relevant to the ownership of its properties or the carrying on of its business as it is presently conducted and as contemplated to be conducted, except for any such violations which would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect of the Company, and to the Company's knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing law, regulation, authorization or order.

SECTION 5.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

Except as set forth on Schedule 5.10, (i) the Company has complied with and is in compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign statutes (civil and criminal), laws, ordinances, regulations, rules, notices, permits, judgments, orders and decrees applicable to it or any of its properties, assets, operations and businesses relating to environmental protection (collectively "Environmental Laws") including, without

15

limitation, Environmental Laws relating to air, water, land and the generation, storage, use, handling, transportation, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Wastes, Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Substances (as such terms are defined in any applicable Environmental Law) including petroleum and petroleum products;
(ii) the Company has obtained and adhered to all permits and other approvals necessary to treat, transport, store, dispose of and otherwise handled Hazardous Wastes, Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Substances, and has reported to the appropriate authorities, to the extent required by all Environmental Laws, all past and present sites owned and operated by the Company where Hazardous Wastes, Hazardous Materials or Hazardous Substances have been treated, stored, disposed of or otherwise handled; (iii) there have been no releases or threats of releases (as defined in Environmental Laws) at, from, in or on any property owned or operated by the Company except as permitted by Environmental Laws; (iv) to the best of the Company's knowledge, no on-site or off-site location to which the Company has transported or disposed of Hazardous Wastes, Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Substances or arranged for the transportation of Hazardous Wastes, Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Substances is the subject of any federal, state, local or foreign enforcement action or any other investigation which could lead to any material claim against the Company for any clean-up cost, remedial work, damage to natural resources, property damage or personal injury, including, but not limited to, any claim under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act or comparable state or local statutes and regulations, each as amended; and (v) the Company has no contingent liability in connection with any release of any Hazardous Waste, Hazardous Materials or Hazardous Substance into the environment.

SECTION 5.11 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS.

Except as disclosed in Section 5.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, no employee, officer, stockholder or director of the Company or member of his or her immediate family is indebted to the Company, nor is the Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them, other than (i) for payment of salary for services rendered by officers, directors or employees, (ii) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred by officers, directors or employees on behalf of the Company, and (iii) for other standard employee benefits made generally available to all employees (including stock option agreements outstanding under the Company's 2002 Stock Option Plan). To the Company's knowledge, none of such persons has any ownership interest, directly or indirectly, in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation that competes with the Company, except that employees, stockholders, officers, or directors of the Company and members of their immediate families may have an immaterial beneficial ownership interest in publicly traded companies that may compete with the Company. To the Company's knowledge, no officer, director, or stockholder or any member of their immediate families is a party to or is, directly or indirectly, interested in any agreement, understanding or proposed transaction with the Company (other than such written agreements as relate to any such person's ownership of capital stock or other securities of the Company).

16

SECTION 5.12 REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

Except as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has not granted or agreed to grant any registration rights relative to the registration of its securities under the Securities Act, including piggyback registration rights, to any person or entity.

SECTION 5.13 TITLE TO PROPERTY AND ASSETS.

The Company has good, valid and marketable title to its properties and assets, and all such properties and assets are free and clear of all Liens other than Liens which do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the continued use and operation of the assets to which they relate in the business of the Company as presently conducted. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims, or encumbrances, except such liens and encumbrances which are not material in nature or amount and do not materially impair the Company's use of such leased property. All leases of real or personal property to which the Company is a party are fully effective and afford the Company peaceful and undisturbed possession of the property which is the subject matter of the lease.

SECTION 5.14 EMPLOYEES; EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION.

The Company is not delinquent in payments to any of its employees for any wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses or other direct compensation for any services performed for it as of the date hereof or amounts required to be reimbursed to such employees. The Company is not bound by or subject to (and none of its assets or properties are bound by or subject to) any written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment or arrangement with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or, to the knowledge of the Company, has sought to represent any of the employees of the Company. There is no strike or other labor dispute involving the Company pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, which could have a material adverse effect on the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results, or business of the Company (as such business is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted), nor is the Company aware of any labor organization activity involving its employees. With respect to each employee plan presently in force within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") that is sponsored or maintained by the Company, such plan has been administered in compliance in all material respects with its terms and the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Company has not contributed to and is not required to contribute to any multiemployer plan within the meaning of section 3(37) of ERISA. The Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable state and federal equal opportunity and other laws related to employment. The Company is not a party to or bound by any currently effective employment contract, deferred compensation agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement, or other employee compensation agreement other than the Company's 2002 Stock Option Plan and any award agreements entered into

17

thereunder and other than the issuance of 8,386,644 restricted shares of Common Stock to certain management employees. No officer or key employee, or any group of key employees, intends to terminate their employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any of the foregoing. For purposes of the previous sentence, officers and key employees shall consist of William J. Barrett, John F. Keller, Robert W. Howard, Fredrick J. Barrett, Terry R. Barrett, Kurt M. Reinecke, and Dominic Bazile. Subject to general principles related to wrongful termination of employees, the employment of each officer and employee of the Company is terminable at the will of the Company.

SECTION 5.15 TAX MATTERS.

The Company: (i) has timely filed all federal, state, local and other tax returns (collectively, the "Tax Returns") that are required to have been filed by it with all appropriate governmental agencies and all such Tax Returns are true, complete and correct in all material respects and fairly reflect operations for tax purposes; (ii) has timely paid all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments shown to be due on such Tax Returns or imposed by any taxing authority (collectively, "Taxes") (other than taxes or assessments the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings); (iii) has complied in all material respects with all applicable laws relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes and has timely withheld and paid over to the proper taxing authorities all amounts required to be withheld and paid under all applicable laws; (iv) has not waived any statute of limitations with respect to Taxes or agreed to any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return for any taxable period, which such Tax Return has not since been filed or to extend the period for the assessment or collection of any Taxes; and (v) has provided adequate accruals for the payment of all Taxes not yet due and payable (including deferred income taxes). To the Company's knowledge, there are no pending or threatened audits, examinations, investigations, or other proceedings in respect of Taxes or Tax Returns of the Company. There are no encumbrances for Taxes upon the assets or properties of the Company except for statutory liens for Taxes not yet due.

SECTION 5.16 MINUTE BOOKS.

The minute books of the Company contain a complete and accurate record of all meetings and all actions by written consent of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, or any committees thereof since the date of incorporation of the Company. The stock ledger of the Company provided to Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is complete and reflects all issuances, repurchases, cancellations and, to the knowledge of the Company, transfers of shares of capital stock of the Company.

SECTION 5.17 INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT.

The Company is not an "investment company" as that term is defined in, and is not otherwise subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

18

SECTION 5.18 NO PRIOR ACTIVITIES.

The Company was incorporated on January 7, 2002 and since such date the Company has not, directly or indirectly, (a) engaged in any business, (b) entered into any agreements, contracts or other commitments or (c) incurred any liabilities of any nature (matured or unmatured, fixed or contingent), except:

(i) the Company has issued 8,386,644 shares of Common Stock (after giving effect to the stock split as of March 25, 2002) and issued or committed to issue on or before the date that is 14 days from the date hereof 6,594,724 shares of Series A Preferred (as described in Section 1.4 above), and entered into related agreements, as described more fully in
Section 5.18 of the Disclosure Schedule;

(ii) the Company has negotiated, executed and delivered this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby or annexed hereto;

(iii) the Company has negotiated, executed and delivered Engagement Agreements relating to the prior offerings of Common Stock and the offering of the Series B Preferred contemplated hereby with Petrie Parkman & Co. and First Albany Corporation;

(iv) the Company has incurred general and administrative expenses and entered into agreements with respect to obtaining office space, office equipment, its employees and outside attorneys and agents;

(v) the Company has pursued its strategy of seeking acquisitions of oil and gas properties, and in connection therewith, has reviewed potential acquisitions, executed confidentiality agreements, retained consultants and entered into related obligations and incurred related expenses, including an agreement to purchase certain oil and gas properties in the Wind River Basin for a purchase price of approximately $73 million in cash and a Letter of Intent, dated as of March 11, 2002, by and between the Company and the Crow Tribe with respect to the evaluation, the purchase of an option, and the potential leasing of certain land;

(vi) the Company has incurred debt in an amount not in excess of $2,720,000 including pursuant to a convertible promissory note with Hennie L.J.M. Gieskes to be executed within 14 days from the date hereof in the principal amount of $1.9 million that is convertible into 455,635 shares of Series A Preferred, which promissory note shall be approved by a majority of the Investor Appointees; and

(vii) the Company is currently negotiating a purchase and sale agreement to acquire properties in the Uinta Basin.

19

All of the contracts and commitments identified above are in full force and effect and neither the Company, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party is in default thereunder (nor, to the knowledge of the Company, has any event occurred which with notice, lapse of time or both would constitute a default thereunder), and the Company has not received notice of any alleged default under any such contract or commitment. The Company does not have any knowledge of any termination or material breach or anticipated termination or material breach by the other party to any material contract or commitment to which it is a party or to which any of its assets is subject.

SECTION 5.19 LITIGATION.

There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company, or against any officer or director nor, to the knowledge of the Company, has there occurred any event nor does there exist any condition on the basis of which any material litigation, proceeding or investigation might properly be instituted. The Company is not a party or subject to any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality.

SECTION 5.20 CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES.

To the Company's knowledge, no officer, employee or consultant of the Company is, or is expected to be, in violation of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, proprietary information agreement, noncompetition agreement, nonsolicitation agreement, confidentiality agreement or any other similar contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant in existence as of the date hereof, relating to the right of any such officer, employee, or consultant to be employed or engaged by the Company because of the nature of the business conducted or to be conducted by the Company or relating to the use of trade secrets or proprietary information of others, and to the Company's knowledge, the continued employment or engagement of the Company's officers, employees or consultants does not subject the Company to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters.

SECTION 5.21 BROKERS.
Except for the fees and expenses that will be due to Petrie Parkman & Co. and First Albany Corporation, which will be paid by the Company, no person, firm or corporation has or, as a result of any action taken by the Company or any of its authorized representatives, will have, in the context of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any rights, interest or valid claim against or upon the Company or the Investors for any commission, fee or other compensation as a finder or broker or in any similar capacity.

SECTION 5.22 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

(a) The Company has delivered to each Investor who has requested such information its unaudited financial statements (including, balance sheet and profit and loss statement, statement of stockholders' equity and statement of cash

20

flows) as of February 28, 2002, for the period from inception on January 7, 2002 and ended on February 28, 2002 (the "Financial Statements"). Except as set forth in Schedule 5.22(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, subject to normal year-end adjustments and except that the unaudited Financial Statements do not contain footnotes. The Financial Statements fairly present the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein.

(b) Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company does not have and is not subject to any material liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required under GAAP to be reflected in the Financial Statements, which, in both cases, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the financial condition or operating results of the Company and do not exceed $25,000.

(c) Except as disclosed in the Financial Statements, the Company is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other person, firm, or corporation.

(d) The Company maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 5.23 DISCLOSURE.

The information concerning the Company provided by the Company to the Investors prior to the date hereof does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statement contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS

Each Investor hereby represents and warrants (as to itself only), severally but not jointly, to the Company that:

SECTION 6.1 AUTHORIZATION.

Such Investor has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated herein to which it is a party, and to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated herein to which it

21

is a party. All corporate or partnership action on the part of the Investor necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of all obligations of the Investor hereunder at the Closing has been taken. All corporate or partnership action on the part of the Investor necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of the agreements contemplated herein to which it is a party will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered and constitutes, and the agreements contemplated herein to which the Investor is a party when executed and delivered will constitute, assuming due execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated herein, valid and legally binding obligations of such Investor, enforceable against such Investor in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

SECTION 6.2 PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT.

This Agreement is made with each Investor in reliance upon such Investor's representation to the Company, which by such Investor's execution of this Agreement such Investor hereby confirms, that the shares of Series B Preferred to be purchased by such Investor and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof (collectively, the "Securities") will be acquired for investment for such Investor's own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that such Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same, subject, in the case of J.P. Morgan, to the qualifications set forth in the Regulatory Side Letter. By executing this Agreement, each Investor further represents that such Investor does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Securities, subject, in the case of J.P. Morgan, to the qualifications set forth in the Regulatory Side Letter.

SECTION 6.3 RELIANCE UPON INVESTORS' REPRESENTATIONS.

Each Investor understands that the Series B Preferred is not, and any Common Stock acquired on conversion thereof at the time of issuance may not be, registered under the Securities Act on the ground that the sale provided for in this Agreement and the issuance of securities hereunder is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.

SECTION 6.4 RECEIPT OF INFORMATION.

Each Investor believes it has received all the information such Investor considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Shares. Each Investor further represents that such Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Series B Preferred and the business, properties, prospects, and financial condition of the Company and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to such Investor or to which such Investor had access. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the

22

representations and warranties of the Company in Article V of this Agreement or the right of the Investors to rely thereon.

SECTION 6.5 INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE.

Such Investor confirms that it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Series B Preferred and of making an informed investment decision and understands that (i) this investment is suitable only for an investor which is able to bear the economic consequences of losing its entire investment, (ii) the purchase of the Series B Preferred to be purchased by such Investor hereunder is a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of the entire investment, and (iii) there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of, and there will be no public market for, the Series B Preferred or the Common Stock into which it is convertible, and accordingly, it may not be possible for such Investor to liquidate such Investor's investment in case of emergency.

SECTION 6.6 ACCREDITED INVESTOR.

Such Investor is either: (i) an "Accredited Investor," as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act; or (ii) not an Accredited Investor and neither such Investor nor any beneficiary of any trust or any investment client for whose account such Investor is purchasing is a citizen or resident of the United States or any state, territory or possession thereof, including but not limited to any estate of any such person, or any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity created or existing under the laws thereof, or any entity controlled or owned by any of the foregoing.

SECTION 6.7 RESTRICTED SECURITIES.

Each Investor understands that the Series B Preferred (and any Common Stock issued on conversion thereof) may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of either an effective registration statement covering the Shares (or the Common Stock issued on conversion thereof) or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Series B Preferred (and any Common Stock issued on conversion thereof) must be held indefinitely. In particular, each Investor is aware that the Series B Preferred Stock (and any Common Stock issued on conversion thereof) may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act unless all of the conditions of that Rule are met. Among the conditions for use of Rule 144 may be the availability of current information to the public about the Company. Such information is not now available and the Company has no present plans to make such information available.

SECTION 6.8 LITIGATION.

There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Investor, threatened against the Investor which is reasonably likely to call into question the validity of this Agreement or the agreements contemplated hereby or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or thereto, nor, to the knowledge of the

23

Investor, has there occurred any event nor does there exist any condition on the basis of which any such litigation, proceeding or investigation might properly be instituted.

SECTION 6.9 BROKERS OR FINDERS.

Except for the fees and expenses that will be due to Petrie Parkman & Co. and First Albany Corporation, which shall be paid by the Company, no person has or will have, as a result of the issuance of the Series B Preferred pursuant to this Agreement, any right, interest or valid claim against or upon the Company for any commission, fee or other compensation as a finder or broker because of any act or omission by such Investor or his or its respective agents.

SECTION 6.10 JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION.

Such Investor is organized and has its principal place of business in the states set forth under its name on Annex A hereto.

ARTICLE VII

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

SECTION 7.1 CONFIDENTIALITY.

Each Investor agrees that all Confidential Information (as defined below) shall be kept confidential by such Investor and shall not be disclosed by such Investor in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that (i) any of such Confidential Information may be disclosed to directors, officers, employees and authorized representatives (including without limitation attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers and financial advisors) of such Investor (collectively, for purposes of this Section, "Investor Representatives"), each of which Investor Representatives shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.1, (ii) any disclosure of Confidential Information may be made to the extent to which the Company consents in writing, (iii) any disclosure may be made of the terms of an Investor's investment pursuant to this Agreement and the performance of that investment to the extent in compliance with applicable law (whether in the Investor's fundraising materials, on the website of the Investor or an affiliate, to a regulator or otherwise); (iv) any disclosure may be made of Confidential Information to an Investor's partners, prospective partners or affiliates or their authorized representatives, each of whom shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.1 as if an "Investor", and (v) Confidential Information may be disclosed by any Investor or any Investor Representative to the extent that the Investor or Investor Representative has received an opinion from its counsel, in writing, that it is legally compelled to do so, provided that, prior to making such disclosure, the Investor or Investor Representative, as the case may be, advises the Company as soon as the Investor or Investor Representative is requested to disclose the Confidential Information, consults with the Company regarding such disclosure and, if requested by the Company, assists the Company, at the Company's expense, in seeking a protective order to prevent the requested disclosure, and provided further that the Investor or Investor Representative, as the case may be,

24

discloses only that portion of the Confidential Information as is, in the written opinion of its counsel, legally required. The term "Confidential Information", as used herein, means all confidential and proprietary information (irrespective of the form of communication) obtained by or on behalf of Investor from the Company or its representatives, other than information which (i) was or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement by such Investor or any Investor Representative, (ii) was or becomes available to such Investor on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure to the Investor by the Company or its representatives or (iii) was or becomes available to the Investor from a source other than the Company and its representatives, provided that such source is not known by such Investor to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company.

SECTION 7.2 PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS.

The Company may issue press releases and public announcements, provided that, except as may be required by applicable law, the Company shall not issue any press release that identifies any Investor or otherwise make any public statement with respect to any Investor without the prior written consent of such Investor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). No Investor shall, except as required by applicable law, issue any press release that describes the transactions contemplated herein or identifies the Company or any other Investor without the prior consent of the Company and the identified party. Except to the extent disclosure thereof is permitted by clause (iii) of
Section 7.2, any such press release or public statement required by applicable law shall only be made after reasonable notice to the other parties hereto.

SECTION 7.3 FEES AND EXPENSES.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all fees and expenses, including fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein, shall be paid by the party incurring such fee or expense; provided, however, that if the Closing is effected, the Company shall pay (i) the legal fees and expenses of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel to the Investors who initially designate the Investor Appointees in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders' Agreement, not to exceed $175,000 (the "Fee Cap") and shall, upon receipt of a bill therefor, reimburse the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such counsel up to the Fee Cap and (ii) shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Investors, provided, however, that aggregate expenses in excess of $100,000 shall require advance authorization from the Company's Chief Financial Officer.

SECTION 7.4 USE OF PROCEEDS.

The Company will use the proceeds from the sale of the Shares and each Capital Call for: (i) acquisition costs and other capital expenditures associated with the Company's business of acquiring (directly or indirectly) oil and gas producing and nonproducing properties and leasehold interests primarily in the Rocky Mountain region of the United States and costs associated with the exploration or development thereof (or acquiring business entities whose primary business and assets are to own, operate explore

25

or develop such assets), (ii) working capital needs, including the establishment or replenishment of a working capital reserve, (iii) general and administrative expenses (including costs of organizing the Company), and (iv) general corporate purposes. The Company and the Investors acknowledge that it is their intention that the Company become a fully integrated operating company with all of its assets, rights, benefits, goodwill and ancillary business and other components of its affairs being owned, directly or indirectly through any subsidiaries, by the Company.

SECTION 7.5 REINCORPORATION IN DELAWARE.

Within 30 days after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall consummate a merger with and into a Delaware corporation for the purpose of reincorporating as a Delaware corporation, pursuant to which each share of outstanding capital stock of the Company shall be converted into one share of the same class and series as such share prior to the merger, with rights and preferences identical in all respects to the rights and preferences of such share prior to the merger. No shares of stock of the surviving corporation shall remain issued or outstanding immediately following such merger, except for shares of stock issued upon conversion of the outstanding capital stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger.

SECTION 7.6 AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN.

Within 14 days after the Closing, the Board of Directors of the Company, including a majority of the Investor Appointees, will approve and adopt an amended and restated 2002 Stock Option Plan (the "Revised Plan") and a form stock option grant agreement (the "Grant Agreement"), which Revised Plan and Grant Agreement will be approved and adopted in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders' Agreement and which Grant Agreement will be used by the Company to grant all options under the Revised Plan so long as the Stockholders' Agreement is in effect.

ARTICLE VIII

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS; INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 8.1 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS.

The representations and warranties made by the Company contained in Article V of this Agreement and the representations and warranties made by the Investors contained in Article VI of this Agreement shall survive the Initial Closing for a period of one year; provided, that the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.4 and 5.14 shall survive indefinitely; and provided, further, that any representations and warranties given or deemed to be given in or pursuant to any Call Notice shall survive for a period of one year from the date of the related capital contribution. The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement or in any of the Ancillary Agreements shall survive until performed in accordance with their terms.

26

SECTION 8.2 AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article VIII, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the Investors and its successors and assigns, representatives and affiliates (collectively, the "Investor Group") from and against all claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, demands, losses, damages, judgments, settlements, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys' and accounting fees and expenses of any nature whatsoever, whether actual or consequential (collectively, "Damages"), asserted against, imposed upon or incurred directly by any member of the Investor Group by reason of or resulting from a breach of any agreement or representation or warranty or covenant by the Company contained herein or any of the Ancillary Agreements.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article VIII, each of the Investors (severally and not jointly) hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its subsidiaries, and each officer and director of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries and each affiliate thereof (collectively, the "Company Group"), and their successors and assigns, from and against all Damages, asserted against, imposed upon or incurred directly by any member of the Company Group by reason of or resulting from a breach of any agreement or representation, warranty or covenant by such Investor contained herein or any of the Ancillary Agreements.

SECTION 8.3 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

The obligations and liabilities of each Investor with respect to claims under Section 8.2 hereof ("Company Claims") to the Company Group and the Company with respect to claims under Section 8.2 hereof ("Investor Claims") to the Investor Group shall be subject to the following limitations:

(a) No indemnification shall be required to be made by any Investor under this Article VIII with respect to any Company Claim which results from the breach of any representation, except to the extent that the aggregate amount of Damages with respect to all of such claims incurred by the Company Group exceeds $25,000, in which case, such Investor shall be liable only for Damages in excess of such amount. No indemnification shall be required to be made by the Company under this Article VIII with respect to any Investor Claim which results from the breach of any representation, except to the extent that the aggregate amount of Damages with respect to all of such claims incurred by the Investor Group exceeds $25,000, in which case, the Company shall be liable only for Damages in excess of such amount.

(b) The amount of Damages any party is required to pay to indemnify any other party pursuant to Section 8.2 as a result of any Company Claim or Investor Claim shall be reduced to the extent of any amounts actually received by the party seeking indemnification after the Initial Closing pursuant to the terms of insurance policies (if any) covering such claim.

27

SECTION 8.4 CONDITIONS OF INDEMNIFICATION.

The obligations and liabilities of the Company to indemnify the Investor Group and the Investors to indemnify the Company Group under Section 8.2 hereof with respect to Company Claims and Investor Claims, respectively, resulting from the assertion of liability by third parties shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) The indemnified party will give the indemnifying party prompt notice of any such claim, and the indemnifying party will undertake the defense thereof by representatives of its own choosing reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, provided that failure to provide such notice will not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder unless it is actually prejudiced by such failure to receive such notice. If the indemnifying party, within 10 days after notice of any such claim, fails to defend such claim, the indemnified party will (upon further notice to the indemnifying party) have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such claim on behalf of and for the account and risk of indemnifying party.

(b) Anything in this Section 8.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) an indemnified party shall have the right, at its own cost and expense, to participate in the defense, compromise or settlement of such claim, (ii) the indemnifying party shall not, without the written consent of the indemnified party, settle or compromise any claim or consent to the entry of any judgment
(x) which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or the plaintiff to the indemnified party a release from all liability in respect of such claim or (y) as a result of which injunctive or other equitable relief would be imposed against the indemnified party, and (iii) the indemnified party shall have the right to control the defense or settlement of that portion of any claim which seeks an order, injunction or other equitable relief against the indemnified party which, if successful, could materially interfere with the business, operations, assets, financial condition or prospects of the indemnified party; provided, however, that in connection with the defense or settlement of the portion of such claim which seeks equitable relief, the indemnified party shall cooperate with the indemnifying party and use its reasonable best efforts to limit the liability of the indemnifying party for the damages portion of such claim.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.1 NOTICES.

All notices required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given if personally delivered, telecopied and confirmed, or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or overnight delivery service with proof of receipt maintained, at the following address (or any other address that any such party may designate by written notice to the other parties):

28

Bill Barrett Corporation
1099 18th Street, Suite 2300
Denver, Colorado 80202
Facsimile: (303) 291-0420

If to any Investor, at his address as set forth on Annex A of this Agreement.

Any such notice shall, if delivered personally, be deemed received upon delivery; shall, if delivered by telecopy, be deemed received on the first business day following confirmation; shall, if delivered by overnight delivery service, be deemed received the first business day after being sent; and shall, if delivered by mail, be deemed received upon the earlier of actual receipt thereof or five business days after the date of deposit in the United States mail.

SECTION 9.2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Agreement, together with the Exhibits and Annexes and other writings referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 9.3 BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFIT.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or the Stockholders' Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests, or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by (i) the Company to any person without the prior written consent of the Investors, and (ii) any Investor to any person, without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, except that any Investor may assign to any affiliate of such Investor the rights, interests or obligations hereunder of such Investor, upon notice to the Company; provided that no such assignment shall relieve such Investor of its obligations hereunder unless approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), in which case the Investor shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder to the extent of such assignment. Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, any Investor, together with all affiliates of such Investor (an "Investor Group"), may, without the consent of the Company's Board of Directors, assign or otherwise transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of such Investor Group (including, for J.P. Morgan, J.P. Morgan Global Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership) and to any other related parallel and alternative investment vehicles (collectively, the "Group Fund Entities"), provided that such Investor provides the Company with written notice of any such assignment or transfer within 10 days of the date thereof and such Group Fund Entity assumes in writing all liabilities and obligations under this Agreement, the Stockholders' Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent of such assignment, and provided,

29

further, that any such assignment or transfer by any member of an Investor Group from or after 90 days from the date hereof that results in the aggregate of all assignments or transfers by members of such Investor Group exceeding 50% of the aggregate rights and obligations originally held by members of such Investor Group shall require the advance written consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). The Company hereby agrees to release any such transferring Investor from any liability that may arise from or relate to any of the obligations assigned or otherwise transferred by such Investor to the related Group Fund Entities in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.3. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns, any rights, benefits, or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.4 SEVERABILITY.

If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable, this Agreement shall be considered divisible and such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent it is deemed unenforceable, and in all other respects this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that if any such provision may be made enforceable by limitation thereof, then such provision shall be deemed to be so limited and shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

SECTION 9.5 CALIFORNIA CORPORATE SECURITIES LAW.

THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY

PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR SUCH SECURITIES PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS

UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

SECTION 9.6 GOVERNING LAW.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

SECTION 9.7 DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS.

The descriptive headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and shall not affect in any manner the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

30

SECTION 9.8 GENDER.

Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders shall be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires.

SECTION 9.9 REFERENCES.

All references in this Agreement to Sections and other subdivisions refer to the Sections and other subdivisions of this Agreement unless expressly provided otherwise. The words "this Agreement," "herein," "hereof," "hereby," "hereunder" and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. Whenever the words "include," "includes" and "including" are used in this Agreement, such words shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation." Each reference herein to an Exhibit or Annex refers to the item identified separately in writing by the parties hereto as the described Exhibit or Annex to this Agreement. All Exhibits and Annexes are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.

SECTION 9.10 INJUNCTIVE RELIEF.

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement, and shall be entitled to enforce specifically the provisions of this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction, in addition to any other remedy to which the parties may be entitled under this Agreement or at law or in equity.

SECTION 9.11 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

(a) The parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the federal courts of the United States of America located in New York, and appropriate appellate courts therefrom, over any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and each party hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such dispute or proceeding may be heard and determined in such courts. The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Stockholders' Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby brought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. This consent to jurisdiction is being given solely for purposes of this Agreement, the Stockholders' Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and is not intended to,

31

and shall not, confer consent to jurisdiction with respect to any other dispute in which a party to this Agreement may become involved.

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to process being served by any party to this Agreement in any suit, action, or proceeding of the nature specified in subsection (a) above by the mailing of a copy thereof in the manner specified by the provisions of Section 9.1.

(c) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 9.12 AMENDMENT.

The provisions of this Agreement may be amended, waived or modified only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of more than 50% of the Series B Preferred, or if the Series B Preferred has been converted to Common Stock, then the holders of more than 50% of the Common Stock not previously sold to the public that is issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred (other than Defaulting Investors) (the "Requisite Stockholders"); provided, however, that any vote requiring Requisite Stockholders' approval which adversely affects the rights of any Investor (including a Defaulting Investor), in its capacity as an Investor, without adversely affecting the rights of all Investors, in their capacities as Investors, or that increases the Capital Commitment of any Investor or imposes any other material obligation on any Investor shall not be effective as to such Investor without its prior written consent.

SECTION 9.13 EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR WAIVER.

Each Investor acknowledges that by the operation of Section 9.12 hereof the Requisite Stockholders will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Investor under this Agreement.

SECTION 9.14 WAIVER.

No failure or delay by a party hereto in exercising any right, power, or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege.

SECTION 9.15 COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, the parties hereto.

32

SECTION 9.16 ADJUSTMENTS FOR STOCK SPLITS, ETC.

Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of stock of the Company of any class or series, or a price per share of such stock, or consideration received in respect of such stock, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination, or stock dividend of such class or series of stock, the specific number of shares or the price so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination, or stock dividend.

33

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

COMPANY:

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

By:    /s/ J. Frank Keller
       ------------------------------
Name:  J. Frank Keller
Title: Chief Operating Officer

34

INVESTOR:

COLORADO PUBLIC EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ Norman Benedict
    ---------------------------------------------
    Norman Benedict
    Deputy Executive Director of Investments


INVESTOR:

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000, L.P.

BY: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         ----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

GSCP 2000 OFFSHORE BBOG HOLDING, L.P.

BY: GS Capital Partners 2000 Offshore, L.P.,
its General Partner

BY: GS Advisors 2000, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         ----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

GSCP 2000 GMBH BBOG HOLDING, L.P.

BY: GSCP 2000 GmbH BBOG Holding I,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         ----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS 2000 EMPLOYEE FUND, L.P.

BY: GS Employee Funds 2000 GP, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         ----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President


STONE STREET FUND 2000, L.P.

BY: Stone Street 2000, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         ----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

STONE STREET BBOG HOLDING

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         ----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President

GOLDMAN SACHS DIRECT INVESTMENT FUND 2000, L.P.

BY: GS Employee Funds 2000 GP, L.L.C.,
its General Partner

By:      /s/ John E. Bowman
         ----------------------------------------
Name:    John E. Bowman
Title:   Vice President


INVESTOR:

J.P. MORGAN PARTNERS (BHCA), L.P.

BY: JPMP MASTER FUND MANAGER, L.P.,
ITS GENERAL PARTNER

BY: JPMP CAPITAL CORP.,
ITS GENERAL PARTNER

By:      /s/ Christopher Behrens
         ----------------------------------------
         Christopher Behrens
         Managing Director


INVESTOR:

PALANTIR PARTNERS LP

BY: PALANTIR ASSOCIATES LLC
its General Partner

By:      /s/ Glenn Doshay
         ----------------------------------------
         Glenn Doshay
         President

THE DOSHAY FAMILY TRUST OF 1999

By:      /s/ Glenn Doshay
         ----------------------------------------
         Glenn Doshay
         Trustee


INVESTOR:

STATE FARM MUTUAL AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY

By:      /s/ John Conklin
         ----------------------------------------
         John Conklin
         Vice President - Common Stocks

By:      /s/ John Elterich
         ----------------------------------------
         John Elterich
         Assistant Secretary


INVESTOR:

WARBURG PINCUS PRIVATE EQUITY VIII, L.P.

BY: WARBURG PINCUS & CO.,
AS GENERAL PARTNER

By:      /s/ Jeffrey A. Harris
         ----------------------------------------
         Jeffrey A. Harris, Partner


EXHIBIT 10.4

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

WASATCH OIL & GAS, LLC AND

WASATCH GAS GATHERING, LLC

AS SELLER

AND

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

AS BUYER

DATED EFFECTIVE APRIL 1, 2002


PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
RECITALS..................................................................  1

ARTICLE 1            PURCHASE AND SALE....................................  1

   1.1      PURCHASE AND SALE.............................................  1
   1.2      ASSETS........................................................  1
   1.3      PROPERTY NOT BEING SOLD.......................................  3
   1.4      EFFECTIVE TIME................................................  3

ARTICLE 2            PURCHASE PRICE.......................................  3

   2.1      PURCHASE PRICE................................................  3
   2.2      PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE DEPOSIT.................................  3
   2.3      ALLOCATION OF THE PURCHASE PRICE..............................  3
   2.4      ADJUSTMENT TO PURCHASE PRICE..................................  3

ARTICLE 3            BUYER'S INSPECTION...................................  5

   3.1      ACCESS TO RECORDS.............................................  5
      (a)      Access.....................................................  5
      (b)      No Representation or Warranty..............................  5
   3.2      ACCESS TO PROPERTIES..........................................  5
      (a)      Access.....................................................  5
      (b)      Insurance..................................................  6

ARTICLE 4            TITLE MATTERS........................................  6

   4.1      DEFENSIBLE TITLE TO THE PROPERTIES............................  6
      (a)      Defensible Title...........................................  6
      (b)      Permitted Encumbrances.....................................  6
      (c)      Title Defect...............................................  7
      (d)      Allocated Value............................................  8
   4.2      PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENTS FOR DEFECTIVE INTERESTS............  8
      (a)      Defective Interest.........................................  8
      (b)      Notice of Defective Interest...............................  8
      (c)      Defect Adjustments and Exclusions..........................  8
      (d)      Defect Value...............................................  8
   4.3      CASUALTY LOSS.................................................  9

ARTICLE 5            ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS................................  9

   5.1      ENVIRONMENTAL REPRESENTATION AND STANDARD.....................  9
      (a)      Environmental Law(s).......................................  9
   5.2      ENVIRONMENTAL NOTICE.......................................... 10
   5.3      REMEDY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL BREACH............................... 10


      (a)      Remedy.....................................................  10
      (b)      Exclusion of Affected Asset................................  10
      (c)      Exhibit F Matters..........................................  10
   5.4      LIMITATIONS ON SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS...........................  11
   5.5      ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY.......................................  11
   5.6      APPLICABILITY OF OTHER PROVISION..............................  11
   5.7      BUYER'S REPORTS...............................................  11
   5.8      EXCLUSIVE REMEDY..............................................  12
   5.9      ENVIRONMENTAL DUE DILIGENCE ACTIVITIES........................  12

ARTICLE 6            SELLER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..............  12

   6.1      ORGANIZATION AND STANDING.....................................  12
   6.2      POWER.........................................................  12
   6.3      AUTHORIZATION AND ENFORCEABILITY..............................  12
   6.4      LIABILITY FOR BROKERS' FEES...................................  13
   6.5      NO BANKRUPTCY.................................................  13
   6.6      LITIGATION....................................................  13
   6.7      MATERIAL AGREEMENTS...........................................  13
   6.8      TAXES.........................................................  13
   6.9      TAX PARTNERSHIPS..............................................  13
   6.10     LEASE MAINTENANCE.............................................  14
   6.11     GAS IMBALANCES................................................  14
   6.12     COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC.....................................  14
   6.13     OTHER BURDENS.................................................  14
   6.14     CONDITION OF EQUIPMENT........................................  14
   6.15     NO CHANGES....................................................  14
   6.16     STATEMENT OF COUNSEL..........................................  15

ARTICLE 7            BUYER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...............  15

   7.1      ORGANIZATION AND STANDING.....................................  15
   7.2      POWER.........................................................  15
   7.3      AUTHORIZATION AND ENFORCEABILITY..............................  15
   7.4      LIABILITY FOR BROKERS' FEES...................................  15
   7.5      LITIGATION....................................................  15
   7.6      SECURITIES LAWS; SOPHISTICATION OF BUYER......................  15
   7.7      HOLDING COMPANY...............................................  16
   7.8      FINANCIAL RESOURCES...........................................  16
   7.9      INDEPENDENT EVALUATION........................................  16

ARTICLE 8            COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS.............................  16

   8.1      COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF SELLER............................  16
      (a)      Operations Prior to Closing................................  16
      (b)      Restriction on Operations..................................  17
      (c)      Marketing..................................................  17
      (d)      Consents...................................................  17
      (e)      Status.....................................................  18
      (f)      Notices of Claims..........................................  18
      (g)      Compliance with Laws.......................................  18


      (h)      Insurance......................................................  18
      (i)   Resolution of Retained Matters....................................  18
   8.2      COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BUYER.................................  18
      (a)      Status.........................................................  18
      (b)      Bonding; Insurance.............................................  18
   8.3      COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES...........................  18
      (a)      Government Reviews and Filings.................................  18
      (b)      Data and Information...........................................  19
      (c)      Lavinia Well...................................................  19

ARTICLE 9            TAX MATTERS..............................................  20

   9.1      APPORTIONMENT OF TAX LIABILITY....................................  20
   9.2      CALCULATION OF TAX LIABILITY......................................  20
   9.3      TAX REPORTS AND RETURNS...........................................  20
   9.4      SALES AND TRANSFER TAXES..........................................  20

ARTICLE 10           CONDITIONS TO CLOSING....................................  21

   10.1     SELLER'S CONDITIONS...............................................  21
   10.2     BUYER'S CONDITIONS................................................  21

ARTICLE 11           RIGHT OF TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT.....................  22

   11.1     TERMINATION.......................................................  22
   11.2     LIABILITIES UPON TERMINATION......................................  22
      (a)      Buyer's Breach.................................................  22
      (b)      Seller's Breach................................................  22
      (c)      Termination Without Further Liability..........................  22

ARTICLE 12           CLOSING..................................................  23

   12.1     DATE OF CLOSING...................................................  23
   12.2     PLACE OF CLOSING..................................................  23
   12.3     CLOSING OBLIGATIONS...............................................  23

ARTICLE 13           POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS.................................  24

   13.1     POST-CLOSING ADJUSTMENTS..........................................  24
   13.2     RECORDS...........................................................  24
   13.3     TRANSFER AND RECORDING FEES.......................................  24
   13.4     ADDITIONAL PROCEEDS AND INVOICES..................................  25
   13.5     FURTHER ASSURANCES................................................  25
   13.6     SUSPENSE FUNDS....................................................  25

ARTICLE 14           ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS AND INDEMNIFICATION............  25

   14.1     ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS BY BUYER................  25
   14.2     BUYER'S INDEMNIFICATION OF SELLER.................................  25
   14.3     LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS RETAINED BY SELLER....................  26
   14.4     SELLER'S INDEMNIFICATION OF BUYER.................................  26
   14.5     SELLER'S ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE RETAINED MATTERS..  26
      (a)      Seller's Retention of Obligations..............................  26
      (b)      Seller's Indemnification of Buyer..............................  26


      (c)      Settlement of Claims.......................................  27
      (d)      Escrow Account.............................................  27
      (e)      No Limitations.............................................  27
      (f)      Release of Buyer...........................................  27
      (g)      Survival...................................................  27
   14.6     RESERVATION AS TO NON-PARTIES.................................  28
   14.7     PARENT GUARANTEE; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.................  28

ARTICLE 15           MISCELLANEOUS........................................  28

   15.1     EXHIBITS......................................................  28
   15.2     EXPENSES......................................................  28
   15.3     NOTICES.......................................................  28
   15.4     AMENDMENTS....................................................  29
   15.5     ASSIGNMENT....................................................  29
   15.6     ANNOUNCEMENTS.................................................  29
   15.7     HEADINGS......................................................  29
   15.8     COUNTERPARTS..................................................  29
   15.9     REFERENCES....................................................  29
   15.10       GOVERNING LAW..............................................  29
   15.11       ENTIRE AGREEMENT...........................................  29
   15.12       BINDING EFFECT.............................................  30
   15.13       SURVIVAL...................................................  30
   15.14       CLOSING CONDITIONS.........................................  30
   15.15       NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES...............................  30
   15.16       LIKE-KIND EXCHANGE.........................................  30
   15.17       JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY................................  30
   15.18       INFORMATION PROVIDED BY SELLER.............................  30
   15.19       DISCLAIMER OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...............  31
   15.20       DISPUTE RESOLUTION.........................................  32
   15.21       LIMITATION OF LIABILITY....................................  32


EXHIBITS

                                                         Section
Exhibit                Description                    where Defined
-------                -----------                    -------------
   A        Leases/Assets                                1.2

   B        Wells/Allocated Value                        1.2(b)/2.3

   C-1      Gas Gathering System Facilities              1.2(c)

   C-2      Map of Gas Gathering System                  1.2(c)

   D        Form of Assignment,
            Bill of Sale and Conveyance                  12.3(a)

   E        FIRPTA Certificate                           12.3(i)

   F        Environmental Matters                        5.1

   G        Litigation                                   6.6

   H        Excluded Equipment                           1.2(f)

   I        Material Agreements                          1.2(e)

   J        Sheriff's Deed                               14.5(a)

   K        Escrow Agreement                             14.5(d)


PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), dated April ___, 2002 is by and between Wasatch Oil & Gas LLC, a Utah limited liability company, and Wasatch Gas Gathering, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, whose address is P.O. Box 699, Farmington, Utah 84025-0699 (jointly "Wasatch" or "Seller") and Bill Barrett Corporation, a Maryland corporation, whose address 1099 18th Street, Suite 2300, Denver, Colorado 80202 ("Buyer").

RECITALS

A. Seller owns and has decided to sell certain of its real and personal property interests in certain oil and gas properties located in Carbon and Duchesne Counties, Utah, as described in Section 1.2 below (collectively, the "Assets").

B. Buyer has conducted an independent investigation of the nature, extent and potential of the Assets and desires to purchase the Assets pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Buyer and Seller agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

PURCHASE AND SALE

1.1 PURCHASE AND SALE. Seller agrees to sell and Buyer agrees to purchase the Assets pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

1.2 ASSETS. The interest in and to the real property and the other types of property associated therewith as described in this Section 1.2 may be referred to collectively as the "Assets." The Assets are comprised of the following:

(a) All of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the oil and gas leases specifically described in Exhibit A (collectively, the "Leases"), the royalties, overriding royalties, net profits interests, production payments and other interests, if any, owned by Seller burdening the Leases, and any and all right, title and interest in and to the oil, gas and all other hydrocarbons in, on or under the lands covered by the Leases (the "Lands") and other hydrocarbons and products, whether liquid or gaseous, produced from such Leases or Lands ("Hydrocarbons") after the Effective Time and all other minerals of whatever nature in, on or under the Leases and Lands and lands pooled or unitized therewith.

(b) The oil and gas wells located on the Leases and Lands, or lands pooled or unitized therewith, including without limitation, the oil and gas wells specifically described in Exhibit B, whether producing or non-producing and whether fully or properly described or not, (the


"Wells"), all injection and disposal wells on the Leases or Lands, and all personal property and equipment associated with the Wells as of the Effective Time.

(c) The gas gathering system related to the Leases and the Lands, as depicted and described on Exhibit C-1 and C-2, including without limitation all of the equipment and other personal property, fixtures, improvements, permits, licenses, approvals, servitudes, rights-of-way and easements used in connection with the system (collectively the "Gas Gathering System").

(d) The rights, to the extent transferable, in and to all existing and effective unitization, pooling and communitization agreements, declarations and orders, and the properties covered and the units created thereby to the extent that they relate to or affect any of Seller's properties and interests described in Sections 1.2(a) and (b) or the production of Hydrocarbons, if any, attributable to said properties and interests after the Effective Time.

(e) The rights, to the extent transferable, in and to existing and effective oil, gas, liquids, condensate, casinghead gas and natural gas sales, purchase, exchange, gathering, transportation and processing contracts, operating agreements, balancing agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, farmout agreements and other contracts, agreements and instruments, insofar only as they relate to any of Seller's properties and interests described in Sections 1.2(a), (b) (c) and (d), excluding, however, any insurance contracts (the "Agreements"). The Agreements that are material to the ownership and operation of the Assets are referred to herein as the "Material Agreements" and are set forth in Exhibit I.

(f) With the exception of the equipment listed on Exhibit H, which is excluded from this Agreement (the "Excluded Equipment"), all of the personal property, fixtures, improvements, permits, licenses, approvals, servitudes, rights-of-way and easements, including, without limitation the rights of way and easements set forth on Exhibit A, surface leases and other surface rights (including, but not limited to, any wells, tanks, boilers, buildings, injection facilities, saltwater disposal facilities, compression facilities, gathering systems, other appurtenances and facilities) located on or used in connection with or otherwise related to the exploration for or production, gathering, treatment, processing, storing, sale or disposal of Hydrocarbons or water produced from the properties and interests described in Sections 1.2(a) through (e) to the extent that they are located on or used in the operation of the Assets as of the Effective Time, and all contract rights (including rights under leases to third parties) related thereto.

(g) The files, records, data and information relating to the items described in Sections 1.2(a) through (f) maintained by Seller (the "Records"), including without limitation, accounting files to the extent related to the Assets, lease files, land files, well files, gas, oil and other hydrocarbon sales contract files, gas processing files, division order files, abstracts, title opinions, all electronic files directly related to the Assets, AFEs, geological and seismic data to the extent such seismic data can be transferred to Seller, and all other information of every type related exclusively or primarily to any of the Assets, but excluding the following: (i) all of Seller's internal appraisals and interpretive data related to the Assets,
(ii) all information and data under contractual restrictions on assignment,
(iii) all privileged information, (iv) Seller's corporate, financial, employee and general tax records that do not relate exclusively to the Assets and (v) all accounting files that do not relate to the Assets.

-2-

1.3 PROPERTY NOT BEING SOLD. THE OVERRIDING ROYALTY INTERESTS PREVIOUSLY CONVEYED TO SELLER BY ASSIGNMENT OF OVERRIDING ROYALTY INTEREST RECORDED IN BOOK 495 AT PAGES 588 AND 591, CARBON COUNTY, UTAH AND BOOK M297 AT PAGE 348, DUCHESNE COUNTY, UTAH.

1.4 EFFECTIVE TIME. The purchase and sale of the Assets shall be effective as of April 1, 2002, at 7:00 a.m. Mountain Standard Time (the "Effective Time").

ARTICLE 2

PURCHASE PRICE

2.1 PURCHASE PRICE. The purchase price for the Assets shall be Eight Million Fifty Thousand Dollars ($8,050,000.00) (the "Purchase Price"). At Closing, Buyer shall pay Seller the Purchase Price, as adjusted pursuant to
Section 2.4.

2.2 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE DEPOSIT. Upon execution of this Agreement, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a performance guarantee deposit by wire transfer of immediately available funds equal to Eight Hundred Five Thousand Dollars ($805,000.00) (the "Deposit"). The Deposit shall be credited to the Purchase Price at Closing, or if this Agreement is terminated, shall be distributed or retained pursuant to Article 11.

2.3 ALLOCATION OF THE PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price shall be allocated among the Assets as set forth on Exhibit B. The value allocated to an interest as set forth in Exhibit B may be referred to as the "Allocated Value" for that interest.

2.4 ADJUSTMENT TO PURCHASE PRICE. All Purchase Price adjustments shall be made according to the factors described in this Section 2.4. The Purchase Price shall be adjusted at Closing pursuant to the "Preliminary Settlement Statement" prepared by Seller and submitted to Buyer five (5) days prior to Closing for Buyer's comment and review. Buyer and Seller shall mutually agree on the Preliminary Settlement Statement prior to Closing, with any disagreements to be handled in the Final Settlement Statement and the dispute resolution mechanism set forth in Section 13.1(b). The Preliminary Settlement Statement shall set forth the Closing Amount and all Purchase Price adjustments and associated calculations. The term "Closing Amount" means the Purchase Price adjusted at Closing as provided in this Section 2.4, using the best information available. After Closing, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted pursuant to the Final Settlement Statement.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the term "Capital/LOE/JIB Expenses" shall mean all capital expenses, joint interest billings, lease rental and maintenance costs, royalties, Taxes (as that term is defined in Article 9), drilling expenses, workover expenses, geological, geophysical and other exploration expenditures chargeable under applicable operating agreements consistent with the standards established by the Council of Petroleum Accountants Societies of North America ("COPAS") that are attributable to the maintenance and operation of the Assets during the period in question.

-3-

(a) The Purchase Price shall be adjusted upward by the following:

(1) the value of all of Seller's interest in merchantable oil and other liquid hydrocarbons in storage tanks above the pipeline connections at the Effective Time as shown by actual gauging reports that is credited to the Assets, as applicable, such value to be the actual price received upon sale, less applicable taxes and gravity adjustments deducted by the purchaser of such oil or natural gas liquids;

(2) the amount of all actual direct costs and expenses attributable to the Assets during the period after the Effective Time, including, without limitation the Capital/LOE/JIB Expenses incurred and paid by Seller (and approved by Buyer, if such approval is required pursuant to Section 8.1) in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied in the oil and gas industry ("GAAP"); and

(3) to the extent not covered in the preceding paragraph, an amount equal to all prepaid expenses that are in accordance with GAAP, attributable to all or any portion of the Assets during the period after the Effective Time, which were paid by or on behalf of Seller, and which will inure to the benefit of Buyer, including, without limitation, oil and gas lease and rights-of-way rentals, applicable insurance costs, prepaid utility charges, equipment rentals, and prepaid Taxes (such Taxes to be apportioned pursuant to Article 9).

(b) The Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward by the following:

(1) proceeds received by Seller (net of applicable taxes and royalties) after the Effective Time which are attributable, in accordance with GAAP, to production from the Assets during the period after the Effective Time;

(2) the amount of all Capital/LOE/JIB Expenses that remain unpaid by Seller or that have been paid by Buyer that are attributable to the period prior to the Effective Time;

(3) an amount equal to the sum of all Defect Adjustments and Exclusion Adjustments; and

(4) the amount of the Deposit

(c) The Purchase Price may be adjusted downward or upward for (i) the amount of all documented pipeline imbalances as of the Effective Time for the account of Seller and (ii) as appropriate, by an amount equal to $1.50 per MCF for any gas which Seller may be entitled to take or be obligated to deliver in excess of its net revenue interest in the Wells as a result of underproduction or overproduction by Seller from such Wells, such amount to be determined as of the Effective Time. To the extent there is an upward or downward adjustment for any pipeline imbalances, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted upward or downward, as appropriate, based upon the first-of-the month price of spot gas delivered to pipelines for the Questar system closest the production, as reported in Inside F.E.R.C.'s Gas Market Report for the month in which the Effective Time occurs times the net overdelivery imbalance in MMbtus. In the event such publication shall cease to be published, the parties shall select a comparable publication.

-4-

ARTICLE 3

BUYER'S INSPECTION

3.1 ACCESS TO RECORDS.

(a) Access. Prior to Closing and subject to Section 8.3(b), Seller will disclose and make available to Buyer and its representatives at Seller's offices and during Seller's normal business hours, all Records as may be reasonably requested by Buyer for the purpose of permitting Buyer to complete its due diligence review. Seller shall permit Buyer to inspect the Records only to the extent, in each case, that Seller may do so without violating legal constraints or any obligation of confidence or other contractual commitment of Seller to a third party. Subject to the consent and cooperation of third parties, Seller will cooperate with Buyer in Buyer's reasonable efforts to obtain, at Buyer's sole expense, such additional information relating to the Wells and associated drilling and spacing units as Buyer may reasonably desire, to the extent in each case that Seller may do so without violating legal constraints or any obligation of confidence or other contractual commitment of Seller to a third party.

(b) No Representation or Warranty. The Records are files or copies thereof that Seller has used or generated in its normal course of business. SELLER MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, AS TO ANY STATEMENTS, WRITTEN OR ORAL, OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, MADE REGARDING INTERPRETATION OF OR CONCLUSIONS TO BE DRAWN FROM THE RECORDS, OR OF BUYER'S RIGHT TO RELY THEREON. SELLER SHALL NOT HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY PERSON OR ENTITY CLAIMING TO HAVE RELIED THEREON EXCEPT AS AND TO THE EXTENT SELLER KNOWS THE SAME TO BE INACCURATE OR INCOMPLETE IN ANY MATERIAL RESPECT. Buyer acknowledges that any conclusions drawn from the Records are the result of its own independent review and judgment.

3.2 ACCESS TO PROPERTIES.

(a) Access. After the execution of this Agreement, upon advance notice, Seller will grant Buyer and/or Buyer's authorized representatives, agents and employees during reasonable business hours, reasonable access to the Assets to allow Buyer to conduct, at Buyer's sole risk and expense, on-site inspections and environmental assessments of the Wells and Equipment, copies of which, inclusive of supporting data and whether in draft or final form, shall be provided to Seller at the same time provided to Buyer. In connection with such on-site inspections, Buyer agrees to not unreasonably interfere with the normal operation of the Assets. Buyer shall repair, without delay and at its own cost and expense, and hold Seller harmless from, any damage to any of the Assets which may be caused by Buyer's inspection of such Assets or entrance on to any related property of the Seller. In connection with granting such access, and, except to the extent that such claims are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Seller, Buyer waives and releases all claims against Seller, its directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives for injury to, or death of persons or damage to property arising in any way from the access afforded to Buyer hereunder or the activities of Buyer or its employees on the Wells and Equipment, and Buyer agrees

-5-

to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives from and against all such claims.

(b) Insurance. In connection with exercising its rights under this Section 3.2 of access to any Well or associated drilling and spacing unit, Buyer represents to Seller that it has in force and effect comprehensive liability and property damage, automobile and workmen's compensation insurance with respect to Buyer and its agents, in accordance with standard industry practice.

ARTICLE 4

TITLE MATTERS

4.1 DEFENSIBLE TITLE TO THE PROPERTIES.

(a) Defensible Title. The term "Defensible Title" to the Assets means such title of Seller that, subject to and except for the Permitted Encumbrances: (i) entitles Seller to receive not less than the net revenue interest ("NRI") for the depths or formations, if any, set forth for each Well (unit interest or leasehold interest, as applicable) and Lease on Exhibit B;
(ii) obligates Seller to bear costs and expenses relating to the maintenance, development, operation and the production of Hydrocarbons from each Well (unit interest or leasehold interest, as applicable) in an amount not greater than the working interest ("WI") therefore as set forth on Exhibit B; and (iii) is free and clear of encumbrances, liens and defects that would create a material impairment of use and enjoyment of or loss of interest in the affected property.

(b) Permitted Encumbrances. The term "Permitted Encumbrances" shall mean:

(1) lessors' royalties, overriding royalties, overriding royalties owned by Seller as described in Section 1.3, net profits interests, production payments, reversionary interests and similar burdens, if the net cumulative effect of all such burdens does not operate to reduce the NRI for a particular Asset below that set forth on Exhibit B;

(2) any preferential rights to purchase and required third party consents to assignments of contracts and similar agreements for which written waivers or consents are obtained prior to Closing;

(3) liens for taxes or assessments not yet due or not yet delinquent or, if delinquent, that are being contested in good faith in the normal course of business;

(4) all rights to consent by, required notices to, filings with, or other actions by federal, state or local entities in connection with the sale or conveyance of the Assets if the same are customarily obtained subsequent to such sale or conveyance;

(5) rights of reassignment, to the extent any exist as of the date of this Agreement, upon the surrender or expiration of any lease;

-6-

(6) easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, permits, surface leases and other rights with respect to surface operations, on, over or in respect of any of the properties or any restriction on access thereto and that do not materially interfere with the operation of the affected Asset;

(7) such Title Defects as Buyer has waived;

(8) the terms and conditions of the Material Agreements;

(9) materialmen's, mechanics', repairmen's, employees', contractors', operators' or other similar liens or charges arising in the ordinary course of business incidental to construction, maintenance or operation of the Assets (i) if they have not been filed pursuant to law and the time for filing them has expired, (ii) if filed, they have not yet become due and payable or payment is being withheld as provided by law, or (iii) if their validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate action;

(10) rights reserved to or vested in any governmental authority to control or regulate any of the Assets in any manner, and all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of general applicability in the area; and

(11) liens arising under operating agreements, unitization and pooling agreements and production sales contracts securing amounts not yet due or, if due, being contested in good faith in the ordinary course of business.

(c) Title Defect. The term "Title Defect" means any material encumbrance, encroachment, irregularity, defect in or objection to real property title, excluding Permitted Encumbrances, that alone or in combination with other defects renders Seller's title less than Defensible Title. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered Title Defects:

(1) defects based on lack of information in Seller's files;

(2) defects in the chain of title consisting of the mere failure to recite marital status in a document or successors of heirship proceedings in a document, unless Buyer provides affirmative evidence that such failure or omission has resulted in another party's actual and superior claim of title to the relevant Asset;

(3) lack of a survey;

(4) defects that have been cured by possession under applicable statutes of limitation for adverse possession or for prescription;

-7-

(5) defects based on failure to record leases issued by any state or the United States of America (or any assignments of record title or operating rights in such leases), in the real property or other county records of the county in which such Asset is located if such recordation is not necessary to constitute constructive notice of such leases pursuant to applicable statutes of limitation for adverse possession or prescription; and

(6) the Retained Matters (as defined in Section 14.5).

(d) Allocated Value. If an Asset has not been given an Allocated Value, or if the Asset's Allocated Value is zero, Seller shall be deemed to have Defensible Title to such Asset, without liability or obligation thereof to Buyer by Seller.

4.2 PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENTS FOR DEFECTIVE INTERESTS. For the purposes of this Section 4.2, the deductibles set forth below apply to the aggregate of Seller's interests in the Assets are identified on Exhibit B.

(a) Defective Interest. For the Assets, "Defective Interests" means such Asset(s) affected by a Title Defect(s) that reduces the Allocated Value of the affected Asset(s) by more than $25,000.00 in the aggregate for all affected Assets (such amount to be net to Seller's interest, and such amount to be called the "Title Deductible"). The amount by which the Allocated Value(s) of the affected Asset(s) has been reduced by a Title Defect(s) shall be calculated in accordance with Section 4.2(d) (the "Defect Value").

(b) Notice of Defective Interest. Buyer shall give Seller written "Notice of Defective Interests" as soon as possible but no later than on or before three (3) business days prior to Closing at 5:00 p.m., Mountain Time (the "Title Defect Notice Date"). Such notice shall be in writing and inclusion of the following elements shall be a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Notice of Defective Interests: (i) a description of the Defective Interests, including Buyer's basis for such characterization, (ii) the Allocated Value of the affected Asset, and (iii) the Defect Value and the computations upon which Buyer's belief is based. If Buyer does not deliver a timely and valid Notice of Defective Interests for a particular Asset, title to such Assets shall be deemed to be Defensible Title.

(c) Defect Adjustments and Exclusions. Subject to Sections 4.2(a) and (b), if an Asset is affected by Defective Interests, the Purchase Price shall be reduced in accordance with Section 2.4 by the Defect Value (which reduction shall be called a "Defect Adjustment") unless, (i) Buyer agrees to waive the relevant Title Defect, (ii) the basis for treating such property as a Defective Interest has been removed by Seller at its sole cost and expense prior to the Closing Date, or (iii) Seller and Buyer reach a subsequent agreement regarding cure of the Defective Interest prior to Closing. Provided, however that, for purposes of Section 2.4, the Purchase Price shall be reduced by the amount of the total Defect Values in excess of $25,000.00 (which amount is a deductible, not a threshold).

(d) Defect Value. In determining which portions of the properties are Defective Interests, it is the intent of the parties to include, to the extent possible, only that portion of the affected Asset (whether a Well, unit or leasehold interest, as applicable) materially and adversely affected by the defect or basis for such property being treated as a Defective Interest. The Defect Value shall not exceed the Allocated Value of the Asset and shall be determined by the parties in

-8-

good faith taking into account the Title Deductible per Title Defect and all relevant factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

(1) The Allocated Value of the affected property;

(2) The potential or actual reduction in the warranted NRI of the Defective Interest, or the potential or actual increase in the warranted WI to the extent such increase is not accompanied by a corresponding increase in NRI;

(3) If the Title Defect represents only a possibility of title failure, the probability that such failure will occur;

(4) The legal effect of the Title Defect; and

(5) If the Title Defect is a lien or encumbrance on the property, the cost of removing such lien or encumbrance; provided however, there shall be no Title Deductible for a Title Defect which is a lien.

4.3 CASUALTY LOSS. Prior to Closing, if a portion of the Assets is destroyed by fire or other casualty, is taken or threatened to be taken in condemnation or under the right of eminent domain (a "Casualty Loss"), Buyer shall purchase the Asset at Closing for the Allocated Value of the Asset reduced by the estimated cost to repair such Asset (with equipment of similar utility) up to the Allocated Value thereof (the reduction being the "Net Casualty Loss") and Seller shall retain all of Seller's rights to any insurance payments, awards or other payments from third parties arising out of the Casualty Loss.

ARTICLE 5

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL REPRESENTATION AND STANDARD. Seller represents that to its best knowledge, and except for all matters listed on Exhibit F: (i) in conducting operations on the Assets, Wasatch, as operator of the Assets, has complied in all material respects with Environmental Laws, or if Wasatch is not the operator of the Assets, the operator of the Assets has complied in all material respects with Environmental Laws, (ii) there does not exist any material litigation, binding arbitration, orders or proceedings under any Environmental Law seeking money damages, injunctive relief, remedial action, penalties, or cost recovery in connection with operations conducted on the Assets, and (iii) there does not exist any material condition with respect to the Assets which could reasonably be the basis for a claim of a violation under Environmental Laws. The facts stated in the foregoing representation, but without regard to Seller's knowledge, are referred to herein as the "Environmental Standard." Seller shall have no liability for the breach of the foregoing representation, or for the failure of the Environmental Standard to be true, except to the extent provided in Section 5.3.

(a) Environmental Law(s). "Environmental Law(s)" means statutes, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, compacts, treaties, conventions, rules, regulations, codes, plans, requirements, criteria, standards, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or demand letters issued, promulgated or entered by any federal, state or local governmental entity

-9-

("Laws") relating to use, storage, emissions, discharges, cleanup, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, naturally occurring radioactive materials ("NORM"), chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances ("Pollutants") on or into the environment (including without limitation ambient air, oceans, waterways, wetlands, surface water, ground water (tributary and non-tributary), land (surface or subsurface strata) or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation or handling of Pollutants. Environmental Laws does not include laws concerning (i) restoration or reclamation that does not involve Pollutants;
(ii) Man Made Material Fibers ("MMMF"); (iii) plugging and abandonment of wells; or (iv) employee health and safety.

5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL NOTICE. On or before three (3) business days prior to Closing at 5:00 p.m., Mountain Time, Buyer may give Seller notice (an "Environmental Notice") of any fact or circumstance that evidences the material breach of Seller's representation in Section 5.1, or that is materially in conflict with the Environmental Standard for matters related to operations (either, an "Environmental Breach"); provided, however, that Buyer hereby waives its right to give Seller an Environmental Notice pertaining to the Gas Gathering System, regardless of any such material breach and/or material conflict. An Environmental Notice shall only be valid and effective, if and only if it satisfies all of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Environmental Notice must be substantiated in good faith by Buyer's environmental experts and supported by reasonable supporting documentation; and

(b) The Environmental Notice must state Buyer's good faith estimate of the amount of Loss (as defined in Article 14) potentially to be incurred by Buyer on account of the Environmental Breach.

5.3 REMEDY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL BREACH. If Buyer gives a valid Environmental Notice in accordance with Section 5.2, Seller may provide for one of the remedies in Section 5.3(a) with respect to the Environmental Breach that is the subject of such Environmental Notice, but each such remedy, and the aggregate of all remedies shall be limited in accordance with Section 5.4.

(a) Remedy. If Buyer delivers a valid Environmental Notice to Seller, Seller, at its election, shall have the option of (i) remediating the Environmental Breach to the satisfaction of Buyer or the appropriate state and federal agencies having jurisdiction, or (ii) paying Buyer's good faith estimate of the amount of all Losses associated with the Environmental Breach, and thereafter, Buyer shall waive and indemnify Seller for all Losses associated with such Environmental Breach, up to a maximum of the Allocated Value for the affected Asset(s).

(b) Exclusion of Affected Asset. For Assets affected by a valid Environmental Notice delivered prior to Closing, if the cost associated with the Loss which is reasonably expected to be incurred by Buyer under this Article 5 with respect to an Asset after application of the limitations set forth in Section 5.4, is greater than 20% of the Allocated Value of the particular Asset, Seller may, at its option, exclude the Asset from this Agreement, and the Purchase Price shall be reduced by the Allocated Value of such Asset (an "Exclusion Adjustment").

(c) Exhibit F Matters. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer's sole remedy and Seller's sole obligation regarding the matters described on Exhibit F shall be as follows: Seller shall obtain all necessary permits and/or remediate such matters

-10-

in order to be in compliance with Section 6.12, below, within ninety (90) days after Closing, at Seller's sole cost and expense. Seller shall provide Buyer with all permits and other documentation reasonably necessary to evidence such compliance.

5.4 LIMITATIONS ON SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS. Seller's obligations under this Article 5 are limited as follows:

(a) For valid Environmental Notices, and subject to the aggregate limitations in Section 5.4(b), Seller's obligations shall only arise if the Cleanup or Loss indemnification obligation to Buyer on account of an Environmental Breach is expected to exceed a deductible of $50,000.00 net to Seller's account per "Incident" or condition. If the Loss from an Environmental Breach that is a spill, release, discharge, or emission (a "Release") of the same substance that occurs or reoccurs in the same general contaminated area on account of a singular cause or course of conduct, such a Release shall be considered as a single Incident.

(b) Seller's obligations shall apply only to the amount of all Losses exceeding the deductible in Section 5.4(a) which also in the aggregate exceed a deductible amount of $100,000.00 net to Seller's account; provided, however, that Seller's aggregate liabilities under this Article 5 shall not exceed the aggregate of the Allocated Values of the affected Assets.

5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY. Except as expressly provided in this Article 5, upon Closing, Buyer shall assume all risk, liability, obligation and Loss in connection with, and shall defend, indemnify and save and hold harmless Seller and its affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, representatives, employees, agents, successors, and assigns (collectively, "Indemnified Parties"), forever from and against all Losses incurred by such Indemnified Parties in connection with any Environmental Matter. "Environmental Matter" shall mean the following matters arising in connection with the Assets regardless of whether incurred with respect to events occurring prior to or after the Effective Time: (i) the violation of, and compliance with past, present and future laws relating to environmental matters, including Environmental Laws (which shall for purposes of this Section 5.5 include common law); (ii) remediation and restoration of the Assets, including, without limitation, plugging and abandonment and remediation of Well sites; (iii) NORM;
(iv) MMMF; (v) laws relating to public or employee health and safety; and (vi) damage to persons or property on account of Pollutants.

Provided, however, and only to the extent the parties have not agreed otherwise, Seller shall indemnify and save and hold harmless Buyer and its affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, representatives, employees, agents, successors, and assigns from and against all Losses arising out of or attributable to, in whole or in part, either directly or indirectly, the condition or operation of the Assets at any time before the Closing Date that is determined to be the result of or caused in whole or in part by Seller's violation of, failure to fulfill duties imposed by or incurrence of liability under, any Environmental Law. Buyer shall identify such Losses in a form similar to that prescribed for Environmental Notices in Section 5.2.

5.6 APPLICABILITY OF OTHER PROVISION. Section 14.5 (Reservation as to Non-Parties) shall apply to the obligations and indemnifications provided in this Article 5.

5.7 BUYER'S REPORTS. Buyer shall provide to Seller, any third party reports, or sections thereof, addressing the particular alleged Environmental Breach, commissioned by Buyer

-11-

concerning an alleged Environmental Breach as set forth in a valid Environmental Notice, such third party environmental report, or part thereof, to be included with the Environmental Notice, subject to the parties' obligations under Section 3.2.

5.8 EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, this Article 5 is the exclusive agreement and only remedy of Buyer in regard to Environmental Matters even if some other provision of this Agreement by its terms would otherwise cover Environmental Matters.

5.9 ENVIRONMENTAL DUE DILIGENCE ACTIVITIES. For the purposes of this Agreement, Buyer has already or will, to the extent it deems appropriate, conduct all of its environmental due diligence activities with respect to the Assets prior to the expiration of the period during which Buyer is entitled to give Seller Environmental Notices (such period being the "Environmental Due Diligence Period"). Such due diligence activities shall be conducted in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 3.2. During the Environmental Due Diligence Period, Buyer agrees: (i) to keep any data or information (including all analysis of such data) relating to Environmental Matters acquired by Buyer strictly confidential among Buyer and Seller, (ii) to immediately inform Seller if Buyer discovers a breach of the Environmental Standard that would result in a material Loss, and thereafter consult with Buyer to formulate a mutually agreeable course of action to address the Environmental Matter, including consultations with appropriate governmental personnel.

ARTICLE 6

SELLER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Seller makes the following representations and warranties:

6.1 ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. Wasatch Oil & Gas LLC, is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the law of the State of Utah and is duly qualified to carry on its business in the State of Utah. Wasatch Gas Gathering, LLC, is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the law of the State of Utah and is duly qualified to carry on its business in the State of Utah. Wasatch Group, LLC, is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the law of the State of Utah and is duly qualified to carry on its business in the State of Utah.

6.2 POWER. Seller has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its businesses as presently conducted and to enter into this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the fulfillment of and compliance with the terms and conditions hereof will not violate, nor be in conflict with, any material provision of Seller's organizational documents, bylaws or any material provision of any agreement or instrument to which is a party or by which it is bound, or, to its knowledge, any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to it. The provisions of this
Section shall specifically include Seller's right to transfer and convey to Buyer rights of access, rights to operate and other rights associated with the Assets notwithstanding the pendency of the Retained Matters.

6.3 AUTHORIZATION AND ENFORCEABILITY. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized

-12-

by all requisite action on Seller's part. This Agreement constitutes Seller's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, however, to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws for the protection of creditors, as well as to general principles of equity, regardless whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

6.4 LIABILITY FOR BROKERS' FEES. Seller has not incurred any liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokers' or finders' fees relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which Buyer shall have any responsibility whatsoever.

6.5 NO BANKRUPTCY. There are no bankruptcy proceedings pending, being contemplated by, or to the knowledge of Seller, based upon reasonable inquiry and investigation, threatened against Seller.

6.6 LITIGATION. Except for matters described on Exhibit G, to the best of Seller's knowledge, Seller has not received written notice of any pending proceeding, "Notice of Violation," action, suit, claim or investigation before any federal, state or other governmental court, agency or other instrumentality involving Seller or the Assets. To the best of Seller's knowledge there is no action, suit, proceeding, claim or investigation by any person, entity, administrative agency or governmental body pending or threatened against Seller before any governmental authority that impedes or is likely to impede its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Exhibit G sets forth Seller's description of certain matters and its incorporation into this Agreement is not intended nor shall it be construed as any agreement by Buyer with Seller's assessment.

6.7 MATERIAL AGREEMENTS. To the best of Seller's knowledge,in all material respects: (i) all Material Agreements are identified in Exhibit I;
(ii) the Material Agreements are in full force and effect and are the valid and legally binding obligations of the parties thereto; (iii) Seller is not in breach or default with respect to any material obligations pursuant to any Material Agreement or any regulations incorporated therein or governing same;
(iv) all material payments (including, without limitation, royalties, delay rentals, shut-in royalties and joint interest or other billings under unit or operating agreements) due thereunder have been made by Seller or will be made by Seller prior to Closing; (v) no other party of any Material Agreement (or any successor in interest thereto) is in breach or default with respect to any of its material obligations thereunder; and (vi) neither Seller nor any other party to any Material Agreement has given or threatened to give notice of any action to terminate, cancel, rescind or procure a judicial reformation of any Material Agreement or the Leases or any provision thereof.

6.8 TAXES. All ad valorem, property, production, severance, net proceeds, excise and similar taxes and assessments based on or measured by the ownership of property or the production of Hydrocarbons or the receipt of proceeds therefrom for all taxable periods prior to the taxable period in which this Agreement is executed have been properly paid, unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceeding. All income taxes and obligations relating thereto that could result in a lien or other claim against any of the Assets have been properly paid, unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceeding.

6.9 TAX PARTNERSHIPS. To the best of Seller's knowledge, the Assets are not subject to any tax partnership or other agreement requiring a partnership income tax return to be

-13-

filed under Subchapter K of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

6.10 LEASE MAINTENANCE. To the best of Seller's knowledge, all material royalties (other than royalties in suspense), rentals and other payments due under the Leases have been properly and timely paid, all conditions necessary to keep the Leases in force have been fully performed, no notices have been received by Seller of any claim to the contrary and all of the Leases are in full force and effect.

6.11 GAS IMBALANCES. To the best of Seller's knowledge, (i) Seller is not obligated by virtue of any prepayment arrangement under any contract for the sale of hydrocarbons containing a "take or pay" or similar provision or a production payment or any other arrangement to deliver hydrocarbons produced from the Assets at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor, (ii) Seller has not produced a share of gas greater than its ownership percentage and Seller is under no obligation to reduce its share of production under any gas balancing agreement or similar arrangement to allow under-produced parties to come back into balance and (iii) as of the Effective Time, there are no pipeline imbalances, such that the net of such imbalances is an overdelivery or underdelivery imbalance.

6.12 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC. To the best of Seller's knowledge,
(i) all material valid laws, regulations and orders of all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the Assets have been and shall continue to be complied with until the Closing, and (ii) all material necessary permits from and reports to governmental agencies having jurisdiction in connection with the Assets have been obtained and have been timely, properly and accurately made and will continue to be timely, properly and accurately made through Closing, except as set forth in Exhibit F.

6.13 OTHER BURDENS. To the best of Seller's knowledge, none of the Assets are subject to any calls on or preferential rights to market or purchase production.

6.14 CONDITION OF EQUIPMENT. To the best of Seller's knowledge, all of the Wells, facilities and equipment associated with the Assets are: (a) in good operating condition, and (b) not in need of maintenance or repairs.

6.15 NO CHANGES. To the best of Seller's knowledge, between the date first referenced above and Closing, there has not been, without Buyer's prior written consent:

(a) A waiver of any right relating to the Assets;

(b) A sale, lease or other disposition of the Assets;

(c) A mortgage, pledge or grant of a lien or security interest in any of the Assets;

(d) A contract for the sale of Hydrocarbons;

(e) A contract between Seller and any of its affiliates; or

(f) A contract or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

-14-

6.16 STATEMENT OF COUNSEL. On or about February 26, 2002, counsel for the adverse parties in the Retained Matters (described in Section 14.5) made a written settlement offer to "sell to Wasatch, without warranty or representation, except that Goal obtained its interest from Regoal or Ed Reott, its judgment liens against Mission for their outstanding balance due and its sheriff certificate and/or deed, which judgment liens have an approximate outstanding balance of approximately $267,685.75."

ARTICLE 7

BUYER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Buyer makes the following representations and warranties:

7.1 ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. Buyer is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the law of the State of Maryland and is duly qualified to carry on its business in the State of Utah.

7.2 POWER. Buyer has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and to enter into this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the fulfillment of and compliance with the terms and conditions hereof will not violate, nor be in conflict with, any material provision of its partnership agreement or other governing documents or of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or, to its knowledge, any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to it.

7.3 AUTHORIZATION AND ENFORCEABILITY. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate action on its part. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, however, to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws for the protection of creditors, as well as to general principles of equity, regardless whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

7.4 LIABILITY FOR BROKERS' FEES. Buyer has not incurred any liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokers' or finders' fees relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which Seller shall have any responsibility whatsoever.

7.5 LITIGATION. There is no action, suit, proceeding, claim or investigation by any person, entity, administrative agency or governmental body pending or, to the best of Buyer's knowledge, threatened against it before any governmental authority that impedes or is likely to impede its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to assume the liabilities to be assumed by it under this Agreement (except for any such action, suit, proceeding, claim or investigation that does not and would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the same).

7.6 SECURITIES LAWS; SOPHISTICATION OF BUYER. The Assets are being acquired solely for Buyer's own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to resale, distribution or granting a participation therein in violation of any securities laws. Buyer is familiar

-15-

with the oil and gas business and it is a knowledgeable, experienced and sophisticated investor in securities of companies engaged in the oil and gas business. Buyer understands and accepts the risks and absence of liquidity inherent in ownership of the Assets.

7.7 HOLDING COMPANY. Buyer is not a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," or an affiliate of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company" within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

7.8 FINANCIAL RESOURCES. Buyer has the financial resources available to close the transaction contemplated by this Agreement without financing that is subject to any material contingency.

7.9 INDEPENDENT EVALUATION. Buyer is experienced and knowledgeable in the oil and gas business and is aware of its risks. Buyer has been afforded the opportunity to examine materials made available to it by Seller in Seller's offices in Farmington, Utah with respect to the Assets including without limitation the Records (collectively, the "Background Materials"). The Background Materials are files, or copies thereof, that Seller has used in its normal course of business and other information about the Assets that Seller has compiled or generated. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SELLER HAS MADE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, AS TO THE ACCURACY OF THE BACKGROUND MATERIALS OR ANY OTHER INFORMATION RELATING TO THE ASSETS FURNISHED BY OR ON BEHALF OF SELLER OR TO BE FURNISHED TO BUYER OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY INTERNAL APPRAISALS AND/OR INTERPRETIVE DATA OF SELLER OR OF THE RIGHT OF ANY PERSON OR ENTITY TO RELY THEREON. Buyer acknowledges and affirms that it has relied and will rely solely upon its independent analysis, evaluation and investigation of, and judgment with respect to, the business, economic, legal, tax or other consequences of this transaction including its own estimate and appraisal of the extent and value of the petroleum, natural gas and other reserves of the Assets. To the extent Buyer deemed appropriate, Buyer's representatives visited Seller's offices and have been given sufficient opportunities to examine the books and records of Seller relating to the Assets. Neither Seller nor its affiliates, agents, representatives or employees shall have any liability to Buyer or its agents, representatives or employees resulting from any use, authorized or unauthorized, of the Background Materials or other information relating to the Assets provided by or on behalf of Seller or its agents, representatives or employees. Provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any analysis made by Buyer or obligations of Seller in connection with the matters addressed in Article 6 and Article 14.

ARTICLE 8

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

8.1 COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF SELLER. Seller covenants and agrees with Buyer as follows:

(a) Operations Prior to Closing. Except as otherwise consented to in writing by Buyer or provided in this Agreement from the date of execution hereof to the Closing,

-16-

Seller shall use reasonable efforts to maintain and operate the properties in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with past practices, but with no obligation to improve the same from and after the date hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4, Seller shall pay or cause to be paid its proportionate share of all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such operations. To the extent Seller receives written AFEs or actual notice of such, Seller shall notify Buyer of ongoing activities and major capital expenditures in excess of $10,000 per activity net to Seller's interest conducted on the Assets and shall consult with Buyer regarding all such matters and operations.

(b) Restriction on Operations. Subject to Section 8.1(a), unless Seller obtains the prior written consent of Buyer to act otherwise (which, will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), prior to Closing Seller will use good faith efforts within the constraints of the applicable operating agreements and other applicable agreements to not (i) abandon any part of the Assets (except in the ordinary course of business or the abandonment of leases upon the expiration of their respective primary terms or if not capable of production in paying quantities), (ii) approve any operations on the properties anticipated in any instance to cost the owner of the Assets more than $10,000 per activity net to Seller's interest (excepting emergency operations, operations required under presently existing contractual obligations, ongoing commitments under existing AFEs and operations undertaken to avoid a monetary penalty or forfeiture provision of any applicable agreement or order), (iii) convey or dispose of any material part of the Assets (other than replacement of equipment or sale of oil, gas, and other liquid products produced from the Assets in the regular course of business) or enter into any farmout, farmin or other similar contract affecting the Assets if the net expense to Seller's interest will be in excess of $10,000, (iv) let lapse any insurance now in force with respect to the Assets, or (vi) materially modify or terminate any of the Material Agreements.

(c) Marketing. Unless Seller obtains the prior written consent of Buyer to act otherwise, prior to Closing Seller will not alter any existing marketing contracts currently in existence, or enter into any new marketing contracts or agreements providing for the sale of Hydrocarbons for a term in excess of 30 days.

(d) Consents. For the purposes of obtaining the written consents required in this Section 8.1, this Section 8.1(d) shall control over
Section 15.3, and Buyer designates the following contact person:

-17-

Buyer:     Bill Barrett Corporation
           1099 18th Street, Suite 2300
           Denver, Colorado  80202
Attn:      Hunt Walker
Telephone: (303) 293-9100
Fax:       (303) 291-0420

Such consents may be obtained in writing or fax, or given verbally if confirmed by writing.

(e) Status. Seller shall maintain its respective organizational status from the date hereof until the resolution of the Retained Matters (as defined in Section 14.5) and to assure that as of the Closing Date it will not be under any material restriction that would prohibit or delay the timely consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(f) Notices of Claims. Seller shall promptly notify Buyer, if, prior to the Closing Date, Seller receives written notice of any claim, suit, action or other proceeding of the type contemplated in Section 6.6.

(g) Compliance with Laws. Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall attempt in good faith to comply in all material respects with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders relating to the ownership and operation of the Assets.

(h) Insurance. Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall maintain its insurance as such insurance is now in force with respect to the Assets.

(i) Resolution of Retained Matters. Seller shall use its best efforts to attempt to resolve the Retained Matters (as defined in Section 14.5) prior to Closing.

8.2 COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BUYER. Buyer covenants and agrees with Seller that:

(a) Status. Buyer shall maintain its legal status from the date hereof until resolution of the Retained Matters (as defined in Section 14.5 below) . As of the Closing Date, Buyer will not be under any material restriction that would prohibit or delay the timely consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Bonding; Insurance. On or before five (5) days prior to Closing, Buyer shall provide evidence to Seller that Buyer has arranged to have in place, to be effective at Closing and relating to the ownership of the Assets after the Closing (i) all necessary state, federal and local bonds, and (ii) upon Seller's request, insurance as is reasonable and customary in the industry for properties comparable to the Assets.

8.3 COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

(a) Government Reviews and Filings. Before and after the Closing, Seller and Buyer shall cooperate to provide requested information, make required filings with, prepare applications to and conduct negotiations with each governmental agency as required to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby. Each party shall make any governmental filings occasioned by

-18-

its ownership or structure. Buyer shall make all filings after the Closing at its expense with governmental agencies necessary to transfer title to the Assets or to comply with laws and shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller from and against all claims, costs, expenses, liabilities and actions arising out of Seller's holding of such title after the Closing and prior to the securing of any necessary governmental approvals of the transfer.

(b) Data and Information.

(1) Confidentiality. All data and information obtained from Seller in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement whether before or after the execution of this Agreement, and data and information generated by Buyer in connection with this transaction (collectively the "Information") is deemed by the parties to be confidential and proprietary to Seller. Until completion of the Closing (and for a period of two (2) years if Closing should not occur for any reason), except as required by law, Buyer and its officers, agents and representatives will hold in strict confidence the terms of this Agreement and all Information, except any Information which: (i) at the time of disclosure to Buyer by Seller is in the public domain; (ii) after disclosure to Buyer by Seller becomes part of the public domain by publication or otherwise, except by breach of this covenant by Buyer; (iii) Buyer can establish by competent proof was rightfully in its possession at the time of disclosure to Buyer by Seller; (iv) Buyer rightfully receives from third parties free of any obligation of confidence; (v) is disclosed to Buyer's consultants, investors and lenders who similarly agree to protect the confidentiality of such Information and agree to use such Information only for their due diligence evaluation of the Assets; or (vi) is developed independently by Buyer, provided that the person or persons developing the Information shall not have had access to the Information.

(2) Return of Information. If the transaction contemplated by this Agreement does not close on or before the Closing Date, Buyer shall (i) return to Seller all copies of the Information generated by Seller or otherwise in the possession of Buyer obtained under the terms of this Agreement, which Information is at the time of termination required to be held in confidence pursuant to Section 8.3(b)(1); (ii) not utilize or permit utilization of the Information to compete with Seller; and (iii) destroy any and all notes, reports, studies or analyses made or generated by Buyer, based on or incorporating the Information. The terms of this Section 8.3(b) shall survive termination of this Agreement.

(3) Buyer agrees that Seller will not have an adequate remedy at law if Buyer violates any of the terms of this Section 8.3(b). In such event, Seller will have the right, in addition to any other right it may have, to obtain injunctive relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach of the terms of this Section 8.3(b) or to obtain specific enforcement of such terms.

(c) Lavinia Well. If Wasatch acquires the Lavinia 1-32 Well (the "Lavinia Well") from Reott/Goal, within a period of one year after the Effective Time, Buyer will gather and transport Seller's share of gas from the Lavinia Well for a fee comparable to the fee charged other producers on the Gas Gathering System. Further Buyer's pumper will perform the same services for the Lavinia Well at rates comparable to the rates charged for similar services on other wells in the field.

-19-

ARTICLE 9

TAX MATTERS

9.1 APPORTIONMENT OF TAX LIABILITY. "Taxes" shall mean all ad valorem, property, production, excise, conservation, net proceeds, severance, and all other taxes and similar obligations assessed against the Assets or based upon or measured by the ownership of the Assets or the production of Hydrocarbons or the receipt of proceeds therefrom, other than income taxes. With respect to the Assets and all personal property associated therewith, all Taxes shall be prorated between Seller and Buyer as of the Effective Time for all taxable periods that include the Effective Time based upon the date such Taxes are assessed.

9.2 CALCULATION OF TAX LIABILITY. Consistent with Section 9.1 and with respect to the tax liability apportioned in Section 9.1, if any Taxes are incurred by Seller for a tax period which commences prior to the Effective Time and extends for a period after the Effective Time, then the respective parties' liability, if any, for such Taxes for both the period prior to the Effective Time and the period subsequent to the Effective Time shall be determined by prorating such Taxes to Seller in the ratio that the number of days in the assessment period, as appropriate, before the Effective Time bears to the total number of days in the assessment period, and to the Buyer in the ratio that the number of days in the assessment period on or after the Effective Time bears to the total number of days in the assessment period. Based on the best current information available as of Closing, the proration shall be made between the parties as an adjustment to the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2.4. Taxes for the Tax Year 2002 will be due and payable by Buyer on or about November 30, 2002, and will include the portion of such 2002 Tax Year during which Seller owned the Assets (i.e., January 1, 2002 through March 31, 2002). Therefore, Seller shall provide an estimate of the 2002 taxes no later than five
(5) days prior to the Closing Date, with reasonable and adequate calculations indicating the basis for such estimate. The parties shall agree to such estimate as a condition of Closing. Buyer shall receive a downward adjustment to the Purchase Price for such estimated amount of Taxes for January 1, 2002 through March 31, 2002. Said estimated amount shall be included in the Preliminary Settlement Statement. Buyer shall not be required to refund any amount to Seller, and Seller shall not be required to pay any additional amount to Buyer in the event the actual 2002 ad valorem taxes are less or greater than such estimate.

9.3 TAX REPORTS AND RETURNS. For the tax period in which the Effective Time occurs, Seller agrees to immediately forward to Buyer any such tax reports and returns received by Seller after Closing and provide Buyer with appropriate information which is necessary for Buyer to file any required tax reports and returns. Buyer agrees to file all tax returns and reports applicable to the Assets that Buyer is required to file after the Closing, and pay all required Taxes payable with respect to the Assets subject to the provisions of
Section 9.1.

9.4 SALES AND TRANSFER TAXES. Buyer shall be liable for and shall indemnify Seller for, any sales and use taxes, conveyance, transfer, and real estate transfer stamps or taxes that may be imposed on any transfer of the Assets pursuant to this Agreement. If required by applicable law, Buyer shall, in accordance with applicable law, calculate and remit any sales or similar taxes that are required to be paid as a result of the transfer of the Assets to Buyer. If Seller receives notice that any sales and/or use taxes are due, Seller shall promptly forward such notice to Buyer for handling.

-20-

ARTICLE 10

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

10.1 SELLER'S CONDITIONS. The obligations of Seller at the Closing are subject, at the option of Seller, to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions precedent:

(a) All Buyer's representations and warranties contained in Article 7 of this Agreement shall be true in all material respects at and as of the Closing in accordance with their terms as if such representations and warranties were remade at and as of the Closing, and Buyer shall have performed and satisfied all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed and satisfied by Buyer at or prior to the Closing in all material respects;

(b) No order shall have been entered by any court or governmental agency having jurisdiction over the parties or the subject matter of this Agreement that restrains or prohibits the purchase and sale contemplated by this Agreement and which remains in effect at the time of Closing; and

(c) Seller shall have received the evidence of bonding and insurance as required in Section 8.2(b).

(d) The Total of all Defect Adjustments and Exclusion Adjustments shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Purchase Price.

10.2 BUYER'S CONDITIONS. The obligations of Buyer at the Closing are subject, at the option of Buyer, to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

(a) All representations and warranties of Seller contained in Article 6 of this Agreement shall be true in all material respects at and as of the Closing in accordance with their terms as if such representations and warranties were remade at and as of the Closing and Seller shall have performed and satisfied all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed and satisfied by Seller at or prior to the Closing in all material respects;

(b) No order shall have been entered by any court or governmental agency having jurisdiction over the parties or the subject matter of this Agreement that restrains or prohibits the purchase and sale contemplated by this Agreement and which remains in effect at the time of Closing; and

(c) The Total of all Defect Adjustments and Exclusion Adjustments, as well as any other downward adjustments under this Agreement (including, without limitation, for any Net Casualty Loss) shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Purchase Price.

(d) No later than ten (10) days before Closing, Buyer shall have received adequate financial information regarding Wasatch Group, LLC, including but not limited to audited financial statements for calendar year 2001, financial statements for the first quarter of calendar year 2002, and such other supporting documentation as Buyer may request. All such financial information delivered to Buyer shall be maintained as confidential.

-21-

ARTICLE 11

RIGHT OF TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

11.1 TERMINATION . This Agreement may be terminated in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) by Seller, prior to Closing, if the conditions set forth in Section 10.1 are not satisfied through no fault of Seller, or waived by Seller as of the Closing Date;

(b) by Buyer, prior to Closing, if the conditions set forth in Section 10.2 are not satisfied through no fault of Buyer or waived by Buyer as of the Closing Date; or

(c) by Seller or Buyer, prior to Closing, if, through no fault of the other party, the Closing does not occur on or before the date specified in Section 12.1.

11.2 LIABILITIES UPON TERMINATION OR BREACH .

(a) Buyer's Breach. If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated on or before the date specified in Section 12.1 by reason of Buyer's failure to tender performance at Closing and Seller is in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and terminates this Agreement, or if Seller terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1(a), Seller shall retain the Deposit as liquidated damages and Seller shall have no further obligation to Buyer with respect to the Assets or under this Agreement. The remedy set forth herein shall be Seller's sole and exclusive remedy for Buyer's wrongful failure to close hereunder and Seller expressly waives any and all other remedies, legal and equitable, that it otherwise may have for Buyer's failure to close.

(b) Seller's Breach. If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated on or before the date specified in Section 12.1 by reason of Seller's failure to tender performance at Closing and Buyer is in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and terminates this Agreement, then Buyer shall have the right to demand Seller's specific performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Termination Without Further Liability. If this Agreement is terminated by the mutual agreement of the parties, if this Agreement is terminated because the conditions set forth in Section 10.1(d) or 11.1(c) are not met, or if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11.1(b), and Buyer does elect to pursue the remedy set forth in Section 11.2(b), Seller shall return the Deposit to Buyer, and each party shall release the other party for any and all liabilities and obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

-22-

ARTICLE 12

CLOSING

12.1 DATE OF CLOSING. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing and subject to the conditions stated in this Agreement, consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall be held on or before April 30, 2002. The date the Closing actually occurs is called the "Closing Date."

12.2 PLACE OF CLOSING. The Closing shall be held at the offices of Patton Boggs, 1660 Lincoln Street, Suite 1900, Denver, Colorado, at 9:00 a.m. Mountain Standard Time or at such other time and place as Buyer and Seller may agree in writing.

12.3 CLOSING OBLIGATIONS. At Closing, the following events shall occur, each being a condition precedent to the others and each being deemed to have occurred simultaneously with the others:

(a) Seller shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Buyer
(1) an Assignment, Bill of Sale and Conveyance of the Assets, effective as of the Effective Time to Buyer (in sufficient counterparts to facilitate filing and recording) substantially in the form of Exhibit D conveying the Assets with a special warranty of title, but with no other warranties, express or implied, and in their existing condition "as is, where is"; and (2) such other assignments, bills of sale, or deeds necessary to transfer the Assets to Buyer, including without limitation any conveyances on official forms and related documentation necessary to transfer the Assets to Buyer in accordance with requirements of governmental regulations (collectively, the "Conveyances");

(b) Seller and Buyer shall execute and deliver the Preliminary Settlement Statement;

(c) Buyer shall deliver to Seller the Closing Amount by wire transfer in immediately available funds, or by such other method as may be agreed to by the parties hereto;

(d) Seller shall deliver to Buyer possession of the Assets;

(e) Seller and Buyer shall execute and deliver letters in lieu directing all purchasers of production to pay Buyer the proceeds attributable to production from the Assets from and after the Effective Time;

(f) Buyer shall deliver to Seller evidence of appropriate federal, state and local bonds relating to ownership of the Assets after the Closing and certificates of insurance evidencing that Buyer has obtained appropriate insurance covering the Assets;

(g) Seller shall deliver to Buyer a certificate substantiating its non-foreign status in accordance with Treasury Regulations under Section 1445 of the Code, in the form of Exhibit E ("FIRPTA Certificate"); and

(h) Buyer shall prepare and Seller shall execute and deliver to Buyer all forms reasonably necessary for Buyer to assume operations on the Assets as agreed to by the parties.

-23-

ARTICLE 13

POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS

13.1 POST-CLOSING ADJUSTMENTS.

(a) As soon as practicable after the Closing, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after Closing, Seller shall prepare and deliver to Buyer, in accordance with GAAP, a final settlement statement (the "Final Settlement Statement") setting forth each adjustment or payment that was not finally determined as of the Closing and showing the calculation of such adjustment and the resulting final purchase price (the "Final Purchase Price"). As soon as practicable after receipt of the Final Settlement Statement, but in no event later than on or before thirty (30) days after receipt of Seller's proposed Final Settlement Statement, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a written report containing any changes that Buyer proposes to make to the Final Settlement Statement. Buyer's failure to deliver to Seller a written report detailing proposed changes to the Final Settlement Statement by that date shall be deemed an acceptance by Buyer of the Final Settlement Statement as submitted by Seller. The parties shall agree with respect to the changes proposed by Buyer, if any, no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt by Seller of Buyer's comments to the Final Settlement Statement. The date upon which such agreement is reached or upon which the Final Purchase Price is established for a transaction shall be herein called the "Final Settlement Date." If (1) the Final Purchase Price is more than the Closing Amount, Buyer shall pay Seller the amount of such difference, or (2) the Final Purchase Price applicable to Buyer is less than the Closing Amount, Seller shall pay to Buyer the amount of such difference, in either event by wire transfer of immediately available funds. Payment by Buyer or Seller, as the case may be, shall be within five (5) days of the Final Settlement Date. The Final Settlement Statement and the Final Purchase Price paid thereunder shall be a final settlement as between Buyer and Seller for all adjustments to the Purchase Price.

(b) If Seller does not elect to cure or is unable to cure such Title Defects to the reasonable satisfaction of Buyer within forty-five
(45) days after Closing, Buyer shall have the option to either accept assignment of the Asset affected by any such Title Defect, and the Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward by the Actual Defect Value ("TITLE DEFECT ADJUSTMENT"), as applicable, or to exclude such Asset from this Agreement (collectively, the "EXCLUDED ASSETS"). If Buyer elects to exclude such Assets, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward by an amount equal to the Allocated Value of the Excluded Assets, and reflected in the Final Settlement Statement, and Buyer shall reassign such Excluded Assets.

13.2 RECORDS. Within two (2) business days following the Closing Date, Seller shall make the Records available for pick up by Buyer. Seller may retain copies of the Records and Seller and Seller's predecessors in title shall have the right to review and copy the Records during business hours upon reasonable notice to Buyer. Buyer agrees to not destroy or otherwise dispose of the Records for a period of 6 years after the Closing without giving Seller reasonable notice and an opportunity to copy such Records.

13.3 TRANSFER AND RECORDING FEES. Buyer shall pay all documentary, transfer, filing, licensing, and recording fees required in connection with the processing, filing, licensing or recording of any assignments, titles or bills of sale.

-24-

13.4 ADDITIONAL PROCEEDS AND INVOICES. From and after the Closing, promptly after its receipt thereof, but only to the extent that such proceeds or invoices shall not have been the subject of an adjustment to the Purchase Price,
(i) Seller agrees to pay promptly to Buyer any and all proceeds received by Seller that are attributable to the post-Effective Time production of Hydrocarbons from the Assets and to forward all unpaid invoices received by Seller that are attributable to the production of Hydrocarbons from the Assets on or after the Effective Time and (ii) Buyer agrees to pay promptly to Seller any and all proceeds that are attributable to the pre-Effective Time production of Hydrocarbons from the Assets and to forward all unpaid invoices received by Buyer that are attributable to the production of Hydrocarbons from the Assets prior to the Effective Time, including any of such proceeds that were held in suspense by the purchasers of production.

13.5 FURTHER ASSURANCES. From time to time after Closing, Seller and Buyer shall each execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other such further instruments and take such other action as may be reasonably requested in order more effectively to assure to the other the full beneficial use and enjoyment of the Assets and otherwise to accomplish the purposes of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

13.6 SUSPENSE FUNDS. With the exception of funds held under legal suspense, Seller agrees to convey and Buyer agrees to receive all suspense funds held by Seller, as of the date Buyer assumes the accounting functions relating to the Assets, for the benefit of royalty, overriding royalty interest (and all other such non-cost bearing interests) and working interest owners attributable to the Assets, and Buyer shall assume and defend, indemnify and hold Seller and its employees harmless from all costs, expenses, claims, demands and causes of action associated with such funds, but only as to the suspense funds actually transferred and not as to any liability resulting from Seller's failure to pay or retain any amounts prior to the Closing Date.

ARTICLE 14

ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS
AND INDEMNIFICATION

14.1 ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS BY BUYER. UPON CLOSING, BUYER SHALL ASSUME AND PAY, PERFORM, FULFILL AND DISCHARGE ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, EXPENSES, LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS ACCRUING OR RELATING TO (i) THE OWNING, DEVELOPING, EXPLORING, OPERATING OR MAINTAINING OF THE ASSETS OR THE PRODUCING, TRANSPORTING AND MARKETING OF HYDROCARBONS FROM THE ASSETS, RELATING TO PERIODS ON AND AFTER THE EFFECTIVE TIME, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE PAYMENT OF CAPITAL/LOE/JIB EXPENSES AND TAXES, THE OBLIGATIONS TO PLUG AND ABANDON ALL WELLS AND RECLAIM ALL WELL SITES, THE MAKE-UP AND BALANCING OBLIGATIONS FOR OVERPRODUCTION OF GAS FROM THE WELLS, ALL OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER THE MATERIAL AGREEMENTS, AND (II) THE FAILURE OF ANY OF BUYER'S WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS HEREUNDER TO BE TRUE (COLLECTIVELY, THE "ASSUMED LIABILITIES").

14.2 BUYER'S INDEMNIFICATION OF SELLER. AFTER THE CLOSING, BUYER SHALL ASSUME ALL RISK, LIABILITY, OBLIGATION AND LOSSES IN CONNECTION WITH, AND SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS SELLER, ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS, BENEFICIARIES, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS FOREVER FROM AND AGAINST

-25-

ALL LOSSES (OTHER THAN LOSSES ARISING FROM SELLER'S (a) RETAINED LIABILITIES, AND (b) LIABILITIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS UNDER ARTICLE 5) WHICH ARISE FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH (i) THE ASSUMED LIABILITIES, (II) ANY MATTER FOR WHICH BUYER HAS AGREED TO INDEMNIFY SELLER IN THIS AGREEMENT, OR (III) ANY BREACH BY BUYER OF THIS AGREEMENT (SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATIONS OF SECTION 11.2). "LOSSES" SHALL MEAN ANY ACTUAL LOSS, COST, EXPENSE, LIABILITY (INCLUDING, CIVIL FINES), DAMAGE, DEMANDS, SUITS, SANCTIONS OF EVERY KIND AND CHARACTER INCLUDING REASONABLE FEES AND EXPENSES OF ATTORNEYS, TECHNICAL EXPERTS AND EXPERT WITNESSES REASONABLY INCIDENT TO MATTERS INDEMNIFIED AGAINST. BUYER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE RELEASED SELLER AT THE CLOSING FROM ANY LOSSES FOR WHICH BUYER HAS AGREED TO INDEMNIFY SELLER HEREUNDER.

14.3 LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS RETAINED BY SELLER. SUBJECT TO
SECTION 13.1, SELLER HEREBY RETAINS AND SHALL PAY, PERFORM, FULFILL AND DISCHARGE ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, EXPENSES, LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS ACCRUING OR RELATING TO (i) THE OWNING, DEVELOPING, EXPLORING, OPERATING OR MAINTAINING OF THE ASSETS OR THE PRODUCING, TRANSPORTING AND MARKETING OF HYDROCARBONS FROM THE ASSETS, RELATING TO PERIODS BEFORE THE EFFECTIVE TIME, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE PAYMENT OF CAPITAL/LOE/JIB EXPENSES AND TAXES AND ALL OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER THE MATERIAL AGREEMENTS, AND (II) THE FAILURE OF ANY OF SELLER'S WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS HEREUNDER TO BE TRUE (COLLECTIVELY, THE "RETAINED LIABILITIES").

14.4 SELLER'S INDEMNIFICATION OF BUYER. AFTER THE CLOSING, SELLER SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS BUYER, ITS PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS, BENEFICIARIES, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS FOREVER FROM AND AGAINST ALL LOSSES (OTHER THAN LOSSES ARISING FROM BUYER'S ASSUMED LIABILITIES) WHICH ARISE FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH
(i) THE RETAINED LIABILITIES, (II) ANY MATTER FOR WHICH SELLER HAS AGREED TO INDEMNIFY BUYER IN THIS AGREEMENT, OR (III) ANY BREACH BY SELLER OF THIS AGREEMENT (SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATIONS OF SECTION 11.2). "LOSSES" SHALL HAVE THE MEANING SET FORTH IN SECTION 14.2. SELLER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE RELEASED BUYER AT THE CLOSING FROM ANY LOSSES FOR WHICH SELLER HAS AGREED TO INDEMNIFY BUYER HEREUNDER.

14.5 SELLER'S ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE RETAINED MATTERS.

(a) Seller's Retention of Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Seller shall retain all risk, liability and obligation associated with the matters described in Exhibit G, including but not limited to those matters encompassed in or relating to the Key Energy Judgment, the J-West Judgment, the Reott Judgment, the Quiet Title Action, the Redeemed Properties, the Motion Properties (as those terms are defined in Exhibit G), the Sheriff's Deed dated March 6, 2002 (attached as Exhibit J) or any other claims raised by Key Energy, J-West or Reott (collectively "the Retained Matters"). Exhibit G sets forth Seller's description of certain portions of the Retained Matters and its incorporation into this Agreement is not intended nor shall it be construed as any agreement by Buyer that Exhibit G is a complete description of all the claims or potential claims or that Seller's assessment of the validity of the claims at issue.

(b) Seller's Indemnification of Buyer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Seller shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Buyer, its successors, and assigns (collectively, "Buyer") from and against all claims, liability, liens, loss and damage (collectively, "Claims") arising out of or directly or indirectly in connection with the Retained Matters, and including without limitation, any costs, expenses and attorneys fees arising out of or caused by such Claims whether or not resulting or alleged to result from the negligence, including

-26-

sole negligence, or fault of Buyer. Buyer shall also have the right, upon notice to Seller, to assume control of its own defense or other legal representation in connection with any Claim against Buyer and Seller shall reimburse Buyer for all reasonable related costs, expenses and attorneys fees.

Claims, within the scope of this Section 14.5, shall specifically include losses incurred by Buyer if the transfer of any portion of the Assets to Buyer is invalidated after Closing, which shall specifically include any increase in the value of the Assets between the Effective Time and the effective date of Buyer's loss of title to the Asset(s) or any portion thereof, as well as any capital improvements, investments or other expenditures made by Buyer in connection with its use of the affected Asset(s).

(c) Settlement of Claims. Seller shall not enter into any settlement or other voluntary resolution of Claims within the scope of this
Section 14.5 without the prior written approval of Buyer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) Escrow Account. Seller shall deposit the amount of Two Hundred Sixty-Seven Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-Five Dollars and Seventy-Five Cents ($267,685.75) into an escrow account (the "Escrow Account"), which shall be maintained until resolution and termination of the Retained Matters and governed by the Escrow Agreement attached as Exhibit K. The initial amount of the Escrow Account is based upon: (i) Seller's representation set forth in
Section 6.16 and (ii) the assumption of obligations set forth in Section 14.7 and the financial information provided to Buyer, pursuant to Section 10.2(d), by Wasatch Group, LLC.

The Escrow Account will be held by Patton Boggs and interest on the funds in the Escrow Account will be the property of the party to whom the funds are ultimately released. Funds in the Escrow Account shall be utilized to pay for the following: (i) any approved settlements reached or final judgments entered in the Retained Matters; (ii) defense or other legal costs of Buyer if Seller fails to reimburse Buyer for costs incurred within 30 days; (iii) indemnification of Buyer for Claims if Seller. Provided, however, that if Buyer utilizes funds in the Escrow Account for payment of defense or other legal costs, then Seller shall be obligated to deposit additional funds into the account within 15 days or Seller shall be in material breach of this Agreement. Provided, further, that if Buyer determines, in its reasonable discretion, that the potential cost of Claims associated with the Retained Matters will exceed $267,685.75, then Buyer shall notify Seller and Seller shall contribute such additional funding as Buyer may required to the Escrow Account within 30 days of such notice.

(e) No Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Seller's obligations under this Article 14.5 shall not be subject to any limitations as to types of damages or other limitations of liability, including but not limited to those set forth in Articles 2, 4, 13 and other portions of this Article 14.

(f) Release of Buyer. Seller hereby releases Buyer from and shall indemnify Buyer for any obligation to reimburse or refund income or other benefit derived by Buyer from any Assets affected by the Retained Matters if the transfer of such Assets to Buyer is declared void or otherwise ineffective.

(g) Survival The obligations set forth in this Article 14.5 shall survive Closing and/or the termination of this Agreement.

-27-

14.6 RESERVATION AS TO NON-PARTIES. Nothing herein is intended to limit or otherwise waive any recourse Buyer (or Seller) may have against any non-party for any obligations or liabilities which may be incurred with respect to the Assets.

14.7 PARENT GUARANTEE; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. By its execution of this Agreement, Wasatch Group, LLC, the parent corporation of both Wasatch Oil & Gas, LLC, and Wasatch Gas Gathering, LLC, fully guarantees the performance of both Wasatch Oil & Gas, LLC, and Wasatch Gas Gathering, LLC, wholly-owned subsidiaries of Wasatch Group, LLC, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 15

MISCELLANEOUS

15.1 EXHIBITS. The Exhibits referred to in this Agreement are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference and constitute a part of this Agreement.

15.2 EXPENSES. Except as otherwise specifically provided, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by Buyer or Seller in negotiating this Agreement or in consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring the same, including, without limitation, legal and accounting fees, costs and expenses.

15.3 NOTICES. Except as provided in Section 8.1(d), all notices and communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed as set forth below. Any communication or delivery hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly made and the receiving party charged with notice (i) if personally delivered, when received, (ii) if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, three (3) days after sending, or (iii) if sent by overnight courier, one day after sending. All notices shall be addressed as follows:

IF TO SELLER:

Wasatch Oil & Gas
P.O. Box 699
Farmington, Utah 84025-0699
Attn: Todd D. Cusick
Telephone: (801) 451-9200
Fax: (801) 451-9204

IF TO BUYER:

Bill Barrett Corporation
1099 18th Street, Suite 2300
Denver, Colorado 80202
Attn: Hunt Walker
Telephone: (303) 293-9100
Fax: (303) 291-0420

-28-

Any party may, by written notice so delivered to the other parties, change the address or individual to which delivery shall thereafter be made.

15.4 AMENDMENTS. Except for waivers specifically provided for in this Agreement, this Agreement may not be amended nor any rights hereunder waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be charged with such amendment or waiver and delivered by such party to the party claiming the benefit of such amendment or waiver.

15.5 ASSIGNMENT. Buyer shall not assign all or any portion of its respective rights or delegate all or any portion of its respective duties hereunder unless with Seller's advance written consent and except if Buyer continues to remain liable for the performance of its obligations hereunder; provided that Buyer may not assign the benefits of Seller's indemnity given pursuant to Article 5 and any permitted assignment shall not include such benefits. No such assignment or obligation shall increase the burden on Seller or impose any duty on Seller to communicate with or report to any transferee, and Seller may continue to look to Buyer for all purposes under this Agreement.

15.6 ANNOUNCEMENTS. Seller and Buyer shall consult with each other with regard to all press releases and other announcements issued after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and, except as may be required by applicable laws or the applicable rules and regulations of any governmental agency or stock exchange, neither Buyer nor Seller shall issue any such press release or other publicity without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

15.7 HEADINGS. The headings of the Articles and Sections of this Agreement are for guidance and convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

15.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed by Buyer and Seller in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original instrument, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Execution can be evidenced by fax signatures with original signature pages to follow in due course.

15.9 REFERENCES. References made in this Agreement, including use of a pronoun, shall be deemed to include where applicable, masculine, feminine, singular or plural, individuals, partnerships or corporations. As used in this Agreement, "person" shall mean any natural person, corporation, partnership, court, agency, government, board, commission, trust, estate or other entity or authority.

15.10 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and any litigation, arbitration or dispute resolution conducted pursuant hereto shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the law of the State of Utah.

15.11 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding among the parties, their respective partners, shareholders, officers, directors and employees with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all negotiations, prior discussions and prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.

-29-

15.12 BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns.

15.13 SURVIVAL. The representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution and Closing of this Agreement for a period of one (1) year following the Closing Date. The representations and warranties shall terminate after such date and neither Buyer nor Seller shall have any further liability or obligation except to the extent notice of breach thereof shall have been given prior to any such termination. Provided however, that the foregoing shall not apply to Seller's representations and warranties as they relate to the Retained Matters (as defined in Section 14.5), including but not limited to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.2 and 6.6.

15.14 CLOSING CONDITIONS. If the Closing occurs, all conditions of Closing shall be deemed to have been satisfied or waived for purposes of Closing.

15.15 NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is intended only to benefit the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

15.16 LIKE-KIND EXCHANGE. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Seller and Buyer hereby acknowledge and agree that if either party desires to complete the purchase of the Subject Property to effect a qualified like-kind exchange for other property ("Exchange Property") in a transaction that qualifies as a deferred exchange in accordance with Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder then each party agrees to reasonably cooperate with the other in effecting a qualified like-kind exchange, including the execution of reasonable documents deemed necessary to qualify the transaction as a deferred exchange; provided, however, it is specifically agreed that the non-exchanging party shall be an accommodating party only and shall not incur any liability or expense as a result of such qualified deferred exchange, and that it shall be the sole responsibility of exchanging party to locate and identify the exchange property.

15.17 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. In the event Buyer asserts a claim of indemnity or breach of representations or the terms and conditions of this Agreement and liability is found with respect to such claim, Wasatch Oil & Gas, LLC and Wasatch Gas Gathering, LLC shall be jointly and severally liable to Buyer.

15.18 INFORMATION PROVIDED BY SELLER. THE INFORMATION FURNISHED BY SELLER TO BUYER DOES NOT PURPORT TO CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION NECESSARY TO PROPERLY EVALUATE THIS TRANSACTION. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT WILL CONDUCT ITS OWN INDEPENDENT ANALYSIS OF THE DATA AVAILABLE FROM PUBLIC RECORDS AND SOURCES. ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED BY SELLER TO BUYER IS PROVIDED AS A CONVENIENCE ONLY AND ANY RELIANCE OF BUYER ON SUCH INFORMATION SHALL BE AT BUYER'S SOLE RISK. IN THIS CONNECTION, BUYER REPRESENTS THAT IT IS EXPERIENCED AND KNOWLEDGEABLE IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY AND ABLE TO INDEPENDENTLY EVALUATE THE RISKS AND BENEFITS OF ENGAGING IN THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES AND UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ACQUISITION AND OPERATION OF OIL AND GAS PROPERTIES INVOLVES SUBSTANTIAL RISK, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE LOSS OF RESERVES, REDUCED PRODUCTION RATES, LOSS OF REVENUE AND REDUCED PRODUCT PRICE. BUYER SHALL BEAR THE FULL COST OF ANY AND ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE APPRAISAL, EVALUATION, EXAMINATION OR ASSIGNMENTS OF THE ASSETS.

-30-

15.19 DISCLAIMER OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES HERETO EACH DISCLAIM ALL LIABILITY AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, STATEMENTS OR COMMUNICATIONS (ORALLY OR IN WRITING) TO THE OTHER PARTY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED IN ANY OPINION, INFORMATION OR ADVICE THAT MAY HAVE BEEN PROVIDED TO ANY SUCH PARTY BY ANY PARTNER, OFFICER, STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE, AGENT, CONSULTANT, REPRESENTATIVE OR CONTRACTOR OF SUCH DISCLAIMING PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY ENGINEER OR ENGINEERING FIRM, OR OTHER AGENT, CONSULTANT OR REPRESENTATIVE) WHEREVER AND HOWEVER MADE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE MADE IN ANY DATA ROOM AND ANY SUPPLEMENTS OR AMENDMENTS THERETO OR DURING ANY NEGOTIATIONS. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, SELLER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY AS TO (A) THE AMOUNT, VALUE, QUALITY, QUANTITY, PRODUCTION OR DELIVERABILITY OF HYDROCARBONS OR RESERVES ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE ASSETS, (B) THE PRESENT OR FUTURE VALUE OF THE ANTICIPATED INCOME, COSTS OR PROFITS DERIVED FROM THE ASSETS OR (C) ANY GEOLOGICAL, ENGINEERING OR OTHER INTERPRETATIONS OR ECONOMIC VALUATIONS. THE ASSETS ARE SOLD WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF TITLE EXCEPT AS TO PERSONS CLAIMING BY, THROUGH OR UNDER SELLER. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, ALL OF THE ASSETS AND ANY TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY INCLUDED IN THE ASSETS ARE SOLD "AS IS, WHERE IS," WITH ALL FAULTS AND SELLER MAKES NO, AND DISCLAIMS ANY, REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND WHETHER BY COMMON LAW, STATUTE, OR OTHERWISE, AS TO (I) MERCHANTABILITY, (II) FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (III) CONFORMITY TO MODELS OR SAMPLES OF MATERIALS OR (IV) CONDITION. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PRECEDING DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTY ARE "CONSPICUOUS" DISCLAIMERS FOR PURPOSES OF ANY APPLICABLE LAW, RULE OR ORDER.

THE BUYER HAS CONDUCTED, OR PRIOR TO THE CLOSING WILL CONDUCT, SUCH INVESTIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSETS AS THE BUYER DEEMS ADVISABLE, AND HAS SATISFIED, OR PRIOR TO THE CLOSING WILL SATISFY ITSELF WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSETS, ANY SELLER PERSONAL PROPERTY AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE BUYER SHALL AND HEREBY RELEASES THE SELLER FROM, AND WAIVES ANY CLAIM AGAINST THE SELLER FOR, ANY LIABILITY OR OBLIGATION REGARDING OR FOR ANY AND ALL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ON OR ABOUT THE SUBJECT PROPERTY. FURTHER, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER TERM OR CONDITION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE BUYER SHALL AND HEREBY RELEASES THE SELLER FROM, AND WAIVES ANY CLAIM AGAINST THE SELLER FOR, ANY LIABILITY OR OBLIGATION REGARDING OR FOR ANY AND ALL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OR HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ON OR ABOUT THE SUBJECT PROPERTY.

-31-

FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS AGREEMENT, "ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION" MEANS (I) CONTAMINATION OR POLLUTION OF SOIL, AIR, OR SURFACE OR GROUNDWATERS, (II) THE DISPOSAL, PLACEMENT, EXISTENCE, PRESENCE OR RELEASE OR THREAT OF RELEASE OF A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AND THE AFFECT THEREOF, (III) NONCOMPLIANCE WITH OR VIOLATION OF APPLICABLE LAW INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LACK OR REQUIRED GOVERNMENTAL PERMITS OR APPROVALS, "HAZARDOUS MATERIAL" MEANS (I) ANY SUBSTANCE, THE PRESENCE OF WHICH REQUIRES INVESTIGATION, REMEDIATION, OR OTHER RESPONSE OR CORRECTIVE ACTION UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, OR (II) ANY SUBSTANCE WHICH IS DEFINED AS A HAZARDOUS WASTE, HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE, EXTREMELY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE, HAZARDOUS MATERIAL, HAZARDOUS MATTER, HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL, TOXIC SUBSTANCE, TOXIC CHEMICAL, POLLUTANT OR CONTAMINANT, OR OTHER SIMILAR TERM, IN OR PURSUANT TO APPLICABLE LAW, OR (III) ANY ASBESTOS OR ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL, PCBS OR EQUIPMENT OR ARTICLES CONTAINING PCBS, PETROLEUM, DIESEL FUEL, GASOLINE OR OTHER PETROLEUM HYDROCARBONS, AND "APPLICABLE LAW" MEANS ALL EXISTING FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS, COMMON LAW, STATUTES OR REGULATIONS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE RELATING TO THE PROTECTION OF HUMAN HEALTH AND SAFETY, PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT, OR PREVENTION OF POLLUTION.

15.20 DISPUTE RESOLUTION. If the parties are unable to resolve a dispute as to the any matter arising under this Agreement, then, upon 15 days notice of either party, the parties shall submit the dispute to binding arbitration in Sale Lake County, Utah, to be conducted by an arbitrator mutually agreeable by Seller and Buyer in accordance with the following procedures. If Seller and Buyer cannot mutually agree on the selection of an arbitrator after 30 days, the arbitrator shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association. No later than 30 days after initiating the arbitration procedure, the arbitrator shall conduct a hearing, at which time the parties shall present such evidence and witnesses as they may choose, with or without counsel. Adherence to formal rules of evidence shall not be required, but the arbitrator shall consider any evidence and testimony that it determines to be relevant, in accordance with procedures that it determines to be appropriate. The arbitrator shall render its decision specifically addressing and resolving the matter in dispute within 15 days after the hearing. A decision may be filed in any court of competent jurisdiction and may be enforced by any party as a final judgment of such court.

15.21 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. In no event shall either party be liable to the other for special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise (including negligence, warranty and strict liability); provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to the obligations of the parties under Section 14.

Executed on the dates set forth in the acknowledgments below but effective as of the Effective Time.

SELLER:                                                 BUYER:

WASATCH OIL & GAS, LLC                                  BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

                                      -32-

By /s/ Todd D. Cusick                       By  /s/ Fredrick J. Barrett
   ------------------                           -----------------------
   Todd D. Cusick                           Name:  Fredrick J. Barrett
   President                                Title:  President

WASATCH GAS GATHERING, LLC

By /s/ Todd D. Cusick
   ------------------
   Todd D. Cusick
   President

WASATCH GROUP, LLC

By /s/ Todd D. Cusick
   ------------------
   Todd D. Cusick
   President

-33-

EXHIBIT 10.5

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

INTOIL, INC.

AND

ARATEX PRODUCTION COMPANY

AS SELLERS

AND

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

AS BUYER

Effective July 1, 2002


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                        PAGE
ARTICLE I         DEFINITIONS

ARTICLE II        PURCHASE AND SALE

       2.1         Purchase and Sale...................................................  6

       2.2         Assets..............................................................  6

       2.3         Assumed Liabilities.................................................  8

       2.4         Effective Time......................................................  8


ARTICLE III       PURCHASE PRICE

       3.1         Purchase Price and Consideration....................................  8

       3.2         Performance Guarantee Deposit.......................................  8

       3.3         Shareholder Approval................................................  8

       3.4         Allocation of the Purchase Price....................................  8

       3.5         Adjustment to Purchase Price........................................  9

       3.6         Purchase Price Adjustments For Title Defects.......................  10

       3.7         Purchase Price Adjustment for Environmental Defects................  11

       3.8         Purchase Price Adjustment Disputes.................................  12

       3.9         Preferential Rights................................................  12

       3.10        Casualty Loss......................................................  13

       3.11        Consents...........................................................  13

ARTICLE IV        SELLERS' REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

       4.1         Organization and Standing..........................................  13

       4.2         Power..............................................................  13

       4.3         Authorization and Enforceability...................................  13

       4.4         Liability for Brokers' Fees........................................  14

       4.5         Environmental Matters..............................................  14

       4.6         No Bankruptcy......................................................  15

       4.7         Litigation.........................................................  15

       4.8         Material Agreements................................................  15

       4.9         Taxes..............................................................  15

       4.10        Absence of Certain Changes or Events...............................  15


TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                        PAGE
       4.11        Liens and Encumbrances.............................................  16

       4.12        Leases.............................................................  16

       4.13        Gas Imbalances.....................................................  16

       4.14        Oil or Gas Contracts...............................................  16

       4.15        Non-Consent........................................................  16

       4.16        Production Tolerances..............................................  16

       4.17        Compliance With Laws...............................................  17

       4.18        Financial Statements...............................................  17

       4.19        Audits.............................................................  17

       4.20        Employees..........................................................  17

       4.21        Assets Used in Business............................................  17

       4.22        Warranties, Indemnification and Representations....................  17


ARTICLE V         BUYER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

       5.1         Organization and Standing..........................................  18

       5.2         Power..............................................................  18

       5.3         Authorization and Enforceability...................................  19

       5.4         Liability for Brokers' Fees........................................  19

       5.5         Litigation.........................................................  19

       5.6         Financial Resources................................................  19

       5.7         Independent Evaluation.............................................  19


ARTICLE VI        COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

       6.1         Covenants and Agreements of Sellers................................  20

       6.2         Covenants and Agreements of Buyer..................................  22

       6.3         Filings; Other Action..............................................  22

       6.4         Access To Information..............................................  22

       6.5         Notice of Inaccurate Information...................................  23

       6.6         Access to Employees................................................  23

       6.7         Termination of Sellers' Employees..................................  23

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                        PAGE
ARTICLE VII       TAX MATTERS

       7.1         Tax Reports and Returns............................................  23

       7.2         Sales Taxes........................................................  23


ARTICLE VIII      CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

       8.1         Sellers' Conditions................................................  24

       8.2         Buyer's Conditions.................................................  24


ARTICLE IX        TERMINATION

       9.1         Termination by Mutual Consent......................................  25

       9.2         Termination by Sellers.............................................  25

       9.3         Termination by Buyer...............................................  25

       9.4         Effect of Termination and Abandonment..............................  25

       9.5         Extension; Waiver..................................................  26


ARTICLE X         SURVIVAL

      10.1        Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants..............   26


ARTICLE XI        CLOSING

      11.1        The Closing........................................................   26

      11.2        Closing Obligations................................................   27


ARTICLE XII       POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS

      12.1        Records............................................................   28

      12.2        Additional Proceeds................................................   28

      12.3        Further Assurances.................................................   28

      12.4        Purchase Price Allocation - Form 8594..............................   28


ARTICLE XIII      GENERAL PROVISIONS

      13.1        Notices............................................................   28

      13.2        Assignment, Binding Effect.........................................   29

      13.3        Entire Agreement...................................................   29

      13.4        Amendment..........................................................   30

-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                  PAGE

13.5        Governing Law......................................................   30

13.6        Counterparts.......................................................   30

13.7        Headings...........................................................   30

13.8        Interpretation.....................................................   30

13.9        Waivers............................................................   30

13.10       Severability.......................................................   30

13.11       Arbitration........................................................   30

13.12       Public Statements..................................................   32

SCHEDULES

Schedule of Assets

2.2(a) Well Listing

2.2(b) Allocated Value

2.2(e)(1) Property, Plant and Equipment

2.2(e)(2) Easements and Rights of Way

2.2(g) Software

2.3 Assumed Liabilities

3.9 Preferential Rights

4.2 Power

4.5 Environmental

4.8 Material Agreements

4.9 Properties Subject to Tax Partnerships

4.10(b) Capital Expenditures in Excess of $100,000

4.10(g) Mortgaged Properties

4.13 Gas Imbalances

-iv-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                PAGE

4.14 Oil and Gas Contracts

4.15 Non-Consent Properties

4.19 Audits

                              EXHIBITS

A.   Leases

B.   Escrow Agreement

C.   Joinder Agreement

D-1  Form of Buyer's Officer's Certificate

D-2  Form of Seller's Officer's Certificate

E-1. Form of Assignment and Bill of Sale

E-2  Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement

F.   Directors' and Officers' Insurance Policy

G.   FIRPTA Certificate

H.   Form Letter in Lieu

I.   Form of Opinion of Buyer's Counsel

J.   Form of Opinion of Sellers' Counsel

K.   Balance Sheet

-v-

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), dated this 4th day of November, 2002 is by and between Intoil, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Intoil"), and Aratex Production Company, a Colorado corporation ("Aratex") (each as "Seller" and collectively, the "Sellers") and Bill Barrett Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("BBC"), or wholly owned subsidiaries of BBC designated in writing to Sellers prior to Closing pursuant to Section 2.1 (collectively, the "Buyer").

RECITALS

Sellers own and desire to sell certain real and personal property interests, as more fully described in Section 2.2 below (collectively, the "Assets"), and transfer certain associated liabilities, as more fully described in Section 2.3 below (the "Assumed Liabilities").

Buyer desires to purchase the Assets and assume the Assumed Liabilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Buyer and Sellers agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

"Agreement" means this Purchase and Sale Agreement.

"Allocated Value" is defined in Section 3.4.

"Aratex" is defined in the preamble.

"Assets" is defined in Section 2.2.

"Assumed Liabilities" is defined in Section 2.3.

"Background Materials" means all materials and information provided to Buyer by Sellers, their representatives, agents, and employees, in connections with the Assets, Assumed Liabilities, and this Agreement.


"Balance Sheet" means the balance sheet attached for Intoil, Inc. dated as of June 30, 2002, and attached as Exhibit K.

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, a United States federal holiday or a Colorado state-banking holiday.

"Buyer" is defined in the preamble.

"Casualty Loss" is defined in Section 3.10.

"Claim" means any claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding before or by any Governmental Authority or non-governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, court, or other instrumentality, or arbitrator or by any private person or entity known by Sellers.

"Closing" is defined in Section 11.1.

"Closing Date" is defined in Section 11.1.

"Company Debt" means the revolving note payable to U.S. Bank, N.A. pursuant to the Revolving Line of Credit Agreement entered into by Intoil on December 29, 1999.

"Confidentiality Agreement" means the confidentiality agreement dated July 31, 2002 between Buyer and Petrie Parkman & Co. on behalf of Seller.

"Conveyances" is defined in Section 11.2.

"Defensible Title" means such title held by the Sellers with respect to each portion of the Assets described in Schedule 2.2(b) that, except for the Permitted Encumbrances:

(a) entitles the Sellers to receive not less than the "Net Revenue Interests" or "NRI" set forth in Schedule 2.2(a) pertaining to the oil, gas and associated liquid and gaseous hydrocarbons and non-hydrocarbons produced, saved and marketed from the E&P Properties; and

(b) obligates the Sellers to bear costs and expenses relating to the ownership, operation, maintenance and repair of the E&P Properties in an amount not greater than the "Working Interests" or "WI" set forth in Schedule 2.2(a), unless there is a corresponding increase in the Net Revenue Interests.

"Deposit" is defined in Section 3.2.

"Effective Time" means 7:00 a.m. on July 1, 2002.

"Environmental Breach" is defined in Section 3.7.

"Environmental Laws" is defined in Section 4.5(e).

"E&P Properties" means the Leases and the Wells.

-2-

"Escrow Agent" means Wells Fargo Bank West, National Association.

"Escrow Agreement" means the agreement attached as Exhibit B.

"Expedited Arbitration" means the arbitration process set forth in Section 13.11(c).

"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

"Governmental Authority" means Bahrain, the United States of America and any other country, including any state or political subdivision thereof, agency, division, court, or commission, board, bureau or other instrumentality.

"Hazardous Substance" is defined in Section 4.5.

"Indemnity Agreement" means the letter agreement between the Sellers and Buyer dated October 15, 2002.

"Interest Additions" is defined in Section 3.6(e).

"Intoil" is defined in the preamble.

"Knowledge" of an entity means the actual knowledge of an officer, director, or employee of such entity with responsibility over the Asset or activity in regards to which a representation or covenant is made and "knowledge" of an individual means the actual knowledge of such individual.

"Lands" is defined in Section 2.2(a).

"Leases" is defined in Section 2.2(a).

"Material Adverse Effect" means a material effect on the operation or value of a material asset, provided that any change, effect, fact, event or condition that adversely affects the oil and gas exploration and production industry generally shall not be considered in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

"Material Agreements" is defined in Section 4.8.

"Net Casualty Loss" is defined in Section 3.10.

"New Intoil" means New Intoil, e.c., a Bahrain holding company that is the indirect parent of Sellers.

"Office Lease" means the Office Building Lease between Brookfield Colorado Inc. and Intoil, Inc. dated August 7, 2001 for Suite 165 of the building known as Highland Place II, 9110 East Nichols Avenue, Englewood, Colorado.

"Outside Closing Date" is defined in Section 9.2.

-3-

"Permitted Encumbrances" shall mean:

(a) lessors' royalties, overriding royalties, net profits interest, production payments, reversionary interests and similar burdens if the net cumulative effect of such burdens does not operate to reduce the NRI set forth in Exhibit A;

(b) any preferential rights to purchase and required third party consents to assignments of contracts and similar agreements, as set forth on Schedule 3.9 and which are handled exclusively under
Section 3.9 below;

(c) liens for taxes or assessments not yet due or not yet delinquent or, if delinquent, that are being contested in good faith in the normal course of business;

(d) rights to consent by, required notices to, filings with, or other actions by federal, state, local or tribal entities in connection with the sale or conveyance of the E&P Properties if the same are customarily obtained subsequent to such sale or conveyance;

(e) rights of reassignment, to the extent any exist as of the date of the Effective time, upon the surrender or expiration of any lease;

(f) easements, rights-of-way, servitude, permits, surface leases and other rights with respect to surface operations, on, over or in respect of any of the properties or any restriction on access thereto and that do not materially interfere with the operation of the affected property;

(g) such Title Defects as Buyer has waived in writing in accordance with
Section 3.5(c);

(h) the terms and conditions of the Material Agreements, all division orders, pooling or unitization orders, agreements or declarations;

(i) materialmen's, mechanics', repairmen's, employees', contractors', operators' or other similar liens or charges arising in the ordinary course of business incidental to construction, maintenance or operation of the Assets (i) if they have not been filed pursuant to law and the time for filing them has expired, (ii) if filed, they have not yet become due and payable or payment is being withheld as provided by law, or (iii) if their validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate action;

(j) rights reserved to or vested in any governmental authority to control or regulate any of the Assets in any manner; and all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of general applicability in the area;

(k) liens arising under operating agreements, unitization and pooling agreements and production sales contracts securing amounts not yet due or, if due, being contested in good faith in the ordinary course of business; and

-4-

(l) all calls on or preferential rights to purchase production for a price at or above market price.

"Person" means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a trust, a joint venture, or an unincorporated organization.

"Purchase Price" is defined in Section 3.1.

"Records" is defined in Section 2.2(f).

"Reserve Report" means the Intoil Inc. Evaluation of Oil and Gas Assets, Rocky Mountain & Mid-Continent States, Escalated Case, Effective July 1, 2002 (2 vol.) prepared by Sproule Associates, Inc.

"Seller" and "Sellers" are defined in the preamble.

"Taxes" means all ad valorem, property, production, excise, net proceeds, severance, windfall profit, sales taxes and all other taxes and similar obligations assessed against the Assets or based upon or measured by the ownership of the Assets or the production of hydrocarbons or the receipt of proceeds therefrom, other than income taxes or estate taxes.

"Title Defect" means any material encumbrance, encroachment, irregularity, defect in or objection to real property title, excluding Permitted Encumbrances, that alone or in combination with other defects renders title of the Sellers less than Defensible Title. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered Title Defects:

(a) defects based on lack of information in Sellers' files;

(b) defects in the chain of title consisting of the mere failure to recite marital status in a document or successors of heirship proceedings in a document, unless Buyer provides affirmative evidence that such failure or omission has resulted in another party's actual and superior claim of title to the relevant Asset;

(c) defects relating to the lack of a survey;

(d) defects that have been cured by possession under applicable statutes of limitation for adverse possession or for prescription;

(e) defects based on failure to record leases issued by any state or the United States of America or any state (or any assignments of record title, operating rights in such leases or surface leases and agreements), in the real property or other county records of the county in which such portion of the Properties is located if such recordation is not necessary to constitute constructive notice of such leases pursuant to applicable statutes of limitation or prescription; and

(f) defects related to the suspension of revenues due and owing a Seller, if such suspension is not supported by the facts and circumstances that would otherwise be a Title Defect hereunder.

-5-

"Title Defect Adjustment" is defined in Section 3.6(b).

"Title Defect Value" is defined in Section 3.6(a).

"Wells" is defined in Section 2.2(b).

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE

2.1 PURCHASE AND SALE. Effective as of the Effective Time, Sellers agree to sell and Buyer agrees to purchase the Assets, and Sellers agree to transfer and Buyer agrees to assume the Assumed Liabilities. If all or some portion of the Assets are purchased by a wholly owned subsidiary of Buyer, that subsidiary entity shall sign a Joinder Agreement in a form substantially identical to the agreement attached as Exhibit C.

2.2 ASSETS. All of the assets described in this Section 2.2, including, but not limited to, all of Sellers' right, title and interest in and to the real and personal property described on Exhibit A and Schedules 2.2(a), 2.2(b), 2.2(e)(1), 2.2(e)(2) and 2.2(g), and the other types of property associated therewith may be referred to collectively as the "Assets."

(a) The oil and gas leases and overriding royalty interests specifically described in Exhibit A, whether producing or non-producing and whether fully or properly described or not (collectively, the "Leases"), the royalties and overriding royalties burdening the Leases, and any and all right, title and interest in and to the oil, gas and all other hydrocarbons in, on or under the lands covered by the Leases, and other hydrocarbons and products, whether liquid or gaseous, produced in association therewith ("Hydrocarbons") after the Effective Time and all other minerals of whatever nature in, on or under the Leases and Lands.

(b) The oil and gas wells located on the Leases and Lands, or lands pooled or unitized therewith, including, without limitation, the oil and gas wells specifically described in Schedule 2.2(a), whether producing or non-producing and whether fully or properly described or not, (the "Wells"), all injection and disposal wells on the Leases or Lands, and all personal property and equipment associated with the Wells as of the Closing Date.

(c) The rights, to the extent transferable, in and to all existing and effective unitization, pooling and communitization agreements, declarations and orders, and the properties covered and the units created thereby to the extent that they relate to or affect any of Sellers' properties and interests described in Sections 2.2(a) and (b) or the production of Hydrocarbons, if any, attributable to said properties and interests after the Effective Time.

(d) The rights, to the extent transferable, in and to existing and effective oil, gas, liquids, condensate, casinghead gas and gas sales, purchase, exchange, gathering, transportation and processing contracts, operating agreements, balancing agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, farmout agreements and other contracts, agreements and instruments related to the properties and interests described in Sections 2.2(a) through (c), including the Material Agreements, excluding, however, any insurance contracts.

-6-

(e) All of the personal property, inventory, fixtures, improvements, permits, licenses, approvals, servitudes, rights-of-way, easements (including Rights of Way and Easements on Schedule 2.2(e)(2)), surface leases and other surface rights (including, but not limited to, any wells, tanks, boilers, buildings, injection facilities, saltwater disposal facilities, compression facilities, gathering systems, vehicles, and other appurtenances and facilities) located on or stored in storage yards or other locations, or used in connection with or otherwise related to the exploration for or production, gathering, treatment, processing, storing, sale or disposal of Hydrocarbons or water produced from the properties and interests described in Sections 2.2(a) through (d) as of the Effective Time (including property, plant and equipment on Schedule 2.2(e)(1)), and all contract rights (including rights under leases to third parties) related thereto, except to the extent acquired, disposed of or terminated in the ordinary course of business after the Effective Time.

(f) The files, records, data and information relating to the items described in Sections 2.2(a) through (e) maintained by Sellers (the "Records"), including without limitation lease files, accounting files, land files, well files, gas, oil and other hydrocarbon sales contract files, gas processing files, division order files, abstracts, title opinions, AFEs, geological, geophysical, seismic and other scientific data and all other information of every type related exclusively or primarily to any of the Assets, including geologic maps, log calculations, well bore diagrams, but excluding the following: (i) all of Seller's internal appraisals and interpretive data related to the Assets, (ii) all information and data subject to third-party consents to assign, which Seller has requested and not obtained as of the Closing Date,
(iii) all privileged information except to the extent such information relates directly to the Assets, (iv) Seller's corporate financial, employee and general tax records that do not relate to the Assets and (v) all accounting files that do not relate to the Assets.

(g) The software, to the extent transferable, and related documentation used in connection with Seller's operation of the Assets, including the software set forth on Schedule 2.2(g).

(h) The Office Lease.

(i) The Reserve Report and similar reports prepared for each of the three years prior to the Reserve Report.

(j) All other Assets included in the Balance Sheet and all other personal property owned by Seller at the Effective Time, including furniture, computers, printers, copiers, and other office equipment and supplies.

(k) All other real property and personal owned and held by Sellers as of the Effective Time, or acquired after the Effective Time and owned by Sellers as of Closing Date, except to the extent disposed of or terminated in the ordinary course of business after the Effective Time; and

(l) As of the Closing Date, all cash and cash equivalents, post office boxes and lock boxes of Sellers as of the Closing and the following bank accounts of Intoil and Aratex: Intoil Operating Account at US Bank #1 204 1307 1859, Intoil Revenue Account at US Bank #1

-7-

036 5577 8878, Intoil Money Market Account at Wells Fargo Bank #106-0615588, Aratex Operating Account at US Bank # 1 943 1120 9267 and Aratex Revenue Account at US Bank #1 036 5577 8894.

2.3 ASSUMED LIABILITIES. On the Closing Date and effective as of the Effective Time, the Buyer agrees to assume and become responsible for all of the Assumed Liabilities. The "Assumed Liabilities" consist solely of the liabilities of the Sellers specifically described and set forth on Schedule 2.3.

2.4 EFFECTIVE TIME. The transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be effective as of July 1, 2002 at 7:00 a.m. local time at the site of the Assets (the "Effective Time").

ARTICLE III

PURCHASE PRICE

3.1 PURCHASE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION. The purchase price for the Assets shall be $61,706,000 ("Purchase Price"). At Closing, Buyer shall pay Sellers the Purchase Price, as adjusted pursuant to this Article III, less the Deposit,. The total consideration from Buyer to Sellers shall include the Purchase Price, as adjusted pursuant to this Article III, plus the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities.

3.2 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE DEPOSIT. Upon execution of this Agreement, Buyer shall deliver to the Escrow Agent by wire transfer a deposit, in cash, in the amount of $3,000,000 (the "Deposit") pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement attached as Exhibit B. The Deposit, together with accrued interest less any applicable bank fees, shall be distributed by the Escrow Agent to the Sellers and credited to the Purchase Price at Closing, or if this Agreement is terminated, shall be distributed pursuant to Article IX.

3.3 SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. Sellers shall use reasonable efforts to secure approval of the Sellers' rights and obligations under this Agreement by the shareholders of New Intoil on or before the Business Day that is or most immediately follows the 28th day after the date of this Agreement. If such approval is not secured by that date, Sellers shall pay to Buyer the sum of $75,000 to reimburse Buyer for a portion of costs incurred in the course of due diligence resulting from Buyer entering into this Agreement. This reimbursement, if any, shall be made at the Closing or, if no Closing occurs, on or before December 23, 2002.

3.4 ALLOCATION OF THE PURCHASE PRICE. With respect to the E&P Properties, the Purchase Price shall be allocated to the Assets as set forth in Schedule 2.2(b) (the "Allocated Values"), which allocation shall be binding on Sellers and Buyer and shall be used for the purposes of adjusting the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 3.6, 3.7, 3.9 and 12.4 and is not intended as a means of valuation for any other purpose.

3.5 ADJUSTMENT TO PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price shall be adjusted at Closing pursuant to the "Settlement Statement" prepared by Sellers and submitted to Buyer at least nine days prior to Closing for Buyer's comment and review. The Settlement Statement shall set forth

-8-

the Adjusted Purchase Price and associated calculations used to determine such adjustments. The "Adjusted Purchase Price" shall be calculated as follows:

Adjusted Purchase Price = $61,706,000 plus (Increased Debt + Credit Interest + Oil in Tanks + Positive GAAP Adjustments (if the net amount of all GAAP Adjustments is positive)) minus (Decreased Debt + Third Party Fees + Title Adjustments + Environmental Adjustments + GAAP Adjustments (if the net amount of all GAAP Adjustments is negative) and Gas Imbalances).

Where:

"Increased Debt" means the principal balance of the Company Debt immediately prior to the Closing minus the principal balance of the Company Debt as of the Effective Time (as shown on the Balance Sheet) but only to the extent that the proceeds from any increase in Company Debt during such period does not result in a breach of the representations of Sellers in Section 4.10 or the covenants of Sellers in Section 6.1. If this calculation results in a negative number, the value of "Increased Debt" shall be deemed to be zero.

"Credit Interest" means any accrued but unpaid interest and Commitment Fees (as defined in the Company Debt) relating to the Company Debt at the time immediately prior to Closing.

"Oil in Tanks" means the value of all oil retained by Sellers in pipelines, tanks or other storage as of the Effective Time, which has been calculated by Sellers as $137,109, and is subject to review by the parties.

"GAAP Adjustments" means any the aggregate net dollar amount of adjusting journal entries that would be necessary in order to fairly present in accordance with GAAP, applied on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements of the Seller for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, the Balance Sheet but excluding any adjustment made in relation to (a) federal or state taxes, (b) account coding, (c) depreciation depletion and amortization (DD&A), or (d) any adjustment that duplicates any other adjustment to the Purchase Price. It is agreed that (i) any amount shown on the Balance Sheet as an account receivable that has not been paid as of the Closing Date shall be deemed to be required under GAAP to be subtracted from the assets on the Balance Sheet, (ii) any liability of Sellers as of June 30, 2002 that is not recorded on the Balance Sheet shall be deemed to be required under GAAP to be added to the liabilities on the Balance Sheet, and (iii) the liabilities of Sellers required by GAAP to be shown on the Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2002 shall include Seller's good faith estimate of all Taxes, whether or not assessed as of June 30, 2002, that are based upon or measured by ownership of the Assets as of June 30, 2002 or production of Hydrocarbons through June 30, 2002. All adjustments, whether positive or negative, shall be calculated, and the net amount of adjustments determined. No positive or negative GAAP Adjustment shall be made unless the absolute value of the net amount of all such adjustments is equal to or greater than $150,000.

"Decreased Debt" means the principal balance of the Company Debt as of the Effective Time (as shown on the Balance Sheet) minus the principal balance of Company Debt immediately prior to Closing. If this calculation results in a negative number, then the value of "Decreased Debt" shall be deemed to be zero.

-9-

"Third Party Fees" means fees incurred after the Effective Time paid to Petrie Parkman & Co. and Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP for services related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as well as such fees for other third parties, minus $80,000.

"Title Adjustments" means any Title Defect Adjustment made pursuant to Section 3.5 of this Agreement.

"Environmental Adjustment" means any adjustment to Purchase Price for an Environmental Breach made pursuant to Section 3.6 of this Agreement.

"Gas Imbalances" means the gas imbalances shown on Schedule 4.13 calculated at the rate of $2.00 per mcf.

3.6 PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENTS FOR TITLE DEFECTS.

(a) Review of Title Records. Upon execution of this Agreement, Sellers shall make available to Buyer during regular business hours all Records in Sellers' possession relating to the title to the Properties. Buyer shall be entitled to review said title Records. Buyer shall have the right to reasonably request copies of any and all such title Records and, upon such request, Sellers shall provide the requested copies to Buyer.

(b) Notice Of Title Defects. Buyer shall have the right to provide Sellers with written notice of Title Defects at any time from the date of this Agreement to ten (10) days before the Closing Date. Such notice shall be in writing and shall be effective only if it includes all of the following: (i) a description of the E&P Property affected by the Title Defect, (ii) the reasonable basis for the Title Defect, (iii) reasonable documentation supporting the basis for the Title Defect, (iv) the Allocated Value of the affected E&P Property, and (v) the dollar value associated with the Title Defect (the "Title Defect Value") and the computations upon which Buyer's belief is based. "Reasonable documentation supporting the basis" shall mean, for Title Defects having the following bases: (a) if the basis is derived from a document, a copy of such document, or pertinent part thereof, (b) if the basis is a gap in Sellers' chain of title, the document preceding and following the gap, or a title opinion reciting the gap in reasonable detail, (c) if the basis is a lien or encumbrance, the document creating the lien or encumbrance or a title opinion or title report reciting the lien or encumbrance in reasonable detail including recording references, or (d) if the basis is failure to pay a rental when due on a federal lease, a serial register page or other documentation from the United States Bureau of Land Management (BLM) or the United States Minerals Management Service (MMS).

(c) Title Defect Adjustments And Exclusions. The Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Title Defect Value (which reduction shall be called a "Title Defect Adjustment") if the Title Defect Value for any particular Asset exceeds $25,000 (as a threshold, but not as a deductible), provided that the aggregate of all Title Defect Values exceed $100,000. No Title Defect Adjustment shall be made if (i) Buyer agrees in writing to waive the relevant Title Defect, (ii) the basis for the Title Defect has been removed by Sellers at its sole cost and expense, or (iii) Sellers and Buyer reach an agreement regarding cure of the Title Defect. If an Asset that is the subject of the value of Title Defects has not been given an

-10-

Allocated Value, or if the Asset's Allocated Value is zero, Sellers are deemed to have Defensible Title to such Asset.

(d) Title Defect Value. The Title Defect Value for any Asset shall not exceed the Allocated Value of the Asset and shall be determined as follows:
(i) If the effect of the Title Defect is to reduce the actual Net Revenue Interest to an amount less than that stated in Schedule 2.2(b), and if the Asset is not subject to a reversion after payout, then the Title Defect Value is the product of the Allocated Value attributed to such Asset, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the difference between the Net Revenue Interest set forth in Exhibit A and the actual Net Revenue Interest, and the denominator of which is the Net Revenue Interest stated in Exhibit A; or (ii) or if the Title Defect represents an obligation, encumbrance, burden or charge upon the affected Asset (including any increase in Working Interest for which there is not a proportionate increase in the Net Revenue Interest), the amount of the Title Defect Value is to be determined by Buyer after taking into account: (A) Allocated Value of the Asset, (B) the portion of the Asset affected by the Title Defect, (C) the legal effect of the Title Defect, (D) the potential economic effect of the Title Defect over the life of the affected Asset, (E) if the Title Defect is a lien or encumbrance on the affected portion of the Asset, the cost of removing such lien or encumbrance, and (F) the Title Defect Values placed upon the Title Defect by Buyer and Sellers.

(e) Interest Additions. No later than ten Business Days prior to Closing, Buyer will notify Sellers of any interest that should be an Asset or Assumed Liability hereunder, but that is not listed, including any interest that entitles Sellers to receive more than the NRI or obligates Sellers to bear costs and expenses in an amount less than the WI, as WI and NRI are set forth on Schedule 2.2(b), and including overriding royalty interests in wells drilled and completed prior to the Effective Time (collectively, "Interest Additions"); provided, however, that the following shall not be considered Interest Additions: (a) an increased NRI resulting from a reduced royalty rate due to stripper well classification and (b) an after payout increase in WI or NRI pursuant to a farmin, farmout or other agreement. Buyer's notice under this
Section 3.6(e) shall be in writing and shall include (i) a description of the Interest Addition, (ii) the basis for the Interest Addition, (iii) the Allocated Value of the Asset affected by the Interest Addition, and (iv) the value of the Interest Addition or the amount by which Buyer, as applicable, believes the Allocated Value of the Asset has been increased by the Interest Addition ("Value of Interest Addition") and the computations upon which Buyer's belief is based, which shall be consistent with the manner in which Title Defect Values are determined. The Purchase Price shall be adjusted upwards for Interest Additions only if (1) an Interest Addition exceeds $25,000, and (2) the sum of all Interest Additions exceed $100,000, in which case the value of such Interest Additions shall be offset against any downward adjustments for Title Defects, and the amount of offset shall not exceed the total amount of Title Defect Adjustment.

3.7 PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT FOR ENVIRONMENTAL DEFECTS.

(a) Inspection of Premises. Upon execution of this Agreement and subject to the Indemnification Agreement, Buyer shall be provided access during regular business hours to the Seller-operated E&P Properties, and Sellers shall use reasonable efforts to obtain permission for Buyer to gain access to the third party-operated E&P Properties, for the purpose of inspecting the environmental and physical condition of the same.

-11-

(b) Notice. At any time from the date of this Agreement to ten days before the Closing Date, Buyer shall have the right to provide Sellers with written notice (an "Environmental Notice") of any fact or circumstance that evidences the material breach of Sellers' representation in Section 4.5 ("Environmental Breach"). The Environmental Notice shall be in writing and shall include all of the following: (i) a description of the Asset Property affected by the Environmental Breach, (ii) the reasonable basis for the Environmental Breach, (iii) reasonable documentation supporting the basis for the Environmental Breach, (iv) the Allocated Value of the affected Asset, and (v) Buyer's good faith estimate of the dollar amount of loss that will be incurred by Buyer as a result of the Environmental Breach (the "Environmental Breach Value") and the computations upon which Buyer's belief is based.

(c) Adjustment for Environmental Breach. If Buyer delivers an Environmental Notice to Sellers, Sellers, at their election, shall have the option of (A) remediating the Environmental Breach to the satisfaction of (i) the appropriate state and federal agencies having jurisdiction prior to Closing, or (ii) a third party where that third party has brought a claim for damages resulting from the same set of facts giving rise to the Environmental Breach, or (B) subject to Section 3.9, paying the Environmental Breach Value associated with the Environmental Breach, and thereafter, in either case, Buyer shall waive and indemnify Sellers for all losses associated with such Environmental Breach. The Purchase Price shall be reduced by the Environmental Breach Value (each such adjustment, an "Environmental Breach Adjustment") if the loss with respect to any particular E&P Property exceeds $25,000 (as a threshold and not as a deductible), and further provided that the aggregate of all Environmental Breach Adjustments exceed $100,000.

3.8 PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT DISPUTES. Notwithstanding Section 13.11(a) and (b), if the parties disagree with the dollar amount of or information used to calculate any adjustment to the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.6 or 3.7, then such party shall, at least seven (7) days prior to the Closing Date, deliver a notice by facsimile or hand delivery to the other party stating the existence and nature of such disagreement. Any such notice shall specify those items or amounts subject to dispute. If such notice of disagreement is delivered, then the Chief Operating Officer of Buyer and the President of Sellers meet regularly as necessary for six (6) days following receipt of such notice and use reasonable efforts to reach an agreement on the disputed items or amounts. If within six (6) days following receipt of such notice the parties have not reached an agreement, the parties shall submit the matter to Expedited Arbitration for a final determination of the disputed matter.

3.9 PREFERENTIAL RIGHTS. The parties acknowledge that certain of the E&P Properties may be subject to a preferential right to purchase, as set forth on Schedule 3.9. To the extent any preferential right is validly exercised, resulting in the transfer of a Lease or Well to a third party, the Purchase Price shall be reduced, or that portion of the Purchase Price previously paid to Sellers by Buyer shall be refunded, in an amount equal to the Allocated Value for the portion of the Assets subject to the validly exercised preferential right. This reduction or refund, as the case may be, shall be Buyer's sole remedy for the exercise of any preferential right affecting the E&P Properties. If Sellers have transferred title or an interest in such a property to Buyer, Buyer shall take such steps as necessary to convey the property to the holder of the preferential right.

-12-

3.10 CASUALTY LOSS. Prior to Closing, if a portion of the Assets is destroyed by fire or other casualty, is taken or threatened to be taken in condemnation or under the right of eminent domain ("Casualty Loss"), Buyer shall purchase the Asset at Closing for, at Buyer's option, (i) the Allocated Value of the Asset reduced by the estimated cost to repair such Asset (with equipment of similar utility) up to the Allocated Value thereof (the reduction being the "Net Casualty Loss") or (ii) the Allocated Value of the Asset and Sellers shall assign Buyer all of Sellers' rights to any awards or other payments from third parties arising out of the Casualty Loss.

3.11 CONSENTS. If a necessary consent to assign any Lease or other Asset has not been obtained as of the Closing, then the portion of the Assets for which such consent has not been obtained shall not be excluded from the Assets at the Closing, and Sellers shall use their reasonable efforts to, but shall not be required to, obtain such consent as promptly as possible following Closing. Buyer shall reasonably cooperate with Sellers in obtaining any required consent including providing assurances of reasonable financial conditions, but Buyer shall not be required to expend funds or make any other type of financial commitments a condition of obtaining such consent.

ARTICLE IV

SELLERS' REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Sellers represent and warrant to Buyer as of the date of this Agreement those matters set forth in this Article IV and the accompanying schedules. Any disclosure set forth with respect to a particular section shall be deemed to be disclosed in reference to all other applicable sections of this Agreement if the disclosure with respect to a particular section is sufficient on its face without additional inquiry to inform Buyer of the information required to be disclosed in respect of the other sections to avoid a breach under the representation and warranty or covenant corresponding to such other sections.

4.1 ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. Each Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of its organization, and is duly qualified to carry on its business in each state where failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.2 POWER. Each Seller has the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on business as presently conducted and to enter into this Agreement. Except as shown as Schedule 4.2, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the fulfillment of and compliance with the terms and conditions hereof will not violate, or be in conflict with, any material provision of its articles of incorporation or bylaws or any material provision of any agreement or instrument to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound.

4.3 AUTHORIZATION AND ENFORCEABILITY. Subject to the approval of this Agreement by the shareholders of New Intoil, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate and shareholder action on each Seller's part. This Agreement constitutes Sellers' legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, however, to

-13-

the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws for the protection of creditors, as well as to general principles of equity, regardless whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Sellers nor the consummation by Sellers of the transactions contemplated herein nor compliance by Sellers with any of the provisions hereof will to the Knowledge of Sellers violate any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Sellers, or any of the Assets which would prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.4 LIABILITY FOR BROKERS' FEES. The Sellers have not incurred any liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokers' or finders' fees relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which Buyer shall have any responsibility whatsoever.

4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. Except for such matters that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and except as set forth on Schedule 4.5:

(a) To the Knowledge of Sellers, there is no condition existing on any real property or other asset owned, leased or operated by the Sellers or resulting from operations conducted thereon that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any liability to the Sellers under Environmental Laws or constitute a violation of any Environmental Laws, and the Sellers is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

(b) The Sellers are not subject to any pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened, action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding relating to any Environmental Laws by or before any Governmental Authority and related to the Assets.

(c) To the Knowledge of Sellers, all permits, notices and authorizations, if any, that are necessary for the operation of the Assets have been duly obtained or filed.

(d) To the Knowledge of Sellers, Hazardous Materials have not been released, disposed of or arranged to be disposed of by the Seller in relation to the Assets, in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Laws.

(e) "Environmental Laws" means any and all Laws that relate to:
(a) the prevention of pollution or environmental damage, (b) the remediation of pollution or environmental damage, and/or (c) the protection of the environment generally; including without limitation, the Clean Air Act, as amended, the Clean Water Act, as amended, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, the Toxic Substance and Control Act, as amended, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended, the Hazardous and the Solid Waste Amendments Act of 1984, as amended, and the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended.

(f) "Hazardous Substance" means (a) any "hazardous substance," as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, (b) any

-14-

"hazardous waste," as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or
(c) any pollutant or contaminant or hazardous, dangerous or toxic chemical or material or any other substance including, but not limited to asbestos, buried contaminants, regulated chemicals, flammable explosives, radioactive materials (including without limitation naturally occurring radioactive materials), polychlorinated biphenyls, regulated by, or that could result in the imposition of liability under, any Environmental Law or other applicable law of any applicable governmental authority relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance or material, all as amended or hereafter amended.

4.6 NO BANKRUPTCY. There are no bankruptcy proceedings pending, being contemplated by, or to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened against Sellers.

4.7 LITIGATION. Sellers have not received written notice of any pending and has no Knowledge of any threatened, proceeding, action, suit, claim or investigation before any federal, state or other governmental court, or any arbitrator, board of arbitration or similar entity involving Seller or the Assets.

4.8 MATERIAL AGREEMENTS. To Sellers' Knowledge, the agreements that are material to the ownership or operation of the Assets as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time are listed in Schedule 4.8 ("Material Agreements").

4.9 TAXES. Sellers have timely paid all bills for Taxes submitted by operators of the Assets. With respect to certain Assets, such Taxes have been withheld by the operators from the proceeds of production attributable to the Assets and the operators have assumed the obligation to pay such Taxes. Sellers have or will have timely paid all Taxes if and when due that could result in a lien or other claim against any of the Assets, unless contested by appropriate proceeding. All Assets subject to a tax partnership under Subchapter K of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), are listed on Schedule 4.9.

4.10 ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES OR EVENTS. Since the Effective Time the Sellers have conducted their businesses only in the ordinary course consistent with standard industry practice and none of the following has occurred:

(a) Any material transaction by the Sellers;

(b) Any capital expenditure for an individual project in excess of $100,000 by the Seller, except as set forth on Schedule 4.10(b); provided that Sellers agree to provide Buyer with a new Schedule 4.10(b) within one week of this Agreement that sets forth any capital expenditure for any individual project that exceeds $75,000 by the Sellers;

(c) Any labor matters or other events or conditions of any character, specifically relating to the Sellers' employees that, when considered individually or in the aggregate, has had a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) The declaration, setting aside, or payment of a dividend or other distribution with respect to the capital stock of the Sellers or any other payment to Sellers'

-15-

shareholders, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition by the Sellers of any of their shares of capital stock, except as otherwise permitted in this Agreement;

(e) Any increase in the salary or other compensation payable or to become payable (including a conveyance of an overriding royalty or other interest in the Assets) by either Seller to any of its officers, directors, employees, or contractors other than in the ordinary course of business, or the declaration, payment, or commitment or obligation of any kind for the payment by the Seller of a bonus or other additional salary or compensation to any such person other than the ordinary course of business;

(f) As of the date of this Agreement, the amendment or termination, or breach by either Seller, of any contract, agreement, or license related to the Assets, and which would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10(g), as of the date of this Agreement, any mortgage, pledge or other encumbrance of any Asset that would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(h) Any other events or conditions of any character within the Knowledge of Sellers that, when considered individually or in the aggregate, have had or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) Prior to the date of this Agreement, there has been no Casualty Loss.

4.11 LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES. To Sellers' Knowledge, the Assets are held free and clear of any liens, except: (i) liens set forth on Schedule 4.10(g),
(ii) liens securing Company Debt that will be released at Closing, (iii) liens for current taxes not yet delinquent, (iv) such imperfections of title, easements, liens, or other matters and failures of title as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (v) Permitted Encumbrances.

4.12 LEASES. To the Knowledge of Sellers, there is no event that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a material default by either Seller under any Lease.

4.13 GAS IMBALANCES. To the Knowledge of Sellers, Sellers have no gas imbalances as of the Effective Time, except as set forth on Schedule 4.13.

4.14 OIL OR GAS CONTRACTS. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.14, the E&P Properties (and the production therefrom) are not subject to any oil or gas purchase agreement, sale agreement or similar marketing arrangement not cancelable on thirty (30) days notice, nor are any of the E&P Properties subject to any agreements with any affiliates that cannot be terminated immediately upon Closing without penalty, cost or liability to Buyer.

4.15 NON-CONSENT. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.15, since the Effective Time, there have been no operations associated with the E&P Properties under an operating agreement, unit agreement or governmental order with respect to which either Seller has become a non-consenting party.

-16-

4.16 PRODUCTION TOLERANCES. To Knowledge of Sellers, Wells of Aratex in the State of Texas are within the production tolerances allocated by the Texas Railroad Commission to such wells.

4.17 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. To Sellers' Knowledge, Sellers are in material compliance with all laws applicable to the ownership, operation, maintenance or repair of the E&P Properties, and have not entered into and the Assets are not subject to any agreements, consent orders, administrative orders or similar obligations based on a violation or alleged violation of laws.

4.18 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The audited consolidated balance sheets of Intoil, dated as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, the unaudited consolidated Balance Sheet, the audited consolidated statements of earnings and statements of cash flow for the 12-month periods ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the unaudited consolidated statement of earnings and statement of cash flow for the six-month period ended June 30, 2002 (the "Financial Statements"), have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and present fairly the financial condition of Intoil as of such date and the results of operations of the Sellers for the periods covered thereby (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

4.19 AUDITS. Except as disclosed in the Schedule 4.19, as of the date of this Agreement, neither Seller is currently undergoing (i) as operator, any unresolved audit of the joint account under the applicable joint operating agreement or (ii) any audits conducted by any Governmental Authority for the improper payment of or miscalculation of royalties, overriding royalties and/or taxes attributable to production of Hydrocarbons from and/or ownership of any oil and gas producing assets. To the knowledge of Sellers, as of the date of this Agreement, and except as disclosed on Schedule 4.19, there is no pending or potential material underpayments of any royalty, overriding royalty, or tax attributable to the production of Hydrocarbons.

4.20 EMPLOYEES. Sellers acknowledge that Buyer has no obligation to employ any employee previously employed by Sellers and Seller has made no representation to either Seller's employees concerning employment with Buyer or continued employment with Seller after the Closing Date.

4.21 ASSETS USED IN BUSINESS. The Seller owns or leases all the Assets, and the Assets constitute all assets related to the Seller's business of exploring for and developing oil and natural gas properties including but not limited to all drilling equipment, intellectual property, inventory, and other assets related to the Seller's business. All of the material property, plant and equipment included in the Assets has in all material respects been maintained in reasonable operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and is, in all material respects, sufficient to permit the Seller to operate the Seller's business of exploring for and developing oil and natural gas properties and to conduct the Seller's operation of the Assets in the ordinary course of business in a manner consistent with the Seller's standard industry practices.

4.22 WARRANTIES, INDEMNIFICATION AND REPRESENTATIONS. THE E&P PROPERTIES HAVE BEEN USED BY THE COMPANY AND EACH COMPANY SUBSIDIARY FOR THE

-17-

PURPOSE OF EXPLORATION, DEVELOPMENT, AND/OR PRODUCTION OF OIL AND GAS. THE COMPANY AND THE COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES HAVE MADE AVAILABLE TO BUYER PHYSICAL ACCESS TO THE COMPANY'S AND EACH COMPANY SUBSIDIARY'S PROPERTIES AND, TO SELLERS' KNOWLEDGE, HAVE DESCRIBED AND DISCLOSED ALL AVAILABLE DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION REGARDING: CRUDE OIL, GAS, PRODUCED WATER, OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES WHICH HAVE BEEN OR MAY HAVE BEEN SPILLED OR DISPOSED OF ONSITE AND THE LOCATIONS THEREOF; PIT CLOSURES, BURIAL, LANDFARMING, LANDSPREADING, AND UNDERGROUND INJECTION; AND SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL SITES, IF ANY EXIST. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SOME PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT MAY CONTAIN ASBESTOS AND/OR NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS "NORM"). IN THIS REGARD, BUYER EXPRESSLY UNDERSTANDS THAT NORM MAY AFFIX OR ATTACH ITSELF TO THE INSIDE OF WELLS, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AS SCALE, OR IN OTHER FORMS, AND THAT WELLS, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT LOCATED ON THE REAL PROPERTY MAY CONTAIN NORM. BUYER ALSO EXPRESSLY UNDERSTANDS THAT SPECIAL PROCEDURES MAY BE REQUIRED FOR THE REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS AND NORM FROM THE EQUIPMENT AND THE COMPANY'S PROPERTIES WHERE IT MAY BE FOUND.

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT, SELLERS MAKE NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF DATA, REPORTS, OR MATERIALS NOT INCLUDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SCHEDULES ATTACHED HERETO, OR ANY PROJECTIONS, ESTIMATES OR BUDGETS DELIVERED TO OR MADE AVAILABLE TO BUYER OF FUTURE REVENUES, FUTURE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (OR ANY COMPONENT THEREOF, INCLUDING THE PRICE, QUALITY OR QUANTITY OF HYDROCARBON RESERVES), FUTURE CASH FLOWS OR FUTURE FINANCIAL CONDITION (OR ANY COMPONENT THEREOF) OF THE COMPANY OR COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES OR THE FUTURE BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY OR COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES.

ARTICLE V

BUYER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Buyer makes the following representations and warranties:

5.1 ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to carry on its business in each state where failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect on Buyer or Buyer's ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.2 POWER. Buyer has the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and to enter into this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the fulfillment of

-18-

and compliance with the terms and conditions hereof will not violate, or be in conflict with, any material provision of its articles of incorporation or bylaws or any material provision of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

5.3 AUTHORIZATION AND ENFORCEABILITY. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite action on its part. This Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, however, to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws for the protection of creditors, as well as to general principles of equity, regardless whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

5.4 LIABILITY FOR BROKERS' FEES. Buyer has not incurred any liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokers' or finders' fees relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which Sellers shall have any responsibility whatsoever.

5.5 LITIGATION. There is no action, suit, proceeding, claim or investigation by any person, entity, administrative agency or governmental body pending or, to its Knowledge, threatened, against it before any governmental authority that impedes or is likely to impede its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.6 FINANCIAL RESOURCES. Buyer has, or will have prior to the Closing, sufficient cash, available lines of credit or other sources of immediately available funds to enable it to make payment of the aggregate Purchase Price.

5.7 INDEPENDENT EVALUATION. Buyer is experienced and knowledgeable in the oil and gas business and is aware of its risks. Buyer has been afforded the opportunity to examine the Background Materials. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Sellers, their representatives, agents, and employees have made no representations or warranties, express or implied, written or oral, as to the accuracy or completeness of the Background Materials or any other information relating to the Assets or Assumed Liabilities furnished by or on behalf of Sellers, their representatives, agents, and employees or to be furnished to Buyer or its representatives, except as expressly set fort in this Agreement. In entering into this Agreement, Buyer acknowledges and affirms that it has relied and will rely solely upon its independent analysis, evaluation and investigation of, and judgment with respect to, the business, economic, legal, tax or other consequences of this transaction including its own estimate and appraisal of the extent and value of the petroleum, natural gas and other reserves included in the Assets, except as expressly set fort in this Agreement. Buyer will undertake prior to closing such further investigation and request additional documents as it deems necessary. Neither Sellers nor their agents, representatives or employees shall have any liability to Buyer or its agents, representatives or employees resulting from any use, authorized or unauthorized, of the Background Materials or other information relating to the Assets or Assumed Liabilities provided by or on behalf of Sellers or their agents, representatives or employees.

-19-

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

6.1 COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF SELLERS. Sellers covenant and agree with Buyer as follows:

(a) Operations Prior to Closing.

(1) Operations. Except as otherwise consented to in writing by Buyer or provided in this Agreement, from the date of execution hereof to the Closing, Sellers shall use reasonable efforts, or shall use reasonable efforts to cause any third-party operator of the Assets, to maintain and operate the Assets in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with standard industry practices. Sellers shall pay or cause to be paid its proportionate share of all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such operations. To the extent Sellers receive written AFEs or actual notice of such, Sellers shall notify Buyer within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt of such notice of ongoing activities and major capital expenditures in excess of $75,000 per activity net to Sellers' interest conducted on the producing E&P Properties and shall not approve or participate in any such activities without written consent from Buyer. Buyer shall provide to Sellers Buyer's approval or notice of disapproval no later than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time Sellers' response is due pursuant to such AFE. Buyer's failure to provide such notice shall be deemed to be approval of the AFE.

(2) Restrictions. Subject to subsection (1), unless Sellers obtain the prior written consent of Buyer to act otherwise, Sellers will use good faith efforts within the provisions of the applicable operating agreements and other applicable agreements, or cause any third-party operator of the Assets to use good faith efforts, not to (i) abandon any part of the Assets (except in the ordinary course of business or the abandonment of leases upon the expiration of their respective primary terms or if not capable of production in paying quantities), (ii) approve any operations on the properties anticipated in any instance to cost the owner of the Assets more than $75,000 per activity net to Sellers' interest (excepting emergency operations, operations required under presently existing contractual obligations, ongoing commitments under existing AFE's and operations undertaken to avoid a monetary penalty or forfeiture provision of any applicable agreement or order), (iii) convey or dispose of any material part of the Assets (other than replacement of equipment or sale of oil, gas, and other liquid products produced from the Assets in the regular course of business) or enter into any farmout, farmin or other similar contract affecting the Assets if the net expense to Sellers' interest will be in excess of $75,000, (iv) let lapse any insurance now in force with respect to the Assets, (vi) materially modify or terminate any Material Agreements, or (vii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution in respect of capital stock of the Sellers or any other payment to Sellers' shareholders. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, with respect to any Asset owned by Sellers not subject to an operating agreement, unless Sellers obtain the prior written consent from Buyer to act otherwise, Sellers will not convey or dispose of all or any portion of the Leases, Wells, or other Asset (except lease terminations or expirations triggered by the passage of time) or enter

-20-

into any farmout, farmin or similar contract affecting such undeveloped acreage owned by Sellers.

(3) Marketing. Unless Sellers obtain the prior written consent of Buyer to act otherwise, Sellers will not amend any existing marketing contracts currently in existence, or enter into any new marketing contracts or agreements providing for the sale of Hydrocarbons for a term in excess of 30 days.

(b) Organizational Status. Sellers shall use their reasonable efforts to maintain its organizational status from the date hereof until the Closing and to assure that as of the Closing Date it will not be under any material corporate, legal or contractual restriction that would prohibit or delay the timely consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Notices of Claims. Sellers shall promptly notify Buyer, if, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Sellers receive written notice of any material Claim.

(d) Compliance with Laws. During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, Sellers shall attempt in good faith to comply in all material respects with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders relating to the ownership and operation of the Assets.

(e) Insurance. During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, Sellers shall maintain its insurance as such insurance is now in force with respect to the Assets. Furthermore, Sellers shall purchase an extension of its Directors' and Officers' insurance policy, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit F, for a period of one year following the Closing Date for coverage of employment practices and liability claims.

(f) Books and Records. During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, Sellers shall maintain the books and records related to the Assets in a manner consistent with past practices.

(g) Preferential Rights. Commencing promptly after the date of this Agreement and continuing to the Closing Date, Sellers shall provide notice to all third parties that have or may have a preferential right to purchase some portion of the Assets. Sellers shall provide all information necessary to comply with the notice and other provisions of the applicable contract in which the preferential right is contained, and shall advise Buyer, no later than ten days prior to the Closing Date, of the status of each preferential right.

(h) Consents to Transfer. Commencing promptly after the date of this Agreement and continuing to the Closing Date, Sellers shall use their reasonable efforts to secure any consents necessary from third parties for the transfer or assignment of any Asset to Buyer.

(i) Access to Confidential Information. During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, Sellers shall give their consent to Buyer's potential lenders' access to the Reserve Report and other evaluation material, and shall use reasonable efforts to

-21-

secure such consents from third parties, subject to the execution of appropriate confidentiality agreements by the potential lenders.

6.2 COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF BUYER. Buyer covenants and agrees with Sellers that:

(a) Organizational Status. Buyer shall maintain its organizational status from the date hereof until the post-Closing adjustment, and assure that as of the Closing Date it will not be under any material corporate, legal or contractual restriction that would prohibit or delay the timely consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby.

(b) Bonding; Insurance. On or before five Business Days prior to Closing, Buyer shall provide evidence to Sellers that Buyer has arranged to have in place, to be effective at Closing and relating to the ownership of the Assets after the Closing (i) all necessary state, federal, tribal and local bonds and
(ii) insurance as is reasonable and customary in the industry.

6.3 FILINGS; OTHER ACTION. Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided Buyer and Sellers shall and shall cause any appropriate other party to:
(a) use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with one another in (i) determining which filings are required to be made prior to the Closing with, and which consents, approvals, permits, or authorizations are required to be obtained prior to the Closing from any Governmental Authority, in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) timely making all such filings and timely seeking all such consents, approvals, permits, or authorizations; and (b) use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all other action and do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper, or appropriate to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6.4 ACCESS TO INFORMATION.

(a) Subject to the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and the Indemnity Agreement, the Sellers shall, and shall cause officers of Seller to, afford the officers and directors of Buyer complete access at all reasonable times from the date hereof through the Closing to Seller's officers, key employees, properties, facilities, books, records and contracts and shall furnish Buyer all financial, operating and other data and information regarding the Assets, as Buyer through its officers, employees or agents, may reasonably request in a form that Buyer may reasonably request, including data required for Buyer to operate the Assets after Closing; provided there is no material cost to or effort required by Sellers to furnish such information.

(b) Without limiting the provisions of Section 6.4(a), Sellers shall (i) deliver to Buyer on or before November 20, 2002, a full set of financial statements prepared on a consistent basis, in accordance with GAAP, for the nine month period ending September 30, 2002, (ii) make available to the Buyer access to sufficient financial and accounting information and records to enable the Buyer to work forward all balances of the Sellers, from September 30, 2002 to the date of the Closing, (iii) make available to the Buyer access to the books and records of the Sellers so that the Buyer may perform reasonable due diligence procedures on the Balance Sheet and the results of operations for the six month period then ended and to verify the compliance of those financial statements with GAAP, (iv) make available to the Buyer access to

-22-

sufficient financial and accounting information and records to enable the Buyer to work forward all balances of the Sellers, from June 30, 2002 to September 30, 2002, (v) permit Buyer to confirm cash balances directly to the Sellers' bank(s), (vi) permit Buyer to confirm debt balances and debt covenant compliance directly to the bank(s), (vii) subject to prior approval by Sellers of any communication initiated by Buyer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, permit Buyer to confirm balances of amounts owing at both June 30, 2002 and September 30, 2002 directly with Sellers' vendors, and (viii) subject to prior approval by Sellers of any communication initiated by Buyer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, permit Buyer to confirm accounts receivable balances at both June 30, 2002 and September 30, 2002 directly with sales customers.

6.5 NOTICE OF INACCURATE INFORMATION. Seller and Buyer each will notify the other in writing as soon as possible of any events or occurrences that have happened or that are reasonable foreseeable and that have caused or that are reasonable foreseeable to cause any of the information contained in this Agreement or in the Schedules to this Agreement to become inaccurate or incomplete.

6.6 ACCESS TO EMPLOYEES. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Sellers shall allow Buyer to interview Sellers' employees for the purpose of determining, in Buyer's sole discretion, whether to employ such employees after the Closing. Sellers shall cooperate with Buyer's request, if any, regarding the transition of employees from employment with Sellers to employment with Buyer.

6.7 TERMINATION OF SELLERS' EMPLOYEES. To the extent consistent with applicable law, Sellers shall take such steps as required to (i) terminate the employment by Sellers of all of Sellers' employees as of the Closing Date, (ii) pay to all such employees such severance payments and related benefits to which such employees may be entitled, (iii) use reasonable efforts to secure from all employees a signed release, waiving any claims that an employee might have against either Seller.

ARTICLE VII

TAX MATTERS

7.1 TAX REPORTS AND RETURNS. For the Tax period in which the Effective Time occurs, Sellers agree to immediately forward to Buyer any such Tax reports and returns received by Sellers after Closing and provide Buyer with appropriate information which is necessary for Buyer to file any required Tax reports and returns. Buyer agrees to file all Tax returns and reports applicable to the Assets that Buyer is required to file after the Closing, pay all required Taxes payable with respect to the Assets and indemnify Seller against liability for the payment of Taxes and the filing of Tax returns (except for income tax returns of Sellers) or reports, provided, however, that Sellers shall be responsible for and pay when due income taxes of Sellers arising from the operation of the Assets through the Closing Date and from the sale of the Assets.

7.2 SALES TAXES. Buyer shall be liable for and shall indemnify Sellers for, any sales and use taxes, conveyance, transfer and recording fees and real estate transfer stamps or taxes that may be imposed on any transfer of the Assets pursuant to this Agreement.

-23-

ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

8.1 SELLERS' CONDITIONS. The obligations of Sellers at the Closing are subject, at the option of Sellers, to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

(a) The shareholders of New Intoil shall have approved the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(b) Buyer shall have performed in all material respects its obligations contained in this Agreement required to be performed on or prior to the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement and in any document delivered in connection herewith shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by material, materiality or similar words, which shall be true and correct) as if made on the Closing Date (or to the extent that any such representation or warranty is expressly made as of another specified date, the same shall be true and correct, or true and correct in all material respects, as applicable, as of such specified date), and Sellers shall have received a certificate of the President or a Vice President of Buyer, dated the Closing Date certifying to such effect in the form attached as Exhibit D-1; and

(c) No order shall have been entered by any court or governmental agency having jurisdiction over the parties or the subject matter of this Agreement that restrains or prohibits the purchase and sale contemplated by this Agreement and which remains in effect at the time of Closing.

(d) Sellers shall have received an opinion of Buyer's Counsel substantially in the form attached as Exhibit I.

8.2 BUYER'S CONDITIONS. The obligations of Buyer at the Closing are subject, at the option of Buyer, to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions:

(a) Sellers shall have performed in all material respects their obligations contained in this Agreement required to be performed on or prior to the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of Sellers contained in this Agreement and in any document delivered in connection herewith shall be true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by material, materiality or similar words, which shall be true and correct) as of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date (or to the extent that any such representation or warranty is expressly made as of another specified date, the same shall be true and correct, or true and correct in all material respects, as applicable, as of such specified date), and Buyer shall have received a certificate of the President or a Vice President of Sellers, dated the Closing Date, certifying to such effect in the form attached as Exhibit D-2; and

(b) No order shall have been entered by any court or governmental agency having jurisdiction over the parties or the subject matter of this Agreement that restrains or prohibits the purchase and sale contemplated by this Agreement and which remains in effect at the time of Closing.

-24-

(c) Buyer shall have received an opinion of Sellers' Counsel substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J.

(d) Buyer shall have received a proposed Settlement Statement no later than nine (9) days prior to the Closing Date reflecting the applicable party's Purchase Price Adjustments as of the date of Sellers' delivery of such statement.

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

9.1 TERMINATION BY MUTUAL CONSENT. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date, by the mutual consent of Buyer and Sellers.

9.2 TERMINATION BY SELLERS. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date by action of the board of directors of Sellers (i) if all conditions to Closing set forth in Sections 8.1 of this Agreement shall not have been waived or satisfied by December 23, 2002 (the "Outside Closing Date"); provided that Sellers shall not be in breach in any material respect of their obligations under this Agreement, (ii) if the aggregate of adjustments to the Purchase Price for Title Defects pursuant to Section 3.6 are equal to or greater than $750,000, or (iii) if the aggregate of adjustments to the Purchase Price for Environmental Breaches pursuant to Section 3.7 are equal or greater than $750,000.

9.3 TERMINATION BY BUYER. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date, by action of the board of directors of Buyer (i) if all conditions to Closing set forth in Section 8.2 hereof shall not have been waived or satisfied by the Outside Closing Date; provided that Buyer shall not be in breach in any material respect of its obligations under this Agreement,
(ii) if the aggregate of adjustments to the Purchase Price for Title Defects pursuant to Section 3.6 are equal to or greater than $750,000, or (iii) if the aggregate of adjustments to the Purchase Price for Environmental Breaches pursuant to Section 3.7 are equal or greater than $750,000.

9.4 EFFECT OF TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT. Subject to (a), (b), (c) and
(d) of this Section 9.4, if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Article IX, all obligations of the parties hereto shall terminate.

(a) If all of the conditions of Sections 8.2 have been waived by Buyer or satisfied, Sellers are not in breach in any material respect of its obligations under this Agreement, and Buyer fails or refuses to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, then Sellers shall, in addition to any and all remedies available to them in law or in equity as a result of such failure or refusal, receive the Deposit pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. If pursued, such election to receive the Deposit and any actual damages incurred shall be Sellers' sole remedy.

(b) If all of the conditions of Section 8.1 have been waived by Sellers or satisfied, Buyer is not in breach in any material respect of its obligations under this Agreement, and Sellers fails or refuses to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, then

-25-

Sellers shall immediately instruct the Escrow Agent to return the Deposit to Buyer, with all accrued interest, and Buyer may elect to seek any and all remedies available to it in law or equity as a result of such failure or refusal.

(c) If the parties mutually agree to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1 or if (ii) Buyer is not in breach in any material respect of its obligations under this Agreement and (x) Buyer elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.3, or (y) Sellers elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.2, then Buyer shall be entitled to a distribution of the Deposit and all interest earned thereon from the Escrow Agent.

(d) Except as set forth in (a) and (b) of this Section 9.4, if this Agreement is terminated as permitted in Section 9.2 or 9.3 and such termination results from the willful (i) failure to perform a material covenant of this Agreement or (ii) breach by either party hereto of any material representation or warranty contained in this Agreement, then such party shall be fully liable for any and all damage, loss, liability and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred or suffered by the other party as a result of such failure or breach.

9.5 EXTENSION; WAIVER. At any time prior to the Closing Date, any party to this Agreement may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other party hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement, and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained in this Agreement. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party.

ARTICLE X

SURVIVAL

10.1 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. The parties hereto agree that none of their respective representations, warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive after the Closing Date, and that only those covenants that by their express terms survive the Closing shall survive after the Closing Date.

ARTICLE XI

CLOSING

11.1 THE CLOSING. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP at 1550 17th Street, Suite 500, Denver, Colorado 80202 at 10:00 a.m., local time, on December 16, 2002 or at such other time, date, or place as the parties may agree. The date on which the Closing occurs is hereinafter referred to as the "Closing Date."

-26-

11.2 CLOSING OBLIGATIONS. At Closing, the following events shall occur, each being a condition precedent to the others and each being deemed to have occurred simultaneously with the others:

(a) Sellers shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Buyer assignments, bills of sale and conveyances of the Assets, effective as of the Effective Time to Buyer (in sufficient counterparts to facilitate filing and recording) as follows:

(1) substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 conveying the E&P Properties listed on Exhibit A, with a special warranty of title by, through and under Sellers but not otherwise and with no warranties, express or implied, as to the personal property and fixtures, which are conveyed "as is, where is."

(2) such other assignments, bills of sale, or deeds necessary to transfer the Assets to Buyer, including an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-2, and also including without limitation any conveyances on official forms of the Bureau of Land Management and each State in which the E&P Properties are located and related documentation necessary to transfer the Assets to Buyer in accordance with requirements of governmental regulations (collectively, the "Conveyances");

(3) Sellers and Buyer shall execute the assignment of the Office Lease;

(b) Sellers and Buyer shall execute and deliver the Settlement Statement;

(c) Buyer shall deliver to Sellers the Closing Amount by wire transfer in immediately available funds, or by such other method as may be agreed to by the parties hereto;

(d) Sellers shall deliver to Buyer possession of the Assets;

(e) Buyer shall deliver to Sellers evidence of appropriate State, federal, tribal and local bonds relating to ownership of the Assets after the Closing and certificates of insurance evidencing that Buyer has obtained appropriate insurance covering the Assets;

(f) Sellers shall deliver to Buyer a certificate substantiating its non-foreign status in accordance with Treasury Regulations under Section 1445 of the Code, in the form of Exhibit G ("FIRPTA Certificate");

(g) Sellers shall deliver to the purchasers of Sellers' Hydrocarbons, letters in lieu of transfer orders, stating that proceeds from such sales of the Hydrocarbons shall be distributed to Buyer after the Effective Time (the "Letters in Lieu"). Such Letters in Lieu shall be in the form of Exhibit H.

(h) Buyer shall deliver to Sellers the opinion described in
Section 8.1(d);

(i) Sellers shall deliver to Buyer the opinion described in
Section 8.2(c).

-27-

(j) Sellers shall deliver proof of insurance coverage for Employment Practices and Liability Insurance for claims against Sellers for a one-year period after the Closing Date.

(k) Seller shall deliver to Buyer releases of the liens on the Assets securing the Company Debt.

ARTICLE XII

POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS

12.1 RECORDS. At and after the Closing Date, Sellers shall make the Records available for pick up by Buyer. Sellers may retain copies of the Records and Sellers shall have the right to review and copy the Records during business hours upon reasonable notice to Buyer. Buyer agrees not to destroy or otherwise dispose of the Records for a period of six years after the Closing without giving Sellers reasonable notice and an opportunity to copy said Records.

12.2 ADDITIONAL PROCEEDS. From and after the Closing, promptly after receipt thereof, but only to the extent that such proceeds shall not have been the subject of an adjustment to the Purchase Price, (i) Seller agrees to pay promptly to Buyer any and all proceeds received by Seller that are attributable to the production of Hydrocarbons from the Assets on or after the Effective Time and (ii) Buyer agrees to pay to Seller any and all proceeds that are attributable to the production of Hydrocarbons from the Assets prior to the Effective Time including any of such proceeds that were held in suspense by the purchasers of production. All such payments to be made to Buyer shall include the royalty or mineral owners' share of production which may be received by Sellers and which is not distributed to the royalty or mineral owner because of title defect or other similar reasons, and Buyer shall indemnify Seller against any claim by such owner arising out of the distribution or improper payment of such proceeds.

12.3 FURTHER ASSURANCES. From time to time after Closing, Sellers and Buyer shall each execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other such further instruments and take such other action as may be reasonably requested in order more effectively to assure to the Buyer the full ownership, beneficial use and enjoyment of the Assets and otherwise to accomplish the purposes of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. From and after the Closing, Buyer shall have the right and authority to collect for its account all items to which it is entitled as provided in this Agreement and to endorse with the name of either Seller any checks or drafts received on account of any such items. Sellers shall provide to Buyer a mailing list showing mail accounts that shall be forwarded to Sellers new post office box after the date of the Closing.

12.4 PURCHASE PRICE ALLOCATION - FORM 8594. Sellers and Buyer shall jointly prepare Internal Revenue Service Form 8594 consistently with the Purchase Price allocation set forth in Section 3.4.

-28-

ARTICLE XIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1 NOTICES. Any notice required to be given hereunder shall be sufficient if in writing, and sent by facsimile transmission and by same day or overnight courier service (with proof of service), hand delivery or certified or registered mail (return receipt requested and first-class postage prepaid), addressed as follows:

If to Buyer:                                If to the Sellers:

Bill Barrett Corporation                    Intoil, Inc. and Aratex Production Company
1099 18th Street, Suite 2300                P.O. Box 3438
Denver, CO 80202                            Englewood, CO  80155-3438
Attention:  Mr. J. Frank Keller             USA
Telephone:  (303) 293-9100                  Attention: Mr. Anis Ishteiwy
Facsimile:  (303) 291-0420                  Telephone: (303) 790-0940
                                            Facsimile: (303) 790-0946

With copies to (which copies shall not      With copies to (which copies shall not
constitute  notice):                        constitute notice):

Patton Boggs LLP                            Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP
1660 Lincoln Street, Suite 1900             1550 Seventeenth Street, Suite 500
Denver, CO 80264                            Denver, CO 80202
Attention:    David E. Brody                Attention: Larry E. Nemirow
              Francis Barron                           Scot W. Anderson
Telephone:  (303) 830-1776                  Telephone: (303) 892-9400
Facsimile:  (303) 860-1334                  Facsimile: (303) 893-1379

or to such other address as any party shall specify by written notice so given, and such notice shall be deemed to have been delivered as of the date so telecommunicated, personally delivered, or delivered by courier or on the third day after the mailing thereof.

13.2 ASSIGNMENT, BINDING EFFECT. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests, or obligations, hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto and certain stockholders of the Company and other named beneficiaries of covenants or agreements in the Agreement, or their respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators, and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

-29-

13.3 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, the confidentiality agreements between the parties hereto and any schedules or agreements delivered in connection with this Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings among the parties with respect thereto. The Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or until it terminates pursuant to its terms, whichever shall occur first. No information previously provided, addition to or modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon any party hereto unless made in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

13.4 AMENDMENT. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

13.5 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Colorado, without regard to its rules of conflict of laws. Subject to Section 13.11, forum and venue shall be exclusively in state and federal court in Denver, Colorado.

13.6 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all of the parties hereto. Executed counterparts transmitted by facsimile shall be effective as originals; provided originals of the executed counterparts are promptly delivered to the other party.

13.7 HEADINGS. Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only, and shall be given no substantive or interpretive effect whatsoever.

13.8 INTERPRETATION. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, words describing the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa, and words denoting any gender shall include all genders and words denoting natural persons shall include corporations and partnerships and vice versa.

13.9 WAIVERS. Except as provided in this Agreement, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision hereunder shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any prior or subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereunder.

13.10 SEVERABILITY. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction unless the same is material to the terms of this Agreement, in the judgment of either party to this Agreement, in which case the parties shall

-30-

negotiate in good faith to revise the same so as to be valid or enforceable. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

13.11 ARBITRATION. Subject to Section 3.8, any dispute between the parties shall be resolved by binding arbitration in Denver, Colorado in accordance with the following provisions; provided, however, that either party may seek injunctive relief to preserve the status quo pending arbitration.

(a) Any party may submit any dispute to arbitration by giving written notice to the other parties to such dispute. Within ten Business Days after receipt of such notice, each party to the dispute shall appoint one arbitrator and within ten Business Days thereafter the two arbitrators so appointed shall select a third arbitrator. If either party shall fail to make such appointment within such ten-day period, the other party may request the American Arbitration Association to appoint the second arbitrator. The American Arbitration Association may thereupon appoint the second arbitrator. If the two appointed arbitrators shall fail to select the third arbitrator within such ten-day period, the parties to the dispute shall mutually select the third arbitrator. If such parties are unable to agree upon such selection, then any party may, upon at least five Business Days' prior written notice to the other party, request the American Arbitration Association to appoint the third arbitrator. The American Arbitration Association may thereupon appoint the third arbitrator ("Third Arbitrator"). The Third Arbitrator shall be experienced in corporate and financial matters and shall be impartial and unrelated, directly or indirectly, so far as employment of services is concerned to either of the parties or any of their respective affiliates; provided that, to the extent concern matters of (i) oil and gas law, geology, and/or petroleum engineering and/or (ii) environmental law and/or environmental science, then the Third Arbitrator must be trained and knowledgeable in such matters.

(b) The Third Arbitrator shall investigate the facts and shall hold hearings at which the parties may conduct limited discovery, present evidence and arguments, be represented by counsel and conduct cross examination. The Third Arbitrator shall render a written decision on the matter presented to him or her as soon as practicable after his or her appointment and in any event not more than forty-five days after such appointment. The decision of the Third Arbitrator, which may include equitable relief, shall be final and binding on the parties hereto, and judgment upon the decision may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. If the Third Arbitrator shall fail to render a decision within such forty-five day period, either party may institute such action or proceeding in such court as shall be appropriate in the circumstances and upon the institution of such action, the arbitration proceeding shall be terminated and shall be of no further force and effect. The prevailing party (in the arbitration or in the court proceeding, as applicable) shall be awarded reasonable attorneys' fees, expert and nonexpert witness costs and expenses, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the arbitration, and the fees and costs of the Third Arbitrator shall be borne by the nonprevailing party unless, in either case, the Third Arbitrator or the court, as the case may be for good cause determine otherwise. In resolving any dispute, the Third Arbitrator shall apply the provisions of this Agreement, without varying therefrom in any respect. The Third Arbitrator shall not have the power to add to, modify or change any of the provisions of this Agreement.

-31-

(c) Expedited Arbitration. Subject to Section 3.8:

(1) A demand for arbitration shall be filed with the Denver office of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA").

(2) The parties shall attempt to select a mutually acceptable arbitrator. If the parties are unable to agree concerning the selection of an arbitrator within three (3) days of the respondent's receipt of the demand for arbitration, any party may notify AAA that the parties are unable to agree, and shall simultaneously provide a copy of its notice to all other parties. Within five (5) Business Days of AAA's receipt of notice from the parties that they are unable to agree to an arbitrator, AAA shall select an arbitrator.

(3) Within three (3) days of receipt of written notice confirming the selection of the arbitrator, each party may submit to the arbitrator a written brief in support of its position no longer than five
(5) pages, single spaced, on 8 1/2 by 11, with no more than twenty (20) pages of exhibits.

(4) The arbitrator shall follow applicable law and precedent.

(5) If the written briefs of both parties present one or more questions of law and no genuine issue as to any material fact, the arbitrator shall decide the dispute based solely upon the written submissions of the parties. If the arbitrator determines that there is a genuine concerning one or more material facts, the arbitrator may: (a) make a single request that the parties submit additional information or briefing within five (5) days of the arbitrator's request and/or (b) schedule a hearing to be held no later than five (5) Business Days after
(i) the notice scheduling the hearing, if no additional information or briefing is requested, or (ii) the last date permitted for the submission of additional information or briefs, if applicable. Any hearing shall be limited to two (2) days, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.

(6) The arbitrator shall render a decision within five (5) Business Days after the latest of: (a) the arbitrator's receipt of the written submissions of the parties; (b) the arbitrator's receipt of additional information or briefing requested by the arbitrator, if applicable; or (c) the conclusion of a hearing, if applicable. The arbitrator need not provide a written rationale for his or her decision.

(7) There shall be no appeal from the decision of the arbitrator, and the decision shall be enforceable in any court with jurisdiction.

(d) Each party shall bear its own attorneys' fees and costs and shall bear one-half of the AAA and arbitrator's fees and costs with respect to any Arbitration.

13.12 PUBLIC STATEMENTS. All public statements concerning this Agreement and the transactions contemplated pursuant to this agreement shall be made only upon the mutual consent of Buyer and Sellers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]

-32-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement and caused the same to be duly delivered on their behalf on the date first written above.

BUYER

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

By: /s/ J.F. Keller
    ------------------------------
Name: J.F. Keller
Title: Chief Operating Officer

SELLERS

INTOIL, INC.

By: /s/ Anis A. Ishteiwy
    ------------------------------
    Name: Anis A. Ishteiwy
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

ARATEX PRODUCTION COMPANY

By: /s/ Anis A. Ishteiwy
    ------------------------------
    Name: Anis A. Ishteiwy
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

-33-

EXHIBIT 10.10(a)

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, made and executed as of the 15th day of April, 2004 (this "Agreement"), by and between Bill Barrett Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and _______________, an individual resident of the State of Colorado (the "Indemnitee").

WHEREAS, the Company is aware that, in order to induce highly competent persons to serve the Company as directors or officers or in other capacities, the Company must provide such persons with adequate protection through insurance and indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that the increasing difficulty in obtaining directors' and officers' liability insurance, the increasing cost of such insurance and the general reductions in coverage of such insurance have made attracting and retaining such persons more difficult;

WHEREAS, the Company recognizes the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors and officers to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company's stockholders that the Company act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries on the condition that he/she be so indemnified.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Indemnitee do hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) "Change in Control" shall mean:


(i) a "change in control" of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A for a proxy statement filed under Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), as in effect on the date of this Agreement;

(ii) a "person" (as that term is used in 14(d)(2) of the Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act) directly or indirectly of securities representing 30% or more of the combined voting power for election of directors of the then outstanding securities of the Company unless (1) such person is a signatory to the Stockholders' Agreement for the Company and (2) such person becomes such a beneficial owner of such securities as a result of a transaction with one, or more than one, other person who is also a signatory to such Stockholders' Agreement;

(iii) the individuals who at the beginning of any period of two consecutive years or less (starting on or after the date of this Agreement) constitute the Company's Board of Directors cease for any reason during such period to constitute at least a majority of the Company's Board of Directors, unless the election or nomination for election of each new member of the Board of Directors was approved in advance by vote of a majority of the members of such Board of Directors then still in office who were members of such Board of Directors at the beginning of such period;

(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve any reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange as a result of which the common stock of the Company shall be changed, converted or exchanged into or for securities of another organization or any dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale or the disposition of 50% or more of the assets or business of the Company; or

(v) the stockholders of the Company approve any reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange with another corporation unless (1) the persons who were the beneficial owners of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company immediately before the consummation of such transaction beneficially own more than 60% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the successor or survivor corporation in such transaction immediately following the consummation of such transaction and (2) the number of shares of the common stock of such successor or survivor corporation beneficially owned by the persons described in Section 1(a)(v)(1) immediately following the

2

consummation of such transaction is beneficially owned by each such person in substantially the same proportion that each such person had beneficially owned shares of the Company common stock immediately before the consummation of such transaction, provided (3) the percentage described in Section 1(a)(v)(1) of the beneficially owned shares of the successor or survivor corporation and the number described in Section 1(a)(v)(2) of the beneficially owned shares of the successor or survivor corporation shall be determined exclusively by reference to the shares of the successor or survivor corporation which result from the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of the Company by the persons described in Section 1(a)(v)(1) immediately before the consummation of such transaction.

(b) "Disinterested Director" shall mean a director of the Company who is not or was not a party to the action, suit, investigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by the Indemnitee.

(c) "Expenses" shall include all attorneys' fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating or being or preparing to be a witness in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature.

(d) "Independent Counsel" shall mean a law firm or a member of a law firm that neither is presently nor in the past five years has been retained to represent (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to the action, suit, investigation or proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Independent Counsel" shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee's right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(e) "Stockholders' Agreement" shall mean the agreement, dated March 28, 2002, by and among the Company and the investors named therein, as may be amended from time to time.

2. SERVICE BY THE INDEMNITEE. The Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company and will discharge his/her duties and responsibilities to the best of his/her ability so long as the Indemnitee is duly elected or qualified in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the "Certificate"), and the Bylaws, as amended (the "Bylaws"), of the Company and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the "DGCL"), or until his/her earlier death, retirement, resignation or removal. The

3

Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other obligation, whether contractual or imposed by operation of law), in which event this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect after such resignation. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Indemnitee the right to continue in the employ of the Company or as a director of the Company, or affect the right of the Company to terminate, in the Company's sole discretion (with or without cause) and at any time, the Indemnitee's employment, in each case, subject to any contractual rights of the Indemnitee created or existing otherwise than under this Agreement.

3. INDEMNIFICATION. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee and advance Expenses to the Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by the Certificate, the Bylaws in effect as of the date hereof and the DGCL or other applicable law in effect on the date hereof and to any greater extent that the DGCL or applicable law may in the future from time to time permit. Without diminishing the scope of the indemnification provided by this
Section 3, the rights of indemnification of the Indemnitee provided hereunder shall include, but shall not be limited to, those rights hereinafter set forth, except that no indemnification shall be paid to the Indemnitee:

(a) on account of any action, suit or proceeding in which judgment is rendered against the Indemnitee for disgorgement of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law;

(b) on account of conduct of the Indemnitee which is finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been knowingly fraudulent or to constitute willful misconduct;

(c) in any circumstance where such indemnification is expressly prohibited by applicable law;

(d) with respect to liability for which payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, Bylaw or agreement (other than this Agreement), except in respect of any liability in excess of payment under such insurance, clause, Bylaw or agreement;

(e) if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful (and, in this respect, both the Company and the Indemnitee have been advised that it is the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable, and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to the appropriate court for adjudication); or

(f) in connection with any action, suit or proceeding by the Indemnitee against the Company or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned

4

subsidiaries or the directors, officers, employees or other Indemnitees of the Company or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, (i) unless such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) unless the action, suit or proceeding was previously authorized by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, (iii) unless such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law or (iv) except as provided in Sections 12 and 14 hereof.

4. ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN AN ACTION BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the indemnification rights provided in this Section 4 if the Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, other than an action by or in the right of the Company, by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, or is or was serving at the request of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other entity, including, but not limited to, another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, employee benefit plan, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any act or omission by him/her in such capacity. Pursuant to this Section 4, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties (including excise and similar taxes), fines and amounts paid in settlement which were actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding (including, but not limited to, the investigation, defense or appeal thereof), if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his/her conduct was unlawful.

5. ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the indemnification rights provided in this Section 5 if the Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, or is or was serving at the request of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity, including, but not limited to, another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, employee benefit plan, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any act or omission by him/her in any such capacity. Pursuant to this Section 5, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him/her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding (including, but not limited to the investigation, defense or appeal thereof), if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action, suit or proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in

5

view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Expenses which such court shall deem proper.

6. GOOD FAITH DEFINITION. For purposes of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful, if such action was based on any of the following: (a) the records or books of the account of the Company or other enterprise, including financial statements; (b) information supplied to the Indemnitee by the officers of the Company or other enterprise in the course of his/her duties; (c) the advice of legal counsel for the Company or other enterprise; or (d) information or records given in reports made to the Company or other enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or other enterprise.

7. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee has served on behalf of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, as a witness or other participant in any class action or proceeding, or has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 4 and 5 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, including, but not limited to, the dismissal of any action without prejudice, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith.

8. PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of such suit, action, investigation or proceeding described in Sections 4 and 5 hereof, but is not entitled to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

9. PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION. (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including documentation and information which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the Indemnitee's request for indemnification hereunder shall be borne by the Company. The Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the Indemnitee harmless for any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee under the immediately preceding sentence irrespective of the outcome of the determination of the Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification.

6

(b) Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 hereof, the entitlement of the Indemnitee to indemnification pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be determined by the following person or persons, who shall be empowered to make such determination: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel (unless the Indemnitee shall request in writing that such determination be made by the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) in the manner provided for in clause
(b)(ii) of this Section 9) in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee; (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board of Directors of the Company, by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors, or (B) if a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable, or if a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee. The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors and approved by the Indemnitee. Upon failure of the Board of Directors to so select, or upon failure of the Indemnitee to so approve, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Chancellor of the State of Delaware or such other person as the Chancellor shall designate to make such selection. Such determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than 45 days after receipt by the Company of a written request for indemnification. If the person making such determination shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as to part (but not all) of the application for indemnification, such person shall reasonably prorate such part of indemnification among such claims, issues or matters. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within 10 days after such determination.

10. PRESUMPTIONS AND EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS. (a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification hereunder and the Company shall have the burden of proof in the making of any determination contrary to such presumption.

(b) If the Board of Directors, or such other person or persons empowered pursuant to Section 9 to make the determination of whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, shall have failed to make a determination as to entitlement to indemnification within 45 days after receipt by the Company of such request, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be absolutely entitled to such indemnification, absent actual and material fraud in the request for indemnification or a prohibition of indemnification under applicable law. The termination of any action, suit, investigation or proceeding described in Sections 4 or 5 hereof by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself: (i) create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he/she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that the Indemnitee has reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful; or (ii) otherwise adversely affect the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnification, except as may be provided herein.

11. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. Subject to applicable law, all reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit

7

or proceeding, if so requested by the Indemnitee, within 20 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances. The Indemnitee may submit such statements from time to time. The Indemnitee's entitlement to such Expenses shall include those incurred in connection with any proceeding by the Indemnitee seeking an adjudication or award in arbitration pursuant to this Agreement. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith and shall include or be accompanied by a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee's good faith belief that the Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under this Agreement and an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses by the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. Each written undertaking to pay amounts advanced must be an unlimited general obligation but need not be secured, and shall be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment.

12. REMEDIES OF THE INDEMNITEE IN CASES OF DETERMINATION NOT TO INDEMNIFY OR TO ADVANCE EXPENSES. In the event that a determination is made that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder or if the payment has not been timely made following a determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Sections 9 and 10, or if Expenses are not advanced pursuant to
Section 11, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to a final adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction of the Indemnitee's entitlement to such indemnification or advance. Alternatively, the Indemnitee may, at the Indemnitee's option, seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator chosen by the Indemnitee and approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If the Indemnitee and the Company do not agree upon an arbitrator within 30 days following notice to the Company by the Indemnitee that it seeks an award in arbitration, the arbitrator will be chosen pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA"). The arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the rules of the AAA and an award shall be made within 60 days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in Denver, Colorado. The Company shall not oppose the Indemnitee's right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration or any other claim. Such judicial proceeding or arbitration shall be made de novo, and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a determination (if so made) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. If a determination is made or deemed to have been made pursuant to the terms of Section 9 or Section 10 hereof that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination and shall be precluded from asserting that such determination has not been made or that the procedure by which such determination was made is not valid, binding and enforceable. The Company further agrees to stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertions to the contrary. If the court or arbitrator shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to any indemnification hereunder, the Company shall pay all reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication or award in arbitration (including, but not limited to, any appellate proceedings).

13. NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM. Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, the Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company in

8

writing of the commencement thereof. The omission by the Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, except to the extent that the Company may suffer material prejudice by reason of such failure. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to any such action, suit or proceeding as to which the Indemnitee gives notice to the Company of the commencement thereof:

(a) The Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 13(b), to the extent that it may wish, the Company, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to the Indemnitee of its election to so assume the defense thereof, the Company shall not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other Expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ the Indemnitee's own counsel in such action, suit or proceeding, but the fees and Expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action and such determination by the Indemnitee shall be supported by an opinion of counsel, which opinion shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company, or
(iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of the action, in each of which cases the fees and Expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any action, suit or proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which the Indemnitee shall have reached the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above.

(c) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding affected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall not be required to obtain the consent of the Indemnitee to settle any action, suit or proceeding which the Company has undertaken to defend if the Company assumes full and sole responsibility for such settlement and such settlement grants the Indemnitee a complete and unqualified release in respect of any potential liability.

(d) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to this Section 13, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

9

The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of the policies.

14. OTHER RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement are cumulative, and not exclusive, and are in addition to any other rights to which the Indemnitee may now or in the future be entitled under any provision of the Bylaws or Certificate of the Company, the Certificate or Bylaws or other governing documents of any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, any vote of the stockholders or Disinterested Directors, any provision of law or otherwise. Except as required by applicable law, the Company shall not adopt any amendment to its Bylaws or Certificate the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber the Indemnitee's right to indemnification under this Agreement.

15. DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company, and any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company's performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not necessary or is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit or if the Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. However, the Company's decision whether or not to adopt and maintain such insurance shall not affect in any way its obligations to indemnify its officers and directors under this Agreement or otherwise. In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company's directors, if the Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company's officers, if the Indemnitee is not a director of the Company, but is an officer. The Company agrees that the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect regardless of whether liability or other insurance coverage is at any time obtained or retained by the Company; except that any payments made to, or on behalf of, the Indemnitee under an insurance policy shall reduce the obligations of the Company hereunder.

16. SPOUSAL INDEMNIFICATION. The Company will indemnify the Indemnitee's spouse to whom the Indemnitee is legally married at any time the Indemnitee is covered under the indemnification provided in this Agreement (even if the Indemnitee did not remain married to him or her during the entire period of coverage) against any pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation for the same period, to the same extent and subject to the same standards, limitations, obligations and conditions under which the Indemnitee is provided indemnification herein, if the Indemnitee's spouse (or former spouse) becomes involved in a pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation solely by reason of his or her

10

status as the Indemnitee's spouse, including, without limitation, any pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation that seeks damages recoverable from marital community property, jointly-owned property or property purported to have been transferred from the Indemnitee to his/her spouse (or former spouse). The Indemnitee's spouse or former spouse also may be entitled to advancement of Expenses to the same extent that the Indemnitee is entitled to advancement of Expenses herein. The Company may maintain insurance to cover its obligation hereunder with respect to the Indemnitee's spouse (or former spouse) or set aside assets in a trust or escrow funds for that purpose.

17. INTENT. This Agreement is intended to be broader than any statutory indemnification rights applicable in the State of Delaware and shall be in addition to any other rights the Indemnitee may have under the Company's Certificate, Bylaws, applicable law or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company's Certificate, Bylaws, applicable law or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that the Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

18. ATTORNEY'S FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES TO ENFORCE AGREEMENT. In the event that the Indemnitee is subject to or intervenes in any proceeding in which the validity or enforceability of this Agreement is at issue or seeks an adjudication or award in arbitration to enforce the Indemnitee's rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement the Indemnitee, if he/she prevails in whole or in part in such action, shall be entitled to recover from the Company and shall be indemnified by the Company against any actual expenses for attorneys' fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee.

19. SUBROGATION. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

20. EFFECTIVE DATE. The provisions of this Agreement shall cover claims, actions, suits or proceedings whether now pending or hereafter commenced and shall be retroactive to cover acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions which heretofore have taken place. The Company shall be liable under this Agreement, pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 hereof, for all acts of the Indemnitee while serving as a director and/or officer, notwithstanding the termination of the Indemnitee's service, if such act was performed or omitted to be performed during the term of the Indemnitee's service to the Company.

21. DURATION OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten years after the Indemnitee has ceased to occupy any of the positions or have any relationships described in Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement and (b) the final termination of all pending or threatened actions, suits, proceedings or investigations to which the Indemnitee may be subject by reason of the fact that he/she is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other entity, including, but not limited to, another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, employee benefit plan, joint venture, trust or

11

other enterprise, or by reason of any act or omission by the Indemnitee in any such capacity. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though he/she may have ceased to be a director or officer of the Company, or any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any corporation or other entity which may have acquired all or substantially all of the Company's assets or business or into which the Company may be consolidated or merged, and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee and his/her spouse, successors, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors, administrators or other legal representations. The Company shall require any successor or assignee (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

22. DISCLOSURE OF PAYMENTS. Except as expressly required by any federal securities laws or other federal or state law, neither party hereto shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained.

23. SEVERABILITY. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, all portions of any Sections of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifest by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

24. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed by one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be required to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

25. CAPTIONS. The captions and headings used in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

26. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION AND WAIVER. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof, and no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall limit or restrict any right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect

12

of any act or omission of the Indemnitee prior to the effective date of such supplement, modification or amendment unless expressly provided therein.

27. NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested with postage prepaid, on the date shown on the return receipt or (c) delivered by facsimile transmission on the date shown on the facsimile machine report:

(a) If to the Indemnitee to:

Facsimile:

(b) If to the Company to:

Bill Barrett Corporation
Attn: General Counsel
1099 18th Street, Suite 2300 Denver, CO 80202
Facsimile: (303) 291-0420

or to such other address as may be furnished to the Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by the Indemnitee, as the case may be.

28. GOVERNING LAW. The parties hereto agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts of law principles.

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION:

By ________________________
Name:
Title:

INDEMNITEE:

By_________________________

14

Exhibit 10.10(b)

Schedule of Officers and Directors Party to Indemnification Agreements in the Form of Exhibit 10.10(a)

William J. Barrett
John F. Keller
Fredrick J. Barrett
Robert W. Howard
Kurt M. Reinecke
Terry R. Barrett
Huntington T. Walker
Wilfred R. Roux
Dominic J. Bazile II
Thomas B. Tyree, Jr.
Francis B. Barron
Philippe S.E. Schreiber
Roger L. Jarvis
Jeffrey A. Harris
Henry Cornell
Richard Aube


EXHIBIT 10.11

[Bill Barrett Corporation Letterhead]

January 10, 2003

Thomas B. Tyree, Jr.
14 East 90th Street, Apartment 3C
New York, New York 10128

Dear Tom:

As we have discussed, the attached binding term sheet sets forth the terms of your employment with Bill Barrett Corporation. If the term sheet accurately reflects our agreement, please sign two copies of this letter below and return one of them to me.

Sincerely,

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

/s/ William J. Barrett
-----------------------------------
By:  William J. Barrett
Its:  Chief Executive Officer

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

/s/ Thomas B. Tyree, Jr.
------------------------------

Thomas B. Tyree, Jr.


BILL BARRETT CORPORATION
TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT OF THOMAS B. TYREE, JR.
AS CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

This binding term sheet is made and entered into by and between Thomas B. Tyree, Jr. and Bill Barrett Corporation on this 10th day of January 2003.

Start Date                 Not later than February 3, 2003, subject to reaching
                           an acceptable agreement with The Goldman Sachs Group,
                           Inc. regarding separation from that firm. Employment
                           with Barrett will not be terminated by Barrett prior
                           to July 31, 2004 other than for "Cause" (as defined
                           in the equity documentation) in order to preserve
                           vesting of Goldman Sachs equity awards through that
                           date.

Position and Location      Chief Financial Officer, reporting directly to the
                           Chief Executive Officer and Barrett's board of
                           directors. Work location will be Denver.

Salary                     Annual base salary at least $200,000, subject to
                           annual review by Barrett's board of directors.

Equity Investment          Opportunity to purchase up to $1,000,000 of fully
Opportunity                vested Series B Preferred Stock at a purchase price
                           of $5.00 per share within 5 months following start
                           date.

Equity Awards                   -     A "Tranche A option" to purchase up to
                                      500,000 shares of Barrett common stock at
                                      an exercise price of $6.50 per share. This
                                      option will be an ISO to the extent not
                                      limited by Internal Revenue Code Section
                                      422(d), and will be documented in the same
                                      manner as the Tranche A options currently
                                      outstanding.

                                -     A "Tranche B option" to purchase up to
                                      650,000 shares of Barrett common stock at
                                      an exercise price of $0.08824 per share.
                                      This option will be an ISO to the extent
                                      not limited by Internal Revenue Code
                                      Section 422(d), and will be documented in
                                      the same manner as the Tranche B options
                                      currently outstanding.

                                -     400,000 shares of Barrett common stock
                                      ("Management Stock" as defined in the
                                      Stockholders' Agreement), to be purchased
                                      at a price of $0.08824 per share.

                                       2

                           Management Stock vesting will be on the same schedule
                           as current management (i.e., commencing January
                           2002). Vesting of options will commence on the "Grant
                           Date," which will be the same date as the start date
                           described above.

Benefits                   Eligible for all executive and employee benefits,
                           perquisites and bonus plans, including participation
                           in all health, life insurance, retirement plans and
                           any cash bonus programs, made available to other
                           senior executives of Barrett.

                           Barrett will pay any COBRA premiums for health
                           coverage during the period between departure from
                           Goldman and commencement of Barrett health benefits.

                           For a termination without Cause after July 31, 2004,
                           severance equal to the amount provided under any
                           severance plan or program adopted for senior
                           executives of Barrett.

Business Expenses          Reimbursement by Barrett for all reasonable business
                           expenses incurred in connection with the performance
                           of duties as Barrett's Chief Financial Officer,
                           including up to $15,000 for legal and other fees in
                           connection with the commencement of employment.

Relocation Expenses        Reimbursement by Barrett for all reasonable
                           relocation expenses, not to exceed $300,000,
                           including (1) house-hunting trips (some with family),
                           (2) moving expenses, (3) any brokerage commissions,
                           state and city real estate transfer taxes, legal and
                           other fees incurred in connection with the sale of
                           current residence in New York City, and (4) through
                           July 31, 2003, cost of suitable temporary housing and
                           family-related air travel expenses. The benefits in
                           this paragraph will be provided in a manner that
                           causes no tax disadvantage, which may require Barrett
                           to pay "gross-up" payments (not included for purposes
                           of the above cap).

3

EXHIBIT 10.12

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN

As Adopted As Of January 29, 2003

This Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option (the "Plan") is adopted by Bill Barrett Corporation (the "Company") effective as of January 29, 2003 and amends and restates in its entirety the 2002 Stock Option Plan as adopted as of January 11, 2002 and as previously amended and restated as of July 16, 2002.

1. Definitions.

Unless otherwise indicated or required by the particular context, the terms used in this Plan shall have the following meanings:

Board: The Board Of Directors of the Company.

Change in Control: A "Change in Control" shall mean any of the following events: (i) for so long as the Stockholders' Agreement remains in effect, the consummation of any transaction effected pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Stockholders' Agreement, and (ii) for so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company are outstanding, any event or the consummation of any transaction that constitutes a Liquidation Event pursuant to the terms of such Series B Preferred Stock. In all cases, if the Optionee is an employee of the Company and the Optionee's employment is terminated within 30 days prior to a Change in Control and the Optionee reasonably demonstrates that such termination (i) was at the request of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control and who effectuates a Change in Control (a "Third Party") or (ii) otherwise occurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control which actually occurs, then the date of a Change in Control with respect to such Optionee shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of such Optionee's employment.

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Stock: The $.001 par value common stock of the Company.

Company: Bill Barrett Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware, any current or future wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, and any successors in interest by merger, operation of law, assignment or purchase of all or substantially all of the property, assets or business of the Company.

Date Of Grant: The date on which an Option, as defined below, is granted under the Plan.

Fair Market Value: The Fair Market Value of the Option Shares as of any date shall be either (i) if there is a public market for the Common Stock, the last reported sale price for the Common Stock on that date (or on the preceding stock market business day if such date is a Saturday, Sunday or a holiday) on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), American Stock Exchange ("AMEX"), or the Nasdaq Stock Exchange ("Nasdaq"), as reported by such exchange or market, as the case may be, or, if not reported by such exchange or market, as reported in The Wall Street Journal, or if not reported in The


Wall Street Journal, as reported in The Denver Post, Denver, Colorado or, if no last sale price for the NYSE, AMEX or Nasdaq is available, then the last reported sale price on either another stock exchange or on a national or local over-the-counter market, as reported by such exchange or market or, if not reported by such exchange or market, as reported by The Wall Street Journal, or if not available there, in The Denver Post; provided, that if no such published last sale price is available and a published bid price is available from one of those sources, then Fair Market Value shall be determined by such last reported bid price for the Common Stock, and if no such published bid price is available, then Fair Market Value shall be determined by the average of the bid prices quoted as of the close of business by any two independent persons or entities making a market for the Common Stock, such persons or entities to be selected by the Option Committee, or (ii) if there is no public market for the Common Stock, as determined by the unanimous resolution of all directors of the Board; provided, that if the Board does not or is unable to make such a determination, Fair Market Value shall be made by an investment banking firm of recognized national standing selected by the Board (or, if shares of Series B Preferred Stock are then outstanding, selected by a majority of the persons nominated or appointed to the Board by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, which firm shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority of the directors of the Board), which firm shall be engaged and paid by the Company and the determination of Fair Market Value of such investment banking firm (or, if such investment bank determines a range of fair market values, the mid-point of such range) shall be final and binding on all parties.

Incentive Options: "Incentive stock options" as that term is defined in Section 422 of the Code or the successor to that Section. In determining whether Options or a portion of Options granted to an Optionee pursuant to this Plan are Incentive Options, Tranche B Options (as defined in
Section 4(b) below) held by that Optionee shall be considered Incentive Options to the fullest extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code prior to considering whether Tranche A Options (as defined in Section 4(b) below) held by that Optionee are Incentive Options.

Key Employee: A person designated by the Option Committee who is an employee of the Company and whose continued employment is considered to be in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that Key Employees shall not include those members of the Board who are not employees of the Company. Employee means any person who is employed by the Company or a subsidiary thereof, and whose wages are reported on a Form W-2. The Company's classification as to who is an employee shall be determinative for purposes of an individual's eligibility under the Plan.

Key Individual: A person, other than an employee of the Company, who is committed to the interests of the Company; provided, however, that Key Individuals shall not include those members of the Board who are not employees of the Company.

Non-Employee Director: A director of the Company who (a) is not currently an officer of the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, or otherwise currently employed by the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, (b) does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a director, except for an amount that does not exceed the dollar amount for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 404(a), promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), (c) does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure by the Company would be required pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 404(a), and (d) is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure by the Company would be required pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 404(a).

Non-Qualified Options: Options that are not intended to qualify, or otherwise do not qualify, as Incentive Options. To the extent that Options that are designated by the Option Committee as

2

Incentive Options do not qualify as "incentive stock options" under Section 422 of the Code or the successor to that Section, those Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Options.

Option: The rights to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of an Option Agreement (defined below).

Option Agreement: The written agreement (including any amendments or supplements thereto) between the Company and either a Key Employee or a Key Individual designating the terms and conditions of an Option.

Option Committee: The Plan shall be administered by an Option Committee ("Option Committee") composed of the Board or by a committee of at least two directors selected by the Board; provided, however, that (a) if the Option Committee consists of less than the entire Board, each member shall be a Non-Employee Director and (b) to the extent necessary for any Option intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to so qualify, each member of the Option Committee, whether or not it consists of the entire Board, shall be an Outside Director. For purposes of the proviso to the preceding sentence (the "Proviso"), if one or more members of the Committee is not, in the case of clause (a) of the Proviso, a Non-Employee Director, or, in the case of clause
(b) of the Proviso, an Outside Director, and, in either case, recuses himself or herself or abstains from voting with respect to a particular action taken by the Option Committee, then the Option Committee, with respect to that action, shall be deemed to consist only of the members of the Option Committee who have not recused themselves or abstained from voting.

Option Shares: The shares of Common Stock underlying an Option granted pursuant to this Plan.

Optionee: A Key Employee or Key Individual who has been granted an Option.

Outside Director: "Outside Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 162 of the Code or the successor to that Section and any regulations promulgated under that or the successor to that Section.

Performance-Based Compensation: "Performance-Based Compensation" means any Option that is intended to constitute "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Permitted Transferee: A Permitted Transferee means, with respect to any Optionee, (i) the spouse of the Optionee, (ii) a trust, or family partnership, the sole beneficiary of which is the Optionee, the spouse of, or any person related by blood or adoption to, the Optionee; provided, that any such transfers to a Permitted Transferee do not conflict with or constitute a violation of state or federal securities laws.

Stockholders' Agreement: The Bill Barrett Corporation Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002, among the Company and the stockholders of the Company whose names appear on the signature pages thereto.

Subsequent Change In Control: A "Subsequent Change In Control" shall mean, at any time that both (x) the Stockholders' Agreement is not in effect and (y) no shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company are outstanding, any of the following events:

3

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) immediately after which such Person has "Beneficial Ownership" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of thirty percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that in determining whether a Subsequent Change in Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Subsequent Change in Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (1) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by
(x) the Company or (y) any corporation or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or its equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company (a "Subsidiary"), (2) the Company or any Subsidiary, (3) any Person in connection with a "Non-Control Transaction" as defined in paragraph (c) below, or (4) any of Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P. (collectively, the "Purchasers"), or any of their affiliates pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 28, 2002 among the Company and the Purchasers or any other agreement between the Company and any of the Purchasers entered into at any time prior to the time that both (x) the Stockholders' Agreement is not in effect and (y) no shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company are outstanding.

(b) The individuals who, as of the date that the Stockholders' Agreement is no longer in effect, are members of the Board (the "Incumbent Board"), cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds of the Board; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, further, however, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened "Election Contest" (defined as any solicitation subject to Rules 14a-1 to 14a-10 promulgated under the Exchange Act by any person or group of persons for the purpose of opposing a solicitation subject to Rules 14a-1 to 14a-10 by any other person or group of persons with respect to the election or removal of directors at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board (a "Proxy Contest") including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest; or

(c) Consummation of:

(1) A merger, consolidation or reorganization involving the Company, unless

(A) the stockholders of the Company, immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such merger, consolidation or reorganization, a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or reorganization (the "Surviving Corporation") or a corporation beneficially owning, directly or indirectly, a majority of the Voting Securities of the Surviving Corporation (a "Parent Corporation") in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of

4

the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, and

(B) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute a majority of the members of the board of directors of either the Surviving Corporation or a Parent Corporation, and

(C) no Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company, the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary, or any Person who, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization had Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent or more of the then outstanding Voting Securities) owns, directly or indirectly, thirty percent or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation's then outstanding voting securities (unless there is a Parent Corporation, in which event of the Parent Corporation's then outstanding voting securities), and

(D) a transaction described in the immediately preceding clauses (A) through (C) shall herein be referred to as a "Non-Control Transaction";

(2) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(3) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a Subsidiary).

(d) Notwithstanding subclauses (a), (b) or (c) above, a Subsequent Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, provided that if a Subsequent Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Subsequent Change in Control shall occur.

In all cases, if the Optionee is an employee of the Company and the Optionee's employment is terminated within 30 days prior to a Subsequent Change in Control and the Optionee reasonably demonstrates that such termination (i) was at the request of a Third Party (as defined in the definition of Change in Control) or (ii) otherwise occurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Subsequent Change in Control which actually occurs, then the date of a Subsequent Change in Control with respect to such Optionee shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of such Optionee's employment.

5

2. Purpose And Scope.

(a) The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by affording Key Employees and Key Individuals, upon whose initiative and efforts, in the aggregate, the Company is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its business, an opportunity for investment in the Company and the incentive advantages inherent in stock ownership in the Company.

(b) This Plan authorizes the Option Committee to grant Incentive Options to Key Employees and to grant Non-Qualified Options to Key Employees and Key Individuals, selected by the Option Committee while considering criteria such as employment position or other relationship with the Company, duties and responsibilities, ability, productivity, length of service or association, morale, interest in the Company, recommendations by supervisors, the interests of the Company, and other matters.

3. Administration Of The Plan.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Option Committee. The Option Committee shall have the authority granted to it under this Section and under each other section of the Plan.

(b) In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Option Committee shall select the Optionees and shall determine (i) the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option, (ii) the date on which each Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option is to be granted, (iii) whether an Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option shall be granted in exchange for the cancellation and termination of a previously granted option or options under the Plan or otherwise, (iv) subject to Sections 4(b), 6 and 18, the exercise price for the Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option Shares, provided that the exercise price shall be a fixed, and cannot be a fluctuating, price, (v) subject to
Section 8, the option period, including provisions for the termination of the Option prior to the expiration of the exercise period upon the occurrence of certain events, (vi) subject to Sections 8 and 20, the manner in which the Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option vests and becomes exercisable, including whether portions or all of the Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option vest and become exercisable at different times and including determining that, at any time, the unvested portion that is not yet exercisable shall become vested and exercisable upon the occurrence of certain events, (vii) subject to
Section 9, the acceptable methods of payment of the purchase price for each Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option, and (viii) such other terms and conditions as the Option Committee may deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that no Option may be repriced, replaced, regranted through cancellation, or modified without stockholder approval (except in connection with a change in the Company's capitalization), if the effect would be to reduce the exercise price for the shares underlying such Option. The Option Committee shall determine the form of Option Agreement to evidence each Option and may amend the terms of any Option (subject to Section 3(d) below). All Options are subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and privileges of the Plan in addition to the terms, conditions, restrictions and privileges contained in the Option Agreement. No Option granted under this Plan shall be effective unless memorialized in writing by the Option Committee in an Option Agreement delivered to and signed by the Optionee.

(c) The Option Committee from time to time may adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the purposes of the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interests of the Company. The Option Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings and those minutes shall be distributed to every member of the Board.

6

(d) The Board from time to time may make such changes in and additions to the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interests of the Company; provided, that no such change or addition shall impair any Option previously granted under the Plan unless the change or addition is consented to by the holder of the previously granted Option; and provided, further, that no change which under applicable law requires the approval of stockholders may be made without such approval; and provided, further, that if shares of Series B Preferred Stock are then outstanding, no change may be made without the approval of a majority of the persons nominated or appointed to the Board by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock.

(e) Each determination, interpretation or other action made or taken by the Option Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including without limitation, the Company, the stockholders, directors, officers and employees of the Company, and the Optionees and their respective successors in interest. No member of the Option Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Option Committee shall be, in addition to rights they may have as directors of the Company, fully protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

4. The Common Stock.

(a) The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to Options granted pursuant to this Plan shall be 7,650,000 shares of Common Stock, either treasury or authorized and unissued, or the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities which in accordance with
Section 10 shall be substituted for the 7,650,000 shares or into which such 7,650,000 shares shall be adjusted. All or any unsold shares subject to an Option, that for any reason expires or otherwise terminates before it has been exercised (including Options converted as payment of the purchase price for Options), again may be made subject to Options under the Plan. No one person may be granted during any two year period Options under the Plan to purchase more than 1,300,000 shares.

(b) At no time prior to the date that the Stockholders' Agreement is no longer in effect (i) may the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be (or have been) issued pursuant to Options ("Tranche A Options") granted pursuant to this Plan with a purchase price of $6.50 or more per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations, or similar transactions with respect to shares of Common Stock) exceed the lesser of (A) 5,500,000 shares or (B) 8.34066% of the then outstanding Common Stock of the Company (1) excluding Management Stock (as defined in the Stockholders' Agreement) that has not vested as a result of Dollar Vesting (as defined in the Stockholders' Agreement), (2) excluding all Common Stock previously issued pursuant to all Tranche A Options and Tranche B Options and (3) including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of outstanding convertible securities, including the conversion of the Series B Preferred calculated on the basis that all shares of Series B Preferred have been converted at the "Conversion Ratio" as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Series B Preferred Stock and with the conversion of the Series A Preferred calculated on the basis that all shares of Series A Preferred have been converted at the "Conversion Ratio" as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) may the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be (or have been) issued pursuant to Options ("Tranche B Options") granted pursuant to this Plan with a purchase price from and including $0.04412 up to (but excluding) $6.50 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations, or similar transactions with respect to shares of Common Stock) exceed the lesser of (A) 2,150,000 shares or (B) 3.30769% of the then outstanding Common Stock of the Company (1) excluding Management Stock (as defined in the Stockholders' Agreement) that has not vested as a result of Dollar Vesting (as defined in the Stockholders' Agreement), (2) excluding all Common Stock previously issued pursuant to all Tranche A Options and Tranche B Options and (3) including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon

7

the conversion of outstanding convertible securities, including the conversion of the Series B Preferred calculated on the basis that all shares of Series B Preferred have been converted at the "Conversion Ratio" as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Series B Preferred Stock and with the conversion of the Series A Preferred calculated on the basis that all shares of Series A Preferred have been converted at the "Conversion Ratio" as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock, or (iii) may any Option be granted pursuant to this Plan with a purchase price of less than $0.04412 per share.

5. Eligibility.

Incentive Options may be granted only to Key Employees. Non-Qualified Options may be granted both to Key Employees and to Key Individuals. Key Employees and Key Individuals may hold more than one Option under the Plan and may hold Options under the Plan as well as options granted pursuant to other plans or otherwise.

6. Option Price.

Subject to Section 4(b), the Option Committee shall determine the purchase price for the Option Shares; provided, that with respect to Option Shares underlying Incentive Options (a) the purchase price shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares on the Date Of Grant and (b) the purchase price shall be a fixed, and cannot be a fluctuating, price.

7. Exercise Period.

(a) Except as provided in Section 16, the option period shall commence on the Date Of Grant or other date or dates determined by the Option Committee and shall continue for the period designated by the Option Committee up to a maximum of ten years from the Date Of Grant.

(b) No portion of any Option with a Date Of Grant after February 3, 2003 may be exercised earlier than the following schedule:

                Date                               Portion Exercisable
                ----                               -------------------
First Anniversary of Date of Grant                        40%
Second Anniversary of Date of Grant                       60%
Third Anniversary of Date of Grant                        80%
Fourth Anniversary of Date of Grant                      100%

If an Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries on any date other than an anniversary date of the Date of Grant, the portion of any Option that may be exercised will be the sum of (i) that portion that became exercisable on the last anniversary date of the Date of Grant, plus (ii) the product of 20% and a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months elapsed since the most recent anniversary of the Date of Grant and the denominator of which is 12.

(c) Subject to the restrictions set forth above, the Option Agreement for each Option shall set forth the dates on which portions of such Option may be exercised. Notwithstanding Section 7(b), the date on which all or any portion of an Option may be exercised may be accelerated upon a Change in Control to the extent set forth in the related Option Agreement or as otherwise provided in Section 20.

8

8. Exercise Of Options.

(a) Each Option shall be exercised in whole or in part by delivering to the office of the Treasurer of the Company written notice of the number of shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised and by paying in full the purchase price for the Option Shares purchased as set forth in Section 9 herein; provided, that an Option may not be exercised in part unless the purchase price for the Option Shares purchased is at least $1,000.

(b) During the lifetime of an Optionee, an Option held by such Optionee shall be exercisable only by such Optionee; provided, that in the event of the death of such Optionee, the personal representative or estate of such Optionee may exercise any Option held by such Optionee; provided, further, that in the event of the legal disability of such Optionee, the guardian or personal representative of such Optionee may exercise any Incentive Option held by such Optionee if such guardian or personal representative obtains a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel to the effect that neither the grant nor the exercise of such power is violative of Section 422(b)(5), or its successor provision, of the Code. Any opinion of counsel must be acceptable to the Option Committee both with respect to the counsel rendering the opinion and with respect to the form of opinion.

(c) (1) If for any reason (other than the termination of an Optionee's employment because of such Optionee's death or legal disability or the termination of such Optionee's employment by the Company for Cause), any Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company, then any Options held by such Optionee may be exercised within three (3) months after such termination of the Optionee's employment or, if the Optionee dies during the three-month period immediately following such termination, within one year after Optionee's death, but, in each case, only to the extent that (A) such Options were exercisable in accordance with their terms on the date of termination of such Optionee's employment, and (B) the period for exercise of such Options, as set forth in the related Option Agreement, has not terminated as of the date of exercise. Upon termination of the respective periods set forth in the previous sentence, any unexercised portion of an Option shall expire.

(2) If an Optionee's employment with the Company is terminated because of such Optionee's death or legal disability, any Option held by such Optionee may be exercised within one (1) year after termination, but only to the extent that (A) such Option was exercisable in accordance with their terms on the date of termination of such Optionee's employment, and (B) the period for exercise of such Option, as set forth in the related Option Agreement, has not terminated as of the date of exercise. Upon termination of the respective periods set forth in the previous sentence, any unexercised portion of an Option shall expire.

(3) If an Optionee's employment by the Company is terminated for Cause, (A) all Options held by such Optionee shall expire upon delivery to such Optionee of notice of termination, which may be oral or in writing, and all rights to purchase shares pursuant to such Options shall terminate immediately, and (B) at the Company's option, all Option Shares acquired by such Optionee shall be immediately forfeit without any action on the part of such Optionee, and the Company shall promptly reimburse such Optionee the aggregate purchase price actually paid by such Optionee for such Option Shares. As used in herein, "Cause" means discharge by the Company on any of the following grounds:

(i) An Optionee's conviction or plea of nolo contendere in a court of law of any crime or offense, excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses;

(ii) Willful misconduct which materially adversely affects the reputation or business activities of the Company and which continues after written notice thereof from the

9

Board to such Optionee stating with specificity the alleged misconduct and, if requested by Optionee within 10 days thereafter, such Optionee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to be heard before the Board;

(iii) Substance abuse, including abuse of alcohol or use of illegal narcotics, and other drugs or substances, for which such Optionee fails to undertake and maintain treatment after 15 days after requested by the Company;

(iv) Misappropriation of funds or other material acts of dishonesty involving the Company;

(v) Such Optionee's continuing material failure or refusal to perform his duties or to carry out in all material respects the lawful directives of the Board.

(d) No Option may be exercised until the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company as provided in Section 16 below.

9. Payment For Option Shares. If payment for the exercise of an Option is made other than by a method described in Sections 9(a) or 9(b), the purchase price shall be paid in cash, certified funds, or Optionee's check. Payment shall be considered made when the Treasurer of the Company receives delivery of the payment at the Company's address, provided that a payment made by check is honored when first presented to the Optionee's bank. Beginning 180 days after the consummation of any firm commitment underwritten offering of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (i) for which the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), (ii) in which each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company converts pursuant to the terms thereof into shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate value, based on the price to public in such offering, of at least $7.50 per share, and
(iii) pursuant to which shares of Common Stock are authorized and approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange or admitted to trading and quoted in the Nasdaq National Market system (a "Qualified Public Offering"), payment for the exercise of an Option may be made pursuant to the following methods:

(a) If the Option Committee, in its sole discretion on a case-by-case basis, agrees to permit the proposed form of payment described in this Section 9(a), an Optionee may deliver shares of Common Stock as part of the purchase price for Option Shares. If the purchase price of the Option Shares purchased by any Optionee at one time exceeds $1,000, all or part of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be paid by delivery to the Company for cancellation shares of the Common Stock previously owned by the Optionee ("Previously Owned Shares") with a Fair Market Value as of the date of the payment equal to the portion of the purchase price for the Option Shares that the Optionee does not pay in cash. Notwithstanding the above, an Optionee shall be permitted to exercise his Option by delivering Previously Owned Shares only if (i) he has held, and provides appropriate evidence of such, the Previously Owned Shares for more than six months prior to the date of exercise (or such lesser period as the Option Committee may permit), or (ii) the Previously Owned Shares were acquired by the Optionee in an arm's-length, open-market transaction, or (iii) the Previously Owned Shares consist of a combination of shares meeting the criteria described in either of the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii). The period described in clause (i) of the preceding sentence (the "Holding Period") may be extended by the Option Committee acting in its sole discretion as is necessary, in the opinion of the Option Committee, so that, under generally accepted accounting principles, no compensation shall be considered to have been or to be paid to the Optionee as a result of the exercise of the Option in this manner. At the time the Option is exercised, the Optionee shall provide an affidavit, and such other evidence and documents as the Option Committee shall request, to establish, as applicable, that the requirements of subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 9(a) have been satisfied.

10

(b) An Optionee also may pay the purchase price for Option Shares by delivering to the Company and to a broker-dealer, which broker-dealer shall be subject to approval by the Option Committee at the Option Committee's sole discretion, a written notice of exercise, in the form prescribed by the Option Committee, together with the Optionee's irrevocable instructions to the broker-dealer to promptly deliver to the Company certified funds representing the purchase price, which certified funds may be the result of the broker-dealer's sale of some or all of the Option Shares received upon exercise or the result of a loan from the broker-dealer to the Optionee.

10. Change In Stock, Adjustments, Etc.

Subject to Section 20, in the event that each of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than shares held by dissenting stockholders which are not changed or exchanged) should be changed into, or exchanged for, a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of the Company, or if further changes or exchanges of any stock or other securities into which the Common Stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, shall be made (whether by reason of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividends, reclassification, split-up, combination of shares or otherwise), then there shall be substituted for each share of Common Stock that is subject to the Plan but not subject to an outstanding Option hereunder, the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities into which each outstanding share of Common Stock (other than shares held by dissenting stockholders which are not changed or exchanged) shall be so changed or for which each outstanding share of Common Stock (other than shares held by dissenting stockholders) shall be so changed or for which each such share shall be exchanged. Any securities so substituted shall be subject to similar successive adjustments.

In the event of any such changes or exchanges, (i) the Option Committee shall determine whether an adjustment should be made in the number, or kind, or purchase price of the shares or other securities that are then subject to an Option or Options granted pursuant to the Plan, (ii) the Option Committee shall make any such adjustment, and (iii) such adjustments shall be made and shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

11. Relationship To Employment Or Position.

Nothing contained in the Plan, or in any Option or Option Share granted pursuant to the Plan, (i) shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuance of his employment by, or position or affiliation with, or relationship to, the Company, or (ii) shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to terminate the Optionee's employment by, position or affiliation with, or relationship to, the Company.

12. Nontransferability Of Option.

No Option shall be transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, in the case of an Option other than an Incentive Option, pursuant to a domestic relations order (within the meaning of Rule 12a-12 promulgated under the Exchange Act), and Options shall be exercisable during the lifetime of an Optionee only by the Optionee or his or her guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may set forth in the Option Agreement (other than for an Incentive Option) at the time of grant or thereafter, that the Option may be transferred to Permitted Transferees of the Optionee, and for purposes of this Plan, a Permitted Transferee of an Optionee shall be deemed to be the Optionee. The terms of an Option shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

11

13. Rights As A Stockholder.

No person shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any share covered by an Option until that person shall become the holder of record of such share and, except as provided in Section 10, no adjustments shall be made for dividends or other distributions or other rights as to which there is an earlier record date.

14. Securities Laws Requirements.

No Option Shares shall be issued unless and until, in the opinion of the Company, any applicable registration requirements of the Securities Act, any applicable listing requirements of any securities exchange on which stock of the same class is then listed, and any other requirement of law or of any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such issuance and delivery, have been fully complied with. Each Option Agreement and each Option Share certificate may be imprinted with legends reflecting federal and state securities laws restrictions and conditions, and the Company may comply therewith and issue "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent and registrar in good faith without liability.

15. Disposition Of Shares.

To the extent reasonably requested by the Company, each Optionee, as a condition of exercise, shall represent, warrant and agree, in a form of written certificate approved by the Company, as follows: (a) that all Option Shares are being acquired solely for his own account and not on behalf of any other person or entity; (b) that no Option Shares will be sold or otherwise distributed in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable federal or state securities laws; (c) that he will report all sales of Option Shares to the Company in writing on a form prescribed by the Company; and (d) that if he is subject to reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act,
(i) he will not violate Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, (ii) he will furnish the Company with a copy of each Form 4 and Form 5 filed by him, and (iii) he will timely file all reports required under the federal securities laws.

Each Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of any sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition (or action constituting a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 421 of the Code) of any shares of Common Stock acquired through exercise of an Incentive Option, within two (2) years after the grant of such Incentive Option or within one (1) year after the acquisition of such shares, setting forth the date and manner of disposition, the number of shares disposed of and the price at which such shares were disposed. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any compensation or other payments then or thereafter due to the Optionee such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy any withholding requirements of Federal or state law or regulation and, further, to collect from the Optionee any additional amounts which may be required for such purpose. The Company may, in its discretion, require shares of Common Stock acquired by a Optionee upon exercise of an Incentive Option to be held in an escrow arrangement for the purpose of enabling compliance with the provisions of this section.

16. Effective Date Of Plan; Termination Date Of Plan.

Subject to the approval of the Plan on or before January 10, 2003, and to the approval on or before January 28, 2004, of the amendments to this Plan approved by the Board of Directors on January 29, 2003, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock entitled to vote and represented at a meeting duly held in accordance with the applicable laws of the state in which the Company is then incorporated, the Plan shall be deemed effective as of January 11, 2002. The Plan shall terminate at midnight on the date that is ten years from that date, except as to Options previously granted and outstanding under the Plan at that time. No Options shall be granted after the date

12

on which the Plan terminates. The Plan may be abandoned or terminated at any earlier time by the Board, except with respect to any Options then outstanding under the Plan.

17. Limitation On Amount Of Option.

Notwithstanding any contrary provisions contained elsewhere in this Plan and so long as required by Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the time an Incentive Option is granted, of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year, under this Plan and stock options that satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code under any other stock option plan or plans maintained by the Company, shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock to be received by the Optionee for the first time in any one year pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Option ("ISO Stock") exceeds $100,000 based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date of the Incentive Option's grant, such excess shall be treated as Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of a Non-Qualified Option ("NQSO Stock"). The Company shall designate which shares of Common Stock to be received by the Optionee will be treated as ISO Stock and which shares of Common Stock, if any, will be treated as NQSO Stock by issuing separate share certificates identifying in the Company's share transfer records which shares are ISO Stock. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying any particular Incentive Option shall be determined as of the Date Of Grant of that Incentive Option.

18. Ten Percent Stockholder Rule.

No Incentive Option may be granted to a Key Employee who, at the time the Incentive Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any "parent corporation" or "subsidiary corporation", as those terms are defined in Section 424, or its successor provision, of the Code, unless at the time the Incentive Option is granted the purchase price for the Option Shares is at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares on the Date Of Grant and the Incentive Option by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date Of Grant. For purposes of the preceding sentence, stock ownership shall be determined as provided in Section 424, or its successor provision, of the Code.

19. Withholding Taxes.

The Company may withhold from any cash payment to be made to the Optionee sufficient amounts to cover any applicable withholding and employment taxes resulting from Options granted under this Plan, and if the amount of such cash payments is insufficient, the Company may require the Optionee to pay to the Company the amount required to be withheld as a condition to delivering the shares acquired pursuant to an Option. The Company also may withhold or collect amounts with respect to a disqualifying disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to exercise of an Incentive Option.

The Committee is authorized to adopt rules, regulations or procedures which provide for the satisfaction of a Optionee's tax withholding obligation by the retention of shares of Common Stock to which he otherwise would be entitled to or by the Optionee's delivery of previously-owned shares of Common Stock or other property. However, if the Company adopts rules, regulations or procedures which permit withholding obligations to be met by the retention of Common Stock to which an Optionee otherwise would be entitled pursuant to under the Plan, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock retained for such purpose shall not exceed the minimum required Federal, state and local tax withholding due upon exercise of the Option.

13

20. Effect Of Change In Control; Subsequent Change In Control.

(a) In event of a Change In Control of the Company, the Option Committee shall take all actions necessary to provide for each of the following:

(i) An Optionee may exercise immediately prior to such Change In Control (and subject to the consummation of such Change In Control) all or any portion of the Options held by such Optionee to the extent that such Options are then exercisable or become exercisable upon such Change In Control pursuant to the applicable Option Agreement, so that such Optionee may participate in such Change In Control as a holder of the Option Shares for which such Options are so exercised; and

(ii) An Optionee may surrender an Option (or portion thereof) and receive in exchange for each Option Share for which such Option is then exercisable or becomes exercisable upon such Change In Control pursuant to the applicable Option Agreement, an amount equal to the Option Share Transaction Consideration, payable at the election of the Company in cash or the same securities or property that is payable or distributable with respect to shares of Common Stock in such Change In Control. The "Option Share Transaction Consideration" shall equal the difference between (a) the aggregate consideration from such Change In Control paid or distributed with respect to one share of Common Stock (determined as if the aggregate consideration from the Change In Control had been distributed by the Company in complete liquidation pursuant to the rights and preferences set forth in the Company's organic documents) and (2) the exercise price payable by such Optionee for such Option Share pursuant to the related Option Agreement (without regard for any net exercise or cashless exercise provisions thereof). To the extent any Option is surrendered pursuant to this Subparagraph 20(a)(ii) it shall be deemed to have been exercised for purposes of Section 4.

(iii) At the Company's election, all Options not exercised or surrendered pursuant to Subparagraphs 20(a)(i) and 20(a)(ii) shall terminate in full upon such Change in Control. The Company shall notify each Optionee of the Company's election to have all Options terminate upon a Change in Control at least two business days prior to such Change in Control.

(b) If a Subsequent Change in Control occurs, then no later than
(i) ten days after the approval by the stockholders of the Company of such Subsequent Change in Control, or (ii) if no approval by the stockholders is necessary for such Subsequent Change in Control, 30 days after such Subsequent Change in Control, the Option Committee, acting in its sole discretion and without the consent or approval of any Optionee, shall effect one or more of the following alternatives, which alternatives may vary among individual Optionees and which may vary among Options held by any individual Optionee:

(i) Make any Options (or any portion thereof) then outstanding exercisable upon such Subsequent Change in Control;

(ii) Accelerate the time at which some or all of the Options (or any portion thereof) then outstanding may be exercised so that such Options (or any portion thereof) may be exercised for a limited period of time on or before a specified date (before or after such Subsequent Change in Control) fixed by the Option Committee, after which specified date all unexercised Options and all rights of Holders thereunder shall terminate;

(iii) Require the mandatory surrender to the Company by selected Optionees of some or all of the outstanding Options (or any portion thereof) held by such Optionees (irrespective of whether such Options (or any portion thereof) are then exercisable under the provisions of the Plan) as of a date, before or after such Subsequent Change in Control, specified by the Option Committee, in which

14

event the Option Committee shall thereupon cancel such Options (or any portion thereof) and cause the Company to pay each Optionee an amount of cash per share equal to the Option Share Transaction Consideration;

(iv) Make such adjustments to Options (or any portion thereof) then outstanding as the Option Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Subsequent Change in Control (provided, however, that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to one or more Options (or any portion thereof) then outstanding); or

(v) Provide that the number and class of shares of Common Stock covered by an Option (or any portion thereof) theretofore granted shall be adjusted so that such Option shall thereafter cover the number and class of shares of stock or other securities or property (including, without limitation, cash) to which the Optionee would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the transaction giving rise to the Subsequent Change in Control if the Optionee had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such Option.

21. Other Provisions.

The following provisions are also in effect under the Plan:

(a) The use of a masculine gender in the Plan shall also include within its meaning the feminine, and the singular may include the plural, and the plural may include the singular, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

(b) Any expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

(c) This Plan shall be construed to be in addition to any and all other compensation plans or programs. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power or authority of the Board to adopt such other additional incentive or other compensation arrangements as the Board may deem necessary or desirable.

(d) The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the Plan and of its rules and regulations, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have an interest therein or thereunder shall be governed by and determined exclusively and solely in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Company is then incorporated.

* * * * *

15

EXHIBIT 10.15

BILL BARRETT CORPORATION

2003 STOCK OPTION PLAN

As Adopted As Of December 11, 2003

This 2003 Stock Option (the "Plan") is adopted by Bill Barrett Corporation (the "Company") effective as of December 11, 2003.

1. Definitions.

Unless otherwise indicated or required by the particular context, the terms used in this Plan shall have the following meanings:

Board: The Board Of Directors of the Company.

Change in Control: A "Change in Control" shall mean any of the following events: (i) for so long as the Stockholders' Agreement remains in effect, the consummation of any transaction effected pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Stockholders' Agreement, and (ii) for so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company are outstanding, any event or the consummation of any transaction that constitutes a Liquidation Event pursuant to the terms of such Series B Preferred Stock. In all cases, if the Optionee is an employee of the Company and the Optionee's employment is terminated within 30 days prior to a Change in Control and the Optionee reasonably demonstrates that such termination (x) was at the request of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control and who effectuates a Change in Control (a "Third Party") or (y) otherwise occurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control which actually occurs, then the date of a Change in Control with respect to such Optionee shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of such Optionee's employment.

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Stock: The $.001 par value common stock of the Company.

Company: Bill Barrett Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware, any current or future wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, and any successors in interest by merger, operation of law, assignment or purchase of all or substantially all of the property, assets or business of the Company.

Date Of Grant: The date on which an Option, as defined below, is granted under the Plan.

Fair Market Value: The Fair Market Value of the Option Shares as of any date shall be either (i) if there is a public market for the Common Stock, the last reported sale price for the Common Stock on that date (or on the preceding stock market business day if such date is a Saturday, Sunday or a holiday) on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), American Stock Exchange ("AMEX"), or the Nasdaq Stock Exchange ("Nasdaq"), as reported by such exchange or market, as the case may be, or, if not reported by such exchange or market, as reported in The Wall Street Journal, or if not reported in The Wall Street Journal, as reported in The Denver Post,


Denver, Colorado or, if no last sale price for the NYSE, AMEX or Nasdaq is available, then the last reported sale price on either another stock exchange or on a national or local over-the-counter market, as reported by such exchange or market or, if not reported by such exchange or market, as reported by The Wall Street Journal, or if not available there, in The Denver Post; provided, that if no such published last sale price is available and a published bid price is available from one of those sources, then Fair Market Value shall be determined by such last reported bid price for the Common Stock, and if no such published bid price is available, then Fair Market Value shall be determined by the average of the bid prices quoted as of the close of business by any two independent persons or entities making a market for the Common Stock, such persons or entities to be selected by the Option Committee, or (ii) if there is no public market for the Common Stock, as determined by the unanimous resolution of all the members of the Option Committee; provided, that if the Option Committee does not or is unable to make such a determination, Fair Market Value shall be made by an investment banking firm of recognized national standing selected by the Option Committee (or, if shares of Series B Preferred Stock are then outstanding, selected by a majority of the persons nominated or appointed to the Board by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, which firm shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority of the directors of the Board), which firm shall be engaged and paid by the Company and the determination of Fair Market Value of such investment banking firm (or, if such investment bank determines a range of fair market values, the mid-point of such range) shall be final and binding on all parties.

Incentive Options: "Incentive stock options" as that term is defined in
Section 422 of the Code or the successor to that Section.

Key Employee: A person designated by the Option Committee who is an employee of the Company and whose continued employment is considered to be in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that Key Employees shall not include those members of the Board who are not employees of the Company. Employee means any person who is employed by the Company or a subsidiary thereof, and whose wages are reported on a Form W-2. The Company's classification as to who is an employee shall be determinative for purposes of an individual's eligibility under the Plan.

Key Individual: A person, other than an employee of the Company, who is committed to the interests of the Company; provided, however, that Key Individuals shall not include those members of the Board who are not employees of the Company.

Non-Employee Director: A director of the Company who (a) is not currently an officer of the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, or otherwise currently employed by the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, (b) does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a director, except for an amount that does not exceed the dollar amount for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 404(a), promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), (c) does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure by the Company would be required pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 404(a), and (d) is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure by the Company would be required pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 404(a).

Non-Qualified Options: Options that are not intended to qualify, or otherwise do not qualify, as Incentive Options. To the extent that Options that are designated by the Option Committee as Incentive Options do not qualify as "incentive stock options" under Section 422 of

2

the Code or the successor to that Section, those Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Options.

Option: The rights to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of an Option Agreement (defined below).

Option Agreement: The written agreement (including any amendments or supplements thereto) between the Company and either a Key Employee or a Key Individual designating the terms and conditions of an Option.

Option Committee: The Plan shall be administered by an Option Committee ("Option Committee") composed of the Board or by a committee of at least two directors selected by the Board; provided, however, that (a) if the Option Committee consists of less than the entire Board, each member shall be a Non-Employee Director and (b) to the extent necessary for any Option intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to so qualify, each member of the Option Committee, whether or not it consists of the entire Board, shall be an Outside Director. For purposes of the proviso to the preceding sentence (the "Proviso"), if one or more members of the Committee is not, in the case of clause (a) of the Proviso, a Non-Employee Director, or, in the case of clause
(b) of the Proviso, an Outside Director, and, in either case, recuses himself or herself or abstains from voting with respect to a particular action taken by the Option Committee, then the Option Committee, with respect to that action, shall be deemed to consist only of the members of the Option Committee who have not recused themselves or abstained from voting.

Option Shares: The shares of Common Stock underlying an Option granted pursuant to this Plan.

Optionee: A Key Employee or Key Individual who has been granted an Option.

Outside Director: "Outside Director" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 162 of the Code or the successor to that Section and any regulations promulgated under that or the successor to that Section.

Performance-Based Compensation: "Performance-Based Compensation" means any Option that is intended to constitute "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Permitted Transferee: A Permitted Transferee means, with respect to any Optionee, (i) the spouse of the Optionee, (ii) a trust, or family partnership, the sole beneficiary of which is the Optionee, the spouse of, or any person related by blood or adoption to, the Optionee; provided, that any such transfers to a Permitted Transferee do not conflict with or constitute a violation of state or federal securities laws.

Stockholders' Agreement: The Bill Barrett Corporation Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002, among the Company and the stockholders of the Company whose names appear on the signature pages thereto, as amended from time to time.

Subsequent Change In Control: A "Subsequent Change In Control" shall mean, at any time that both (x) the Stockholders' Agreement is not in effect and (y) no shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company are outstanding, any of the following events:

3

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the "Voting Securities") by any "Person" (as the term person is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) immediately after which such Person has "Beneficial Ownership" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of thirty percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that in determining whether a Subsequent Change in Control has occurred, Voting Securities which are acquired in a "Non-Control Acquisition" (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute an acquisition which would cause a Subsequent Change in Control. A "Non-Control Acquisition" shall mean an acquisition by (1) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (x) the Company or (y) any corporation or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or its equity securities or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company (a "Subsidiary"), (2) the Company or any Subsidiary, (3) any Person in connection with a "Non-Control Transaction" as defined in paragraph (c) below, or (4) any of Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P., GS Capital Partners 2000, L.P., J.P. Morgan Partners (BHCA), L.P. (collectively, the "Purchasers"), or any of their affiliates pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 28, 2002 among the Company and the Purchasers or any other agreement between the Company and any of the Purchasers entered into at any time prior to the time that both (x) the Stockholders' Agreement is not in effect and (y) no shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company are outstanding.

(b) The individuals who, as of the date that the Stockholders' Agreement is no longer in effect, are members of the Board (the "Incumbent Board"), cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds of the Board; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, further, however, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened "Election Contest" (defined as any solicitation subject to Rules 14a-1 to 14a-10 promulgated under the Exchange Act by any person or group of persons for the purpose of opposing a solicitation subject to Rules 14a-1 to 14a-10 by any other person or group of persons with respect to the election or removal of directors at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board (a "Proxy Contest") including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest; or

(c) Consummation of:

(1) A merger, consolidation or reorganization involving the Company, unless

(i) the stockholders of the Company, immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such merger, consolidation or reorganization, a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or reorganization (the "Surviving Corporation") or a corporation beneficially owning, directly or indirectly, a majority of the Voting Securities of the Surviving Corporation (a "Parent Corporation") in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Securities immediately before such merger, consolidation or reorganization, and

4

(ii) the individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such merger, consolidation or reorganization constitute a majority of the members of the board of directors of either the Surviving Corporation or a Parent Corporation, and

(iii) no Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company, the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary, or any Person who, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization had Beneficial Ownership of thirty percent or more of the then outstanding Voting Securities) owns, directly or indirectly, thirty percent or more of the combined voting power of the Surviving Corporation's then outstanding voting securities (unless there is a Parent Corporation, in which event of the Parent Corporation's then outstanding voting securities), and

(iv) a transaction described in the immediately preceding clauses (i) through (iii) shall herein be referred to as a "Non-Control Transaction";

(2) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(3) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person (other than a transfer to a Subsidiary).

(d) Notwithstanding subclauses (a), (b) or (c) above, a Subsequent Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the "Subject Person") acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, provided that if a Subsequent Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Subsequent Change in Control shall occur.

In all cases, if the Optionee is an employee of the Company and the Optionee's employment is terminated within 30 days prior to a Subsequent Change in Control and the Optionee reasonably demonstrates that such termination (i) was at the request of a Third Party (as defined in the definition of Change in Control) or (ii) otherwise occurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Subsequent Change in Control which actually occurs, then the date of a Subsequent Change in Control with respect to such Optionee shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of such Optionee's employment.

2. Purpose And Scope.

(a) The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by affording Key Employees and Key Individuals, upon whose initiative and efforts, in the aggregate, the Company is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its business, an opportunity for investment in the Company and the incentive advantages inherent in stock ownership in the Company.

5

(b) This Plan authorizes the Option Committee to grant Incentive Options to Key Employees and to grant Non-Qualified Options to Key Employees and Key Individuals, selected by the Option Committee while considering criteria such as employment position or other relationship with the Company, duties and responsibilities, ability, productivity, length of service or association, morale, interest in the Company, recommendations by supervisors, the interests of the Company, and other matters.

3. Administration Of The Plan.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Option Committee. The Option Committee shall have the authority granted to it under this Section and under each other section of the Plan.

(b) In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Option Committee shall select the Optionees and shall determine (i) the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option, (ii) the date on which each Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option is to be granted, (iii) whether an Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option shall be granted in exchange for the cancellation and termination of a previously granted option or options under the Plan or otherwise, (iv) subject to Sections 4(b), 6 and 18, the exercise price for the Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option Shares, provided that the exercise price shall be a fixed, and cannot be a fluctuating, price, (v) subject to
Section 8, the option period, including provisions for the termination of the Option prior to the expiration of the exercise period upon the occurrence of certain events, (vi) subject to Sections 7, 8 and 20, the manner in which the Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option vests and becomes exercisable, including whether portions or all of the Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option vest and become exercisable at different times and including determining that, at any time, the unvested portion that is not yet exercisable shall become vested and exercisable upon the occurrence of certain events, (vii) subject to
Section 9, the acceptable methods of payment of the purchase price for each Incentive Option and Non-Qualified Option, and (viii) such other terms and conditions as the Option Committee may deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that no Option may be repriced, replaced, regranted through cancellation, or modified without stockholder approval (except in connection with a change in the Company's capitalization), if the effect would be to reduce the exercise price for the shares underlying such Option. The Option Committee shall determine the form of Option Agreement to evidence each Option and may amend the terms of any Option (subject to Section 3(d) below). All Options are subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and privileges of the Plan in addition to the terms, conditions, restrictions and privileges contained in the Option Agreement. No Option granted under this Plan shall be effective unless memorialized in writing by the Option Committee in an Option Agreement delivered to and signed by the Optionee.

(c) The Option Committee from time to time may adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the purposes of the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interests of the Company. The Option Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings and those minutes shall be distributed to every member of the Board.

(d) The Board from time to time may make such changes in and additions to the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interests of the Company; provided, that no such change or addition shall impair any Option previously granted under the Plan unless the change or addition is consented to by the holder of the previously granted Option; and provided, further, that no change which under applicable law requires the approval of stockholders may be made without such approval; and provided, further, that if shares of Series B Preferred Stock are then

6

outstanding, no change may be made without the approval of a majority of the persons nominated or appointed to the Board by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock.

(e) Each determination, interpretation or other action made or taken by the Option Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including without limitation, the Company, the stockholders, directors, officers and employees of the Company, and the Optionees and their respective successors in interest. No member of the Option Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Option Committee shall be, in addition to rights they may have as directors of the Company, fully protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

4. The Common Stock.

(a) The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to Options granted pursuant to this Plan shall be 200,000 shares of Common Stock, either treasury or authorized and unissued, or the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities which in accordance with Section 10 shall be substituted for the 200,000 shares or into which such 200,000 shares shall be adjusted. All or any unsold shares subject to an Option, that for any reason expires or otherwise terminates before it has been exercised (including Options converted as payment of the purchase price for Options), again may be made subject to Options under the Plan. No one person may be granted during any two-year period Options under the Plan to purchase more than 100,000 shares.

(b) At no time prior to the date that the Stockholders' Agreement is no longer in effect may any Option be granted pursuant to this Plan with a purchase price of less than $1.00 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations, or similar transactions with respect to shares of Common Stock).

5. Eligibility.

Incentive Options may be granted only to Key Employees. Non-Qualified Options may be granted both to Key Employees and to Key Individuals. Key Employees and Key Individuals may hold more than one Option under the Plan and may hold Options under the Plan as well as options granted pursuant to other plans or otherwise.

6. Option Price.

Subject to Section 4(b), the Option Committee shall determine the purchase price for the Option Shares; provided, that with respect to Option Shares underlying Incentive Options (a) the purchase price shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares on the Date Of Grant and (b) the purchase price shall be a fixed, and cannot be a fluctuating, price.

7. Exercise Period.

(a) Except as provided in Section 16, the option period shall commence on the Date Of Grant or other date or dates determined by the Option Committee and shall continue for the period designated by the Option Committee up to a maximum of ten years from the Date Of Grant.

7

(b) No portion of any Option may be exercised earlier than the following schedule:

            Date                              Portion Exercisable
            ----                              -------------------
First Anniversary of Date of Grant                    25%
Second Anniversary of Date of Grant                   50%
Third Anniversary of Date of Grant                    75%
Fourth Anniversary of Date of Grant                  100%

(c) Subject to the restrictions set forth above, the Option Agreement for each Option shall set forth the dates on which portions of such Option may be exercised. Notwithstanding Section 7(b), the date on which all or any portion of an Option may be exercised may be accelerated upon a Change in Control to the extent set forth in the related Option Agreement or as otherwise provided in Section 20.

8. Exercise Of Options.

(a) Each Option shall be exercised in whole or in part by delivering to the office of the Treasurer of the Company written notice of the number of shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised and by paying in full the purchase price for the Option Shares purchased as set forth in Section 9 herein; provided, that an Option may not be exercised in part unless the purchase price for the Option Shares purchased is at least $1,000.

(b) During the lifetime of an Optionee, an Option held by such Optionee shall be exercisable only by such Optionee; provided, that in the event of the death of such Optionee, the personal representative or estate of such Optionee may exercise any Option held by such Optionee; provided, further, that in the event of the legal disability of such Optionee, the guardian or personal representative of such Optionee may exercise any Incentive Option held by such Optionee if such guardian or personal representative obtains a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel to the effect that neither the grant nor the exercise of such power is violative of Section 422(b)(5), or its successor provision, of the Code. Any opinion of counsel must be acceptable to the Option Committee both with respect to the counsel rendering the opinion and with respect to the form of opinion.

(c) (1) If for any reason (other than the termination of an Optionee's employment because of such Optionee's death or legal disability or the termination of such Optionee's employment by the Company for Cause), any Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company, then any Options held by such Optionee may be exercised within three (3) months after such termination of the Optionee's employment or, if the Optionee dies during the three-month period immediately following such termination, within one year after Optionee's death, but, in each case, only to the extent that (A) such Options were exercisable in accordance with their terms on the date of termination of such Optionee's employment, and (B) the period for exercise of such Options, as set forth in the related Option Agreement, has not terminated as of the date of exercise. Upon termination of the respective periods set forth in the previous sentence, any unexercised portion of an Option shall expire.

(2) If an Optionee's employment with the Company is terminated because of such Optionee's death or legal disability, any Option held by such Optionee may be exercised within one (1) year after termination, but only to the extent that (A) such Option was exercisable in accordance with their terms on the date of termination of such Optionee's

8

employment, and (B) the period for exercise of such Option, as set forth in the related Option Agreement, has not terminated as of the date of exercise. Upon termination of the respective periods set forth in the previous sentence, any unexercised portion of an Option shall expire.

(3) If an Optionee's employment by the Company is terminated for Cause, (A) all Options held by such Optionee shall expire upon delivery to such Optionee of notice of termination, which may be oral or in writing, and all rights to purchase shares pursuant to such Options shall terminate immediately, and (B) at the Company's option, all Option Shares acquired by such Optionee shall be immediately forfeit without any action on the part of such Optionee, and the Company shall promptly reimburse such Optionee the aggregate purchase price actually paid by such Optionee for such Option Shares. As used in herein, "Cause" means discharge by the Company on any of the following grounds:

(i) An Optionee's conviction or plea of nolo contendere in a court of law of any crime or offense, excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses;

(ii) Willful misconduct which materially adversely affects the reputation or business activities of the Company and which continues after written notice thereof from the Board to such Optionee stating with specificity the alleged misconduct and, if requested by Optionee within 10 days thereafter, such Optionee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to be heard before the Board;

(iii) Substance abuse, including abuse of alcohol or use of illegal narcotics, and other drugs or substances, for which such Optionee fails to undertake and maintain treatment after 15 days after requested by the Company;

(iv) Misappropriation of funds or other material acts of dishonesty involving the Company;

(v) Such Optionee's continuing material failure or refusal to perform the Optionee's duties or to carry out in all material respects the lawful directives of the Board.

(d) No Option may be exercised until the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company as provided in Section 16 below.

9. Payment For Option Shares. If payment for the exercise of an Option is made other than by a method described in Sections 9(a) or 9(b), the purchase price shall be paid in cash, certified funds, or Optionee's check. Payment shall be considered made when the Treasurer of the Company receives delivery of the payment at the Company's address, provided that a payment made by check is honored when first presented to the Optionee's bank. Beginning 180 days after the consummation of any firm commitment underwritten offering of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (i) for which the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), (ii) in which each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company converts pursuant to the terms thereof into shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate value, based on the price to public in such offering, of at least $7.50 per share, and (iii) pursuant to which shares of Common Stock are authorized and approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange or admitted to trading and quoted in the Nasdaq National Market system (a "Qualified Public Offering"), payment for the exercise of an Option may be made pursuant to the following methods:

9

(a) If the Option Committee, in its sole discretion on a case-by-case basis, agrees to permit the proposed form of payment described in this Section 9(a), an Optionee may deliver shares of Common Stock as part of the purchase price for Option Shares. If the purchase price of the Option Shares purchased by any Optionee at one time exceeds $1,000, all or part of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be paid by delivery to the Company for cancellation shares of the Common Stock previously owned by the Optionee ("Previously Owned Shares") with a Fair Market Value as of the date of the payment equal to the portion of the purchase price for the Option Shares that the Optionee does not pay in cash. Notwithstanding the above, an Optionee shall be permitted to exercise the Optionee's Option by delivering Previously Owned Shares only if (i) the Optionee has held, and provides appropriate evidence of such, the Previously Owned Shares for more than six months prior to the date of exercise (or such lesser period as the Option Committee may permit), or (ii) the Previously Owned Shares were acquired by the Optionee in an arm's-length, open-market transaction, or (iii) the Previously Owned Shares consist of a combination of shares meeting the criteria described in either of the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii). The period described in clause (i) of the preceding sentence (the "Holding Period") may be extended by the Option Committee acting in its sole discretion as is necessary, in the opinion of the Option Committee, so that, under generally accepted accounting principles, no compensation shall be considered to have been or to be paid to the Optionee as a result of the exercise of the Option in this manner. At the time the Option is exercised, the Optionee shall provide an affidavit, and such other evidence and documents as the Option Committee shall request, to establish, as applicable, that the requirements of subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 9(a) have been satisfied.

(b) An Optionee also may pay the purchase price for Option Shares by delivering to the Company and to a broker-dealer, which broker-dealer shall be subject to approval by the Option Committee at the Option Committee's sole discretion, a written notice of exercise, in the form prescribed by the Option Committee, together with the Optionee's irrevocable instructions to the broker-dealer to promptly deliver to the Company certified funds representing the purchase price, which certified funds may be the result of the broker-dealer's sale of some or all of the Option Shares received upon exercise or the result of a loan from the broker-dealer to the Optionee.

10. Change In Stock, Adjustments, Etc.

Subject to Section 20, in the event that each of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than shares held by dissenting stockholders which are not changed or exchanged) should be changed into, or exchanged for, a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of the Company, or if further changes or exchanges of any stock or other securities into which the Common Stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, shall be made (whether by reason of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividends, reclassification, split-up, combination of shares or otherwise), then there shall be substituted for each share of Common Stock that is subject to the Plan but not subject to an outstanding Option hereunder, the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities into which each outstanding share of Common Stock (other than shares held by dissenting stockholders which are not changed or exchanged) shall be so changed or for which each outstanding share of Common Stock (other than shares held by dissenting stockholders) shall be so changed or for which each such share shall be exchanged. Any securities so substituted shall be subject to similar successive adjustments.

10

In the event of any such changes or exchanges, (i) the Option Committee shall determine whether an adjustment should be made in the number, or kind, or purchase price of the shares or other securities that are then subject to an Option or Options granted pursuant to the Plan, (ii) the Option Committee shall make any such adjustment, and (iii) such adjustments shall be made and shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

11. Relationship To Employment Or Position.

Nothing contained in the Plan, or in any Option or Option Share granted pursuant to the Plan, (i) shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuance of the Optionee's employment by, or position or affiliation with, or relationship to, the Company, or (ii) shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to terminate the Optionee's employment by, position or affiliation with, or relationship to, the Company.

12. Nontransferability Of Option.

No Option shall be transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, in the case of an Option other than an Incentive Option, pursuant to a domestic relations order (within the meaning of Rule 12a-12 promulgated under the Exchange Act), and Options shall be exercisable during the lifetime of an Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may set forth in the Option Agreement (other than for an Incentive Option) at the time of grant or thereafter, that the Option may be transferred to Permitted Transferees of the Optionee, and for purposes of this Plan, a Permitted Transferee of an Optionee shall be deemed to be the Optionee. The terms of an Option shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

13. Rights As A Stockholder.

No person shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any share covered by an Option until that person shall become the holder of record of such share and, except as provided in Section 10, no adjustments shall be made for dividends or other distributions or other rights as to which there is an earlier record date.

14. Securities Laws Requirements.

No Option Shares shall be issued unless and until, in the opinion of the Company, any applicable registration requirements of the Securities Act, any applicable listing requirements of any securities exchange on which stock of the same class is then listed, and any other requirement of law or of any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such issuance and delivery, have been fully complied with. Each Option Agreement and each Option Share certificate may be imprinted with legends reflecting federal and state securities laws restrictions and conditions, and the Company may comply therewith and issue "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent and registrar in good faith without liability.

15. Disposition Of Shares.

To the extent reasonably requested by the Company, each Optionee, as a condition of exercise, shall represent, warrant and agree, in a form of written certificate approved by the Company, as follows: (a) that all Option Shares are being acquired solely for the Optionee's own account and not on behalf of any other person or entity; (b) that no Option

11

Shares will be sold or otherwise distributed in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable federal or state securities laws; (c) that the Optionee will report all sales of Option Shares to the Company in writing on a form prescribed by the Company; and (d) that if the Optionee is subject to reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, (i) the Optionee will not violate Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, (ii) the Optionee will furnish the Company with a copy of each Form 4 and Form 5 filed by him, and (iii) the Optionee will timely file all reports required under the federal securities laws.

Each Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of any sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition (or action constituting a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 421 of the Code) of any shares of Common Stock acquired through exercise of an Incentive Option, within two (2) years after the grant of such Incentive Option or within one (1) year after the acquisition of such shares, setting forth the date and manner of disposition, the number of shares disposed of and the price at which such shares were disposed. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any compensation or other payments then or thereafter due to the Optionee such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy any withholding requirements of Federal or state law or regulation and, further, to collect from the Optionee any additional amounts which may be required for such purpose. The Company may, in its discretion, require shares of Common Stock acquired by a Optionee upon exercise of an Incentive Option to be held in an escrow arrangement for the purpose of enabling compliance with the provisions of this section.

16. Effective Date Of Plan; Termination Date Of Plan.

Subject to the approval of the Plan on or before December 10, 2004, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock and each other class of securities entitled to vote and represented at a meeting duly held in accordance with the applicable laws of the state in which the Company is then incorporated, the Plan shall be deemed effective as of December 11, 2003. The Plan shall terminate at midnight on the date that is ten years from that date, except as to Options previously granted and outstanding under the Plan at that time. No Options shall be granted after the date on which the Plan terminates. The Plan may be abandoned or terminated at any earlier time by the Board, except with respect to any Options then outstanding under the Plan.

17. Limitation On Amount Of Option.

Notwithstanding any contrary provisions contained elsewhere in this Plan and so long as required by Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the time an Incentive Option is granted, of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year, under this Plan and stock options that satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code under any other stock option plan or plans maintained by the Company, shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock to be received by the Optionee for the first time in any one year pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Option ("ISO Stock") exceeds $100,000 based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date of the Incentive Option's grant, such excess shall be treated as Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of a Non-Qualified Option ("NQSO Stock"). The Company shall designate which shares of Common Stock to be received by the Optionee will be treated as ISO Stock and which shares of Common Stock, if any, will be treated as NQSO Stock by issuing separate share certificates identifying in the Company's share transfer records which shares are ISO Stock. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of the Shares

12

underlying any particular Incentive Option shall be determined as of the Date Of Grant of that Incentive Option.

18. Ten Percent Stockholder Rule.

No Incentive Option may be granted to a Key Employee who, at the time the Incentive Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any "parent corporation" or "subsidiary corporation", as those terms are defined in Section 424, or its successor provision, of the Code, unless at the time the Incentive Option is granted the purchase price for the Option Shares is at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares on the Date Of Grant and the Incentive Option by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date Of Grant. For purposes of the preceding sentence, stock ownership shall be determined as provided in Section 424, or its successor provision, of the Code.

19. Withholding Taxes.

The Company may withhold from any cash payment to be made to the Optionee sufficient amounts to cover any applicable withholding and employment taxes resulting from Options granted under this Plan, and if the amount of such cash payments is insufficient, the Company may require the Optionee to pay to the Company the amount required to be withheld as a condition to delivering the shares acquired pursuant to an Option. The Company also may withhold or collect amounts with respect to a disqualifying disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to exercise of an Incentive Option.

The Option Committee is authorized to adopt rules, regulations or procedures which provide for the satisfaction of a Optionee's tax withholding obligation by the retention of shares of Common Stock to which the Optionee otherwise would be entitled to or by the Optionee's delivery of previously-owned shares of Common Stock or other property. However, if the Company adopts rules, regulations or procedures which permit withholding obligations to be met by the retention of Common Stock to which an Optionee otherwise would be entitled pursuant to under the Plan, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock retained for such purpose shall not exceed the minimum required Federal, state and local tax withholding due upon exercise of the Option.

20. Effect Of Change In Control; Subsequent Change In Control.

(a) In event of a Change In Control of the Company, the Option Committee shall take all actions necessary to provide for each of the following:

(1) An Optionee may exercise immediately prior to such Change In Control (and subject to the consummation of such Change In Control) all or any portion of the Options held by such Optionee to the extent that such Options are then exercisable or become exercisable upon such Change In Control pursuant to the applicable Option Agreement, so that such Optionee may participate in such Change In Control as a holder of the Option Shares for which such Options are so exercised; and

(2) An Optionee may surrender an Option (or portion thereof) and receive in exchange for each Option Share for which such Option is then exercisable or becomes exercisable upon such Change In Control pursuant to the applicable Option Agreement, an amount equal to the Option Share Transaction Consideration, payable at the

13

election of the Company in cash or the same securities or property that is payable or distributable with respect to shares of Common Stock in such Change In Control. The "Option Share Transaction Consideration" shall equal the difference between (a) the aggregate consideration from such Change In Control paid or distributed with respect to one share of Common Stock (determined as if the aggregate consideration from the Change In Control had been distributed by the Company in complete liquidation pursuant to the rights and preferences set forth in the Company's organic documents) and (2) the exercise price payable by such Optionee for such Option Share pursuant to the related Option Agreement (without regard for any net exercise or cashless exercise provisions thereof). To the extent any Option is surrendered pursuant to this Subparagraph 20(a)(ii) it shall be deemed to have been exercised for purposes of Section 4.

(3) At the Company's election, all Options not exercised or surrendered pursuant to Subparagraphs 20(a)(i) and 20(a)(ii) shall terminate in full upon such Change in Control. The Company shall notify each Optionee of the Company's election to have all Options terminate upon a Change in Control at least two business days prior to such Change in Control.

(b) If a Subsequent Change in Control occurs, then no later than
(i) ten days after the approval by the stockholders of the Company of such Subsequent Change in Control, or (ii) if no approval by the stockholders is necessary for such Subsequent Change in Control, 30 days after such Subsequent Change in Control, the Option Committee, acting in its sole discretion and without the consent or approval of any Optionee, shall effect one or more of the following alternatives, which alternatives may vary among individual Optionees and which may vary among Options held by any individual Optionee:

(1) Make any Options (or any portion thereof) then outstanding exercisable upon such Subsequent Change in Control;

(2) Accelerate the time at which some or all of the Options (or any portion thereof) then outstanding may be exercised so that such Options (or any portion thereof) may be exercised for a limited period of time on or before a specified date (before or after such Subsequent Change in Control) fixed by the Option Committee, after which specified date all unexercised Options and all rights of Holders thereunder shall terminate;

(3) Require the mandatory surrender to the Company by selected Optionees of some or all of the outstanding Options (or any portion thereof) held by such Optionees (irrespective of whether such Options (or any portion thereof) are then exercisable under the provisions of the Plan) as of a date, before or after such Subsequent Change in Control, specified by the Option Committee, in which event the Option Committee shall thereupon cancel such Options (or any portion thereof) and cause the Company to pay each Optionee an amount of cash per share equal to the Option Share Transaction Consideration;

(4) Make such adjustments to Options (or any portion thereof) then outstanding as the Option Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Subsequent Change in Control (provided, however, that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to one or more Options (or any portion thereof) then outstanding); or

(5) Provide that the number and class of shares of Common Stock covered by an Option (or any portion thereof) theretofore granted shall be adjusted so that such Option shall thereafter cover the number and class of shares of stock or other securities or

14

property (including, without limitation, cash) to which the Optionee would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the transaction giving rise to the Subsequent Change in Control if the Optionee had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by such Option.

21. Other Provisions.

The following provisions are also in effect under the Plan:

(a) The use of a masculine gender in the Plan shall also include within its meaning the feminine, and the singular may include the plural, and the plural may include the singular, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

(b) Any expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

(c) This Plan shall be construed to be in addition to any and all other compensation plans or programs. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power or authority of the Board to adopt such other additional incentive or other compensation arrangements as the Board may deem necessary or desirable.

(d) The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the Plan and of its rules and regulations, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have an interest therein or thereunder shall be governed by and determined exclusively and solely in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Company is then incorporated.

* * * * *

15

 

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-114554 of Bill Barrett Corporation of our report dated April 16, 2004 (June 30, 2004 as to Note 17), which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the restatement for earnings per share as described in Note 17, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Denver, Colorado
August 31, 2004

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-114554 of Bill Barrett Corporation of our report on the statements of revenues and direct operating expenses of the Wind River Acquisition Properties dated April 16, 2004 (June 30, 2004 as to Note 1), appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Denver, Colorado
August 31, 2004

 

 

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors
Bill Barrett Corporation:

We consent to the use of our report dated March 14, 2003, with respect to the statement of revenues and direct operating expenses for the Wind River, Powder River and Williston Basin Acquisition Properties for the period from January 1, 2002 through December 15, 2002, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado
August 31, 2004

 

 

Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT OF RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P.

As independent petroleum engineers, we hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (including any amendments thereto) filed by Bill Barrett Corporation, as well as in the notes to the financial statements included in such Form S-1, information contained in our review report dated February 2, 2004 and effective December 31, 2003 and to the inclusion of that report as an appendix to the prospectus included in that registration statement.

We further consent to the reference to our firm as experts in this Form S-1, including the prospectus included in this Form S-1.

Ryder Scott Company, L.P.

/s/ Ryder Scott Company, L.P.

Denver, Colorado
August 31, 2004

 

 

Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS
AND GEOLOGISTS

We hereby consent to the references to our firm in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (including any amendments thereto) filed by Bill Barrett Corporation, as well as in prospectus included in this Registrations statement and the notes to the financial statements included in such Form S-1, to the audit letter dated February 2, 2004 and effective as of December 31, 2003 and to the inclusion of that letter as an appendix to the prospectus included in that registration statement.

Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc.

By:     /s/ C.H. (Scott) Rees, III
           C.H. (Scott) Rees III
           President and Chief Operating Officer

Dallas, Texas
August 30, 2004

 

 

Exhibit 24.2

Power of Attorney

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints William J. Barrett, John F. Keller and Thomas B. Tyree, Jr., and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, from such person and in each person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-114554) of Bill Barrett Corporation, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and to sign and file any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done as fully to all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

     Dated this 31st day of August 2004.
       
/s/ James M. Fitzgibbons   Director   
James M. Fitzgibbons   
     
/s/ Randy Stein   Director   
Randy Stein